Quarterlytics / Specialty Retail / Dunelm Group

Dunelm Group

dnlm · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker dnlm
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Specialty Retail
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Dunelm Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Growing with
purpose

D

U

N

E

L

M

G

R

O

U

P

P

L

C

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

A

N

D

A

C

C

O

U

N

T

S

2

0

2

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Growing with purpose

Dunelm is the UK’s market leader in homewares,  
offering a distinctive and specialist product portfolio,  
and friendly, convenient service, through a retail system  
that combines physical stores and digital channels.

Our purpose

To help create the  
joy of truly feeling  
at home, now and  
for generations  
to come.

In last year’s annual report, I talked about our renewed 
purpose and its relevance to the broader role we play in 
the lives of our stakeholders. Our purpose influences  
our Board and our colleagues in our decision-making.  
It prompts us to question why we do what we do, and it 
improves our recognition of how we help create the joy  
of truly feeling at home for our stakeholders – our 
customers, colleagues, store communities, suppliers, 
shareholders and all other people we deal with. 

As we continue to grow it is even more important that 
we use our purpose to guide us to do the right thing. 
Our plan is to become our customers’ 1st Choice for 
Home, across all products, services and experiences 
that we offer. Increasingly, we can demonstrate that we 
are achieving this in a sustainable and responsible way, 
now and for generations to come.

In this report we share examples of how our purpose has 
been used to guide our strategic thinking and actions.  
By growing with purpose, we believe we can better 
counter the significant macroeconomic uncertainties 
ahead and keep our stakeholders engaged and  
committed as we head into our next phase of growth.”

Nick

Nick Wilkinson
Chief Executive Officer

In this year’s report

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Page 6 

Growing our  
product offer

Page 8 

Digitising  
our business

Page 10

Feeling at home 
wherever you work

Page 12

Building sustainability 
into all that we do

Strategic report
Our business  
Business model  
Growing with purpose  
Chairman’s statement  
CEO’s review  
Our markets and customers  
Our strategy  
Key performance indicators  
CFO’s introduction 
CFO’s review 
Sustainability 
Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 
68
Risks and risk management 
Principal risks and uncertainties  
70
Going concern, viability and S172(1)   80 
statements 

02
04
06 
14
16
21
22
24
26
27
32
61 

82
84
88 

Governance
Chairman’s letter  
Directors and officers  
Board leadership and  
company purpose
 94
Section 172 Companies Act 2006 
107
Division of responsibilities 
110
Nominations Committee Report  
120
Audit and Risk Committee Report  
Remuneration Committee Report 
130
Directors’ Remuneration Policy 2020   136
147
Implementation Report  
163
Directors’ report  
Non-Financial Information Statement  167
Statement of directors’  
169
responsibilities 

Financial statements
170
Independent auditors’ report  
Consolidated Financial statements  
176
Parent Company Financial statements   208

Other information
Advisers and contacts 

217

Go online 
corporate.dunelm.com

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 01

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
 
Our business

Leading in a  
fast-changing market

We are the UK’s #1 homewares retailer, with  
a growing presence in the furniture market.

No.1

Market leader in UK 
homewares market

177

stores, of which 153 with  
in-store Pausa cafes

85%

of growth in last five years 
from market share gains

HOUSEHOLD BRANDS
Over 50,000 products mainly 
sold under the Dunelm brand or 
exclusive brands, allowing us to 
develop a wide range offering  
great choice and value, with 
style, quality and, increasingly, 
sustainability credentials.

11,000+

colleagues working in stores, operations,  
logistics, manufacturing and support centres

FY22 performance summary

TOTAL SALES 

PROFIT BEFORE TAX 

FREE CASH FLOW 

£1,581.4m 

FY21 £1,336.2m 

£212.8m 

FY21 £157.8m

£153.0m 

FY21 £108.5m 

SALES GROWTH 

PROFIT BEFORE TAX GROWTH 

GROSS MARGIN 

+18.4%

FY21 +26.3%

+34.9%

FY21 +44.6%

51.2%

FY21 51.6%

02 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

What’s new in FY22?

3

new stores  
in Beverley, Leeds 
and Basildon

9
4

major store refits

Pausa cafes updated 
with our new ‘kitchen 
cafe’ styling

ADVERTISING CAMPAIGN
‘Dun Your Way’ is about giving our 
customers the confidence to create 
their homes, their way. Our FY22 
advertising campaign shows how 
our breadth and depth of range 
makes Dunelm the perfect place to 
shop and to bring joy to your home, 
whatever your style, taste, colour 
scheme or budget.

new furniture hub 
opened and network 
delivery hub relocated

new dedicated 
ecommerce facility 
fully operational 

expanded home 
decorating range 
and launched  
new gifting and 
stationery products

ORDINARY DIVIDENDS 

ACTIVE CUSTOMER GROWTH

40.0p

FY21 35.0p

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE

83.6p

FY21 62.9p

+8.5%

FY21 +12.2%

HOMEWARES MARKET  
SHARE GROWTH 

+140bps

FY21 +130bps

FY22: 53 VERSUS 52 WEEKS
All financial and non-financial 
information in this report relates 
to our 53-week financial period 
ended 2 July 2022, unless stated 
otherwise.

In the CFO’s review on pages 27 
to 31 we share 52-week financial 
information to facilitate comparison 
with our prior financial period,  
52 weeks ended 26 June 2021.

Please note that whilst the 53 week 
numbers have been audited, the  
52 week numbers are unaudited.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 03

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
 
Business model

Creating value for all

Our ‘plan on a page’ focuses our business on delivering long-term  
growth and creating value for our stakeholders.

Our plan is to become our customers' 1st Choice for Home

Our purpose
Our purpose guides all our business activities and decisions – and helps us to  
understand why people want to shop with us, work for us, supply us and stay invested in us.

To help create the joy of truly feeling at home, 
now and for generations to come.

Our ambitions
We have three long-term ambitions, linked to specific KPIs,  
to ensure that we stay focused and measure our progress.

AMBITIOUS ABOUT  
OUR BRAND

AMBITIOUS ABOUT  
BEING A GOOD COMPANY

AMBITIOUS ABOUT  
PROFITABLE GROWTH

Our shared values 
Our shared values have evolved from our fundamental business principles developed more than a decade ago,  
and reflect our attitudes and behaviours throughout Dunelm, and how these impact our ethics and culture.

ACT LIKE 
OWNERS

KEEP LISTENING  
& LEARNING

LONG-TERM 
THINKING

STRONGER 
TOGETHER

Strengthening our customer proposition for savvy home lovers 
To become our customers’ 1st Choice for Home we are focused on delivering our proposition…

CHOICE & VALUE
Great value and quality for 
every style, space  
and budget

GOOD & CIRCULAR
Positive choices for  
people and the  
environment

FRIENDLY & EXPERT
Service that is 
knowledgeable, non-
judgmental and warm

EASY & CONVENIENT
Easy to find, buy and fit 
everything you need  
for your home

…and our focus areas

Building capabilities & digitising in six focus areas

0 

Sustainability
Our pathway to zero, 
building sustainability 
into all that we do and 
making it easy for our 
customers.

1 

Product 
development
Develop our market 
leading product 
offer, supported by 
brilliant commercial 
processes.

2 

Customer 
understanding
Deeply understand 
attitudes and 
behaviours to optimise 
our acquisition and 
retention.

3 

Shopping 
experience
Offer the best, 
seamless online 
and in-store digital 
customer experience 
in the market.

4 

Data and  
insight
Build foundational 
capabilities in data 
and accelerate 
customer insight.

5 

Post sales 
experience
Provide personal, 
high quality and 
efficient delivery, 
service and support. 

i

For more information see pages 22 to 23.

04 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Investment proposition

Stakeholder value creation 

We are well positioned in our market, with a clear 
vision for purposeful and sustainable growth.

As we grow with purpose, we seek to create long-term 
economic and social value for our stakeholders and 
reduce our impact on the environment.

Brand purpose
A brand appealing 
to a wide range of 
customers; market 
leader in a large 
fragmented market, 
with a challenger 
brand mentality.

Product proposition
A distinctive and 
specialist product 
portfolio – offering 
quality, value and style 
– largely own brand and 
sourced from long-term 
committed suppliers.

Financial position
A highly cash-generative 
business model with 
agility to invest.

COLLEAGUES
Ongoing investment 
in social and financial 
wellbeing, communication 
and career development.

Total retail system
A total retail system 
that combines the 
advantages of digital 
and local shopping 
experiences to better 
serve UK homewares 
shoppers, and benefits 
from our convenient, 
low-cost store portfolio.

Shared values
Shared values, strong 
relationships and a 
commitment to doing 
the right thing for the 
long term, for all our 
stakeholders.

Future growth
A clear runway for 
attracting more 
customers and increasing 
their frequency.

CUSTOMERS
Improved in-store and 
digital customer services 
and experience.

+8.5%

YoY increase in 
active customers

STORE COMMUNITIES
Deepened local 
engagement in our  
store communities.

£632k 

raised by 
colleagues and 
the Group for 
UK charities and 
Ukraine support

> 800 

new colleague  
roles created

SUPPLIERS
Continued to work closely 
with suppliers and improve 
ethical and environmental 
auditing standards.

> 99% 

of supplier invoices 
paid within agreed 
terms 

SHAREHOLDERS
Paid interim dividend  
of 14 pence, special 
dividend of 37 pence and 
recommended FY22 final 
dividend of 26 pence. 

£282.1m

total dividends 
paid in the year 

ENVIRONMENT
Further target setting and 
actions taken to reduce 
carbon intensity across  
our operations and  
supply chain.

19.6% 

reduction in Scope 1 
tCO2e/£1m Group 
revenue compared  
to FY19 baseline

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 05

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
Growing with purpose

Growing our

product offer

We design products to help create 
the joy of truly feeling at home.  
For customers of all ages, lifestyles  
and budgets. 

06 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

X

Introducing our exciting product range 
with the Natural History Museum  
to promote wetlands, woodlands...  
and dinosaurs. 

i

For more information see page 42.

Growing…

This year we continued to grow our product offer – we 
launched over 450 new furniture lines, extended our 
Fogarty beds and mattresses range, announced our 
exciting collaboration with the Natural History Museum, 
and strengthened our value proposition for customers, by 
including more entry-price products and increasing special 
buys. In FY22 we expanded our decorating and gifting ranges 
and are improving capability in window treatments through 
the acquisition of Sunflex, a leading supplier of tracks, poles 
and blinds. 

i

For more information see pages 16 to 21.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

…with purpose

We are developing new products more sustainably – 
introducing recycled content, inspiring customers to ‘care, 
repair, renew and refresh’ and designing products to last 
longer. We only work with product suppliers who meet our 
high ethical standards. Take-back options are now available 
for all our major product categories, and, through better 
communication, our customers are finding it easier to make 
more sustainable choices… now and for generations  
to come.

i

For more information see pages 42 to 48.

Good & Circular
We are making it easier for customers  
to make more thoughtful choices. Our  
‘washed bedding’ range is made  
from 100% recycled cotton under 
socially responsible working conditions 
that are independently verified.

Stylish & Practical
We aim to marry on-trend styling with 
value, practicality and longevity. Our 
new wallpaper ranges are designed 
to make a statement in any room at an 
affordable price. They are also easy to 
hang and keep clean.

Choice & Value
Every customer has a different 
perception of what value means to 
them, and we know our products must 
be practical, attractive and affordable. 
Our ‘good-better-best’ ranges (and 
ongoing special buys) cater for all 
budgets so we can help everyone to 
have a home full of joy.

Colourful & Coordinated
Whether a day-to-day essential or  
a planned one-off purchase, we aim to 
provide a wide choice that is matched 
by quality. Our new stationery range 
includes faux leather, soft- and spiral-
bound notebooks in a range of colours 
and designs with matching pencil cases, 
lever arch files and sticky notes.

Creating value for...

…OUR CUSTOMERS
Products that delight our 
home-loving customers, with 
ranges that offer attractive 
styling, great quality, good 
value for money and an 
increasing choice of  
sustainable options.

…OUR SUPPLIERS
Increased collaboration 
and engagement with our 
committed suppliers to 
create and secure long-term 
business and exciting growth 
opportunities.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 07

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
Growing with purpose

Digitising

our business

Our investment in digital capabilities 
is helping to delight our customers, 
improve colleague satisfaction and 
streamline operations. 

How?

A digital ecosystem  
designed to:

• Provide inspiration

• Enhance customer 

experience

• Ensure efficient 

fulfilment

Online

Digital sales up  
x5 in five years

In-store

Digital investment 
driving in-store 
sales

Operations

Improving operational efficiency 
and fulfilment capacity

Growing…

We have transformed our business, moving from 
a largely stores-based operation to giving our 
customers a choice of ‘easy & convenient’, digital-
led shopping channels, alongside the ‘friendly 
& expert’ experience of shopping in our brilliant 
stores. Investment in digital capabilities continues 
to drive incremental growth both online and in 
store, with our multi-channel customers shopping 
more frequently and spending more on average. 
By making it easier and more convenient for 
customers to access our products and services  
we are confident of driving future growth.

i

For more information see page 21.

…with purpose

Ongoing investment in our digital infrastructure 
supports our long-term business growth. This year 
we opened a dedicated ecommerce fulfilment 
facility, a new furniture warehouse, and relocated 
a home delivery network hub in Daventry and 
have recruited colleagues with digital expertise 
to bolster our teams. We are digitising processes 
across the business and increasingly linking 
up our business systems to improve customer 
satisfaction, colleague engagement and 
operational efficiencies. 

i

For more information see pages 16 to 21.

08 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

33%

customers shopping  
either online or  
multi-channel in FY22

35% 

of total sales are through 
digital channels

2.5x 

increase in digital sales  
in FY22 compared to 
pre-pandemic levels

Why?

Creating value for:

OUR  
SHAREHOLDERS

Higher customer satisfaction 
and increasing operational 
efficiencies achieved through 
our digital investment gives our 
shareholders confidence in our 
ambitious growth plans.

OUR  
CUSTOMERS

Easy and convenient digital 
services which complement our 
brilliant stores, with seamless 
cross-channel experiences, 
improved product availability  
and more delivery options.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 09

DUNELM GROUP PLC

BETTER USER EXPERIENCE
Ongoing investment in our 
customer website increases 
browsing speeds and check-out 
functionality, improving overall 
user experience.

ONLINE TOOLS
Our handy tools help our 
customers size up sofas 
and furniture online from 
the comfort of their homes 
or on the move.

FRIENDLY & EXPERT
Additional ‘live’ information  
on iPads helps our store hosts 
serve customers even better,  
by providing expert advice  
and accessing our extended 
product range.

QR CODES
QR codes for each product 
can be scanned by 
customers in store for extra 
information, including stock 
availability and additional 
online exclusives.

CENTRAL WAREHOUSES 
AND ECOMMERCE 
FULFILMENT CENTRE
Added capacity to our 
warehouses by opening 
a dedicated furniture warehouse 
to enhance our offering. Our 
new ecommerce facility speeds 
up fulfilment of online orders 
and shortens delivery times. 

BUILDING  
MANAGEMENT 
SYSTEMS
Centrally controlled 
heating, cooling and 
lighting functions lower 
our environmental 
impact and  
operating costs.

 
Growing with purpose

Feeling at home
wherever

you work

We can only be our customers’ 
1st Choice for Home if our colleagues 
are happy. No matter who they are 
or where they work, we commit to 
making our colleagues feel 
welcome, engaged, safe and 
fairly rewarded.

4 

colleague network groups 
(LGBTQ+, Disability & 
Neurodiversity, Ethnicity & 
Race, and Gender Equality)

> 900 

colleagues trained (so far)  
in inclusion and diversity

92%

of colleagues recommend 
Dunelm as a place to work

10 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Growing…

The adaptability and loyalty of our colleagues, who live our 
shared values day in day out, helped us to grow at record 
pace in some of the most challenging times for our business. 
As we head into our next growth phase – aiming to be a 
bigger, better business with more capability, resilience 
and ambition – we will continue to make Dunelm a great 
place to work, listening to our colleagues and giving them 
opportunities to grow with us.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

i

For more information see page 57.

…with purpose

To help create joy for our colleagues we need to know them 
better and adapt to their ideas and needs, making them 
feel engaged and valued. To support future growth, we are 
investing in creating the best environment for them to thrive – 
developing our leaders to be more inclusive and supportive, 
rethinking how we manage talent and investing in colleague 
training, financial health and wellbeing and consistent and 
trustworthy pay.

i

For more information see pages 52 to 58.

Shared values

Dunelm for all

To underpin future growth, we ran a 
Group-wide project to bring our shared 
values to life and to reinforce them 
through a new behavioural framework. 

Mental & financial health 

Looking after the mental and financial 
health of our colleagues has been a 
priority for many years. We have taken 
action to further support colleagues 
and their families who we know will 
be most affected by the increased 
cost of living.

i

For more information see page 56.

Creating value for...

…OUR COLLEAGUES
In our bi-annual colleague 
engagement survey, we 
received the best response 
yet to the question ‘Would 
you recommend Dunelm as 
a place to work?’

Colleague feedback shapes how we 
think about making Dunelm more 
inclusive and diverse. We continue to 
roll out our tailored training programme 
and have changed our recruitment 
process to reduce unconscious bias

i

For more information see page 58.

Keep listening  
and learning

Our leaders promote a culture of 
continual feedback and colleague 
ideas have led to change, including 
new policies, more inclusive uniforms 
and increased communications.

i

For more information see page 54.

…OUR CUSTOMERS
We track how friendly our 
customers rate their shopping 
experience with us and provide 
ongoing ‘friendly and helpful’ 
training for our colleagues.

…OUR STORE COMMUNITIES
We empower our colleagues 
to engage proactively in their 
communities, supporting 
local initiatives and creating 
stronger connections.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

11

 
Growing with purpose

Building
sustainability

into all that we do

We want to make a positive social 
impact and reduce environmental 
damage in our communities and  
supply chains, by making it easier  
for all our stakeholders to make  
better choices.

Growing…

…with purpose

We are increasing our focus on being sustainable in 
everything we do, recognising the importance of this 
approach to reaching our long-term ambitions and realising 
the opportunity to be a leader in this space. We have 
made significant progress but have more to learn and do. 
To support future growth we have increased our in-house 
expertise in climate change, environmental science and 
ethical sourcing and continue to support colleague initiatives, 
such as diversity and inclusion, mental health and financial 
wellbeing support, training and career opportunities.

We are engaging more widely and more passionately across 
our business, making it easier for our customers, colleagues, 
suppliers, communities and shareholders to understand what 
we mean by sustainability and to make better sustainable 
choices. To demonstrate our responsibility now and for 
generations to come we have made public commitments  
and backed these up with metrics and actions. These include, 
for example, four ESG key performance indicators (KPIs) 
linked to our Revolving Credit Facility and these and other 
non-financial KPIs linked to Director remuneration.

i

For more information see pages 32 to 60.

i

For more information see pages 24 to 25.

12

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Creating value for...

Ongoing focus to reduce greenhouse 
gas emissions (all Scopes) and waste 
and to improve energy efficiencies 
and operational recycling.

Ongoing engagement with colleagues to focus 
on fair pay, diversity and inclusion, mental and 
financial wellbeing, expected behaviours and 
what we mean by sustainability.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Increased ESG 
disclosure and 
investor engagement, 
backed by transparent 
sustainability metrics 
linked to remuneration 
and loan facilities.

Environment

Colleagues

sing o u r  e

a
e
r
c
n
I

n g a g ement on s

u

s

t

a

i

n

a

b

i

l

i

t

y

‘Good & 
Circular’

Shareholders

M

a

k
i
n

g better sust a i n a

b l e  c h oices

Greater focus on 
building thriving 
communities by 
supporting local 
businesses, groups 
and individuals and 
connecting them more 
meaningfully to our 
stores and colleagues.

Communities

Customers

Suppliers

Increased engagement 
with our suppliers 
on ethical sourcing 
standards and use of 
environmental materials, 
including a strong focus  
on product circularity.

Launch of ‘Conscious Choice’, 
a guide to help customers 
navigate our product 
range from an ethical and 
environmental perspective.

Expanded range of options to 
promote responsible recycling, 
with take-back services in  
165 stores for over half of  
our own brand ranges.

50%

target reduction of absolute  
carbon emissions across  
all Scopes by 2030

AA Rating

achieved in MSCI ESG  
ratings assessment1

Bag and bring your clean and 

undamaged home textiles here 

and we’ll give them a second life 

Visit Dunelm.com or ask in-store for details.

DUN4735/102712

4

ESG metrics linked to  
our loan facility and Long-Term
Incentive Plan (LTIP)

1.  The use by Dunelm of any MSCI ESG Research LLC or its affiliates (‘MSCI’) data, and the use of MSCI logos, trademarks, service marks or index names herein, 

do not constitute a sponsorship, endorsement, recommendation, or promotion of Dunelm by MSCI. MSCI services and data are the property of MSCI or its 
information providers, and are provided ‘as-is’ and without warranty. MSCI names and logos are trademarks or service marks of MSCI.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

13

 
 
Chairman’s statement

Continuing to deliver for  
all our stakeholders

We remain confident that we can continue to deliver for  
all our stakeholders and be the 1st Choice for Home.

Andy  
Harrison
CHAIRMAN

I am very pleased to report an excellent 
financial performance, with total sales 
growth of 16.2%, delivering record 
pre-tax profits of £209.0m, an increase 
of 32.4% on the prior year1. More 
importantly, these results demonstrate 
the strength of our business model 
and the broad appeal of our customer 
proposition. These fundamental 
strengths will hold us in good stead as 
we trade into a much tougher consumer 
environment. Historically, 85% of our 
sales growth has come from market 
share gains and we remain confident 
that we can continue to win share. At 
the heart of our success is the skill 
and dedication of our over 11,000 
colleagues. We are proud and grateful 
for their work. 

For the first time in two years, our stores 
were open for the entirety of the year, 
enabling customers to fully benefit 
from our total retail system. We have 
continued to invest in digitising our 
business and improving our operational 
capability, with the opening of a 
dedicated ecommerce distribution 
fulfilment facility and a new furniture 
warehouse; all designed to improve our 
customer service. We have increased 
our customer numbers once again and 
continued to win market share.

We have emerged from the Covid crisis 
as a bigger and stronger business, well 
positioned to face into the pressures 
of the current inflationary environment 
and cost of living challenges. Our 
commitment to offering our customers 
outstanding value remains as strong 
as ever and we shall continue to 
cater for all customers, no matter 
how they adapt to this environment, 
by providing options for every style, 
space and budget.

1.  52-week basis. On a 53-week basis, total sales 
were £1,581.4m (+18.4%), gross margin was 
51.2% (-40bps) and PBT was £212.8m (+34.9%). 
52-week results are unaudited.

14

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

In accordance with our long-held 
values, the Board is deeply mindful 
that our decisions must always 
balance the needs of our customers, 
colleagues, communities, suppliers 
and shareholders, as well as the 
environment which we all share. I am 
pleased that we have continued to 
make progress in delivering for all these 
stakeholders. In addition to our very 
strong financial performance, we have 
created more than 800 new roles and 
raised more than £450k for our new 
charity partner, Mind. 

Sustainability remains a key focus for 
the business and we have continued 
to make good progress during the year. 
We introduced a take-back scheme 
for textiles during the year, which is 
live in more than 90% of our stores, 
with take-back now covering more 
than 50% of own-brand products. 
We have a number of partnerships in 
place to support our Net Zero Pathway, 
having joined the Aldersgate Group 
during the year and continued our 
collaborations with Textiles 2030 and 
the British Retail Consortium. We also 
recently launched 'Conscious Choice', 
a fantastic collection of products 
which helps our customers make more 
thoughtful decisions through products 
that last longer and are made from 
more sustainable materials.

DIVIDENDS
The Board has proposed a final 
ordinary dividend of 26 pence per 
share, recognising our very strong 
performance in the year and our 
continued confidence in the business. 
This takes the full-year ordinary 
dividend to 40 pence per share, ahead 
of the 35 pence per share paid in FY21, 
with dividend cover of 2.1×, within the 
range of our stated policy.

During the year our strong cash flow 
allowed us to pay two special dividends: 
65 pence per share in October 2021 
and 37 pence per share in March 
2022. Our net debt ended the year at 
0.1×FY22 EBITDA, slightly below our 
long-term targeted range of between 
0.2× and 0.6×. 

BOARD UPDATE 
In April 2022 we were delighted to 
announce the appointment of Karen 
Witts as Chief Financial Officer (CFO). 
Karen is an accomplished finance leader 
who brings a wealth of experience from 
her previous roles with high-profile 
consumer-facing brands, which will 
help us to deliver our ambitious growth 
plans. Karen joined the Board on 
9 June 2022 and succeeded Laura Carr, 
who stepped down from the Board in 
that month. We also welcomed Vijay 
Talwar and Kelly Devine to the Board 
as Non-Executive Directors during the 
year, who bring a great deal of energy 
and experience, particularly in digital 
and data.

Finally, post year-end, we announced 
the appointment of Alison Brittain to 
the Board as a NED with effect from 
7 September 2022, with the intention 
that she will succeed me as Chair ahead 
of the expiry of my nine-year term in 
September 2023. Alison is a highly 
experienced leader with a strong track-
record across a range of consumer-
facing companies, and with values 
clearly aligned to our own. I am thrilled 
that Dunelm has been able to attract a 
Chair Designate of Alison’s calibre to 
lead the Board through our next stage 
of growth.

1ST CHOICE FOR HOME
Moving forward, we believe that 
Dunelm’s fundamental strengths will 
once again differentiate us at a time 
when consumers have to consider their 
purchase decisions even more carefully. 
This plays to the strength of our product 
range, our customer proposition 
and our proven total retail system, 
which combines the advantages of 
both physical and digital retail. In 
addition, our strong balance sheet 
and underlying cash generation will 
allow us to continue to invest in further 
strengthening our business. We remain 
confident that we can continue to 
deliver for all our stakeholders and  
be the 1st Choice for Home.

Andy Harrison
Chairman

14 September 2022

Key stakeholders

We can only grow with purpose by 
knowing who our key stakeholders 
are, building meaningful relationships 
with them and using information 
learned through engagement to 
make decisions for the long-term 
success of our business.

i

Further information is on pages 94 
to 106 in our Governance report 
and forms our S172 disclosure in 
compliance with the Companies 
Act 2016. Our S172 statement is  
on page 81.

c.17 million2 customers,  
shopping in store and online

177 store communities 
within the local catchment 
area of Dunelm stores

11,000+ colleagues 
working in our stores  
and operations

200+ stock suppliers 
including our committed 
suppliers

1,500+ shareholders, 
including Adderley 
family members, financial 
institutions and private 
investors (including 
colleagues) 

2.  Estimated based on Barclays data.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

15

 
CEO’s review

Confident in a challenging 
environment 

Dunelm, at its heart, offers customers great choice and value.  
In an extremely challenging environment, we think our unique and  
market-leading offer is more relevant than ever before. 

Nick  
Wilkinson
CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
OFFICER

INTRODUCTION
With stores being forced to close during 
both FY20 and FY21, we were delighted 
that we were able to keep our doors open 
to our customers throughout FY22. It 
is clear that customers are increasingly 
enjoying the advantages of our total retail 
system, which allows them to experience 
the friendly service of our physical stores 
in combination with the convenience of 
our digital channels; this has contributed 
to the delivery of record results this year. 

FY22 presented new challenges, most 
notably the impact of higher cost of 
goods and inflationary pressures on 
both businesses and the consumer. 
Despite these challenges we have been 
busy developing our proposition and 
capabilities whilst continuing to drive 
our sustainability agenda. We remain 
focused on, and driven by, our shared 
values, and, against a complex backdrop, 
our ‘keep listening and learning’ value 
is proving particularly relevant. Once 
again, our incredible colleagues and 
committed suppliers stepped up, learning 
and adapting in order to deliver the best 
possible outcomes for our customers. 
I would like to sincerely thank each and 
every one of them for their continued 
resilience and contribution to another 
very successful year.

We expect the current challenges to 
persist at least throughout the year 
ahead and are conscious that many of our 
customers are fearful about the mounting 
cost of living pressures. Our primary 
focus at this time is to continue offering 
outstanding value to our customers, whilst 
recognising that individuals will adapt 
to the environment in their own ways. As 
ever, we continue to apply a relentless 
focus on basic operational discipline 
and attention to detail throughout the 
business to ensure that every pound 
counts. This has characterised Dunelm in 
recent years, and is even more important 
in light of the current challenges we face.

16

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

FY22 REVIEW
Another strong performance
FY22 was another strong year for the 
business. Total sales grew by 16.2%1, 
and while the year-on-year growth 
benefitted from the lockdown related 
store closures last year, the growth of 
41.1% compared to FY19 demonstrates 
the pace at which the business has 
developed through the pandemic 
period. We were pleased with the 
performance of our stores following 
two years of disruption and our digital 
channels also traded well, making up 
35% of total sales over the year, up from 
20% in FY19. More people shopped with 
us than ever before; our active customer 
base grew by 8.5%. Our strong sales 
performance was supported by further 
market share gains, with our share in the 
homewares market growing by 140bps. 

We delivered a strong gross margin 
of 51.2%1, despite an additional sale 
event in Q1, as customer participation 
in event sales was low through most of 
the year. We saw a higher participation 
of event sales in Q4, especially during 
our Summer Sale. Profit before tax grew 
by 32.4%1, benefitting from the strong 
sales growth, higher than expected 
leverage of fixed store costs in the first 
half, and ongoing tight operational grip. 

We delivered a robust free cash flow of 
£153.0m, which included the impact of 
temporarily building our inventory levels. 
This was a strategic decision we took 
to maintain availability for customers 
through ongoing supply chain instability 
which was seen across the market. 

On the back of this strong financial 
performance, the Board has proposed a 
final ordinary dividend of 26p, bringing 
the total ordinary dividend in respect of 
FY22 to 40p, an increase of 14.3%. 

Delivering for all our stakeholders
We recognise that we have a diverse set 
of stakeholders in our business, and in 
FY22 we continued to take decisions to 
balance the needs and expectations of 
all of them. 

Our colleagues are extremely important 
to us and we were pleased to be able 
to offer employment to over 800 new 

Our shared values in action – developing our colleagues

STRONGER TOGETHER

KEEP LISTENING AND LEARNING

LONG-TERM THINKING

ACT LIKE OWNERS

Building a learning culture through 
a community of colleagues with a 
growth mindset, where colleagues 
not only want to learn and apply 
what they have learned, but also feel 
compelled to share their knowledge 
with others.

Being agile and adaptable. This 
means developing and moving 
our talent, embracing diversity 
and thoughtfully investing in new 
capabilities to take on the challenges 
and opportunities ahead.

Anticipating the future by assessing 
and planning for skills gaps, ensuring 
our business is future ready. Helping 
colleagues build new versions of 
themselves so they can continue 
to thrive in a rapidly changing 
environment and we can build more 
of our capability internally.

Through a clear talent proposition 
and readily accessible tools, 
enabling leadership accountability 
and colleague ownership for their 
personal growth and development.

colleagues in the year. We understand 
the impact of the higher cost of living 
on all of our colleagues, and so we 
implemented a median pay increase 
above 7% (greater than the equivalent 
increase to the National Living Wage), 
focussing proportionately higher pay 
increases on our lower paid colleagues. 
We want Dunelm to be an inclusive 
workplace, and aspire to achieve a 
colleague base reflective of society at 
all levels, providing opportunity for all. 
During the year we provided training 
and set up network support groups 
to increase awareness in inclusion and 
diversity, particularly in the areas of 
neurodiversity and ethnicity.

We also made progress on our 
ambitions to support thriving, purpose-
driven communities around every 
one of our stores. We now have more 
than one million followers of our store 

Facebook groups. We delivered 19,000 
Christmas gifts to local care homes, 
schools and women’s refuges. We 
raised over £600k for charities in the 
year from colleague fundraising activity, 
including over £450k for the mental 
health charity, Mind, during the first 
year of our partnership. 

We continue to focus on delivering 
outstanding value for our customers. 
We sell great products at great prices 
and our customers feed back with 
consistently high reviews on our 
own-brand products. We believe that 
our 'fast and friendly' store service is 
already a differentiator for Dunelm, and 
in order to improve our home delivery 
service for customers, we opened a new 
furniture distribution hub and a new 
fulfilment operation in the year. 

1.  52-week basis. On a 53-week basis, total sales were £1,581.4m (+18.4%), gross margin was 51.2% (-40bps) and PBT was £212.8m (+34.9%). 

52-week results are unaudited.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

17

 
CEO’s review

Our business success also helps our 
committed suppliers to grow their 
businesses. We worked collaboratively 
with them to minimise the disruption 
to customers from the supply chain 
challenges and on initiatives to 
support the achievement of our 
sustainability ambitions.

We shared our ambitious long-term 
targets for sustainability in FY21. In 
FY22, we achieved our in-year targets 
for carbon emissions, plastic packaging 
reduction and take-back – where we 
introduced a textiles take-back scheme. 
30% of our own branded cotton 
products met our 'more responsibly 
sourced cotton' standard. This was 
below the ambitious target that we 
set, but we are learning and educating 
ourselves and our suppliers, and we 
are confident that we will achieve our 
longer term commitments. We also 
recently launched a new label, called 
'Conscious Choice', which showcases 
our most sustainable products, allowing 
customers to make more informed 
buying decisions. 

STRATEGIC UPDATE:  
BECOMING OUR CUSTOMERS’  
1ST CHOICE FOR HOME
Dunelm already enjoys broad-based 
appeal and greater than 90% brand 
awareness2. We are continuing to 
grow that appeal, and the number of 
active customers who shopped with 
us increased by 8.5% in FY22. We saw 
growth across all geographic regions in 
the UK, with customers in London and 
the South contributing 40% of our total 
growth in customer numbers in FY223. 
We have seen growth in customer 
numbers across all income levels, with 
a year-on-year increase of more than 
10% in both the <£20k per annum and 
>£100k per annum income groups3. 
We have also increased the appeal 
across all age ranges, with customers 
aged between 16 and 24 growing 
by 8.5% and those aged 65 and over 
growing by 16.2%3.

Our plan is to become our customers’ 
1st Choice for Home. We want to 
attract more customers to shop at 
Dunelm for their home, and for all 
customers to shop more frequently, 
across more product categories. To 
achieve this we are working hard to 
deliver our purpose, ‘to help create 
the joy of truly feeling at home, now 

and for generations to come.’ In the 
current climate, more than ever, we 
are ambitious about striving to do this 
brilliantly, and excited by the opportunity 
to continue to learn and adapt.

Investing in digitising the business
Digitising the business is a broad 
concept which refers to the 
development of digital and data 
capabilities which allow us to grow 
our product offer (beyond the physical 
limits of a store’s capacity); to reach 
more consumers through digital 
content and channels; and to give to our 
customers the advantages of physical 
stores with the ease and convenience 
of online sales. We now have 177 stores, 
all offering Click & Collect and tablet-
based selling of the broader Dunelm 
range via colleague hosts. During the 
year we expanded our digital fulfilment 
capacity and capabilities, with a new 
dedicated ecommerce facility and a 
new furniture warehouse.

The strength of our total retail system 
has been proven in recent years. 
Our customers were able to benefit 
from the convenience of our digital 
channels during the pandemic and 
more recently have returned to stores 
to take advantage of our full physical 
retail offering. Many of the customers 
who shopped with us for the first time 
online during the pandemic are now 
shopping in store, or across both 
channels, which contributed to an 
increase in shopping frequency of 10%4. 
We also know that our multi-channel 
and multi-category customers shop on 
average 5x more often and spend 7x5 
more than customers shopping through 
single channels and categories, further 
demonstrating the advantages of our 
model. In addition, the number of ‘most 
valuable’ customers, defined as those 
customers with higher spend across 
multiple visits, grew by 16%6.

2.  Prompted awareness three month rolling average to June 2022. Source: BrandVue.
3.   Analysis of Dunelm customers FY21 to FY22. Source: Barclays.
4.   Number of visits per retained customer in FY22. Retained customers defined as those who shopped with Dunelm in FY21 and FY22. Source: Barclays. 
5.   Internal analysis based on active customers for the 12 months to June 2022. 
6. 

Internal analysis of ‘most valuable’ customers based on number of visits and total expenditure.

18

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

We are continuing to invest in digitising 
the business in a thoughtful way, to 
further enhance our product offer, 
brand reach, and customer experience. 
To maximise returns, we are being agile 
in the way we deploy our digital teams, 
balancing investment in growth areas 
such as customer acquisition and in 
foundational capabilities such as master 
data management.

Strengthening the customer 
proposition 
We are constantly evolving and 
improving our overall customer 
proposition by continuing to strengthen 
our offer across four key areas: choice 
and value, good and circular, friendly 
and expert, and easy and convenient. 
Against the current macro-economic 
backdrop and the resulting pressure 
on household budgets, this is as 
important as ever.

In terms of choice and value, we offer 
a broad product range of more than 
50,000 SKUs across 30 sub-categories, 
covering a large proportion of the UK 
homewares markets, at price points 
to appeal to all customers, whatever 
their style or budget. We have seen 
growth across the breadth of our 
product categories, both in those 
where we have higher market shares, 
and newer areas, including furniture 

and decorating. In all areas we have 
worked hard to mitigate the impact 
of cost inflation, re-designing and re-
sourcing products in collaboration with 
our suppliers. We utilise a ‘good – better 
– best’ hierarchy of price and quality 
tiers in our core product ranges, and 
are totally committed to offering great 
value at all price points. An example of 
this is our range of plain dye bedding, 
where we offer 15 different price/
quality levels between the opening 
price (‘good’) product and the highest 
price (‘best’) product. In the second 
half of FY22 we re-set our range of 
plain dye bedding, with a lower price in 
the ‘good’ tier, and a small number of 
limited price increases across the best 
and better tiers. Most prices remained 
unchanged, but with new colours and 
fabrics introduced. Across each of the 
‘good’, ‘better’ and ‘best’ tiers we saw 
strong growth in volume and sales. 
The scope for continuous improvement 
and innovation around choice and 
value is limitless, gives us energy, and 
leverages the skills, expertise and 
experience of our colleagues and our 
supplier partners. The same approach 
is present in how we develop special 
buys, impulse items and seasonal 
ranges, which adapt to changing 
customer needs and preferences, and 
is an area of particular focus in the 
current environment. 

Focus on ‘Choice & Value’ – Dun Your Way

For the first time, we have included our 
ambition to be more environmentally 
and socially responsible into our 
customer proposition, calling this 
good and circular. We wish to offer our 
customers the opportunity to make 
informed choices, and have therefore 
increased the number of products 
which meet our ‘more responsibly 
sourced’ standards. In addition to 
The Edited Life, our lifestyle brand, 
which incorporates a variety of more 
sustainable materials and encourages 
reduced consumption, we have also 
recently launched ‘Conscious Choice’. 
To be included in this selection of 
sustainably-focused own-brand lines, 
each product must be made from at 
least 50% more sustainable materials 
(by weight) compared to conventional 
alternatives, and will typically also offer 
an extended guarantee of between five 
and 25 years, with the products having 
been designed with durability in mind. 
In addition to product development, 
we also reduced the volume of plastic 
packaging on our own-brand products, 
and, in December 2021, expanded 
an in-store textiles take-back scheme 
nationwide. We now have customer 
take-back options for more than half of 
our own-brand product range, and have 
seen significant customer uptake.

Our constant, detailed work to offer outstanding choice 
and great value to delight our customers can be 
demonstrated in our recent example below.

GOOD
New entry price 
micro-fibre 
fitted sheet

In Spring 2022, we repositioned our fitted sheet range, aiming to minimise price 
increases for our customers and offer even more choice and value using 15 price 
points across three quality tiers. 

In our ‘good’ tier, by introducing a new microfibre fitted sheet, we were able to 
lower our entry price point to £6. In our ‘better’ tier, we focused on using 100% 
cotton, expanded our range to include 24 colour options and, through sourcing 
efficiencies, held existing price points. In our ‘best’ tier we decided to make 
a small increase to the price of our Dorma branded fitted sheets – our most 
expensive products – having first checked that we still offered great value for 
money for comparable quality products in our marketplace. Our focus on ‘choice 
& value’ proved successful with volumes in all three tiers growing strongly in the 
second half of FY22. 

We know that our savvy customers seek value in different ways. By applying our 
‘operational grip’, customer insight and product development expertise we will 
continue to learn, adapt and strive to understand and reflect these differences 
brilliantly to become our customers’ 1st Choice for Home.

BETTER
100% cotton fitted 
sheet, in more than  
20 colours

BEST
Highest quality 
Dorma fitted sheet

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

19

 
CEO’s review

As a business with both digital channels 
and local stores, we have numerous 
ways to seamlessly offer our customers 
both friendly and expert services. 
We recently re-modelled some of our 
larger stores to extend the furniture 
department, showcasing more of our 
home delivery range for our customers 
to see and sample and to allow them 
to ask for advice. We will learn whether 
customers are willing to travel further 
to visit these stores, but we have also 
enabled the colleagues in these stores 
to talk to customers and showcase 
the product virtually through video 
calls. Indeed, in recent years we have 
worked to connect all of our stores 
digitally with their local areas. This has 
exceeded our expectations in many 
ways, with a total of over one million 
Facebook followers in the communities 
we are building around our stores 
to support local initiatives that help 
people and the environment. This is 
becoming a reinforcing model where 
these communities foster word-of-
mouth awareness and advocacy, and 
underpin our local marketing, lowering 
the cost of reaching new customers and 
encouraging more visits. 

Easy and convenient is another part of 
our customer proposition that benefits 
from the combination of physical and 
digital channels. Click & Collect is 
one example of this, as is the ability 
to research more complex products 
either online or instore, depending 
on personal preference. Our Made to 
Measure curtains and blinds service is 
benefitting from the work underway 
to offer the same comprehensive 
assortment through all channels, and 
to allow customers to manage their 
order seamlessly between their online 
account and an in-store consultation.  

As part of our commitment to 
offer a more comprehensive range 
in this category, in May 2022 we 
acquired Sunflex, a leading supplier 
of blinds, curtains and poles, for a 
cash consideration of £20.8m. This 
acquisition enhances our product 
capability in window treatments 
and brings design, quality and 
fulfilment capability across a complex 
product catalogue.

We have also invested in, and improved, 
our home delivery capability, with 
the opening of two new distribution 
centres. A dedicated ecommerce 
fulfilment facility in Stoke, in partnership 
with GXO, to support our digital 
growth ambitions through better 
customer service, scale and efficiency, 
has already enabled us to shorten 
delivery times and extend order cut off 
times for express delivery services. In 
March 2022, we opened a dedicated 
200,000 sq. ft. furniture distribution hub 
in Daventry, to improve the availability 
and speed of delivery of bulkier items, 
as well as the productivity of the flows 
into our home delivery network.

This ongoing work to strengthen our 
customer proposition is benefitting 
from the capabilities we continue 
to build in areas such as product, 
technology, digital & data engineering 
and insight & analytics. None of this 
would be possible without the strong 
operational focus and desire we have to 
make every pound count, which enables 
us to offer outstanding value to our 
customers, and at the same time invest 
prudently in digitising the business.

SUMMARY AND OUTLOOK
Trading in the first ten weeks of the 
financial year has remained robust. 
The comparative period benefitted 
from the delayed Summer Sale and 
reopening of stores and associated 
pent up consumer demand so, as 
expected, sales have been below 
the levels seen last year. 

The operating and economic 
environment is extremely challenging. 
High inflation is expected to remain a 
feature throughout the year to come, 
and potentially beyond, causing the 
pressures on household budgets to 
increase. While consumer behaviour 
is unpredictable, our primary focus is 
to offer outstanding value. We continue 
to listen, learn and adapt, which plays 
to our strengths. We have a resilient, 
relevant and advantaged business 
model which is highly cash generative, 
and we are confident in our ability to 
continue to deliver for all stakeholders.

As we return to more normal patterns of 
customer behaviour, we expect a gross 
margin of c.50%, in line with our historic 
average. We are managing input cost 
inflation through our tight operational 
grip, and despite the macro challenges, 
we are on track to deliver FY23 results in 
line with analysts’ expectations7.

Nick Wilkinson
Chief Executive Officer

14 September 2022

7.  Company compiled consensus average of analysts’ expectations for FY23 PBT of £178m, with a range £130m to £193m.

20 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Our markets and customers

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Market share growth with significant further headroom

Homewares market share FY228 

 10.2%

+1.4%pts

No. 1

Market leader in UK 
homewares market

Furniture market  
share FY228

 1.9% +0.2%pts

1st Choice for Home: more customers, shopping more frequently

8.5% more customers shopping in FY22

Regions

All regions contributing9

•  London/South accounting for  

40% of growth

Income levels

All income levels contributing9

•  Customers earning <£20k pa +10.4%

•  Customers earning >£100k pa +11.4%

Age groups

All age groups contributing9

•  Customers aged 16-24 +8.5%

•  Customers aged >65 +16.2%

We pride ourselves on making every pound 
count and being good housekeepers. We spend 
wisely where it matters and minimise unnecessary 
waste. This means we can provide outstanding 
value products at every price point, supported by 
colleagues who care and technology that makes 
things seamless and efficient.

8.  GlobalData UK homewares and furniture markets, 
July 2021 to June 2022. Furniture excludes kitchen 
and bathroom furniture.

9.   Analysis of Dunelm customers FY21 to FY22. 

Source: Barclays.

10.  Internal analysis of ‘best’ customers based on 

number of visits and total expenditure.  
Source: Barclays.

11.  Internal analysis based on active customers for the 

12 months to June 2022. Source: Barclays.

Our ‘most valuable’ 
customers’ grew +16% in  
the year, and are spending 
+6% more10

Our multi-channel, 
multi-category shoppers 
shop 5x as often and 
spend 7x as much as 
single-channel/single-
category customers11

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

21

 
Our strategy

Delivering sustained growth

Our focus areas are agreed by the Board and communicated across 
the business, so we all know where to apply our skills and energy.

Our ambitions

Six focus areas

Ambitious about 
our brand
Grow as the #1 destination for home,  
with more savvy home lovers shopping  
more frequently. 

Ambitious about 
being a good company
A great place to work – making a positive 
social and environmental impact in all of 
our communities.

Ambitious about 
profitable growth
Focusing on quality of growth and long-
term value creation by using our resources 
wisely and efficiently.

i

For more information see page 4.

0

Sustainability
Our pathway to net zero, 
building sustainability into 
all that we do and making 
it easy for our customers.

1

2

3

4

5

Product 
development
Develop our market-
leading product offer, 
supported by brilliant 
commercial processes.

Customer 
understanding
Deeply understand 
attitudes and behaviours  
to optimise our acquisition 
and retention.

Shopping 
experience
Offer the best, seamless 
online and in-store digital 
customer experience  
in the market.

Data and insight
Build foundational 
capabilities in data  
and accelerate  
customer insight.

Post sales 
experience
Provide personal, high 
quality and efficient 
delivery, service  
and support.

i

For more information see pages 16 to 21.

22

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Progress in FY22

•  Take-back scheme rolled out in 167 stores.

•  Improvements in sustainability labelling, e.g. ‘Conscious 

Choice’ label.

•  Removing gas-fired boilers from our store estate.

•  Various initiatives to reduce plastic packaging in own  

brand products. 

•  Natural History Museum collaboration launched.

•  Extended furniture and seasonal ranges.

•  Launched and extended home decorating ranges.

•  Detailed review of ranges and price architecture in response 

to input cost pressure.

•  Launched our commercial processes and systems  

overhaul programme.

•  Customer insight-led marketing activity, e.g. the ‘Dun Your 

Way’ campaign.

•  Introduced customer lifetime value bidding model to digital 

marketing to acquire higher value customers.

•  Communications to encourage re-purchase targeted at those 

customers most likely to lapse.

•  Upgraded Dunelm.com payment gateway to Adyen, paving 

the way for seamless purchasing across channels. 

•  Continued to expand and invest in our store estate, 

opening three new stores and major refitting of nine stores. 

•  Broadened the range of Made to Measure products 
available to browse and shop online, as well as book 
appointments for expert help.

•  Building the Dunelm data platform, providing foundational 

data for all focus areas.

•  Developing customer data to support better customer 

understanding.

1st Choice for Home

Strengthening our 
customer proposition for 
savvy home lovers

GOOD & CIRCULAR
Positive choices 
for people and the 
environment

CHOICE & VALUE
Great value and quality 
for every style, space 
and budget

FRIENDLY & EXPERT
Service that is 
knowledgeable, 
non-judgemental 
and warm

•  Developed our ecommerce fulfilment capability to shorten 

lead times, improve customer service levels and the 
efficiency of the operation.

•  Increased our capacity to fulfil larger furniture items by 
investing in our systems and distribution infrastructure, 
including the opening of our new furniture-specific 
distribution centre in Daventry.

EASY & CONVENIENT
Easy to find, buy and fit 
everything you need for 
your home

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

23

 
Key performance indicators

The Board uses a range of financial and non-financial key performance indicators 
(KPIs) to measure overall Group performance, the success of our strategic direction in 
relation to our ambitions, and to determine senior management remuneration. 

Ambitious about being a good company

Employee net promoter score (eNPS)
Year-on-year improvement %pts

+1.0%pts 

+49

Reduction in Scope 1 carbon emission 
intensity against FY19 base
Scope 1 tCO2e/£1m Group revenue      
19.6% reduction

LTIP

Reduction in virgin plastic packaging 
of own brand products (by weight 
per £1 sales) against FY20 base

22.7% reduction

LTIP

6.3

-19.6%

5.1

+14

+9

+1

+1

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2019

2022

22.7%

2022

We measure our colleague engagement every 
six months (usually in November and May) in our 
colleague survey. Overall, employee NPS has 
improved in the year, which is pleasing as this is 
the fifth successive year of improvement. 

Why this measure is important
This measure rates our colleagues’ experience 
with us and the survey helps us understand 
where we need to improve. It is also used as  
a bonus measure for the Executive Board. 

Scope
Historically and in FY22, we compared results 
from the May survey each year. However, owing 
to lockdowns and the postponement of the May 
2020 survey, in FY20 we compared November 
2019 to November 2018 surveys and in FY21 
May 2021 versus November 2019 surveys.

We have achieved a 19.6% reduction in Scope 1 
carbon emission intensity compared to our 
baseline of FY19. This has significantly exceeded 
our target of 8% in FY22 and puts us in a strong 
position to achieve our 24% reduction target 
by FY24 through our store decarbonisation 
programme. However, emissions from our 
Home Delivery Network have increased due 
to increased sale volumes, and we are actively 
looking at ways to reduce this. 

Why this measure is important
This measure helps us to understand how 
successful we are in reducing our impact on 
the environment and achieving our long-term 
carbon reduction targets. 

Scope
This metric is for Scope 1 emissions only. Scope 
2 emissions for FY22 are negligible due to the 
purchase of renewable electricity. For further 
details on all carbon emissions, please see 
carbon reduction in the sustainability section. 

Percentage of own brand products 
for which we offer an easy-to-use 
take-back service

Percentage of own brand cotton 
products which meet our ‘More 
Responsibly Sourced Cotton’ standard     

61.3% 

LTIP

61.3%

30.0%

LTIP

We have achieved a 22.7% reduction in virgin 
plastic packaging in FY22 against our FY20 
base. This reduction indicates a decrease in 
the intensity metric, rather than an absolute 
reduction in total virgin plastic by weight. There 
are two elements to this: a reduction in the 
amount of plastic we are using in our packaging 
and also an increase in recycled content. 

Why this measure is important
This measure helps us to understand how 
successful we are in reducing our impact on the 
environment by reducing the amount of virgin 
plastic in our packaging. 

Scope
This metric includes all plastic product 
packaging for own brand products (primary 
packaging) plus sales packaging (in store carrier 
bags and web delivery packaging). Plastic 
that has a recycled content greater than 30% 
is classed as a removal of plastic. All plastic 
packaging weights for the FY20 baseline and 
for Q1 – Q3 for FY22 were assumed to be virgin 
plastic. Recycled % was incorporated into the 
calculation from Q4 FY22 following improved 
availability of data. 

2022

We have seen a very positive response in our 
store communities to our take-back scheme, 
which was further expanded by adding  
textiles take-back in December 2021.  
We have exceeded our target for the year. 

Why this measure is important
This measure is important to us at it supports 
our commitment to move towards a circular 
economy and to reduce our impact on 
the environment, supply chain and local 
communities.

Scope
This metric covers own brand products sold  
in our stores.

30.0%

2022

In FY22, 30.0% of our own brand cotton 
products met our ‘More Responsibly Sourced 
Cotton’ standard. Whilst this is below our FY22 
target of 40%, it was the first year for many of our 
suppliers to source more responsibly sourced 
cotton for Dunelm, which meant that they had to 
change sources or have their sources audited for 
the first time. 

Why this measure is important
This measure is important to us as there are both 
ethical and environmental considerations with 
cotton production, which our ‘More Responsibly 
Sourced Cotton’ standard addresses. 

Scope
This metric relates to own brand cotton 
products.

24 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

REMUNERATION  
MEASURES

Details of metrics used for FY22 
bonus and LTIP outcomes can be 
found on pages 148 to 152  
in the Remuneration Report. 

Further information on the 
performance criteria that apply 
to the FY23-25 LTIP award can be 
found on page 161. 

LTIP

BONUS

 
 
Ambitious about our brand

Unique active customer growth      
% growth 
+8.5% 

Total revenue      
£m and growth % 
£1,581.4m 

BONUS

12.2

8.3

8.5

3.8

9.9%

4.8%

(3.9)%

26.3%

18.4%

1,050.1 1,100.4 1,057.9

1,581.4

1,336.2

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Net promoter score (NPS)       
Year-on-year improvement %pts 
-4.2%pts 

+1.8

+4.2

-4.2

Base
Year

2019

2020

2021

2022

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2019

2020

2021

2022

We saw an 8.5% increase in our number of active 
customers as they returned to enjoying our full 
retail offer, with broad growth seen across all 
geographical regions, income levels and  
age ranges. 

The growth in revenue reflects a strong year 
of trading, the additional Summer Sale event 
in Q1, and the weaker comparative period in 
FY21 when stores were only able to offer Click & 
Collect services for around one third of the year. 

Why this measure is important
We use this metric to measure the acceleration 
of growth in our active customer base and 
therefore our ability to reach new customers. 
This measure combines our active store and 
online customers.

Why this measure is important
We use total revenue as an indicator of 
how relevant we are to our customers, as 
it demonstrates how successful we are at 
selling the right products through the most 
convenient channels.

Scope
Unique active customers who have shopped 
in the last 12 months, based on management 
estimates using Barclays data. The definition for 
this metric has been updated in FY22 and the 
prior years restated on a consistent basis, as we 
believe that this is a more accurate estimate. 

Scope
FY22 reflects 53 weeks of trading whereas all 
other years are 52 weeks. 

In FY22, our overall score decreased by 4.2%pts 
and was heavily influenced by external factors 
including supply chain disruption, labour 
shortages and ongoing Covid-related issues 
at the beginning of the year. We have made 
good progress on a number of propositional 
improvements and are focusing on activities to 
drive customer satisfaction in FY23.

Why this measure is important
The NPS metric is a common business tool that 
measures how likely people would (or would 
not) be to recommend a product, service or 
company. At Dunelm we use this to measure how 
our customers rate their full experience with us. 

Scope
We measure customer NPS across the different 
channels that our customers shop with us and 
the metric above is a weighted average. 

Ambitious about profitable growth

Profit before tax      
£m and % sales 
£212.8m 
9.7% 11.4% 10.3% 11.8% 13.5%

BONUS

Free cash flow      
£m 
£153.0m 

Diluted earnings per share      
pence and growth % 
83.6p 

46.6%

LTIP

37.8%

32.9%

212.8

157.8

102.0

125.9

109.1

174.7

152.8

153.0

0.3%

83.6p

(14.0)%

62.9p

108.5

49.9p

42.9p

36.2p

51.0

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Profit before tax (PBT) in the period was £212.8m 
(FY21: £157.8m), an increase of £55.0m year on 
year, benefitting from a full year of trading with 
all channels open. Operating leverage improved 
in the year, with operating costs as a % sales 
reducing from 39% in FY21 to 37% in FY22. 

Why this measure is important
PBT measures overall financial performance 
of the business, reflecting sales, gross margin 
and cost control. It is also used as a key bonus 
measure.

Scope
FY22 reflects 53 weeks of trading whereas all 
other years are 52 weeks. Profit before tax for 
FY18 is presented before exceptional costs.

We generated strong free cash flow in the year 
of £153.0m despite a build in inventory and 
capital investment in two new warehouses and 
the acquisition of the Sunflex business.

Why this measure is important
Dunelm is highly cash generative. This measure 
allows the Board to monitor cash flows to 
support investment decisions for long-term 
profitability, or to return surplus cash to 
shareholders.

Scope
Free cash flow is defined as net cash generated 
from operating activities less capex (net of 
disposals) and business combinations, net 
interest paid (including leases) and loan 
transaction costs, and repayment of lease 
liabilities. FY22 reflects 53 weeks of trading 
whereas all other years are 52 weeks. 

Diluted earnings per share increased to 83.6p 
reflecting the significantly higher sales and 
profit in the year.

Why this measure is important
Earnings per share is a key measure for 
shareholders and one of the performance 
criteria for senior management remuneration 
including LTIPs.

Scope
FY22 reflects 53 weeks of trading whereas all 
other years are 52 weeks. 

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

25

 
CFO’s introduction

Introduction to Karen Witts, 
our new CFO

Karen joined the Group Board as CFO in June 2022.  
She is a Chartered Accountant and has gained global retail  
and consumer-facing business experience during her 30+ year 
career. Karen talks below about her impressions of Dunelm.

Although I only joined Dunelm a few 
months ago, I am learning what it means 
to be part of the Dunelm family. I wanted 
to join a company with a meaningful 
purpose, a strong people culture, and 
an energetic and passionate Executive 
Board. I feel fortunate to have found 
in Dunelm a business that meets 
all these criteria – and is also a well-
known, well-loved brand that has great 
opportunities to grow. 

informally, and have done a good 
job of rallying friends and family to 
buy our fantastic products. I have 
also visited our distribution centres in 
Stoke to understand better how we 
organise getting products to stores 
and to customers’ homes. I have 
been ‘listening and learning’ at every 
opportunity and I am impressed by the 
knowledge, expertise and enthusiasm 
shown by Dunelm colleagues.

Since June, I have been getting to 
know my colleagues at the Syston 
Support Centre. I have visited stores 
both formally (with the Board) and 

Our Board and management teams are 
absolutely committed to developing 
Dunelm’s long-term future and growth 
opportunities. And we are also acutely 

Karen  
Witts
CHIEF FINANCIAL 
OFFICER

aware of the financial worries felt by 
our customers and colleagues right 
now. Having worked extensively in 
large consumer-facing brands in the 
retail, hospitality and support services 
sectors, I can draw on experiences 
gained through different economic 
cycles. When faced with externally 
driven pressures, businesses must focus 
on what they can control. Dunelm is 
agile and responsive to change. We 
are focusing on our ‘operational grip’ 
so that our products and services stay 
relevant and affordable. We must 
continue to offer value and choice, 
which means that we are always working 
on efficiency and effectiveness, so we 
can make every pound count for our 
savvy customers, and our business.

Following this, you can read a review 
of our FY22 financial performance. 
Whilst I can take no credit for the 
strong set of results, I am nevertheless 
proud to be associated with them. As 
we progress through FY23 I will work 
with my colleagues to continue to drive 
long-term shareholder value from our 
business model. We have agreed a set 
of financial and operational KPIs for 
the year that is balanced and holistic. 
I will be focused on ensuring that we 
deliver across these, which includes 
maintaining our strong track record 
of cash conversion, as this allow us to 
invest in developing existing and new 
capabilities, and to deliver sustainable, 
attractive shareholder returns.

In FY23, we will also continue to 
strengthen important areas that 
are not easily externally visible, like 
internal controls, including cyber 
security, and colleague development. 
I am pleased that Dunelm is investing 
considerable time and effort in ESG 
topics, and I look forward to working 
on further developing our future plans 
in these areas. This year may be one 
of continued macro and geopolitical 
uncertainty, but I am confident that, at 
Dunelm, we have the skills and tools to 
emerge strongly from it.”

26 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

CFO’s review

We delivered a very strong set of results in FY22: growth in sales,  
market share and customer numbers; significant free cash flow  
and the return of £282m to shareholders in dividends.

REVENUE
Total sales for the comparable 52-week period increased 
by 16.2% to £1,553.1m1 (FY21: £1,336.2m). For the 53 weeks 
to 2 July 2022, total sales increased by 18.4%. These growth 
rates reflect a strong year of trading, the additional Summer 
Sale event in Q1, and a weaker comparative period in FY21 
when stores were only able to offer Click and Collect services 
for around one third of the year. Digital sales made up 35% 
of total sales, lower than FY21 (46%) due to the store closure 
periods in the previous year.

Compared to FY19 (the last comparable period with all stores 
open all year), and on a consistent 52-week basis, total sales 
grew by 41.1% (FY19: £1,100.4m). Digital sales have grown 
by 2.5x since FY19, when they made up 20% of total sales. 
The growth rates we have delivered reflect the significant 
improvements we have made to our product offer, the 
broadening appeal of our brand, and the strength of our 
total retail system, which offers customers a friendly and 
convenient shopping experience across all channels.

We continue to see broad-based growth across our 
categories. Our furniture categories have performed 
particularly well, benefitting from improved availability and 
new additions to our ranges, such as home office (where 
we have increased the number of options by 60%). Our 
seasonal ranges also performed strongly, with customers 
responding well to our winter warm and garden furniture 
lines in particular. We are also pleased with the performance 
of our decorating ranges, and the new products we launched 
in collaboration with the Natural History Museum.

Encouragingly, we have further increased our market share2. 
In homewares, our market share increased by 140bps, and 
we also gained share in the furniture market, from a small 
base. Consistent with recent years, over 85% of our total 
growth in the year was from market share gains. We remain 
confident that the improvements we are making to our 
customer proposition in the four key focus areas described 
in the CEO review will continue to deliver market share gains 
going forward.

GROSS MARGIN
We continued to work closely with our committed suppliers 
to mitigate cost price pressures and minimise retail price 
increases, whilst maintaining our commitment to offering 
customers great value for money at all price points. 

Gross margin of 51.2% (on both 52 and 53-week bases) 
was strong, reflecting a continued lower participation of 
event sales in the first half of the year. Gross margin was 
40bps lower than the prior year primarily reflecting a return 
to historic levels of participation in event lines during our 
Summer Sale in Q4. 

Looking ahead, we expect the participation in event lines 
to be higher than the last two financial years and expect 
FY23 gross margin to be closer to our long-term average 
of around 50%.

Financial summary

Sales
Gross margin
Operating cost % sales

Profit before tax

Free cash flow3
Net cash4
Diluted earnings per share
Ordinary dividend5
Special dividend6

FY22
(52 weeks)

FY21
(52 weeks)

YoY
(52w vs 52w)

FY22 
(53 weeks)

YoY
(53w vs 52w)

£1,553.1m £1,336.2m
51.6%
39.1%

51.2%
37.5%

£209.0m
FY22
(53 weeks)

£153.0m
(£23.8m)
84.5p
40.0p
37.0p

£157.8m
FY21
(52 weeks)

£108.5m
£128.6m
63.7p
35.0p
65.0p

+16.2%
(40) bps
(160) bps

£1,581.4m
51.2%
37.4%

+32.4%

£212.8m

+18.4%
(40) bps
(170) bps

+34.9%

YoY

+£44.5m
(£152.4m)
+32.7%
14.3%
(43.1%)

1.  FY22 was a 53-week year. Unless otherwise stated, commentary relates to the comparable 52-week period. The 52-week results for FY22 are unaudited.
2.  GlobalData UK homewares and furniture markets. Furniture excludes kitchen and bathroom furniture. Our homewares market share for FY21 has been restated 

by GlobalDataUK to 8.8% (previously reported 9.1%).

3.  Free cash flow is defined as net cash generated from operating activities less capex (net of disposals), net interest paid and loan transaction costs, interest on 

lease liabilities and repayment of lease liabilities.

4.  Excluding lease liabilities.
5.  Ordinary dividends declared relating to the financial year.
6.   FY21 special dividend of 65p declared with the FY21 financial results and paid in FY22. FY22 special dividend of 37p declared with the FY22 interim results and 

paid in FY22.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

27

 
CFO’s review

OPERATING COSTS
Total operating costs were £581.8m1 (FY21: £522.5m), 
representing an operating cost ratio of 37.5% (FY21: 39.1%). 
On a 53-week basis, total operating costs were £591.7m, with 
an operating cost ratio of 37.4%. The operating cost ratio 
benefitted from the leverage effect of a full year with all stores 
open, with this impact being particularly strong in H1. 

PROFIT AND EARNINGS PER SHARE
Operating profit of £213.9m1 (53-week basis: £217.7m) was 
28.5% higher than FY21 (FY21: £166.4m). This reflects a 
full year of open stores, strong gross margin, and a tight 
operational grip on costs. The acquisition and consolidation 
of the Sunflex business towards the end of FY22 did not have 
a material impact on earnings in the period. 

The growth in sales increased operating costs by £12m, 
including £7m from the decision to increase our stockholding 
to protect availability. We expect these temporary costs 
to continue through H1 FY23, and then to reduce as stock 
levels return to more typical levels in H2. The impact of 
the reintroduction of business rates and the repayment of 
the JRS monies in FY21 led to a net increase in operating 
costs of £10m in the year. Inflationary pressures, mainly on 
wages, increased operating costs by £17m. We invested 
£20m in building capabilities and capacity (particularly in 
technology, data, digital and fulfilment). Our investment in 
new ecommerce and furniture supply chain sites will improve 
customer service. The 53rd week added a further £10m of 
costs compared to FY21. 

We will continue to invest in a thoughtful way for the 
long-term, ensuring that our resources are deployed to 
maximise returns. In recent years we have invested in 
capability in areas such as digital, data and customer insight, 
as well as supply chain capacity to support medium term 
growth. We will leverage the benefit from these investments 
as they mature and become more efficient, helping to offset 
inflationary pressures. Our approach to operational grip 
has never been more important, and we will continue to 
relentlessly focus on making every pound count.

12 month rolling sales

Net finance costs of £4.8m1 (FY21: £8.6m) included interest on 
IFRS 16 lease liabilities of £4.8m (FY21: £5.3m). On a 53-week 
basis, net finance costs were £4.9m. 

Profit before tax in the period was £209.0m1 (FY21: £157.8m), 
an increase of £51.2m year on year. On a 53-week basis, profit 
before tax was £212.8m.

Profit after tax of £168.2m1 (FY21: £128.9m) reflected an 
effective tax rate of 19.5% (FY21: 18.3%). On a 53-week basis, 
profit after tax was £171.2m. The effective tax rate was 50bps 
higher than the UK headline rate, within our historic range, 
but higher than FY21 which benefitted from the timing of R&D 
claims. We expect the effective tax rate to continue to trend 
c.50-80bps above the headline rate. 

Basic earnings per share (EPS) for the period were 83.0 pence1 
(FY21: 63.7 pence). Diluted earnings per share were 82.1 
pence1 (FY21: 62.9 pence). On a 53-week basis, basic earnings 
per share were 84.5 pence, with diluted earnings per share at 
83.6 pence.

1.6

1.4

n
b
£

1.2

1.0

0.8

£960m
FY17

FY20-21 Pandemic years

£1.56bn
FY22

£1.10bn
FY19

Jun-17

Dec-17

Jun-18

Dec-18

Jun-19

Dec-19

Jun-20

Dec-20

Jun-21

Dec-21

Jun-22

+8.5% active customers, +16.2% sales1 in last 12 months

1.  FY22 was a 53-week year. Unless otherwise stated, commentary relates to the comparable 52-week period. The 52-week results for FY22 are unaudited.

28 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

FY22
(53 weeks)

£217.7m
£79.3m
(£14.8m)
£4.8m
(£35.2m)
£251.8m
(£41.7m)
(£2.1m)
(£4.8m)
(£50.2m)

FY21
(52 weeks)

£166.4m
£80.8m
(£35.0m)
£7.5m
(£35.5m)
£184.2m
(£15.7m)
(£0.7m)
(£5.3m)
(£54.0m)

£153.0m

£108.5m

(£23.8m)

£128.6m

(£282.1m)

(£24.3m)

CASH GENERATION AND NET CASH
In the period, the Group generated £153.0m of free cash flow (FY21: £108.5m).

Operating profit
Depreciation & amortisation7
Working capital outflow
Share-based payments expense
Tax paid
Net cash generated from operating activities
Capex and business combination8
Net interest and loan transaction costs
Interest on lease liabilities
Repayment of lease liabilities

Free cash flow

Net (debt)/cash

Memo: dividends paid

There was a working capital outflow of £14.8m in the period 
(FY21: £35.0m) as we consciously built our inventory levels to 
ensure we maintained good availability for customers, given 
the risk of ongoing supply chain disruption which has been 
seen across the market. Inventories at the end of the period 
were £223.0m (FY21: £172.4m). Whilst we are comfortable 
with this level of inventory for now, we do expect stock 
holding to reduce during FY23. 

Total capital investment was £41.7m (FY21: £15.7m). This 
included £9.3m relating to the set-up of our new ecommerce 
and furniture supply chain operations, and £11.5m spent on 
the three new stores opened in the period, as well as refits of 
nine existing stores and decarbonisation initiatives. On 3 May 
2022 we acquired the trade and assets of Sunflex, a division 
of Hunter Douglas (UK) Limited, for a cash consideration of 
£20.8m, of which £17.7m had been paid at 2 July 2022. We 
expect capital expenditure in FY23 to be c.£20-£30m. 

Cash tax paid of £35.2m (FY21: £35.5m) included receipts in 
relation to research and development claims made at the end 
of FY21.

Repayments of lease liabilities of £50.2m (FY21: £54.0m) 
were lower than the prior year as the comparative was 
impacted by the agreed deferral of the June 2020 rent 
payments into H1 FY21.

In the period, the Group spent £28.3m (FY21: nil) purchasing 
shares to be held in treasury to satisfy future obligations 
under its employee share schemes. 

Including impairment and loss on disposal.

7. 
8.  Excluding interest on lease liabilities.
9.  EBITDA excludes right of use asset depreciation.
10.  Fixed charges are defined as interest costs plus right of use asset depreciation.

After total dividend payments in the period of £282.1m 
(FY21: £24.3m), including special dividends of £207.0m, 
the Group ended the year with a net debt position of 
£23.8m (FY21: net cash £128.6m). 

BANKING AGREEMENTS 
In December 2021 the Group agreed a new £185m 
sustainability-linked unsecured revolving credit facility (‘RCF’). 
The facility has an initial term of four years, which may be 
extended by a maximum of a further two years at Dunelm’s 
request, subject to lender consent. The RCF incorporates four 
sustainability-linked performance targets which align with our 
ambitious sustainability plans, including our commitment to 
pursue a Net Zero Pathway. In FY22, we achieved our targets 
for plastic packaging, take-back and carbon reduction. 
Despite an improvement in the sourcing of cotton, our FY22 
target was not achieved. We continue to learn and educate 
ourselves and our suppliers, and remain confident that we will 
achieve our long-term targets. The terms of the RCF include 
covenants in respect of leverage (net debt to be no greater 
than 2.5×EBITDA9) and fixed charge cover (EBITDA9 to be 
no less than 1.75×fixed charges10), both of which were met 
comfortably as at 2 July 2022. 

In addition, the Group maintains £10m of uncommitted 
overdraft facilities and has an accordion option within the 
RCF for a maximum facility of £75m.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

29

 
CFO’s review

CAPITAL AND DIVIDEND POLICIES

Our tax strategy

Net VAT collected
Payroll taxes including 
National Insurance1
Corporation tax

Total tax contributions

FY22
£m

163.3

47.5
35.2

246.0

FY21
£m

83.3

39.0
35.5

157.8

Dunelm has registered for the UK’s new Plastic 
Packaging Tax and has paid the tax and submitted its 
first return for the period 1 April 2022 to 30 June 2022. 

Dunelm is committed to full compliance with all 
statutory obligations and full disclosure to tax 
authorities. 

The Group’s tax affairs are managed in a way that 
is consistent with the Group’s commitment to high 
standards of governance. The Board has established a 
set of principles that form the basis of the management 
philosophy and the tax policy of the Group. These 
principles can be found in full in our Group Tax Strategy 
which is published on our corporate website and 
reviewed each year. Our Group Tax Strategy sets out 
one shared vision within the Group of tax compliance 
and one view of performance.

    TAX STRATEGY AVAILABLE ON CORPORATE.DUNELM.COM

1.  All Dunelm colleagues are based in the United Kingdom, except for 

42 colleagues who work in our store in Jersey.

•  Target average net debt between 0.2× and 0.6× the 

last 12 months’ EBITDA (post IFRS 16 basis)

•  Ordinary dividend cover of between 1.75× and 2.25× 
earnings per share during the financial year to which 
the dividend relates

•  Return surplus cash if net debt consistently falls below 

the minimum target of 0.2×EBITDA

CAPITAL AND DIVIDEND POLICIES
The Board policy on capital structure targets an average 
net debt level (excluding lease obligations and short-term 
fluctuations in working capital) of between 0.2× and 0.6× 
of the last 12 months’ EBITDA (on a post IFRS 16 basis). The 
Group’s dividend policy targets ordinary dividend cover 
of between 1.75× and 2.25× earnings per share during the 
financial year to which the dividend relates.

The Board will continue to consider returning surplus cash 
to shareholders if average net debt, excluding lease liabilities, 
over a period consistently falls below the minimum target of 
0.2×EBITDA, subject to known and anticipated investment 
plans at the time. 

The Group’s full capital and dividend policies are available 
on our website at www.corporate.dunelm.com. 

DIVIDENDS
The Board has proposed a final ordinary dividend of 26 pence 
per share, recognising our very strong performance in the 
year and our confidence in the business. This takes the full 
year ordinary dividend to 40 pence per share, ahead of the 
35 pence per share paid in FY21, with dividend cover of 2.1× 
on both a 52 and 53 week basis, within the range of our stated 
policy. The final dividend will be paid on 5 December 2022 
to shareholders on the register on 11 November 2022, subject 
to it being approved by shareholders at the AGM. We paid 
total dividends of £282m in the year, including special 
dividends of £207m.

Karen Witts
Chief Financial Officer

14 September 2022

30 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES (APMs)

APM

Unique active  
customers growth

Total sales

Digital sales

Digital % total sales

Definition, purpose and reconciliation to statutory measure

12-month rolling growth in unique active customers who have shopped in the 12 months, 
based on Barclays transactional data. Note that Barclays data represents approximately  
20% of total Dunelm transactions. To measure whether we are continuing to grow our  
active customer base – from both new customers and retention of existing customers.

Equivalent to revenue (from all channels). This is net of customer returns.

Digital sales include home delivery, Click & Collect (or Reserve & Collect before October 
2019) and tablet-based sales in store.

Digital sales (as defined above) expressed as a percentage of revenue. This is not a measure 
that we seek to maximise in itself, but we measure it to track our adaptability to changing 
customer behaviours.

Gross margin %

Gross profit/revenue. Measures the profitability made on product sales prior to selling  
& distribution costs and administrative expenses.

Operating costs to sales ratio

Operating costs/revenue. To measure the growth of costs relative to sales growth.

EBITDA

Effective tax rate

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and impairment. Excludes right  
of use asset depreciation. To measure compliance with bank covenants.

Taxation/profit before taxation. To measure how close we are to the UK corporation tax rate 
and understand the reasons for any differences.

Capex (net of disposals)

Acquisition of intangible assets and acquisition of property, plant and equipment less 
proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangibles.

Free cash flow

Net cash/(debt)

Net cash generated from operating activities less capex (net of disposals) and business 
combinations, net interest paid (including leases) and loan transaction costs and repayment 
of lease liabilities. Measures the cash generated that is available for disbursement to 
shareholders.

Cash and cash equivalents less total borrowings as shown in note 18 on page 200. Excludes 
IFRS 16 lease liabilities.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

31

 
Sustainability

Building sustainability 
into all that we do

I am pleased to share some excellent progress that we have made 
in FY22 – from lifecycle material analysis underpinning carbon 
data and our new textiles take-back services to sector-leading 
colleague policies and increasing community, supplier and 
shareholder engagement on sustainability. 

given both time and resource to debate 
and implement their ideas. I hope I have 
also played my part in raising the profile 
of sustainability across the business 
by heading up the Pathway to Zero 
Steering Group and sharing my passion 
on this topic. We have also signalled our 
commitment to our financial community 
– linking sustainability metrics to long-
term Director remuneration and to our 
Revolving Credit Facility.

IMPROVE–INNOVATE–ADVOCATE
We are absolutely committed to 
improving and innovating in our own 
operations and along our supply chains. 
However, it has become increasingly 
apparent that to meet our own net zero 
goals – and those of the UK Government 
– we must work with industry partners, 
suppliers and others to speed up 
the process. Our collaboration with 
Textiles 2030 this year has considerably 
improved our understanding of 
environmental impacts in our textile 
raw material sourcing, for example, and 
we also joined the Aldersgate Group, 
working with them to advocate for a 
greener grid. We have continued to 
work with the British Retail Consortium, 
fully supporting their Climate Action 
Roadmap.

A

D

V

O

CATE

I

N

N

OVATE
IMPROVE

OUR PATHWAY TO ZERO 
EMISSIONS APPROACH
In last year’s Annual Report, I updated 
you on the launch of our Pathway to 
Zero strategy – a new way of organising 
our activities across three areas (carbon 
reduction, circular economy and 
community). This strategy is designed 
to accelerate progress by allocating 
responsibility to Executive Board 
members who are best placed to drive 
the actions which will most effectively 
reduce our carbon emissions and other 
environmental impacts. 

This activity sits alongside well-
established processes, which ensure 
that our social and governance 
responsibilities for colleagues, health 
and safety, community, compliance and 
reputational matters are embedded 
into our day-to-day activities.

LONG-TERM THINKING
Sustainability can mean different 
things to different people and we 
continue to work hard to explain to 
our key stakeholders – customers, 
suppliers, colleagues, communities 
and shareholders – how we think about 

sustainability at Dunelm. I always 
use our purpose as a starting point. 
We need to think about the long 
term – how we grow and develop our 
business in a sustainable way ‘now and 
for generations to come’. Operating 
in a sustainable way also links to our 
ambition to ‘be a good company’ 
and this covers, for example, the way 
we treat and reward our colleagues 
and how we aim to make a positive 
social and environmental impact in 
our communities. Acting responsibly 
and sustainably is also a competitive 
advantage – it underpins our brand 
and customer proposition, allows us 
to attract and retain customers and 
colleagues, strengthens our supplier 
partnerships and helps us to secure 
long-term investment and funding.

INCREASED COMMITMENT  
AND RESOURCE
In the past year, we have invested in 
new colleagues, bringing sustainability 
expertise into the business in areas such 
as carbon reduction, ethical supply 
chain and sustainable materials. We 
have also ensured that colleagues on 
our Pathway to Zero working groups are 

32

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

LOOKING AFTER OUR 
COLLEAGUES
We are committed to making our 
colleagues feel welcome, engaged, 
safe and fairly rewarded, wherever they 
work in our business. The past year has 
seen an increase in the level of violence 
and abuse directed at shop workers 
and contact centre teams by members 
of the public. Senior management 
receives a weekly report and we have 
been shocked and concerned by the 
number and severity of incidents. 

We have invested in training and 
protective measures to support our 
colleagues, such as increased security 
guarding and radio messaging systems, 
and have supported the British Retail 
Consortium’s campaign for tougher 
policing and sanctions.

Looking after the mental and financial 
health and wellbeing of our colleagues 
has always been a top priority, as is 
evidenced by examples shared in this 
report. This year we know that the 

cost of living squeeze will affect many 
colleagues and their families. We 
have purposely given our hourly-paid 
colleagues a higher pay increase than 
other colleagues this year, and have 
increased the level of support for their 
financial wellbeing, including a one-
on-one conversation with each of our 
hourly-paid colleagues and easier and 
wider access to education, third-party 
support and our Colleague Support 
Fund.

Alongside this, we continued to roll 
out our diversity and inclusion training, 
and our colleague network groups 
made their mark in their first full year, 
helping to shape new policies and 
raise awareness by sharing ‘lived 
experiences’. 

We also reinforced the importance of 
our shared values by embedding them 
into a new behavioural framework 
and we continued our drive to ‘grow 
our own’ by better identifying and 
developing colleague talent. 

LISTENING AND LEARNING
I would like to thank all Dunelm 
colleagues and partners for their 
fantastic efforts in moving us forward 
this year. We still have a long way to 
go – we need to listen and learn, take 
advice, revisit assumptions and invest 
more; but most of all we have to keep 
up the energy, enthusiasm and genuine 
excitement that our colleagues have 
for creating an increasingly circular 
business that has a positive impact  
on society. 

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Nick

Nick Wilkinson
Chief Executive Officer

How we organise ourselves on sustainability

Our overall approach to sustainability is championed by our CEO, who delegates responsibility to 
Executive Board members, supported by our Head of Climate Change on our Pathway to Zero strategy

Our approach to managing sustainability is collaborative and iterative, recognising the 
different levels of maturity of our existing structures and the overlapping nature of the topics.

Pathway to Zero strategy
Specific strategy and governance created to drive our approach to climate 
change, with a focus on reducing carbon emissions and developing a circular 
economy mindset

Colleague and Legal
Ongoing focus to care for our colleagues and 
to keep our business and relationships safe, 
implemented through established structures 
and policies 

Carbon reduction

Circular economy

Community

Colleagues

Doing the  
right thing

Executive Board responsibilities for key stakeholder and sustainability focus areas,  
supported by other members of Executive Board

CFO

Commercial  
Director

Customer  
Director

Stores and  
People Director

Company  
Secretary

• Carbon reduction

• Suppliers 

• Customers

• Colleagues

• Anti-Bribery

• Operational waste

• Responsible sourcing

• Community

• CFO is also responsible 

• Circular economy

• Take-back, repair  

for tax and supplier 
payments

and re-use

• Colleague/Supplier 
Codes of Conduct

• Health and safety

• Privacy

Guided by our purpose and shared values

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

33

 
Sustainability

Sustainability metrics,  
targets and progress

The sustainability metrics and targets that we 
focus on most across the business.

i

See also Group KPIs page 24, TCFD Report from page 61  
and Remuneration Committee Report from page 130. 

All policies are available on corporate.dunelm.com.

Carbon reduction

Key

BONUS

 Remuneration metric used for bonus

LTIP

  Remuneration metric used for long-term  
incentive plan

RCF

 Revolving Credit Facility target

IN FY22 WE ENGAGED WITH THE FOLLOWING 
ORGANISATIONS:

Copyright ©2022 Sustainalytics. All rights reserved. Such information and data 
are proprietary of Sustainalytics and/or its third party suppliers (Third Party 
Data) and are provided for informational purposes only. They do not constitute 
an endorsement of any product or project, nor an investment advice and are not 
warranted to be complete, timely, accurate or suitable for a particular purpose. 
Their use is subject to conditions available at legal disclaimers.

The use by Dunelm of any MSCI ESG Research LLC or its affiliates (‘MSCI’) data, 
and the use of MSCI logos, trademarks, service marks or index names herein, 
do not constitute a sponsorship, endorsement, recommendation, or promotion 
of Dunelm by MSCI. MSCI services and data are the property of MSCI or its 
information providers, and are provided ‘as-is’ and without warranty. MSCI 
names and logos are trademarks or service marks of MSCI.

34 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Base year

Target

FY22 
performance

Page

PATHWAY TO ZERO SCOPE 1

Scope 1 CO2e

FY19

Scope 1 CO2e/£m sales

FY19

LTIP

RCF

PATHWAY TO ZERO SCOPE 2

Continue to purchase  
renewable electricity

Annual

PATHWAY TO ZERO SCOPE 3

Scope 3 CO2e

FY19

50% 
reduction by 
2030

24% 
reduction by 
FY24

100% 
electricity 
from 
renewable 
sources

50% 
reduction by 
2030

13.4% 
increase

19.6% 
reduction

38

38

99.7%

38

Ongoing

39

OPERATIONAL WASTE

% of operational 
waste recycled

% of waste diverted 
from landfill

Annual

80% in FY22

79.8%

41

Annual

98% in FY22

96.2%

41

Related commitments: British Retail Consortium’s Climate 
Action Roadmap to achieve net zero by 2040; commitment 
to work towards Textiles 2030’s targets as a Textiles 2030 
signatory.

Related policies:

POLICY

•  Plastics and packaging policy
•  Environmental policy

INDEPENDENT ASSURANCE

We engaged Ernst & Young LLP to provide limited 
assurance for FY22 over the key performance metrics 
which are linked to our Revolving Credit Facility (RCF). 
These are marked with green RCF flags on pages 34 
and 35. The full assurance statement and the Basis of 
Reporting documents that were applied in preparing 
these metrics can be found online on our corporate 
website: corporate.dunelm.com.

 
 
 
Circular economy

Community

Base year

Target

FY22 
performance

Page

Base year

Target

FY22 
performance

Page

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

N/A 50% by FY24

61.3%

48

COMMUNITY

Charitable funds 
raised

COLLEAGUES

Colleague net 
promoter score 
(eNPS) 

22.7% 
reduction

45

BONUS

15.0%

45

Ongoing

—

Reportable accidents 
under RIDDOR1

Number of targeted 
colleagues 
completing training 
in anti-bribery, anti-
fraud and tax evasion

CUSTOMERS

FY20

—

—

—

Reduce by 
7.5% by FY22  
and by 20% 
by FY24

30% by FY22 
and by 50%  
by FY25

100% by 
FY25

80% by FY24 
and 100%  
by FY25

Annual

Year-on-year 
increase

£52k 
increase

Annual

Year-on-year 
improvement

1%  
improvement

Annual

Annual

Year-on-year 
reduction

Reduction 
of 9

At least 90% 
of targeted 
colleagues

82.3%

51

24

60

60

25

25

Net promoter score 
(NPS)

Annual

Year-on-year 
improvement

4.2% 
reduction

30.0%

43

BONUS

Unique active 
customer growth

Annual

Year-on-year 
improvement

8.5% 
improvement

—

50% by FY25

7.1% 43, 44

Related policies:

POLICY

•  Health & Safety Policy Statement
•  Dunelm Colleague Code of Conduct
•  Whistleblowing policy
•  Anti-corruption and anti-bribery policy
•  Tax Strategy
•  Code of Business Conduct

Annual

100%

90.1%

44

—

—

100%

97.9%

46

90%

73.9%

46

TAKE-BACK

% of own brand 
products for which 
we offer an easy-to-
use take-back service

LTIP

RCF

PLASTIC AND PACKAGING

Volume of own brand 
plastic packaging 
used/£m sales

LTIP

RCF

% of recycled content 
used in own brand 
plastic packaging 

% of own brand 
cardboard packaging 
from sustainable 
sources

RESPONSIBLE SOURCING

% of ‘More 
Responsibly Sourced 
Cotton’ in  
own brand range

LTIP

RCF

% of ‘More 
Responsibly Sourced 
Timber’ in  
own brand range

% of palm oil used 
in Dunelm/Pausa 
products that is 
sustainably sourced 
(RSPO)

% of Tier 1 factory 
base for own brand 
products with audits 
not more than two  
years old

% of low- or medium-
risk audits 

Related policies:

POLICY

•  Plastics and packaging policy
•  Responsible cotton policy
•  Responsible timber policy
•  Responsible palm oil sourcing policy
•  Responsible animal welfare policy
•  Ethical Code of Conduct for suppliers and partners
•  Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement and modern 

slavery policy

•  Whistleblowing policy
•  Code of Business Conduct

1.  Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences  

Regulations 2013.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

35

 
 
 
Sustainability

Carbon reduction

Aligning our strategy to science-based best practice.

OUR APPROACH

A

D

V

I

O

N

N

CATE
OVATE
IMPROVE

IMPROVE
Understanding  
and focusing  
on activities in  
our control

INNOVATE
Finding solutions  
by doing things 
differently

ADVOCATE
Asking for help  
and working 
collaboratively

i

For more information see pages 37 to 40. 

Pathway to Zero indicative roadmap

SCOPE 1
Target: 50% reduction  
by 2030 

Company car fleet

Home Delivery 
Network fleet

Natural gas, oil 
and refrigerants

10-year gas-fired heating replacement programme

Driver training/monitoring

Hybrid/electric company cars by 2025

Transition to low-carbon fuel in HGVs by 2025

Collaboration with Sustainable Logistics Forum to move to low-emission fleet by 2030

SCOPE 2
Target: Already at net zero

Reviewing greener RE credentials

Colleague engagement to accelerate energy-saving

Installing PV panels

Renewable 
electricity

Photovoltaic 
opportunities

Collaboration with organisations such as Aldersgate Group to advocate for a greener grid

SCOPE 3
Target: 50% reduction  
by 2030

The majority of our Scope 3 
emissions come from the products 
we sell. For more detailed analysis 
see page 39.

Textiles (raw materials 
and fibre production)

Hardlines (raw materials  
and production)

Production

Food and drink

Product transport

Product use at home

Goods not for resale

Product end of life

Commuting and 
business travel

Customer travel and 
home parcel deliveries

•  Improve data gathering and reporting to 

understand gaps and opportunities.

•  Work with suppliers to move to renewable energy 

and use innovative low-impact materials. 

•  Scope 3 Roadmap to be further refined in FY23.

•  Transition to low-carbon fuels in third-party 

•  Expand range of lower-carbon products and 

engage customers. 

logistics.

•  Collaborate with industry and experts, such as 
British Retail Consortium, Sustainable Logistics 
Forum, Textiles 2030 and Aldersgate Group to 
advocate for circularity and decarbonisation 
across industry.

1
%
o
f

t
o
t
a

l

e
m

i
s
s
i
o
n
s

1
%
o
f

t
o
t
a

l

e
m

i
s
s
i
o
n
s

9
8
%
o
f

t
o
t
a

l

e
m

i
s
s
i
o
n
s

2019

2020

2022

2025

2030

2035

2040

FY19 
baseline

All Scopes 
50% reduction from FY19 baseline

Graphic is illustrative of current and anticipated activities and timeline and represents future direction of travel only.  
Please refer to table on page 37 for carbon reduction figures to date.

36 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUR COMMITMENTS AND 
METHODOLOGY
Our commitments
Our goal is to reduce absolute 
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by 
50% by 2030 against a FY19 base. Our 
application for formal recognition of our 
targets by SBTi will be submitted in the 
new financial year. We support British 
Retail Consortium’s Climate Action 
Roadmap to achieve net zero by 2040. 
Additionally, as a signatory to Textiles 
2030, we have pledged to work towards 
Textiles 2030’s measurable targets, 
which include reducing the aggregate 
greenhouse gas footprint of new textile 
products by 50%, sufficient to limit 
global warming to 1.5°C in line with the 
Paris Agreement on climate change, and 
achieving net zero by 2050 at the latest.

i

See page 44 for our commitment to 
other Textiles 2030 targets.

Our initial work with Carbon Trust in 
FY20 and FY21 enabled us to develop 
baseline data for Scope 1, 2 and 3 
emissions. We have updated and 
refined this data but, as this work is 
iterative, information provided in this 
report may change as we refine our 
data further and make it more accurate. 

We have already developed a Group-
wide roadmap to deliver our  
Scope 1 and Scope 2 targets. We know 
the areas we need to focus on to reduce 
our Scope 3 emissions and, as our data 
improves, we will build out our Scope 3 
roadmap in FY23. We are already taking 
action to reduce emissions across all 
three Scopes, as reported below, and 
have adopted an ‘improve, innovate 
and advocate’ approach as illustrated 
in the graphic on page 36, recognising 
that in some areas we are reliant on 
industry collaboration and innovation to 
achieve our goals. 

Methodology and reporting
Our calculation methodology for 
Scopes 1 and 2 has followed the GHG 
protocol corporate standard and we 
are improving our Scope 3 data quality 
continually. More information on our 
methodology for calculating emissions 
is on our website: https://corporate.
dunelm.com/about-us/policies-and-
statements/.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Absolute GHG emissions
CO2e tonnes

FY19

Location-
based

FY20

Location-
based

FY21

FY22

Location-
based

Market-
based

Location-
based

Market-
based

6,967

7,108

8,633

8,633

7,902

7,902

10,861

1,430,410 

8,757

 N/A

7,854

N/A 

268

N/A

8,015

21

 1,799,231

1,799,231

Scope 1  
(Direct 
emissions)

Scope 2  
(Indirect 
emissions)

Scope 3

Turnover £m

1,110.4

1,057.9

1,366.2

1,366.2

1,553.1

1,553.1

Scope 1 GHG 
intensity  
per £1m  
turnover

6.3

6.7

6.5

6.5

5.1

5.1

Note: Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions are calculated following the GHG protocol corporate standard. 
Market-based Scope 2 emissions reflect the purchase of REGO-qualifying electricity. Under Scope 3 
emissions we use best available data to report material GHG contributors to our footprint, including: raw 
materials; product manufacturing; third-party logistics; product use at home; and product end-of-life 
emissions. Our FY19 model indicates that these contributing areas represent c.95% of our total Scope 3 
emissions. Details of the methodology used to calculate our emissions are available on corporate.dunelm.
com at https://corporate.dunelm.com/about-us/policies-and-statements/. Our SECR disclosure can be 
found on page 168. Turnover is on a 52-week basis.

First trial of LPG vehicles in August 2022

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

37

 
   
 
Sustainability

Carbon reduction continued

Scope 1 emissions

Scope 2 emissions

Company  
car fleet

Home delivery 
network fleet

Natural gas, oil 
and refrigerants

UNDERSTANDING OUR SCOPE 1 
EMISSIONS
Across all Scope 1 contributing 
business areas, we have set 
decarbonisation plans and annualised 
internal targets to help us achieve our 
2030 carbon reduction target. 

Our model shows that emissions from 
natural gas, oil and refrigerant gases 
used in our stores and warehouses 
accounted for over a third of our 
Scope 1 (direct) emissions in FY19. We 
have continued to replace gas-fired 
heating with electric heating run on 
purchased renewable energy. No gas 
installations are fitted in new stores 
and existing installations are removed 
during store refurbishments and refits. 
In addition, we are working with stores 
to use existing gas-fired heating more 
efficiently, prior to replacement. This 
means that we were able to reduce 
natural gas emissions this year by 29.8% 
against the FY19 baseline. We are 
reducing emissions from refrigeration 
gases by replacing them with lower 
emission gases. 

Our model shows that the remainder 
and largest part of our Scope 1 
emissions comes from the vehicle 
fleets that we run – our Home Delivery 
Network (HDN), our company car 
fleet and the van fleet used for our 
made-to-measure service. In FY22, 
we continued to train our HDN drivers 

in best practice behaviours and used 
data from telematics to promote 
driving efficiency. We also focus on 
optimising delivery routes and vehicle 
fill efficiency. This helped us to reduce 
our HDN CO2e emissions per delivery 
in FY22 by 3% versus FY21. In FY22, we 
set a logistics decarbonisation strategy 
with the aim of moving away from 
diesel HGVs to a lower-emission fleet 
within five years, subject to available 
technology, and we continue to test and 
trial low-emissions fuel. In early 2022, 
we joined the Sustainable Logistics 
Forum, a group of logistics and retail 
companies who share best practice, 
respond to government consultations 
and work collaboratively on projects 
to advance sustainable logistics. Our 
participation supports our collaboration 
and advocacy strategy. 

Since July 2021 our company car fleet 
options have been electric or hybrid 
only and we plan to phase out all  
other cars by 2025. We have installed  
16 electric vehicle chargers at our 
support centre and our new furniture 
hub at Daventry.

FY22 performance

•  Overall, our Scope 1 CO2e 

emissions increased by 13.4% 
against the FY19 baseline, as 
a result of our growth in sales 
and home delivery; this equates 
to a reduction of 19.6% per 
£1m turnover.

FY23 focus

•  Continue replacement of gas-
fuelled heating and invest in 
low-emission vehicles in our 
HGV fleet.

•  Ongoing industry advocacy 
to accelerate low-emissions 
solutions and speed to market.

Renewable 
electricity

Photovoltaic 
opportunities

UNDERSTANDING OUR SCOPE 2 
EMISSIONS  
Our Scope 2 (indirect) emissions are 
negligible under a market-based 
approach, since we transitioned to 
Renewable Energy Guarantees of Origin 
(REGO) qualifying electricity sources 
for the majority of sites in April 2019. 
We will collaborate with Aldersgate 
Group and other organisations to 
advocate to improve the availability 
of renewable energy.

Through our Building Management 
System we can better manage and 
monitor our use of energy for lighting, 
heating and cooling. We continue to 
engage colleagues across our business 
to accelerate energy saving. Colleagues 
from our Store Development team 
review energy usage data twice 
a week and visit stores regularly, 
targeting those where usage appears 
higher than it should be.

We have installed photovoltaic (PV) 
panels at five of our freehold stores to 
reduce our electricity usage and at year 
end FY22, PV panels generated around 
250 MWh, equating to around 1% of 
our annual on-site renewable energy 
consumption. PV panels for another four 
stores are already ordered and we will 
review further opportunities for FY23.

FY22 performance

•  Continued to purchase 

renewable energy and expanded 
use of photovoltaic panels.

FY23 focus

•  Increase use of photovoltaic 

panels. 

•  Sign off roadmap for more 

credible sourcing of renewable 
energy strategy.

38 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Scope 2 emissions

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Scope 3 emissions

Scope 3 emissions FY19 
% lifecycle stage 

19%

27%

Textiles (raw 
materials and 
fibre production)

Hardlines (raw 
materials and 
production)

<1%

c.2%

Food and  
drink

Product  
transport

32%

14%

Textile product 
manufacturing

Product 
use at home

<1%

c.4%

Commuting and 
business travel

Product 
end of life

<1%

<2%

Customer travel 
and home parcel 
deliveries

Goods not 
for resale

<2%

Other

Source: Dunelm FY19 figures from Carbon Trust 
and Textile 2030 data.

In April 2021, we became the first 
homewares retailer to join the industry 
group Textiles 2030 and to commit to 
their targets (see page 44). Members 
of Textiles 2030 have made a voluntary 
agreement to limit the impact that 
textiles (particularly in the fashion 
industry) have on climate change and 
the environment. Through our joint 
work, we have a better understanding 
of the importance of using recycled 
textiles to lower our carbon footprint 
and our water usage, in particular for 
polyester. We have set an internal 
target to accelerate our migration from 
conventional to recycled polyester 
fibre; see case study on page 44. 

Non-textile products (our model 
indicates that these account for 
approximately 27% of our carbon 
footprint)
For our non-textile homewares and 
furniture ranges we have started to 
use life-cycle assessment (LCA) and 
primary sourcing data to establish a 
more accurate environmental footprint 
baseline; see Responsible sourcing 
(environmental), page 43. Preliminary 
results will be available in FY23 and 
will help inform our carbon reduction 
strategy for non-textile materials (such 
as timber, metal and glass) that are used 
in our core non-textile product ranges.

Textiles raw material
    tCO2e 

1
7
8

,

0
5
3

0
0
9

,

1
2
3

0
6
9

,

7
6
2

2019

2021

2022 (estimate)

Data sourced from Textiles 2030 carbon footprint 
tool for FY19 and FY21. FY22 is calculated using 
FY21 data plus textiles sales increase between 
FY21 and FY22. This is due to not having FY22 
data available until March FY23.

FY19 Scope 3 carbon 
emission hotspot analysis
% 

Textile raw material and 
fibre production 

19

Hardlines raw material and production  27

Product transport 

Textile product manufacturing 

Product use at home 

Product end of life 

Goods not for resale 

Other 

c.2

32

14

c.4

c.2

c.2

Numbers do not add up 100% due to rounding.
Source: Dunelm

UNDERSTANDING OUR SCOPE 3 
EMISSIONS
Our analysis of data collected in FY19 
showed that over 95% of our total 
CO2e emissions were attributed to 
Scope 3 and, of these, the majority 
are generated from the materials 
and processing associated with our 
products. Our original carbon footprint 
for Scope 3 was built by Carbon Trust, 
based largely on invoice purchase 
data. Since then we have improved the 
robustness of our data collection for 
textile products through our work with 
Textiles 2030 and have updated our 
2019 footprint in the pie chart above, as 
well as FY22 data, which is a mix of the 
original model and more accurate data 
normalised using business growth.

OUR APPROACH TO REDUCING 
SCOPE 3 EMISSIONS 
Materials 
Textiles (our model indicates that these 
account for approximately 19% of our 
carbon footprint)  
Of our own brand products, 
approximately 50% by sales volumes 
are textiles, and this is where we 
continue to focus our greatest efforts. 

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

39

 
Sustainability

Carbon reduction continued

Scope 3 emissions continued

Food and drink
Although sales from Pausa represent 
less than 2% of our total revenue, our 
Pausa cafes are an important part of our 
business: they enhance our customer 
and colleague experience and are 
increasingly used to help stores engage 
with their local communities; see 
Communities page 51. 

In FY22, we worked with Carbon 
Trust to model the carbon footprint 
of products that we sell in our Pausa 
cafes and learnt that most emissions 
are generated from our milk and coffee 
products. This information has helped 
to prioritise workstreams and next year 
we intend to refine sourcing standards 
and work with our suppliers to reduce 
carbon emissions from their products. 

Production/manufacturing
We understand from our collaboration 
with Textiles 2030 and our FY19 
hotspot analysis with Carbon Trust that 
a significant proportion (at least 30%) 
of Scope 3 emissions are generated in 
the product manufacturing/processing 
stage. We are currently collecting 
the data and developing our supplier 
engagement programme and will 
report progress on this in FY23. 

Product transport
We continue to collaborate with 
our third-party logistics partners 
and industry groups to support 
the development of low-carbon 
infrastructure and vehicles for our 
outsourced transportation and 
distribution. We worked closely with 
our largest logistics suppliers in FY22 
to gather carbon emission data relating 
to the movement of our products to 
inform a decarbonisation plan. Actions 
to date include reviewing the use of 
low-carbon fuel and agreeing to trial 
LPG trailers, rationalising the number 
of store deliveries and training staff on 
efficient driving. 

Commuting and business travel
Our model shows that commuting 
and business travel is a relatively small 
contributor to our Scope 3 footprint 
(less than 1%). We will consider 
developing a decarbonisation  
plan in FY23.

Customer travel and home  
parcel deliveries
Our model shows that emissions from 
customer travel and home parcel 
deliveries also account for a relatively 
small part of our Scope 3 footprint (less 
than 1%). We will be working with our 
third-party parcel delivery partners to 
develop a decarbonisation plan  
in FY23.

Product use at home
Through our work with Textiles 2030 
we understand that product use at 
home is a large contributor to our 
Scope 3 footprint (around 14%). For 
our customers and colleagues, our 
approach includes offering products 
with greater longevity and giving more 
information about how to care for and 
repair products to prolong their life. 

Product end of life
We trialled a textiles take-back scheme 
in December 2021 and expanded this 
to 167 stores. We now have customer 
take-back options for 61.3% of our 
own brand product range (see Circular 
economy, page 48). During the first 
six months, we took back an average 
of around 10 tonnes of textiles each 
week, avoiding at least 25 tonnes 
of CO2e (assuming that all products 
would otherwise have gone to landfill); 
see calculation methodology on our 
corporate website https://corporate.
dunelm.com/media/3148/scope-3-
reporting-methodology.pdf.

Other
For our ‘non-stock’ (non-product) 
purchases we work on a priority and risk 
basis. In FY23, we will request carbon 
data and reduction plans from our 
largest suppliers, and continue to track 
progress. We have added sustainability 
questions to our tender documentation 
and these form part of the contract 
award process. We have also added 
a clause to our terms and conditions 
which requires suppliers to work with 
us to meet our sustainability targets, 
as well as considering the impacts of 
all large investments on our carbon 
reduction plans.

FY22 performance

•  Developed a better 

understanding of areas of 
Scope 3 to prioritise and target 
our reduction efforts, such as 
products.

FY23 focus

•  Further work on using low-

impact materials in product 
manufacture.

•  Complete life-cycle 

assessment data gathering 
to inform decarbonisation for 
other core product areas.

•  Focus on supplier engagement 
to achieve carbon reduction.

•  Ongoing refinement of Scope 
3 carbon reduction roadmap 
and reporting.

•  Working with logistics partners 
to move to lower-carbon fuels 
in fleet.

During the year we developed our own transparent and 
understandable labelling to make it easier for customers to 
identify products that have one or more sustainable attributes 
under the ‘Conscious Choice’ logo – this was launched in 
August 2022.

40 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Operational waste 
management

Our priority is to minimise generated 
waste, recycle where possible, and  
send to landfill sites as a last resort. 

FY22 PERFORMANCE
In FY22, we generated 15,048 tonnes 
of waste, up 7.0% since the previous 
year. Relative to our revenue growth this 
equated to a year-on-year reduction 
of 7.8% (9.7 tonnes per £1m revenue 
in FY22 versus 10.5 tonnes per £1m 
revenue in FY21). A breakdown of 
waste generated by category can be 
seen in the pie chart below. There was 
no material year-on-year change in 
the percentage breakdown of waste 
generated by category. In FY22, we 
recycled 79.8% of all operational waste 
(FY21: 80%) against a target of 80% and 
diverted 96.2% of all waste from landfill 
(FY21: 96%), against a medium-term 
target of 98%.

Breakdown of waste 
generated by weight FY22
% 

Non-recycled waste  

Dry mixed recycling  

20

24

Cardboard and paper  50

Plastic  

Food waste  

Store refit waste  

Hazardous waste  

Source: Dunelm

3

2

1

0

MAXIMISING EFFICIENCIES
The majority of our waste is generated 
at store level and we work closely with 
our waste management partner, Biffa, 
to drive continuous improvement 
in minimising and reprocessing this 
waste stream. In FY22, we renewed a 
three-year contract with Biffa and reset 
performance parameters including, for 
example, maximising the efficiency of 

our waste collections, typically around 
20,000 journeys per year. By monitoring 
bin levels and changing collection 
frequencies we aim to eliminate 
unnecessary journeys, improve service 
levels and reduce our carbon footprint. 

We aim to transport waste to the most 
local recycling plants (unless it makes 
sense to send waste slightly further 
afield to more efficient plants) and are 
working with Biffa to identify longer-
term solutions, by changing waste 
processes and investigating other waste 
diversion routes.

RECYCLING
We have improved signage, 
communication and processes in our 
stores and sites to make it easier for 
colleagues to segregate and recycle 
waste, for example, by dry mix, 
cardboard and paper, clear plastic, 
wood, organic and hazardous. We 
also repurpose old store shelving 
equipment, which is resprayed and 
reused in new stores and refits.

In September 2021, at our store 
roadshows, we relaunched a 
comprehensive recycling guide and 
video for colleagues, complemented 
by kits and posters for each store. Since 
October 2021, we have incorporated 
waste management metrics into our 
health and safety store audits to raise 
the profile further. Stores provide health 
and safety and waste information every 
month, alongside full annual audits, 
and we are analysing this information 
to identify further waste management 
efficiencies – for example, by focusing 
on anomalies and sharing best practice.

REPURPOSING RETURNS
We aim to sell any less-than-perfect 
stock in stores at a discount to our 
customers rather than returning it 
to our warehouse to be disposed 
of. If customers return ‘online only’ 
products, such as large furniture items 
to our stores, we also aim to resell 
these in store (often at a discount). We 
continue to partner with Appliance 
Tech who check any returned electrical 
appliances so that we can resell them 
safely. Through these initiatives we 
reduce waste and save transport and 
warehousing costs.

Operational waste recycled 
%

75

76

78

80

80

2018 2019 2020 2021 2022

Diversion from landfill
%

95

96

97

96

96

2018 2019 2020 2021 2022

FOOD WASTE
We have 153 Pausa cafes in stores 
and run four Pausa restaurants for our 
colleagues. Our aim is for no food to 
be thrown away and we are reducing 
food waste in a number of ways. 
Our centralised ordering system, for 
example, gives us better stock visibility 
and improves our management of 
perishable items and wastage. We also 
train colleagues to standardise serving 
processes and in-store presentation, 
and we factor in wastage during range 
rationalisation. We discount or donate 
perishable items nearing end of life and 
are investigating ways to share food 
with our local communities. Any food 
waste generated is recycled. 

FY22 performance

•  79.8% of operational waste 

recycled against a target of 80%.

•  96.2% of waste diverted from 
landfill against a target of 98%.

FY23 focus

•  Continue to minimise waste 
and maximise recycling.

•  Expand waste champion 
network and colleague 
engagement.

•  Identify closed-loop 

opportunities with suppliers to 
reduce/monetise waste.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

41

 
Sustainability

Circular economy

Taking the whole lifecycle of our products into consideration.

Product circularity

Our products have always been 
designed with quality, choice and 
value in mind; we now also consider 
sustainability and circularity.

design processes, raising awareness 
across our commercial teams, 
bolstering internal expertise and 
collaborating with suppliers and 
industry partners, such as Textiles  
2030 and Better Cotton.

MOVING TOWARDS PRODUCT 
CIRCULARITY
Around 80% of c.50,000 own brand 
products are designed in-house or 
exclusively for us by external designers, 
allowing us to influence and develop 
more sustainable ranges, including 
the materials we use, how they are 
produced, and the options for our 
products at end-of-life. 

Full product circularity cannot be 
achieved overnight. We will continue 
to learn, test and scale up as we 
engage with our key suppliers and 
work with industry peers to improve 
our understanding and develop 
opportunities. In FY22, we launched our 
exciting collaboration with the Natural 
History Museum, which epitomises our 
approach to product circularity.

Moving from a linear to a circular 
model involves longer-term thinking 
and, during the year, we embedded 
circularity principles into our product 

SUSTAINABLE COLLABORATION
Inspired by the Natural History 
Museum (NHM) and the natural 
world it celebrates, the NHM x 
Dunelm homewares collection is 
designed for longevity using, where 
possible, responsibly sourced 
materials and packaging that has a 
‘second life’. Each product aims to 
raise awareness of the importance 
of protecting wildlife and habitats, 
such as wetlands and woodlands, 
to preserve fragile ecosystems. This 
exclusive range has been designed 
by Dunelm, working with NHM 
experts, who share their specialist 
knowledge. Only suppliers who 
meet NHM’s and Dunelm’s highest-
rated ethical standards have been 
selected to work on the project. 

X

TAKE-BACK

• Customer take-back services available

• Products reused, repurposed, recycled

• Researching ‘closed loop’ opportunities  

for textiles

Bag and bring your clean and 

undamaged home textiles here 

and we’ll give them a second life 

PACKAGING TO KEEP

• Some NHM packaging 
designed to colour in 
and maybe even frame 

Visit Dunelm.com or ask in-store for details.

• Encourages reuse and 
educates along the way

DUN4735/102712

Provide 
take-back 
services  
(to close loop)

Improve 
product  
design

Moving towards 
product circularity

Develop  
end-of-life 
solutions

Source 
lower-impact 
materials

Reduce 
packaging 
and improve  
its recyclability

DIFFUSERS AND CANDLES

• Plant-based diffuser oil

• Glass vessels and packaging 

designed to be reused

• Easily recyclable 

42

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

MARLOW MARSH ARMCHAIR 
AND FOOTSTOOL

• Classic wingback silhouette 

and tapered legs for  
timeless look

• Filling made from 100% 

recycled polyester

• Interchangeable legs to 

extend life

• Made in the UK

KINGFISHER CUSHION

• Cover made from 100% 

recycled polyester

• Filling made from 100% 

recycled polyester

• Recyclable through Dunelm’s 

textiles take-back service

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Responsible sourcing
ENVIRONMENTAL

To achieve our targets to reduce 
carbon emissions and water usage, we 
need to change the materials used in 
our products and the manufacturing 
process throughout the whole  
supply chain. 

EXPANDING OUR EXPERTISE
In FY22, we expanded the in-house 
skills of our Product Quality & 
Sustainability team by recruiting two 
environmental sourcing specialists. 
This will help us to identify and improve 
the environmental credentials of our 
products more quickly, better educate 
our suppliers and buying teams, 
and tackle increasing stakeholder 
demand for more transparent data that 
underpins our commitments to carbon 
and waste reduction, and to related 
areas such as water and biodiversity.

SUPPLIER ENVIRONMENTAL 
ASSESSMENT AND ENGAGEMENT
We have continued to work with Track 
Record Global to map our supply chain 
to identify potential environmental and 
social risks in the sourcing of cotton, 
timber, and palm oil; and to verify 
claims for recycled materials. 

We have engaged with our suppliers 
through a series of seminars and 
workshops, and by sharing resources. 
Through this engagement we set out 
our targets and our expectations of the 
standards that we require our suppliers 
to meet, so that they understand the 
need to develop their expertise and 
drive continuous improvement in their 
own supply chains.

TEXTILES 2030 AND MATERIALS 
IMPACT ASSESSMENT
We became the first homewares 
retailer to sign up to Textiles 2030 in 
FY21, committing to carbon, water and 
circular textiles targets (see page 44). 
We are working alongside c.100 other 
UK companies/signatories to reach 
these targets at an industry level. 
This year we submitted our baseline 
fibre tonnage for textiles products 

in FY19 and FY21 and completed a 
materials impact assessment to better 
understand the GHG emissions, water 
and waste impacts associated with 
our products. Our work has helped 
prioritise our actions, for example to 
source more recycled polyester to help 
reduce our carbon footprint, and to use 
more sustainable cotton alternatives to 
reduce our water footprint.

COTTON 
Our published target is for 100% of the 
cotton used in our own brand products 
to meet our ‘More Responsibly Sourced’ 
standard by FY25. In FY22, we achieved 
30.0%. To accelerate our progress, 
in FY22 we joined Better Cotton, the 
world’s largest cotton sustainability 
programme, whose mission is ‘to help 
cotton communities survive and thrive, 
while protecting and restoring the 
environment.’1 Through our association 
with Better Cotton we are committed 
to improving cotton farming practices 
globally. Better Cotton is sourced via 
a chain of custody model called mass 
balance. This means that while cotton 
produced under the programme may 
not be directly traceable to a Dunelm 
product, Better Cotton farmers benefit 
from the demand for Better Cotton in 
equivalent volumes to those we ‘source’. 

Textiles used in our products
% of material/fibre in tonnes 

Polyester  

Cotton 

Polypropylene and Polyurethane  

Other  

Source: Dunelm

58

26

7

9

NON-TEXTILES
Although we have completed a 
high-level assessment, we are at an 
early stage in developing a detailed 
understanding of the environmental 
footprint of our non-textile materials 
such as timber, glass, ceramics, and 
metals. We will do so using a practical 
approach that makes use of peer-
reviewed industry data and proxies 
in line with ISO 14044. This material 
impact assessment will be based on life 
cycle analysis (LCA) and will cover five 
areas: global warming potential, water 
quality impacts, water consumption, 
fossil fuel depletion, and human 
and environmental toxicity. We have 
adopted a phased approach, initially 
focusing on product categories with 
the highest potential impact, allowing 
us to test our methodologies and 
set priorities.

FOOD AND DRINK
Dunelm is committed to using more 
sustainably sourced raw materials 
across our range of Pausa cafe 
products. For example, tea, coffee and 
cocoa in Pausa branded products must 
be certified to a recognised responsible 
sourcing programme that reduces 
environmental degradation, such as the 
loss of natural habitats, deforestation 
and social risk in the area from which 
they are sourced.

BIODIVERSITY, TIMBER  
AND WATER
In FY22, we started to assess data 
requirements to quantify our nature-
related dependencies, risks and 
impacts to understand and address 
these as part of our decision-making, 
and to build our first biodiversity 
strategy. We are at a very early stage in 
this process and have begun to map the 
habitats, baseline biodiversity integrity 
and water-related risks of our main 
timber and cotton sourcing regions, two 
areas where our raw material impacts 
are likely to be greatest.

1.  Source: https://bettercotton.org

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 43

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
Sustainability

Circular economy continued

Working with Textiles 2030

WORKING COLLABORATIVELY TO REDUCE THE ENVIRONMENTAL 
IMPACT OF TEXTILES
Dunelm is one of the pioneering home textiles signatories on WRAP’s Textiles 
2030 voluntary agreement, an expert-led initiative designed to limit the  
impact textiles have on climate change in line with the Paris Agreement. 
Source: WRAP Textiles 2030

TEXTILES 2030 MEASURABLE TARGETS 
As a Textiles 2030 signatory we have adopted a ‘Target, Measure, Act’ 
approach to work towards key science-based targets by 2030. We aim to 
reduce the aggregate carbon footprint of new products sold by 50% and 
reduce the aggregate water footprint of new products sold by 30%, against  
a 2019 baseline.

ROADMAP AMBITIONS FOR 
CIRCULAR TEXTILES
Essential to achieving these targets and moving 
towards a more circular economy for textiles is 
designing for circularity, implementing circular 
business models and closing the loop on materials. The Textiles 2030 
Roadmap sets out a series of key milestones between now and 2030 to help 
businesses on the agreement adopt these principles. More information is 
available on WRAP’s website: https://wrap.org.uk 

FY22 performance

•  30.0% of ‘More Responsibly 
Sourced Cotton’ in own 
brand range.

•  6.9% of ‘More Responsibly 
Sourced Timber’ in own 
brand range.

•  90.1% of palm oil used in 

Dunelm/Pausa products that 
is sustainably sourced (RSPO).

FY23 focus

•  Increase usage of ‘More 
Responsibly Sourced 
Cotton’/Better Cotton and 
recycled polyester.

•  Improve data to better 

understand carbon reduction 
drivers for non-textile products.

•  Carry out baseline assessment 

of habitats, biodiversity integrity 
and water risk of our main cotton 
and timber sourcing regions to 
develop biodiversity strategy.

REDUCING THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OF OUR TEXTILES 
Through our collaboration with Textiles 2030 we have undertaken joint data 
analysis and scenario modelling and improved our understanding of actions we 
can take to reduce our environmental impact related to textiles. These include 
switching to organic or recycled fibres, encouraging the use of renewable energy 
in our supply chains, reducing chemical and water usage and extending product 
life. Our updated analysis shows that a carbon emissions reduction of around 24% 
could be made just by using recycled rather than conventional polyester fibre. We 
are aiming to switch to using only recycled polyester in our 2023 spring/summer 
collection and to set targets to increase the use of recycled polyester across the 
rest of our business.

44 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

HOME DELIVERY PRE-PACKING PRODUCT ASSESSMENT

Weight

Size and 
shape of 
product

Fragility  
and value

REDUCING PACKAGING
We have continued to work on various 
packaging initiatives around the 
business to reduce overall packaging 
consumption – from transit packaging 
to packaging used for consumer-facing 
products; examples include trialling 
pre-stretched film (see below). 

In FY22, we developed a detailed 
packing manual and training video 
(in multiple languages) for people 
working at the third-party ecommerce 
facility where the majority of our online 
orders are handled, guiding them on 
how to use the optimal packaging size 
and type, based on the product, our 
business, our customer experience and 
the environment. 

Choice of packaging 
considerations: 
Packaging cost, packing 
speed, transport costs/
volume optimisation, 
product protection, ease of 
customer handling, volume 
of waste to be recycled 
by customer and overall 
customer experience.

FY22 performance

•  22.7% reduction in volume of 
own brand plastic packaging 
used /£1m sales against a FY22 
target of 7.5%.

•  15.0% of recycled content used 
in own brand plastic packaging 
against FY22 target of 30%.

FY23 focus

•  Ongoing packaging reduction 
and improvement initiatives 
across the business.

•  Further refinement of systems 
and data collection for UK 
Plastic Tax reporting and 
preparing for Extended 
Producer Responsibility for 
Packaging tax reporting 
(legislation expected to be 
in force 2023-4). 

•  Strengthening dedicated 

packaging and technology team.

Plastics and packaging

We cannot eliminate all packaging 
but are committed to reducing its 
environmental impact by using less 
packaging, better packaging and 
aiming for a fully closed packaging loop.

UK PLASTIC PACKAGING TAX
This new tax came into force in April 
2022 and applies to plastic packaging 
manufactured in, or imported into, the 
UK that does not contain at least 30% 
recycled content. 

In July 2021, we updated our second 
Sustainable Packaging Manual, 
and in last year’s Annual Report we 
shared examples of initiatives already 
underway to increase recycled content 
in our packaging for Dunelm branded 
products. We were unable to meet 
our target for 30% of recycled content 
in our own brand packaging in FY22, 
primarily due to lack of availability of 
suitable alternatives and provision of 
evidence by our suppliers. We aim to 
improve performance in FY23.

The requirement to submit information 
to the UK Government quarterly, with 
documented evidence of recycled 
content, represents a significant 
workstream for our team. In FY22, 
we updated our systems to capture 
data relating to the new tax and 
engaged extensively with our suppliers 
to educate and support them. In 
December 2021, we issued a Supplier 
Packaging Reporting Requirements 
Manual, which aligns our packaging 
standards with the new tax and helps 
guide all our suppliers through the new 
data that they must provide.

At year end, over 80% of all suppliers 
had confirmed their adherence to the 
new data requirements and we aim 
to introduce spot checks in FY23 to 
validate data accuracy.

We trialled using thinner, 
pre-stretched film to wrap 
pallets in one warehouse and 
removed 109 tonnes of plastic 
and over 285 tonnes of carbon. 
We are now rolling this out to 
other sites.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 45

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
Sustainability

Circular economy continued

Responsible sourcing 
ETHICAL

We require our suppliers to provide 
safe and legal working conditions for 
the people who work for them, and we 
do not permit any form of exploitation. 

APPROACH
Controls to identify and eradicate 
modern slavery and any other form of 
exploitation such as excessive working 
hours, child labour and poor safety 
standards through our product supply 
chain are maintained through the audit 
activity against our Ethical Code of 
Conduct for suppliers and partners 
(available on our corporate website). All 
Dunelm suppliers sign up to this code, 
which aligns to international labour 
standards and includes an enhanced 
section on modern day slavery. 

We regularly audit the manufacturing 
and UK warehousing facilities of all 
suppliers of our own brand products for 
compliance with this code. All Dunelm 
Tier 1 suppliers must provide a low- to 
medium-risk graded ethical audit (less 
than two years old) and a valid building 
and fire safety certificate. All new 
suppliers have to be graded low- or 
medium-risk to be onboarded.

PERFORMANCE
In FY22, we reported an increase in 
the percentage of low- to medium-risk 
graded ethical audits to 73.9% against 
a target of 90%. Although the number 
of high-risk audits fell, we decided to 
increase the frequency of auditing for 
any site with consecutive high-risk audit 
results; in addition to online follow-ups, 
we now re-audit these sites within one 
year (instead of within two years). 

We are still experiencing some 
challenges in keeping audits in date 
in regions that remain affected by 
pandemic-related travel restrictions. In 
FY22, 97.9% of our audits were in date 
(FY21: 89%) against a target of 100%.

SUPPLY CHAIN TIERS

Tier 4
Fibre 
processing

Tier 3
Fabric and 
cotton 
suppliers

Tier 2
Tier 1 
sub-
contractor

Tier 1
Final product 
factory

Tier 0
Office, retail, 
distribution 
centres

Tier 2 mapping process
We have developed a Tier 2 mapping 
process, building on work that we 
started last year. In April 2022, we 
trialled this process with one of our 
largest UK Tier 1 suppliers who has over 
30 suppliers (our Tier 2 level) in four 
different countries. We have focused 
initially on managing and assessing 
data returned from this exercise. Our 
next step will be to use this data to 
create a practical risk management 
framework to identify and grade risks 
based on industry, region and scale, 
including how much value of the final 
product is made in our Tier 2 sites. 

ETHICAL CODE OF CONDUCT: 
SUMMARY OF TOPICS COVERED 

Child labour 

Employment is freely chosen 

Hours of work 

Wages and benefits 

Freedom of association 

Discrimination 

No harsh or inhumane treatment is allowed

Regular employment is provided 

Health and safety 

Environmental requirements 

Agency labour

Audits 

Supplier compliance 

Sub-contractors 

Whistleblowing 

EXPANDING OUR ETHICAL AUDIT 
PROGRAMME
Our anti-slavery and ethical audit 
programme covers all Tier 1 own 
brand suppliers, all warehouses that 
hold stock of own brand product 
and selected Tier 2 sites. We use 
an independent third-party expert, 
Verisio, to assess, grade and monitor 
the social and ethical performance 
of the supply chain for both product 
and third-party service providers. 
In FY21, we developed a bespoke 
remote auditing service with Verisio 
to facilitate the closure of specified 
non-conformance issues; see page 
47. We will always endeavour to work 
with a supplier in a responsible way to 
resolve issues before we stop placing 
orders. However, if action is not taken 
to address non-compliance within 
an acceptable period, we will not 
compromise our supply chain integrity. 

During the year, we appointed 
a dedicated Ethical Manager to 
support our Head of Product Quality 
& Sustainability to further develop 
our ethical audit programme and 
raise supplier awareness through 
engagement. We have also broadened 
our anti-slavery ethical assessment 
programme for higher-risk UK-
based non-stock suppliers, such as 
logistics service providers, cleaners 
and recruitment agencies, and we 
have introduced a programme of 
unannounced spot checks for high-risk 
suppliers in addition to our regular 
audits. Renewing a physical auditing 
presence (post-Covid) and continuing 
with spot checks are an important way 
of combatting poor ethical practices 
and guarding against modern slavery 
risk, and we aim to increase this activity 
where we can.

46 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

ENGAGING OUR SUPPLIERS 
We continued to raise awareness of 
the importance of anti-slavery and 
ethical practices and the key role 
our suppliers play in adopting these. 
In March 2022, we organised an online 
seminar for around 250 suppliers that 
focused on anti-slavery and ethical 
standards and current and future 
audit information requirements. Our 
aim was to reinforce our transparent 
approach, including information 
about our supplier scorecard (see 
below), to explain the rationale behind 
more stringent reporting and to 
demonstrate commitment to ongoing 
supplier engagement.

Supplier whistleblowing 
We have in place a whistleblowing 
helpline which is anonymous and 
run by an independent third party. 
We actively encourage people in our 
supplier factories to report any issues 
they may have, reinforcing that it is in 
everybody’s interest to do so. We are 
currently introducing a new supplier 
whistleblowing platform to replace the 
existing one and aim to launch this in 
October 2022. Our new system will be 
set up in multiple languages, and allow 
concerns to be emailed and collated 
via an online portal. We are promoting 
this new service on posters in all Tier 1 
factories (around 800 sites).

This is an important part of our 
diligence process. For example, 
following a concern raised about one 
of our suppliers via our whistleblowing 
helpline, we immediately launched an 
investigation and made unannounced 
visits; no slavery practices were 
uncovered but we found other issues. 
Although we engaged with the supplier 
these were not resolved and further spot 
checks led to us delisting some of  
their factories.

Supplier scorecards
The anti-slavery and ethical 
performance of our suppliers has a 
bearing on legal and brand damage 
risk exposure, investor decisions and 
customer and colleague expectations, 
and we consider individual supplier 
performance when making commercial 
sourcing decisions. Our ‘live’ supplier 
scorecards inform our decision-making 
and help our suppliers to see how 
they can improve their performance, 
for example, by renewing audits or 
addressing non-conformance within 
approved time frames. By increasing 
the transparency of how we calculate 
our overall supplier scores, we aim to 
encourage suppliers to improve their 
anti-slavery and ethical performance.

MODERN DAY SLAVERY TRAINING
As legally required, we update 
our Slavery and Human Trafficking 
Statement each year, and this is signed 
by our CEO and available on our 
corporate website. Modern day slavery 
e-learning modules are compulsory 
on induction and completed annually 
by all Dunelm colleagues involved in 
recruitment and people management, 
and by those who work in high-risk 
areas such as warehouses. Training 
module completion is tracked via our 
new learning and development portal, 
Thrive, and we refresh training content 
regularly. In FY22, 80.2% of targeted 
colleagues received annual training.

FY22 performance

•  97.9% of Tier 1 factory base 
for own brand products with 
audits not more than two years 
old against a target of 100%.

•  73.9% of low- or medium-risk 
audits against a target of 90%.

FY23 focus

•  Continue to reduce high-risk 
graded factories through 
improvement plans or  
re-sourcing.

•  Ongoing supplier engagement, 
Tier 2 supply chain mapping 
and risk assessments.

•  Increase presence in UK 

factories and spot checks; 
overseas where permissible.

•  Expand anti-slavery and ethical 

assessment approach for 
non-stock suppliers.

•  Implement and promote 
new dedicated supplier 
whistleblowing portal.

REMOTE AUDITING SERVICE
In FY21, we developed a bespoke remote auditing service that allows the 
closure of authorised non-conformances against the Dunelm Corrective 
Action Plan to be carried out remotely in place of an on-site follow-up 
audit. The purpose of this service is not to lower standards, but to reduce 
barriers to achieving them through a more cost-effective and efficient 
service. The remote service can only be used on one occasion; 
if a repeat non-conformance is raised in subsequent audit 
reports, a follow-up on-site audit will be required.

Step 1: 

Step 2: 

Step 3: 

Ensure that all relevant 
information will be 
available to the auditor.

Ensure adequate root 
cause analysis has been 
previously provided or 
available to the auditor.

Ensure adequate 
technology is available 
to facilitate the remote 
Dunelm audit.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

47

 
Sustainability

Circular economy continued

Take-back services

We aim to make it as easy as possible 
for our customers to dispose of 
unwanted homewares items and 
are working on a growing range of 
take-back solutions across our major 
product ranges.

PROGRESS AND PERFORMANCE
In FY22, we set ourselves a target to 
offer a take-back option for over 50% of 
our own brand products by sales value 
by FY24. This is also a current target for 
the Directors’ LTIP and our Revolving 
Credit Facility. At year-end FY22, 
customer take-back solutions were 
in place for 61.3% of our own brand 
products and a summary of these can 
be found in the table below.

TACKLING TEXTILES
Although we had take-back facilities 
in place in FY21 for products such as 
electricals, batteries, furniture and 
mattresses, a major initiative in FY22 
was to find a take-back solution for 
textiles – our largest product category 
by revenue and volume. In October 
2021, we piloted a textile take-back 
facility in 18 stores in partnership with 
an expert provider and rolled this out 
to 166 stores in December 2021. At 
year-end FY22, this was available in 167 
stores, representing 94% of our store 
estate. At present, there are 10 stores 
where this textile take-back service is 
not offered owing to space constraints. 

We have been overwhelmed by our 
customer response. There has been no 
significant drop in volumes since we 
launched the textile take-back service, 
averaging collections of around 10 
tonnes a week. We have promoted this 
service via our dunelm.com website 
and Facebook store community pages 
and we have developed more in-store 
promotional materials, including 
dedicated textile drop-off bins. 

Our take-back partner is a signatory to 
Textiles 2030 (as are we) and ensures 
that no textile will end up in landfill. 
Where possible, products are reused; 
otherwise they are shredded and 
repurposed or used for energy-from-
waste. We segregate feather-filled 
quilts and pillows and send these to one 
of our product suppliers who cleanses 
them and plans to reuse the feathers 
in new products once the volumes are 
high enough to do so.

FY22 performance

•  61.3% of own brand products 
for which we offer an easy-to-
use take-back service against 
a target of 50%.

FY23 focus

•  More efficient textile 

segregation and labelling to 
facilitate reuse and develop 
further circular economy 
initiatives.

•  More streamlined internal and 

external communications of our 
take-back options.

•  Ongoing evaluation of solutions 
for remaining product ranges.

EXPANDING TAKE-BACK SERVICES

Category

Examples of take-back

Progress and focus

Electrical 
items and 
batteries

All like-for-like electrical 
items purchased with 
us (legal requirement as 
part of WEEE electricals 
recycling scheme).

Textiles 

Clean bed linen, duvets, 
pillows and bedding 
protection, throws and 
blankets, bath towels 
and mats, cushions and 
covers, fabric bathmats 
and shower curtains, 
tablecloths, runners and 
place mats, aprons and 
tea towels, and curtains.

Homewares Good quality, pre-loved 

items.

Furniture, 
beds and 
mattresses

Good quality furniture, 
beds and unsoiled 
mattresses with fire 
safety label.

Any condition.

In partnership with 
‘Recycle Your Electricals’ 
scheme, which we 
actively promote in 
store, online and via 
local Facebook store 
community pages. 

Textiles take-back 
scheme in 167 stores; 
ongoing refinement with 
partner as we evaluate 
operational, logistical 
and segregation 
improvements.

252 tonnes collected  
in FY22 

Encourage customers 
to donate to our Group 
charity partner, Mind.

British Heart Foundation 
(BHF) collects free (by 
appointment).

£119k raised for BHF  
in FY22

Collected by Clearabee 
with fee (discounted 
with proof of Dunelm 
order).

Bag and bring your clean and 

undamaged home textiles here 

and we’ll give them a second life 

Visit Dunelm.com or ask in-store for details.

DUN4735/102712

48 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Sustainability

Community

Engaging with the people who support our business.

Customers

CREATING JOY FOR OUR 
CUSTOMERS
We want to help find ways to make 
everyday homelife better for our 
customers, and our plan to become 
our customers’ 1st Choice for Home is 
firmly linked to our purpose (see page 
4). In FY22, the Board renewed our 
customer proposition, demonstrating 
its ongoing commitment to putting our 
customers at the heart of our business. 
We have renewed our focus on the 
value that we offer across all price 
points (‘choice & value’) in the light of 
current cost of living pressures in the 
UK, seeking to minimise price increases 
where possible, as well as adding 
a new element (‘good & circular’) 
to reflect our ambition to provide 
products that make a positive impact 
on society and the environment.

CUSTOMER SAFETY 
We are responsible for making it as safe 
as possible to shop with us – whether 
in-store, in our Pausa cafes or online. 
In our health and safety section on 
pages 59 to 60, we explain how we 
provide bespoke training to store 
colleagues; our approach to managing 
food safety and examples of improved 
nutritional and allergen information 
to better inform customers who eat 
and drink in our cafes; how we respect 
our customers’ (and colleagues’) data 
privacy; and how we have improved the 
security of online payments made by 
our customers.

PRODUCT SAFETY AND 
RESPONSIBLE MARKETING
We also have a responsibility to market 
and sell safe products. Our product 
safety standards are set out in our 
Quality Manual which is shared with our 
suppliers. These reflect The General 
Product Safety Regulations 2005, as set 
by the UK Government, other specific 
product-related legislation and our own 
requirements, for example on the use 
of sharp items in the manufacturing 
process to ensure that these do not  
end up in the finished product. If we 
decide to recall a product from sale  
as it does not meet our standards,  
we communicate this clearly in-store 
and on our commercial website  
dunelm.com. We get in touch with 
customers directly, where we have their 
contact details, and always provide 
a full refund. We have a policy on 
the use of price promotion claims to 
ensure that these are always made 
fairly and legally and, during the year, 
we have introduced specific guidelines 
on sustainability claims, and rolled 
out training to our commercial and 
marketing teams.

CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT
We are continuing to build our 
capabilities in customer insight so that 
we can better serve our customers and 
give them more reasons to shop more 
frequently with us. We use a variety of 
methods to engage our customers – 
from feedback on our local Facebook 
group pages to regular surveys and 
our work with social media influencers. 
We are also committed to engaging 
our customers by supporting purpose-
driven communities around every one 
of our stores (see page 50). 

MORE SUSTAINABLE CHOICES
Our Community working group has an 
objective to engage with customers 
(and colleagues) to raise awareness 
of our sustainability commitments, 
products and services (such as our 
take-back services), and to share tips 
and life hacks, for example, on how to 
repair and upcycle products to help 
customers live more sustainably. Our 
‘Conscious Choice’ launch in August 
2022 represented a step forward in 
how we communicate the sustainability 
credentials of our products. 

MEASURING PERFORMANCE
Our key metric related to customers is 
net promoter score (NPS) – a Group KPI 
and executive bonus metric; see page 
25. In FY22, our overall score decreased 
by 4.2%pts (FY21: +4.2%pts) and was 
heavily influenced by external factors, 
including supply chain disruption, 
labour shortages and ongoing 
Covid-related issues at the beginning 
of the year. We have made good 
progress on a number of propositional 
improvements during the year which 
we expect will deliver an improved 
score in FY23. Nick, our CEO, talks more 
about our customer proposition and 
developments in his CEO’s review on 
pages 16 to 20.

Strengthening our customer proposition for savvy home lovers

We pride ourselves on making every pound count and being good housekeepers. We spend wisely where it matters 
and minimise unnecessary waste. This means we can provide unbeatable value products at every price point, 
supported by colleagues who care and technology that makes things seamless and efficient.

CHOICE & VALUE
Great value and quality  
for every style, space  
and budget.

GOOD & CIRCULAR
Positive choices for people 
and the environment.

FRIENDLY & EXPERT
Service that is 
knowledgeable, 
non-judgemental and warm.

EASY & CONVENIENT
Easy to find, buy and fit 
everything you need for  
your home.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 49

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
Sustainability

Community continued

Store communities

MEANINGFUL CONNECTIONS
In FY20, our colleagues set up 
Facebook groups in their store 
communities to help organise local 
fundraising initiatives, to support 
vulnerable individuals and to 
understand local customer and 
colleague sentiment during Covid-19 
lockdowns. We saw the potential to 
develop this initiative and have since 
focused our efforts on making more 
meaningful connections to support 
thriving, purpose-driven communities 
around every one of our stores. At 
year end FY22, we had over 1 million 
Facebook followers (FY21: over 700k).

RESPONDING TO THE  
WAR IN UKRAINE
Dunelm was proud to be part of the 
UK retail community’s response in 
supporting people affected by the 
war in Ukraine. Colleagues across our 
stores, support centres, warehouses 
and supply chains engaged with 
charities to understand what support 
was most needed and how best to 
help. Our store community groups 
co-ordinated local drop-off points for 
essential items such as duvets, pillows 
and toiletries and most of these actions 
were store-led, building organically. 
Within just a couple of weeks after the 
invasion, over 105 pallets of duvets, 

pillows, blankets and other essential 
items were delivered to the Polish 
border, via our take-back logistics 
partner, for onward distribution to 
Ukrainian people in affected regions. 
We identified that around 300 Dunelm 
colleagues and their families have 
been directly affected by the war in 
Ukraine. We sent £20k to the Red Cross 
on behalf of these colleagues as a 
‘personal donation’. We also offered a 
10% discount for UK residents taking 
part in Homes for Ukraine to help them 
prepare their homes for refugees.

BENEFITTING OUR 
COMMUNITIES
In addition to fundraising as a Group for 
Mind, Scottish Association for Mental 
Health and Inspire, we encourage stores  
to support local events and charities  
that are meaningful and  
relevant, benefitting  
schools, hospitals,  
hospices and  
animal shelters,  
among others.

PROMOTING INNOVATION  
AND AUTONOMY
We encourage stores to make their own 
decisions and ‘act like owners’. Strong 
ideas can and do grow organically across 
the Group, promoting innovation, as 
seen during the store-led initiatives 
for Ukraine. We also support local 
entrepreneurs and businesses by 
providing space for pop-up shops  
and events on our premises.

IMPROVING COLLEAGUE 
ENGAGEMENT 
Our colleagues are proud to support their 
local communities via their stores and feel 
more engaged and committed. 

REDUCING ENVIRONMENTAL 
AND BIODIVERSITY IMPACTS
Many community initiatives support our 
commitment to reducing our impacts  
on the environment: encouraging  
the donation of unwanted goods, 
recycling decorations and litter  
picking, to name a few. 

PROMOTING AND SHARING 
OUR INITIATIVES
Our community work is so important to 
our stores, the Dunelm brand and our 
customer proposition that we measure 
and share activities at each store via our 
community leaderboard (nothing like  
a bit of competition).

#Doingtherightthing

Thriving, purpose-
driven communities

BRINGING COMMUNITIES 
TOGETHER 
We have opened up our Pausa cafes as 
community hubs – bringing together 
people through social groups and giving 
people a collective purpose, for example, 
through our ‘Knit & Stitch’ groups.

CONNECTING OUR 
COLLEAGUES 
Our colleagues feel more connected to 
other Dunelm stores and sites by working 
on joint campaigns, such  
as our ‘Miles for Mind’  
baton relay to  
support Mind. 

CREATING COMPETITIVE 
ADVANTAGE
We truly believe that what we are doing 
in our communities is different, valued 
and recognised, giving people an extra 
reason to work for us and shop with us.

50 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

FY22 performance

•  Increase in charitable funds 
raised of £52k to £632k 
(FY21: £580k).

FY23 focus

•  Further initiatives to support 
Mind, SAMH and Inspire. 

•  Colleague volunteering drive to 
support more causes across our 
communities.

•  More in-store events to engage 
our store communities with 
Dunelm products and services.

PAUSA COMMUNITY HUBS
Last year we reported on how we  
had opened up our Pausa cafes to  
local community groups such as Scout 
groups and book clubs. We are pleased 
to report that the role of Pausa evolved 
further in FY22. In February 2022, we 
launched our ‘Knit & Stitch’ groups 
and these have been very popular 
(thanks, Tom Daley). Signed-up knitters 
and crocheters are given a free cup 
of tea, 20% off wool and inspiration 
to set to work on knitting squares to 
make blankets or ‘twiddle muffs’ for 
people with dementia in our partner 
care homes and hospitals. Through our 
newsletters and store Facebook pages 
we have received positive feedback and 
evidence that our groups have helped 
bring people together.

‘DELIVERING JOY’
Based on the success of our last  
two ‘Delivering Joy’ campaigns  
we are already planning to run  
our third one in December 2022,  
aiming to beat the 19,000 gifts 
collected and distributed during the 
festive period in FY22. Gifts donated by 
customers are sent to people in local 
care homes, schools and hospitals. We 
also supported animal shelters and, at 
our Support Centre in Leicester, gifts 
donated by colleagues were collected 
for Age UK who sent them to local 
elderly people living alone.

VOLUNTEERING
Every Dunelm colleague is encouraged 
to take up their annual paid day-off 
to volunteer or provide support for a 
charity. This was difficult to implement 
in and out of lockdowns and we have 
yet to regain full momentum. We aim 
to promote and better monitor this 
important aspect of local community 
engagement in the year ahead.

Group and colleagues fundraising 
and Group cash charity contributions
£k

580

638

580

632

491

2018 2019 2020 2021 2022

SUPPORTING OUR GROUP 
CHARITY PARTNER 
We rotate our chosen Group charity 
partner every two years and ask our 
colleagues to shortlist candidates via 
an online survey as part of the pitch 
process. In July 2021, our colleagues 
voted to support Mind (in England and 
Wales), Scottish Association for Mental 
Health (SAMH) in Scotland and Inspire 
in Northern Ireland. We also continue 
to support local charitable causes such 
as LOROS and the Rainbows Hospice 
for Children and Young People and, in 
FY22, made ad hoc donations to Age 
UK, Women’s Aid, Good Guys and 
Loughborough University.

By year-end FY22 we had raised 
£457k through a variety of Group-
wide fundraising activities. The most 
successful event was ‘Miles for Mind’ – a 
baton relay which was very popular with 
our colleagues who set up route maps 
for people to run, walk or bus between 
Dunelm stores. From March 2022 we 
increased our Pausa donations to Mind, 
SAMH and Inspire from 5p per cup of 
tea sold to 5p from any hot drink.

‘SHOP SMALL, SUPPORT LOCAL’
In summer 2021, we contacted local 
business and offered space on our 
store premises to set up stalls in return 
for a donation to Mind. During the 
year around 1,500 businesses took 
part, selling goods such as hand-made 
jewellery, paintings and wax melts. 
In December 2021, we set up local 
Christmas markets in our Pausa cafes.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

51

 
Sustainability

Community continued

Colleagues

Our colleagues expect us to 
treat them fairly, to be rewarded 
appropriately for the work they 
do, to be given opportunities to 
develop and learn, and to be heard 
and connected to the business. 
They expect to feel at home in a safe 
and inclusive working environment. 

In this section, we report on the areas 
we have focused on most in FY22 as 
part of our overall People Strategy. 

INCLUSIVE AND DIVERSE 

COMMITMENT TO EQUALITY, 
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION 
We want Dunelm to be an 
inclusive place for all. We aspire 
to achieving a colleague base 
reflective of society at all levels, 
providing opportunity for all, 
regardless of background, 
ethnicity, gender, sexual 
orientation, disability or age. 

POLICY

  Our equality and diversity 

policy is available on our corporate 
website, corporate.dunelm.com.

Our Board diversity policy can be 
found on page 119. 

INCREASED FOCUS ON DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION IN FY22 
Building on foundations laid last year, we increased our focus on diversity and 
inclusion in FY22, recognising its importance to our colleagues’ overall health  
and wellbeing. In FY23, through ongoing training and education, we will focus  
on making it clearer to our colleagues that they have the power to talk in a trusting 
and supportive environment.

Progress to date

Future focus

Informed and educated colleagues and 
leaders on a range of diversity and  
inclusion topics.

Support colleagues to move from learning 
and being educated to putting findings  
into action.

Set up four networks (see page 53), each 
sponsored by an Executive Board member, 
and a Diversity and Inclusion Steering Group. 

Engage more colleagues in networks, 
including network group ‘allies’, to make 
them more visible and impactful. 

Trialled census and gathered ethnicity data 
for around 77% of all colleagues.

Refine data collection method and use it to 
inform decisions, priorities and engagement.

Trained recruitment teams in inclusive 
practices, including trial of graduate ‘no-CV’ 
recruitment process.

Use new behavioural framework to remove 
bias in internal/external talent hiring.

KNOWING OUR COLLEAGUES

Age split
%

Ethnicity data
%

50+  

41-50  

31-40  

21-30  

Under 21  

25

13

18

28

16 

White British  

83

White – Other  

Asian British  

Black  

Multi-ethnic  

Other  

4

6

2

2

3

Note: This data covers 100% of all colleagues.

Note: This data covers 77% of all colleagues.

Gender breakdown, year-end FY22 versus year-end FY21

Number

Percentage 

Female

Male

Total

Female

Male

FY22

FY21

Change

FY22

FY21

Change

4

5

10

3

5

9

1

—

1

7

5

6

4

13

15

1

1

-2

11

10

23

FY22

36%

FY21

Change

33%

3%

FY22

64%

FY21

Change

67%

-3%

50%

56%

-6%

50%

44%

6%

43%

37%

6%

57%

63%

-6%

6,153

6,673

-520

2,237

2,301

-64

8,390

73%

74%

-1%

27%

26%

All colleagues

7,410

7,564

-154

3,614

3,520

94

11,024

67%

68%

-1%

33%

32%

1.  Excluding Executive Board members.

52

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

1%

1%

Group  
Board

Executive 
Board

Dunelm 
Leadership 
team1

Store 
colleagues

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

COLLEAGUE NETWORKS
Our first four colleague networks 
were set up in July 2021 and have 
been steadily evolving. Each network 
is sponsored by an Executive Board 
member, with a departmental sponsor 
from the Dunelm Leadership Team. 
Co-chairs are voted in by other 
members and each network normally 
meets virtually to encourage colleague 
attendance from across the business. 
Visions, goals and other information, 
including a calendar of events and 
invitations to sign up, are updated on 
our Home Comforts intranet. 

Members of our People team meet 
monthly with the co-chairs, working 
with them to help run meetings that 
induce challenging debate and to 
encourage people to talk about their 
lived experiences. Our network groups 
are proving to be a valuable source of 
information with suggestions resulting 
in change, as summarised in the 
table opposite.

DUNELM COLLEAGUE NETWORKS – INFLUENCE AND FOCUS IN FY22

DISABILITY & 
NEURODIVERSITY

•  Subtitles on videos and live transcripts

•  ‘Quiet’ hours in stores

•  Choice of printed materials (to avoid reading 

from screens)

•  Widening aisles so employees with wheelchairs 

can carry stock

•  Employing people on a one hour a week 

contract to help build confidence

ETHNICITY & RACE

•  Celebrated religious and cultural holidays such 

as Ramadan and Holi to raise awareness of 
different beliefs

•  Launched multi-faith/wellbeing spaces in a 

number of buildings

•  Increasing diversity in recruitment through 
training, in partnership with Unleashed 

LGBTQ+

•  Pronouns on email sign-offs and ID badges

•  Rewriting parenthood and adoption policies

•  Redesign of stationery

•  LGBTQ+ History Month events

•  Pride Month celebrations and parades 

GENDER EQUALITY

•  Pregnancy loss policy

•  International Women’s Day Event and Women’s 

History Month celebrations

•  Working groups for parenthood and 

menopause

•  Men’s health week, raising awareness of men’s 

mental health

> 900 

Over 900 colleagues have 
taken part in D&I training 
– from the Group Board 
through to line managers.

NEW UNIFORM
In FY22, our colleague network groups shared 
their thoughts on how to improve colleague 
uniforms which will be launched in FY23. 
Ideas included: fewer buttons to make them 
more disability-friendly; better quality fabric 
that is more sustainable, and comfortable for 
colleagues going through menopause; and 
a choice of long and short sleeves that take 
different religious practices into consideration. 
Colleagues were then polled on uniform 
choices via Home Comforts – over 3,500 
colleagues voted and over 250 additional 
comments were received.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

53

 
Sustainability

Community continued

Through the National 
Colleague Voice, Nick, 
myself, Group Board 
members and our  
National Colleague Voice 
representatives, share and 
discuss topics that matter  
to our colleagues. We are 
seeking to understand and 
expand possibilities. These 
conversations have genuinely 
led to change in the business.” 

Amanda Cox, 
People & Stores Director

LISTEN AND LEARN 

We continue to develop effective 
two-way colleague communication 
that is engaging and involving. 

COLLEAGUE SURVEY
We undertake a twice-yearly colleague 
survey from which we derive an eNPS 
score, which is also considered in 
determining bonus outcomes for our 
Executive Directors. In FY22, our eNPS 
increased by 1.0%pts versus FY21 (May 
surveys) and we achieved our highest 
eNPS score to date, with a participation 
rate of 77%. This year, we also asked 
a ‘yes/no’ version of the question 
‘Would you recommend Dunelm as a 
place to work?’ with 92% of participants 
saying ‘yes’. 

An action from a previous survey was to 
support leaders in creating a culture of 
continual feedback, helping colleagues 
to feel included and to improve their 
potential to perform. This was a focus 
in FY22: our leadership team has been 
given access to training and feedback 
tools; ‘Nick’s Note’ (an email update 
from our CEO) is sent every two weeks; 
colleagues are encouraged to feed 
back their views via our Home Comforts 
intranet; and we continued to evolve 
our Colleague Voice network. 

COLLEAGUE REPRESENTATION
All colleagues are formally represented 
through our Local, Regional and 
National Colleague Voice structure 
which is summarised in the box below. 
This network has been operating in 
its current format – with elections and 
Board attendance – from 2019 and 
we continue to evolve it to encourage 
colleagues to feel more confident 
in sharing views on behalf of their 
colleagues at Group Board level. 
More information is available in our 
Governance Report on page 99, 
including topics discussed at National 
Colleague Voice meetings. 

All colleagues, without distinction,  
have the right to join or form trade 
unions of their own choosing and to 
bargain collectively (see Colleague 
Code of Conduct). We have never 
received a request to enter into such  
an agreement.

HOME COMFORTS
We strive to create an open 
environment in which all colleagues 
are able to ask questions and share 
their concerns and ideas. Through our 
Home Comforts intranet, colleagues 
can share how they feel and voice 
what is on their mind. Questions are 
considered and answered by senior 
managers and information is used to 
guide decision-making.

Local Colleague Voice (LCV) 

Regional Colleague Voice (RCV) 

National Colleague Voice (NCV) 

Purpose 

To represent opinions of 
store and site colleagues.

Colleague 
representatives 
and meetings 

Around 175 colleague 
representatives from stores 
and warehouses.

To represent collective 
colleague views of each 
region.

Typically, around 8 to 
10 local representatives 
who attend monthly RCV 
meetings. 

Engagement 
with Dunelm 
Leadership 

Each representative works 
closely with store coach or 
site manager. 

Meetings run by regional 
store coaches.

To represent collective colleague views from across the 
business and to share these at Group Board level.

17 colleagues (elected via our Home Comforts intranet 
every two years) as follows: Stores (5), Customer 
engagement centre (2), Manufacturing centre (2), Home 
Delivery Network (1), Distribution centres (2), 
Support centres (5).  
Six NCV meetings held in FY22.

Direct contact with NEDs (Marion Sears, William Reeve) 
and Executive Board members: Nick Wilkinson (CEO), 
Amanda Cox (People & Stores Director); other members 
of People team and invitees.

i More information about how we (including our Board) engage with our colleagues can be found on page 98.

54 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

FAIR REWARD 

How we think about pay in our business

Our colleagues expect us to pay and 
incentivise them fairly. We apply 
pay principles based on giving a 
reward that is ‘fair, relevant and total’ 
throughout the organisation from 
Board down, aiming for base pay to  
be competitive and set at median; 
see Remuneration Committee Report 
from page 130. 

PAY AND BENEFITS 
All colleagues are paid at least National 
Living Wage/Minimum Wage as set 
by the UK Government. However, we 
realise that colleagues paid closer 
to these levels are being impacted 
relatively more by the increasing cost 
of living in 2022. In FY22, we took 
the decision to invest in pay for those 
colleagues whose ability to pay for 
essential items is most affected. For 
example, we moved the base pay of 
our hourly-paid store colleagues to 
the upper range of median, and in our 
support centres we awarded a higher 
percentage increase to colleagues at 
the lowest grade; see page 103.

Benefits include pension, colleague 
discount and a paid birthday day-off. 
Via a third-party provider we offer 
access to a range of discounts with 
other retailers (including food retailers) 
on holidays, travel and insurance, 
helping colleagues to save money 
on everyday items as well as treats; 
see page 56.  

All colleagues with minimum service 
(usually one month) are eligible to 
contribute to the annual Sharesave 
scheme, which allows shares to be 
bought after three years at a 20% 
discount to the share price at the  
start of the scheme. 

Engaging on pay
We present pay gap metrics for all 
colleagues to the Board and these are 
used, together with feedback from 
our gender pay analysis, to inform 
decisions during pay reviews. Through 
our National Colleague Voice (our 
employee forum), colleagues discuss 
fair reward and Board pay with Board 
members annually and their viewpoints 
are formally considered.

Fair reward

Ensure differences are 
equitable and take levelled 
approach to pay review.

Total reward

Communicate better the 
benefits of ‘total’ reward 
package, differentiating 
beyond pay.

Relevant reward

Prioritise elements of 
reward that matter most  
to colleagues.

Gender pay equality
We are committed to ‘equal pay 
for equal work’ as mandated by UK 
legislation under the Equality Act 2010 
which legally entitles men and women 
to be paid at the same rate for like work, 
work rated as equivalent, and work of 
equal value.

Ethnicity pay gap
We do not currently analyse pay data by 
ethnicity. However, this is something we 
will consider as we continue to build a 
more accurate profile of our colleague 
diversity; see page 52.

Gender pay gap
We published our Gender Pay Gap 
Report in April 2022 (based on April 
2021 data), available on our corporate 
website. As explained last year, our 
reported data for 2020 was skewed 
as the UK Government required us 
to exclude employees on furlough 
(for Dunelm, all store colleagues) and 
employees on reduced pay (which, 
for Dunelm, included several senior 
colleagues). In our latest Gender Pay 
Gap Report, as anticipated, we saw 
an increase in our mean gap to 19.8% 
(versus a reported gap of 4.9% and 
a ‘normalised’ gap of 17.5% in April 
2020). Our median gender pay gap 
decreased from 5.1% on a ‘normalised’ 
basis (-6.4% reported) to 4.0%. The 
existence of our gender pay gap, which 
is a different measure to equal pay (see 
below), reflects the fact that 58% of our 
colleagues are women in hourly-paid 
stores roles – a UK retail industry trend. 
Our opportunity and focus is to achieve 
gender balance across all levels of the 
organisation. 

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

55

 
 
DOMESTIC ABUSE SUPPORT
In July 2021, we launched our initiative with 
Retail Trust to combat domestic abuse. Since 
then we have published a formal policy, 
developed a guide for line managers and 
trained over 450 colleagues in domestic abuse 
awareness. Our policy assures that paid leave, 
flexible working schedules and a support fund, 
in the event of having to relocate, will be made 
available to any affected colleague. 

POLICY

 corporate.dunelm.com

> 450 

colleagues trained 

> 60 

Mental health and wellbeing
•  Mental health first aiders trained to listen and 

recommend specialist help. 

•  Health and wellbeing hub on colleague 

intranet, which summarises all available help.

‘wellbeing buddies’ 

•  Infoline with Mind, our Group charity partner 

specialising in mental health.

•  With Retail Trust, children’s mental health 

counselling support for parents and guardians.

•  Virtual GP service launched with Retail Trust 
with 24/7 access to virtual consultations and 
private prescription service.

•  New pregnancy loss policy which includes 

colleague support at work and paid time off. 

This is a brilliant policy. 
Unfortunately, I have been in 
this position myself. Seemingly 
small things like this make  
a big difference when going 
through pregnancy loss.  
Good work Dunelm.”

> 90

colleagues benefitted 
from our Colleague 
Support Fund in FY22

Helping to improve 
colleague mental, 
physical and financial 
health and 
wellbeing

Financial wellness
Improving the financial wellness of 
colleagues is high priority given the 
ongoing pressure from the rising 
cost of living.

Checking in with our colleagues 
All of our hourly-paid colleagues have had a one-on-one 
meeting with their manager so that any financial concerns 
they have can be understood, and they can be directed to 
sources of support if needed.

Discounts 
We partner with a third party to provide access to 
discounts with other retailers (including food retailers)  
to help our colleagues save money.

Colleague Support Fund
Initially introduced during the pandemic, we have retained 
this fund, and widened access to it, to support colleagues 
with unexpected life events and hardship. Over 90 
colleagues benefitted from the fund in FY22.

56 DUNELM GROUP PLC
56 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Salary Finance
A third-party service providing an interest-free salary 
advance to colleagues.

Employee Assistance Programme
Run by Retail Trust, this programme offers services, 
including a free ‘virtual GP’ service, legal advice, 
counselling and financial grants.

Financial education and tips
Through Retail Trust we also provide colleagues with  
tools to help them budget, remortgage, manage debt  
and give tips on where best to shop.

HOME OF TALENT

In September 2020, we launched a new 
process, with the oversight of the Group 
Board and Nominations Committee, 
and the Talent Committee comprising 
members of the Executive Board to 
improve our talent management. 
Alongside this, in FY22 our People 
team undertook a Group-wide 
project to ‘bring our shared values to 
life’, to introduce and embed a new 
behavioural framework and to develop 
our leaders.

PROMOTING FROM WITHIN 
We aim to fill all management roles 
from within where possible. At the 
end of FY22, 75% of positions in the 
Dunelm Leadership Team and Heads 
of Department and over 90% of store 
leadership vacancies had been filled 
internally. In recent years, we have 
brought in external expertise in  
new and specialised areas, such as 
analytics, data/digital engineering  
and sustainability. 

We use our Enterprise Leadership 
Development and Senior Manager 
Development Programmes to 
accelerate talent and succession plans 
further down the business to support 
our high-growth ambitions. Our new 
‘Know–Grow–Flow’ campaign seeks to 
untap hidden or unknown talent in the 
business and promote internal moves. 

To achieve this, we have set up new 
‘career conversations’ which focus solely 
on the motivations, aspirations and 
capabilities of individual colleagues. 
These are decoupled from ‘progress 
conversations’ which are held more 
frequently and focus on business and 
personal objectives. By the end of FY23 
we aim for everybody in the business to 
have had a ‘career conversation’ which 
will improve our internal knowledge. 

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

RETAINING OUR COLLEAGUES
In FY22, our overall unplanned labour 
turnover increased. This was against 
a backdrop of well documented 
instability in the labour market, for 
example, shortages of HGV drivers, 
the increasing competition for talent 
in general, increasing pressures on 
financial, health and mental wellness 

from the cost of living increase and the 
impact of Brexit. We aim to improve 
colleague retention by focusing on 
colleague engagement and wellness, 
our hybrid working proposition 
for support colleagues and by 
strengthening our talent pipeline.

Talent management: Know–Grow–Flow

Our behavioural framework project goes hand in hand with our focus  
on talent management – Know–Grow–Flow. 

For our colleagues, we aim to build self-awareness, give them opportunities 
to learn and open their eyes to new roles in the business. For Dunelm, we 
gain a better understanding of where talent is, or could be moved to, within 
the business to support our long-term growth aspirations.

KNOW is
how well we know our colleagues’ aspirations 
and where talent and skills are in our business, 
helping us fulfil our succession and capability 
needs. It is also how we help our colleagues 
build their self-awareness.

GROW is 
how we support our colleagues to grow 
professionally and personally: 

•  Learning by doing

•  Learning through relationships

•  Formal learning

FLOW is 
how readily we are able to move talent and 
share skills across our business. Planning the 
flow of talent across the organisation and 
opening our doors to new talent, so that we 
have the diversity and capability we need  
for sustainable success.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

57

 
Sustainability

Community continued

COLLEAGUE TRAINING
We know from our surveys that 
colleagues are more engaged 
when they feel personally connected 
to the Dunelm business, and with 
access to learning and development 
opportunities. We continue to 
undertake a mixture of training: 

•  Skills training to provide personal 

development opportunities that meet 
our long-term business needs.

•  Compliance training to improve 
our colleagues’ understanding 
of responsibilities and expected 
behaviours.

During the year we successfully 
launched our colleague engagement 
platform ‘Thrive’. Its main purpose is a 
self-led training ground to encourage 
a culture of learning. Our dedicated 
learning and development team is 
responsible for creating content and 
campaigns and we have experienced 
a high level of interaction through 
‘likes’ and ‘shares’, which encourages 
increased uptake of training. Since 
August 2021, we have recorded over 
10,000 ‘active’ colleagues out of a 
total of just over 11,000 registered 
on the Thrive platform, and have had 
over 950k views and received over 
10,300 comments. The most popular 
programme on Thrive in FY22 was our 
Know–Grow–Flow learning campaign, 
which engaged nearly 6,900 colleagues.

MONITORING SUCCESS
We do not specifically measure our 
return on investment in training. 
Instead, we track three metrics internally 
as an indication of success: colleague 
engagement, colleague retention and 
the percentage of home-grown talent 
(percentage of internal promotions). 

‘EARLY CAREERS’ PROGRAMMES
Our ‘early careers’ programmes 
(including graduates, internships, 
apprenticeships and placements) 
focus on developing capabilities and 
career opportunities important to our 
long-term business growth.

Graduates
Our graduate programme has been 
running since 2016. In FY22, we had 16 
graduates in seven different schemes, 
including commercial, technology and 
finance, and a new scheme in data 
and analytics. Historically our separate 
‘fast track’ retail management scheme 
targeted internal colleagues. In FY22, 
we successfully opened this up to 
external candidates and we aim to 
merge our retail and non-retail schemes 
to create a more cohesive cohort. 

We have been working with an 
external Equity, Diversity and Inclusion 
consultancy to make our recruitment 
process as inclusive as possible, From 
January 2022, we have been trialling 
a ‘no-CV’ interview process with our 
Early Careers team that allows hiring 
managers to focus more on behavioural 
and culturally-based questions aligned 
to our shared values. We have applied 
‘lessons learned’ from the trial and are 
rolling out the new recruitment process 
to two other departments.

For our FY23 intake, we recruited our 
most diverse group of graduates to date 
and our highest number – 24. We also 
launched a new sustainability graduate 
scheme and drew a record number of 
applicants. Our graduates benefit from 
a structured programme with tailored 
activities and formal rotations. They are 
given opportunities to engage with our 
Executive Board and Group Board, and 
the whole programme is sponsored by 
our Commercial Director.

Code First Girls
In FY22, we partnered 
with Code First Girls, 
whose mission is to 
reduce the gender 
diversity gap in tech 
globally. Following the 
successful completion 
of a 13-week training 
course provided by Code First Girls, 
in June 2022 we welcomed 10 females 
into our data engineering department. 
This initiative is helping to break 
misconceptions and increases the 
supply of more balanced talent with an 
increasingly important and in-demand 
skillset.

Apprentices
We continue to run an apprenticeship 
scheme and supported 117 colleagues 
in FY22. This scheme is funded by the 
UK Government and, in FY22, we used 
around £300k of our ringfenced levy to 
fund our scheme. We have identified 
an opportunity to better promote the 
strategic value of our apprenticeship 
programmes across our business by 
encouraging our business leaders 
to engage more in apprenticeship 
recruitment and training programmes.

Interns and placements
Internship opportunities at Dunelm 
have been restructured into a formal, 
paid, three-month summer placement 
programme, open to undergraduates 
and graduates. We currently have five 
interns and aim to draw more talent into 
the business, building on our first full-
time appointment made through this 
relatively new programme. We currently 
have eight people on placement. 

INITIATIVES

Graduate 
programmes  
(new intake)

Retail programme

Support programmes (non-retail) including new 
programmes in Sustainability, Performance Marketing  
and Buying & Merchandising

Talent pipeline 
(Targeted entry level 
role recruitment)

Matching graduate applicants not appointed onto scheme 
with entry level role opportunities, e.g. Sustainability, 
Performance Marketing, Business Finance

Placements

Including new placements in Software Engineering, 
Finance and Insight & Analytics

Internships

Finance, Design, and Quality and Sourcing teams

Social enterprise 
Programmes

Code First Girls – recruiting more women into Tech by 
providing coding courses to women and non-binary 
people

No. of 
colleagues

11

13

9

8

5

10

58 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Health and safety

We want to ensure the safety and 
wellbeing of our customers, colleagues 
and visitors. This is a Group-wide focus, 
championed by our Board, and backed 
by stringent policies and procedures.

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Our Group Board is responsible for the 
creation and implementation of our 
health and safety (H&S) procedures 
and policy, which are available on our 
corporate website. H&S is a standard 
agenda item at every Board and 
monthly Executive Board meeting, 
supported by a monthly H&S audit 
report and a formal annual presentation 
from the Group’s Head of Health and 
Safety, Risk and Insurance. We also hold 
meetings for retail safety (quarterly), 
logistics safety (twice a year) and Pausa 
safety (six times a year), attended by the 
Company Secretary.

MONITORING AND TRAINING
Our approach to H&S is supportive 
rather than punitive; we do not, for 
example, make unannounced H&S 
spot checks. Instead, we train and 
help colleagues across our business to 
engage with our H&S processes and 
team to improve overall performance. 
We use a mix of regular self-audits, 
additional regional store audits and 
full annual H&S audits, including for 
stores, warehouses/logistics centres, 
our Home Delivery Network (HDN) 
sites, manufacturing centres and 
offices. We use a tablet-based solution, 
i-Auditor, for store self-audits to 
increase efficiency, enabling our H&S 
team to track data and trends remotely 
and to prioritise work and guidance for 
individual stores and sites. 

In FY22, we made a significant 
investment in pallet racking to mitigate 
identified risks in our warehouses, and 
all HDN vehicles are now fitted with 
rear-door sensors that activate an alarm 
if doors are not closed properly. All 
HDN vehicles and made-to-measure 
fitter vans also now carry dashcams and 
we monitor driving incidents and driver 
behaviour, using insights to inform 
training and improvement actions.

All new joiners undertake an H&S 
awareness training course on induction, 
and colleagues can access H&S training 
updates via our online learning and 
development platform. Additional 
training is flexed by business function 
and risk assessments. For example, in 
FY22, we delivered a bespoke half-day 
training course to store coaches and 
key holders, reviewed and repeated 
our age-restricted sales training in 
response to a change in legislation, and 
focused on manual handling and drug 
and alcohol advice for our warehouse 
colleagues. We received a bursary 
of over £10k from our insurers and 
used this to support in-house training, 
including Institution of Occupational 
Safety and Health courses for senior 
management and National Examination 
Board in Occupation Safety and 
Health and fire safety qualifications 
for other colleagues.

PERSONAL SECURITY
An ongoing priority is to support 
the personal security of our store 
colleagues to address the regrettable 
increase in aggressive verbal, and 
sometimes violent, public behaviour. 
We have installed a radio assistance 
system for colleagues and issued body-
worn cameras. In FY22, we provided 
additional cameras for high-risk stores. 

SUPPLIER H&S
H&S management responsibilities and 
requirements in our supply chain are 
set out in our Ethical Code of Conduct 
for suppliers and partners (available on 
our corporate website). Compliance 
with this policy is monitored through 
our ethical auditing programme and 
ongoing due diligence (see page 46). 

MENTAL HEALTH AND WELLBEING
We continue to place high importance 
on the mental and financial wellbeing of 
our colleagues (see on page 56).

FOOD SAFETY AND LABELLING
In our Pausa cafe and restaurants, 
our policy is to provide safe food and 
drink in a hygienic environment. Our 
Food Safety Manual sets out our food 
safety and hygiene requirements, and 
our brand standards policy sets out 
provenance and quality standards. 

In recent years, we have improved 
on-pack allergen and nutritional 
information for our customers and to 
meet the legislation which came into 
force in 2021. Customers can access 
this information through web-based 
software displayed on in-store Pausa 
tablets and on our commercial website.  

Food safety involves safe practice 
from start to finish in the food chain. 
We have a cross-functional food safety 
group run by the Head of Pausa and 
attended by members of operations, 
legal, H&S teams, and an expert third-
party food technologist. This group 
oversees safety, compliance and the 
implementation of new legislation. In 
FY22, there were no reportable food 
safety incidents or public recalls. 

ONLINE SAFETY AND SECURITY
We continue to increase colleague 
awareness of data security and 
privacy. Colleagues are trained on 
induction and have annual refreshers. 
More detailed training is given to the 
Dunelm Leadership Team and relevant 
functional teams. Cyber and data 
security is a standing Audit and Risk 
Committee agenda item (see page 
122). In the event of any significant 
data breach, we would comply with 
our obligations to notify impacted 
individuals in a timely manner. In 
FY22, we had no breaches which 
we were required to notify to the 
UK Information Commissioner’s Office 
or to any individual.

The security of payments made by 
customers online is a priority and we 
have implemented a third-party anti-
fraud solution, 3D secure. We do not 
hold customer credit card data. Our 
privacy policy (available on dunelm.
com) explains to customers why 
and how we use their data, how we 
protect it and their rights, including 
how to opt out of receiving marketing 
communication. We have a similar 
policy for our colleagues. Third parties 
engaged to handle customer data are 
assessed for good practices and care 
of customer data. More information 
on how we manage risks relating to 
IT systems, data and cyber security is 
on page 78.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

59

 
 
Sustainability

Community continued

STEWARDSHIP
Our Head of Health and Safety, Risk and 
Insurance is a member of the Health & 
Safety Forum – a group of over 40 UK 
retailers, whose aim is to reduce the risk 
of harm to colleagues and customers in 
the retail environment. He also sits on 
the British Retail Consortium’s advisory 
group to help shape government policy 
in reducing verbal and physical abuse 
towards retail workers.

FY22 performance

•  In FY22, our reportable 

accidents under RIDDOR1 
reduced to 18 (FY21: 27).

FY23 focus

•  Safety across fleets and 

HDN operations, including 
observing and improving 
on-road driver behaviour.

•  Implementing improved 

safety standards at our new 
Sunflex business.

•  Ongoing focus on colleague 
safety in stores and online, 
including personal safety.

Number of reportable accidents 
under RIDDOR¹      

27

33

31

27

18

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

1.  Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous 
     Occurrences Regulations 2013 (RIDDOR).

Doing the right thing

Consistent with our shared values and 
governance approach, we commit to 
acting legally, fairly and honestly in our 
business dealings and relationships. 

COLLEAGUE CODE OF CONDUCT
We require our Board and all colleagues 
to comply with our Colleague Code 
of Conduct, based on internationally 
recognised labour codes. Its principles 
are embedded in our colleague terms 
and conditions, policies and practices. 
Our policies complement minimum 
legal requirements to which we are 
subject (e.g. written contracts of 
employment, minimum pay rates, child 
labour, equal pay, working hours, health 
and safety, minimum paid holiday and 
parental leave, anti-discrimination 
and harassment, fair disciplinary 
procedures, unfair dismissal and 
redundancy). Except for one store in 
Jersey, all our operations are in the UK. 
Our full Colleague Code of Conduct 
covers other human rights and labour 
standards and is on our corporate 
website. 

WHISTLEBLOWING PROGRAMME
We encourage our colleagues to raise 
concerns so these can be addressed 
and every colleague should feel able 
to speak to their line manager in the 
first instance. We operate a policy of 
non-retaliation and colleagues will 
not be penalised, prejudiced nor 
incur reprisals for raising concerns in 
good faith. If a colleague or worker 
wishes to report issues anonymously, a 
reporting line is available online or by 
telephone 24/7. This service is provided 
by an independent third party and no 
contact details are mandated. After 
investigating the 44 reports received 
during the year, no unlawful activity  
was established.

ANTI-CORRUPTION, ANTI-BRIBERY 
AND TAX EVASION
We have a zero-tolerance approach 
to bribery, corruption, fraud and tax 
evasion. Our policies apply across 
all our operations and require our 
suppliers to commit to apply the same 
or equivalent policies. Business risks 
associated with non-compliance, 

together our detailed procedures 
to comply with the Bribery Act 2011, 
are set out in our anti-corruption and 
anti-bribery policy, available on our 
corporate website. Review of controls 
is a standing Audit and Risk Committee 
agenda item and we measure the level 
of internal training every year.

In FY22, 82.3% (FY21: 77%) of eligible 
colleagues (c.1,000 people) completed 
initial or refresher training. Online 
training is mandatory for colleagues 
in our support and manufacturing 
sites and customer contact centres. 
Additionally, new starters in the Dunelm 
Leadership Team, commercial and 
procurement teams and selected 
individuals in the finance team and 
other departments who award 
contracts receive personal training.

TAX STRATEGY
We are committed to comply with all 
statutory obligations and disclosures 
to tax authorities. We neither operate 
in ‘tax havens’ nor use tax avoidance 
schemes. In FY22, our total tax 
contributions were £246.0m  
(FY21: £157.8m). Further information 
is in our Group Tax Strategy on our 
corporate website and in the CFO’s 
review on page 30.

SUPPLIER PAYMENTS
We aim to deal with our suppliers in an 
open and honest way. We require all 
suppliers to sign our standard terms 
and conditions before commencing 
trade, or otherwise enter into a bespoke 
agreement. Our twice-yearly payment 
information is summarised below. The 
average time taken to pay suppliers in 
FY22 was 45 days (FY21: 45 days), and 
we consistently paid 99% of our invoices 
within agreed terms (FY21: 99%).

Supplier payment statistics     
Invoices paid within agreed terms
%

97%

98%

99%

99%

45

46

45

45

2019

2020

2021

2022

Average time taken to pay invoices (days)

60 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

In this section we make our disclosures under the Recommendations and 
Recommended Disclosures of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD), building on the voluntary progress report shared in last year’s Annual Report.

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
In accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6 R, we present our 
FY22 TCFD consistency index and confirm that we have, 
in this report, made climate-related financial disclosures 
for the year ending 2 July 2022 which are consistent 
with the TCFD Recommendations and Recommended 
Disclosures, apart from the disclosure under the Metrics 
and targets recommendation (b).

The reason for this inconsistency is that some of the 
Scope 3 data disclosed is derived from a screening 
exercise conducted by Carbon Trust in 2019 and has not 
been updated. While this exercise followed the GHG 
protocol guidance, it is three years old. We intend to review 
our Scope 3 model and update our data this year, so that 
we anticipate being able to disclose in a manner consistent 
with the relevant TCFD recommendations in FY23.

In assessing compliance with Listing Rule 9.8.6 R, we 
took into consideration the documents referred to in the 
guidance notes to this Listing Rule, as well as considering, on 
a voluntary basis, the updated guidance on Implementing 
the Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures published in October 2021. 

In the table opposite, we include cross-references to 
disclosures made elsewhere within this report and on 
our corporate website where the information was too 
lengthy to include in the report. The Board considers 
that our climate-related reporting is fair, balanced, and 
understandable.

TCFD CONSISTENCY INDEX

TCFD 
elements

TCFD recommended 
disclosures

Governance

(a) Board oversight

Strategy

(b) Management’s role

(a)  Climate-related risks 
and opportunities

(b)  Impact on the 
organisation’s 
business, strategy and 
financial planning

(c)  Resilience of the 

organisation’s strategy

Risk 
management

(a)  Risk identification and 
assessment processes

(b)  Risk management 

process

Cross-reference  
(page numbers) 

62

62

65

36-40, 64, 66 and 94-106

64, 66

64

66

Metrics and 
targets

(c)  Integration into overall 

 66, 68-70 and 76

risk management

(a)  Climate-related 

metrics in line with 
strategy and risk 
management process

(b)  Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG 
metrics and related 
risks

(c)  Climate-related targets 

and performance 
against targets

37, 67 and our  
methodology on the 
corporate website https://
corporate.dunelm.com/about-
us/policies-and-statements/

37, 67 and our  
methodology on the 
corporate website https://
corporate.dunelm.com/about-
us/policies-and-statements/

67

Summary overview of 
progress in FY22

Agreed areas of 
focus in FY23

•  Climate change and sustainability topics discussed 
regularly by the Board, including at its Strategy Day 
in May 2022.

•  First full year of operation of our Pathway to  

Zero – Strategy and Governance.

•  Refined our assessment of climate-related risks 
and opportunities to include a methodology 
for assessing and quantifying potential financial 
impacts against three climate scenarios.

•  Continue to refine our high-level risks and 

opportunities assessment to include more robust 
data, particularly on Scope 3 emissions, and use it to 
develop our Pathway to Zero strategy.

•  Build out our detailed Scope 3 emissions reduction 

roadmap.

•  Measure the impact of our risk mitigating actions 

to test our assumptions about the resilience of our 
business model. 

•  Two in-depth reviews of climate change risk by the 

•  Continue to integrate climate change considerations 

Risk and Resilience Committee.

into our ‘business as usual’ activities.

•  Developed a detailed ten-year roadmap for our 

•  Consider the feasibility of adopting an internal carbon 

Scope 1 emissions reductions, including a logistics 
decarbonisation strategy.

•  Gained a better understanding of the emissions 
generated by our textiles supply chain (c.50% 
of products) and the key drivers of emissions 
reduction.

•  Increased expert resource dedicated to delivering 

emissions reduction and other environmental 
benefits. 

price or budget.

•  Increase stakeholder engagement, improve internal 

and external communications.

•  Continue to invest in resource and expertise to 

support our Pathway to Zero strategy.

•  Continue to engage more with our peers and 

stakeholders to improve our understanding, share 
ideas and progress, and advocate for change.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

61

 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

Governance

BOARD OVERSIGHT OF  
CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS  
AND OPPORTUNITIES
The Board takes responsibility for 
our Pathway to Zero climate change 
strategy. It considers our approach, 
strategy, risk management and 
performance in the following ways: 

There are at least two Board 
presentations per annum on Pathway 
to Zero, as well as regular Board 
agenda items on related topics – see 
the table on page 106. In the past 
three years, climate change and wider 
sustainability topics have featured at 
the annual strategy sessions. The Board 
also reviews our climate-related risks 
and opportunities through our risk 
management framework (see page 69) 
TCFD governance (see page 63) and as 
described below on page 66. 

An assessment of the environmental 
impact of major strategic investments 
(alongside other stakeholder 
considerations) forms part of the 
Board and management approval 
process – see the case study on 
page 104 as an example.

In addition, the Board receives a 
monthly update from the Company 
Secretary and, from FY23, will receive 
quarterly updates on progress against 
our climate-related KPIs. Our Board and 
the Audit and Risk Committee formally 
review our principal risks, one of which 
is climate change and environment 
risk – this is mandated to take place 
twice a year. In FY22, the Audit and Risk 
Committee also received a presentation 
describing the outcome of the 
quantified risk assessment conducted 
by management with support from 
external TCFD consultants, together 
with a proposed approach to TCFD 
disclosure.

Through these presentations, a number 
of which have been given by external 
experts, we have educated the Board 
on the implications of climate change 
for society and our business, and on 
the regulatory and societal demands 
on us. They have also guided us in 
setting our wider sustainability strategy 
and our long-term carbon emissions 
reduction targets, and in monitoring 
progress. In FY23, we will be refining 
the initial financial quantification of our 
risks and opportunities and our Scope 
3 emissions tracking, and reviewing 
our Scope 3 roadmap and supporting 
activities, to improve how we monitor 
progress against strategy and targets. 

MANAGEMENT’S ROLE
The CEO, Nick Wilkinson, heads up 
the climate-related activities of the 
Group, and chairs the Pathway to Zero 
Steering Group, which meets six times 
a year. Its members include the three 
Executive Board members who are 
responsible for delivering the three 
pillars of our strategy (see page 33), the 
Company Secretary and the Head of 
Climate Change. This steering group 
oversees development and execution 
of our strategy, with steering groups 
and other cross functional meetings in 
place with respect to each of the three 
pillars. The Executive Board is updated 
each month on climate-related activities 
and from FY23 will receive quarterly 
updates on our climate-related KPIs, but 
as our climate-related activities become 
embedded throughout the business in 
practice all Executive Board members 
will be required to execute a part of 
our strategy. The Executive Board 
also participates in the Group Board 
Strategy presentations (see below 
under Strategy). 

The principal risks, one of which is 
climate change and environment risk, 
are reviewed by the Executive Board 
prior to the Group Board review, and 
by the Risk and Resilience Committee. 
There were two in-depth reviews of 
climate-related topics by the Risk and 
Resilience Committee in the year. 

Climate change considerations are 
increasingly integrated into day-to-day 
business activities: energy efficiency/
carbon impact is already included in all 
new store and store refit proposals; our 
product design is focused on increasing 
the use of less carbon intensive 
materials such as recycled cotton and 
polyester and reducing packaging/
using more sustainable packaging; 
our mandatory product supplier 
questionnaire includes climate-related 
matters (see Circular economy section 
from page 42, including Responsible 
sourcing (environmental) on page 43 
and Plastics and packaging on page 
45). We are also planning to introduce 
low-carbon fuels into our HGV fleet.  

We have increased the number of 
dedicated climate-related roles in the 
business, including a Head of Climate 
Change and two environmental 
sourcing specialists, as well as including 
climate change-related accountabilities 
as part of the roles of numerous other 
colleagues. Senior management 
and internal experts participate in 
climate-related educational events 
conducted by professional services 
firms and provided by the British 
Retail Consortium and the Aldersgate 
Group, as well as sharing experience 
with peers in these groups and as part 
of our participation in Textiles 2030. 
Internal experts have also provided 
training to the wider commercial teams 
and to our suppliers. 

MOVING FORWARD
Our governance arrangements have 
developed significantly over the past 
year and are working effectively, and 
we will continue to develop and evolve 
these as we build our knowledge 
and approach. As climate-related 
considerations become more central 
to our business, we expect them to 
become ‘business as usual’ in our 
strategy and financial planning. 

62

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

TCFD Governance

OUR BOARD

Responsible for Pathway to Zero climate change strategy. Regularly 
considers approach, strategy, risk management and performance. Receives 
monthly update from Company Secretary.

I

S
E
E
T
T
M
M
O
C
D
R
A
O
B

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
Reviews and approves Executive 
Director and Executive Board 
remuneration, including 
climate-related targets in 
performance pay.

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE
Formally reviews principal 
risks (including climate change 
and environment risk) twice 
a year, TCFD and climate 
reporting; and process to verify 
climate-related KPIs.

NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE
Sets specifications for new Board 
roles and has oversight of Talent 
Committee to ensure necessary 
talent and skills are available to 
deliver the strategy.

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER (CEO)
Heads up climate-related activities of the Group and chairs Pathway to Zero Steering Group which meets six times a year.

I

S
E
E
T
T
M
M
O
C
L
A
N
O
T
A
R
E
P
O

I

Risk and Resilience 
Committee
Oversight and review of 
risks, including climate 
change and environment 
risk. Chaired by CFO.

Pathway to Zero 
Steering Group
Chaired by CEO and 
three other members 
of Executive Board, 
Company Secretary and 
Head of Climate Change.

Talent Committee
Ensures that we have the 
correct capability in place; 
increased the number of 
climate change specialists 
in year.

Executive Board
Five members (including 
CEO, CFO and 
Company Secretary) 
on the Pathway to Zero 
Steering Group. Three 
of these members have 
specific accountability 
for delivering one of the 
three climate change 
pillars. Company 
Secretary updates 
monthly.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 63

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
 
 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

Strategy

Our purpose – To help create the joy 
of truly feeling at home, now and for 
generations to come – is deliberately 
forward-looking, and designed to 
encapsulate our objective to make a 
positive impact on our communities 
and the environment both now and in 
the future. Sustainability is one of our 
six strategic focus areas, and at our 
Strategy Day in May 2022 we decided 
to incorporate ‘good & circular’ into our 
target customer proposition, alongside 
‘choice & value’, ‘friendly & expert’ and 
‘easy & convenient’. 

Dunelm engaged external TCFD 
consultants to support the identification 
of potential physical and transition risks 
and opportunities and to determine 
their financial materiality.

The time horizons we used for the 
purposes of our assessment were 
as follows:

•  Short term: from 2022 to 2030.

•  Medium term: from 2030 to 2040.

•  Long term: from 2040 to 2050.

We chose these because the short 
term includes the period covered by 
our current greenhouse gas emissions 
targets and our current five-year plan; 
while the medium-term and long-
term horizons provide a longer-term 
planning perspective relevant for our 
current commitments. Beyond 2050 
there are significant uncertainties, both 
physical and transition. These three 
scenarios were considered to capture 
the range of uncertainties, including 
scenarios in which physical and 
transition risks dominate, to ensure  
our plan is sufficiently resilient.

Collectively, we reviewed our existing 
list of risks and opportunities and 
identified additional risks and 
opportunities based on a systematic 
review, peer comparison and sector 
review exercise. Each risk and 
opportunity was then scored on the 
basis of its potential impact, likelihood 
and velocity to determine its relative 
materiality, integrating stakeholder 
insights and secondary data. The  
top ranked risks and opportunities  
were then subject to detailed  
scenario analysis and financial  
impact quantification.

WE ASSESSED OUR MAJOR CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS AND 
OPPORTUNITIES AGAINST THREE CLIMATE SCENARIOS:

Net Zero 2050 

Delayed transition

Business as Usual

Limits warming to 1.5oC 
by 2100, stringent and 
immediately introduced 
climate policies and 
emissions reductions 
achieve net zero emissions 
by 2050, broadly aligned 
to RCP1.9 and RCP2.6.

Action taken to limit 
emissions growth, but 
Paris targets missed 
resulting in greater than 
2oC warming by 2050, 
aligned to RCP4.5.

World takes no/limited 
action, equivalent to a  
3.5-4.5oC warming, 
aligned to RCP8.5.

These risks and opportunities were then 
quantified, using a number of internal 
and external data sources, including 
the IEA World Energy Model Net Zero 
Strategy 2050, the IEA World Energy 
Model Sustainable Development 
Scenario, and various NGFS models, 
and applying a number of assumptions. 
The quantification focused on inherent 
risks and did not take into account  
any mitigating actions that we are 
already taking. 

The risk assessment found that, 
generally, the overall risk and potential 
financial impact of climate change on 
Dunelm increases with time. The short 
term is characterised by transition risks, 
particularly under a ‘Net Zero 2050’ 
scenario, with physical risks dominating 
beyond the 2040s. Based on this 
assessment, we believe that there is 
no immediate material financial risk or 
threat to our business model. Further, 
the areas of highest potential impact 
are those which we are already taking 
action to address through our Pathway 
to Zero strategy.

THE RESILIENCE OF OUR 
STRATEGY
We believe that our Pathway to Zero 
strategy will provide resilience to our 
significant climate change risks.

Under the ‘Net Zero 2050‘ scenario 
(equivalent to 1.5°C warming), by 
2030 we will have reduced our carbon 
emissions by 50% in absolute terms 
against a FY19 baseline and will be 
able to offer our customers a range of 
more sustainable products and services 
as we progress our circular sourcing 
model. This means that we will be 
prepared for increased legislation and 
taxation, as well as reducing the risk/
benefiting from the opportunity to gain 
market share and meet the expectations 
of our stakeholders.

Under a ‘Business as Usual’ scenario 
(equivalent to 3.5-4.5°C warming), 
the most significant risk is from the 
increased cost or lack of availability 
of raw materials, particularly cotton 
and timber. We are working with our 
suppliers and peers to understand the 
risks and dependencies and to explore 
mitigation and adaptation measures. 
As we move away from the use of virgin 
raw materials and towards recycled 
materials and a more circular business 
model our dependency on virgin raw 
materials will reduce.

64 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Key

Net Zero 2050 

Delayed transition

Business as Usual

A summary of the material risks identified in our risk assessment is set out below, together with a summary of our strategic 
response. Further details of our targets and activities are set out under Carbon reduction in our sustainability section on 
pages 36 to 41.

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

MATERIAL RISK

Impact of carbon 
taxes on Dunelm  
or suppliers 

TCFD category

Transition risk 

(Policy & Legal)

Description of  
financial impact

Time period of 
maximum impact

Scenario of 
maximum impact

Strategic response

Short/medium

Lower profits due to 
taxation on Dunelm, 
or taxation on 
suppliers passed on 
in product cost

Transition risk 

(Policy & Legal)

Lower profits due to 
increased taxation

Short/medium

Physical risk 

(Acute and 
Chronic)

Increased costs/lower 
profits due to supply 
shortages and freight 
disruption

Medium/long

Transition risk 

(Market)

Increased costs/lower 
profits

Medium/long

Extension of producer 
responsibility: 
increased cost of 
existing regime and/
or extending to 
additional product 
categories such as 
textiles

Physical risks impact 
the availability of 
raw materials such as 
cotton and timber, or 
impact manufacturing 
sites and logistics in 
countries from  
which we source  
our products

Changes to fuel 
prices caused by 
climate-related 
market disruption or 
increased taxation, 
and increased cost of 
transitioning to non-
fossil fuel-based fleet 

Reputational damage 
due to failure to act on 
sustainability trends 

Transition risk 

(Reputation)

Lower sales/harder 
to attract employees/
higher cost of capital

Medium/long

in medium term

long term

Focus on reducing our carbon 
emissions and working with our 
suppliers to reduce their carbon 
emissions will reduce the impact  
of potential carbon taxes.

We are taking action to reduce 
packaging, increase its recycled 
content and improve recyclability.

We are sourcing lower impact 
materials, offering a textiles take-back 
scheme, and moving towards a more 
circular sourcing model. 

These actions should mitigate the 
impact of any additional taxes.

Our work with our suppliers and as part 
of the Textiles 2030 group of retailers 
will support action to mitigate these 
risks, as well as our move to a more 
circular sourcing model. We will also 
continue to develop diverse sourcing 
routes and work with suppliers to 
build resilience.

We are moving towards a lower-carbon 
fuel company car fleet by 2025 and 
have a logistics decarbonisation 
plan to move our HGVs progressively 
towards low-carbon fuel from 2023, 
subject to development of available 
technology and infrastructure.

We have ambitious climate change 
reduction targets and are moving 
towards the use of low-impact 
materials in our products and a 
more circular sourcing model. See 
also our response to the material 
opportunity below.

MATERIAL OPPORTUNITY

TCFD category

Opportunity

(Market)

Increase market 
share and lower 
cost of capital by 
demonstrating 
leadership in 
addressing climate 
change and 
sustainability

Description of financial 
impact

Time period of 
maximum impact

Scenario of 
maximum impact

Strategic response

Higher sales and 
lower cost of capital 

Medium/long

We are increasing our communications 
to customers, as well as continuing 
to develop the communication of our 
strategy and achievements to all our 
stakeholders.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 65

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
 
 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

The principal risks are discussed 
with our Executive Board, Risk and 
Resilience Committee, Audit and 
Risk Committee and Board as part of 
the twice-yearly formal review. This 
includes an assessment of the relevant 
likelihood and impact of all of our risks. 
The Risk and Resilience Committee also 
conducts at least one in-depth review 
of climate change topics each year. 
The principal risks are also considered 
by management in connection with 
the assessment of the viability of 
the business over the longer term 
that is made in connection with the 
Viability Statement in this report. More 
information about our climate change 
and environment risk can be found in 
the Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
section on page 76. An overview of 
our risk management responsibilities 
is set out on page 69 and explains in 
more detail how responsibility for risk 
management is allocated and how 
that responsibility is discharged by 
our Board, Audit and Risk Committee, 
Executive Board and Risk and 
Resilience Committee. 

MOVING FORWARD
We will:

•  Continue to evolve our assessment 

and quantification of our 
material climate-related risks and 
opportunities and adapt our Pathway 
to Zero strategy as required. 

•  Continue to conduct at least one 

climate-related in-depth review each 
year and ensure climate change is 
discussed in all other deep dive risk 
reviews where relevant, through the 
Risk and Resilience Committee.

We have considered the potential 
for the financial statements to be 
impacted by climate change, with 
a particular focus on medium- and 
long-term non-current assets. Of the 
assets on our balance sheet which 
might be considered to be at risk from 
climate change, the majority of our 
plant, property and equipment are 
warehouses, retail stores, plant and 
machinery and shop fittings in the UK. 
These assets have a useful remaining 
life of less than seven years other than 
the freehold on our Head Office and 
a small number of freehold stores. 
These assets are not considered to be 
at risk of any material physical impacts 
or transition risks arising from climate 
change. There has been no material 
impact on the financial reporting 
judgements and estimates applied in 
the preparation of the FY22 Annual 
Report and Accounts. Please see further 
information in our accounting policies, 
from page 180.

MOVING FORWARD
We will:

•  Continue to refine our high-level 

risk and opportunities assessment 
to include more robust data, and 
also measure the impact of our 
mitigating actions so as to test our 
assumptions about the resilience 
of our business model. 

•  Increase stakeholder engagement, 

improve internal and external 
communications.

•  Invest in resource and expertise 

to support this activity.

•  Continue to engage more with 

our suppliers and peers to improve 
our understanding, share ideas and 
progress, innovate and advocate 
for change. 

•  Progress our work on adapting the 
design of our products to increase 
longevity and use resources and 
packaging from more sustainable 
sources, and to explore and offer  
end of life options.

Risk management

MANAGING OUR  
CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS
In FY21, we completed a detailed 
climate change risk register with the 
support of Carbon Trust. We refined this 
with external TCFD consultants in FY22, 
and quantified the most significant 
risks by likelihood and potential impact 
at a high level as described above. 
This work included an assessment of 
current and anticipated legislation and 
regulatory requirements, governmental 
commitments and trends in consumer 
preferences. In June 2022, this 
assessment was reviewed by the 
Pathway to Zero Steering Group and 
by the Audit and Risk Committee. 

The study confirmed that directionally 
we have correctly understood the 
most significant potential risks and that 
our strategy is addressing the correct 
mitigating actions. Our Head of Climate 
Change will maintain this register going 
forward, adapting it as the risks and 
our mitigations evolve and our data 
becomes more accurate. Our Pathway 
to Zero Steering Group will use the 
register to inform our strategy, which 
is then fed into the overall strategy 
and financial planning process. Our 
CEO, Head of Climate Change and 
other leaders throughout the Group 
will continue to work with expert 
external advisers, the British Retail 
Consortium, WRAP, the Aldersgate 
Group and others to keep up to date 
with regulatory and best practice 
developments.

Climate change and environment risk 
is classified as a principal risk in our 
risk register, and the detailed climate 
change risk register and quantification 
feeds into this. A member of the 
Executive Board takes responsibility 
for each of the principal risks, which 
includes ensuring that the register is 
kept up to date in respect of regulatory 
requirements and changes in risk profile 
(including by reference to industry 
briefings and participation in peer 
organisations such as the Aldersgate 
Group), and for developing and 
implementing risk mitigations.

66 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Metrics and targets

MEASURING OUR  
CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS  
AND OPPORTUNITIES
We have chosen the metrics below 
because they directly address our 
material climate risks and opportunities, 
and because they are where we can 
make the biggest potential impact on 
climate change. In setting our metrics 
and targets, we have ensured that they 

are in line with the Paris Agreement and 
aligned to a 1.5°C pathway, and the UK’s 
commitment in the Climate Change Act 
2008 (2050 Target Amendment) Order 
2019 and other relevant legislation; as 
well as the British Retail Consortium’s 
Climate Action Roadmap which we 
support. The carbon and cotton 
metrics are aligned to the Textiles 
2030 voluntary agreement, which we 
are party to. These topics are also 
important to our colleagues, customers 
and society.

MOVING FORWARD
We will:

•  Continue to improve our data 

quality and accuracy, particularly our 
Scope 3 emissions, working with our 
suppliers. 

•  Build out our detailed Scope 3 

roadmap to meet our targets, gaining 
a better understanding of the key 
drivers of carbon reduction through 
our supply chain.

Strategic target 

Deadline

Progress at June 2022

Measures

Link to material climate risk

Reduce Scope 1 absolute carbon 
emissions by 50% 3, 4

2030

13.4% increase

(2021: 23.9% increase)

Reduce absolute Scope 1 carbon 
emissions by 50% against a FY19 baseline

• Carbon tax
• Fuel price
• Reputation

• Carbon tax
• Reputation

Purchase 100% renewable 
electricity 4

Reduce tCO2e/£1m Group revenue 
(Scope 1) in line with absolute 
target 1, 2

Reduce Scope 3 absolute carbon 
emissions by 50% 3, 4

2030

99.7%

(2021: not disclosed)

2030

19.6% reduction

(2021: not disclosed)

Purchase 100% renewable electricity 
every year

Reduce Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions 
per £1m of Group sales against a FY19 
baseline

• Carbon tax
• Fuel price
• Reputation

2030

In progress

(2021: not disclosed)

Reduce absolute Scope 3 carbon 
emissions by 50% against a FY19 baseline

• Carbon tax
• Physical risk
• Producer responsibility
• Reputation

100% of own brand cotton more 
responsibly sourced 1, 2, 3

2025

30.0% 

(2021: not disclosed) 

30% less virgin plastic packaging 
of own brand products 1, 2

2025

-22.7%

(2021: not disclosed)

Percentage of own brand cotton products 
which meet our ‘more responsibly 
sourced’ standard, covering carbon 
emissions and ethical standard

• Carbon tax
• Physical risk
• Producer responsibility
• Reputation

Reduction in plastic packing (by weight 
per £ sales) of packaging on our own 
brand products against FY20 baseline

• Carbon tax
• Producer responsibility
• Reputation

Easy to use take-back service in 
place for 50% of our own brand 
products 1, 2

2025

61.3%

(2021: not disclosed)

Percentage of our own brand products 
for which we offer an easy-to-use take-
back service

• Carbon tax
• Producer responsibility
• Reputation

80% of operational waste to  
be recycled

2023

79.8%

(2021: 80%)

Percentage of operational waste that is 
recycled

• Carbon tax
• Reputation

Key:
1.  Link to target in our management Long-Term Incentive Plan.
2.  Target in our sustainability-linked Revolving Credit Facility.
3.  Textiles 2030 target.
4.  Dunelm Pathway to Zero target; see page 34.

Note: 
Details of our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions are on page 37, and the methodology for our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions calculations can 
be found on our corporate website at https://corporate.dunelm.com/about-us/policies-and-statements/

INDEPENDENT ASSURANCE

We engaged Ernst & Young LLP to provide limited 
assurance for FY22 over the key performance metrics 
which are linked to our Revolving Credit Facility. These 
are marked with the number 2 in the table above. The 
full assurance statement and the Basis of Reporting 
documents that were applied in preparing these 
metrics can be found online on our corporate website: 
corporate.dunelm.com.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 67

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
Risks and risk management

Risk management

Risk management underpinned by culture and shared values.

OUR APPROACH
The Board as a whole takes 
responsibility for the management of 
risk throughout the business. There 
is a formal process for identifying, 
assessing, and reviewing risk, as 
described opposite on page 69. In 
addition, our Audit and Risk Committee 
oversees the risk management process 
as part of its activities.

PROCESSES UNDERPINNED 
BY CULTURE AND SHARED 
VALUES
We believe that risk is best 
managed by a combination  
of the following:

•  Formal risk management 
processes as described in 
this report.

•  The Board and senior 

management leading by 
example.

•  Alignment through promoting 
colleague shareholding in 
Dunelm.

•  Embedding our purpose, 
culture, and shared values.

RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK 
The Board confirms that:

•  There is an ongoing process for 

identifying, evaluating and managing 
the principal risks faced by the Group, 
including to identify emerging risks.

•  The systems have been in place for 
the year under review and up to the 
date of approval of the Annual Report 
and financial statements.

•  The principal risks are reviewed at 
least twice a year by the Board.

•  The systems accord with the 

guidance to audit committees issued 
by the Financial Reporting Council 
dated April 2016.

PROCESS FOR PREPARING CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Group has established internal control and risk management systems in 
relation to the process for preparing consolidated financial statements. 
The key features of these systems are:

•  Management regularly monitors and considers developments in accounting 
regulations and best practice in financial reporting and, where appropriate, 
reflects developments in the consolidated financial statements. The 
external auditor also keeps the Audit and Risk Committee apprised of these 
developments.

•  The Audit and Risk Committee and the Board review the draft consolidated 
financial statements. The Audit and Risk Committee receives reports from 
management and the external auditor on significant judgements, changes 
in accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates and other pertinent 
matters relating to the consolidated financial statements and provides 
robust and independent challenge to management where appropriate.

•  The full-year financial statements are subject to external audit and the 
half-year financial statements are reviewed by the external auditor.

INTERNAL CONTROL AND INTERNAL AUDIT
The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal control and for reviewing 
its effectiveness. The table below summarises the Group’s system:

BOARD

Collective responsibility for internal 
control

Control framework setting out 
responsibilities

Formal list of matters reserved for decision 
by the Board

Approval of key policies and procedures

Monitors performance

EXECUTIVE BOARD

Responsible for operating within the 
control framework

Recommends changes to controls/ 
policies where needed

Reviews and monitors compliance with 
policies and procedures

Monitors performance

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE

Oversees effectiveness of internal control 
process

Approves independent internal audit 
programme

Receives reports from external auditor

Receives reports generated through the 
internal audit programme

INTERNAL AUDITOR 

Provides assurance to the Audit and Risk Committee through independent reviews of 
agreed risk areas

The Audit and Risk Committee has oversight of the system of internal controls and 
of the internal audit programme and receives the report of the external auditor 
following the annual statutory audit.

It should be noted that internal control systems such as this are designed to 
manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and 
can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance against material loss or 
accounting misstatement.

68 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Overview of risk management responsibilities

The table below sets out how responsibility for risk management is allocated  
and how that responsibility is discharged:

BOARD

Collectively responsible for managing risk

Sets the risk appetite for the Group.

Conducts formal reviews of principal risks 
(including emerging risks) and the risk 
KPIs at least twice a year – one of which is 
in connection with consideration of the 
viability statement (see pages 80 to 81).

Risk topics reviewed in depth through 
regular timetabled presentations or papers.

Regular discussions of ‘What keeps us 
awake at night?’.

Monitors KPIs which measure the 
effectiveness of risk mitigations through 
Board reports.

Ensures strategic investment in controls 
and risk mitigation and manages risk 
prioritisation.

Ensures Executive Directors have 
responsibility for managing specific risks.

Assesses the coverage and adequacy  
of independent assurance.

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE 

Oversees risk management process

Receives a formal review of the principal 
risks, risk KPIs and the risk management 
process twice yearly.

Reviews the Group risk appetite statement 
annually. 

Conducts formal reviews of the risk 
management process twice a year – one of 
which is in connection with consideration of 
the viability statement (see pages 80 to 81).

Holds the relationship with the internal 
auditor, approves the rolling internal audit 
programme, and receives internal audit 
reviews of selected risks.

Receives a report from the Risk and 
Resilience Committee (executive level 
committee) at each meeting on its activities.

Selects and proposes topics for ‘key risk’ 
reviews by the Board.

i

See page 126 for the Audit and Risk Committee’s review of the risk management and internal control systems.

EXECUTIVE BOARD 

Collectively responsible for managing principal and operational risks

Members responsible for managing risk 
within their areas of accountability.

Reviews risk topics through regular 
timetabled presentations or papers.

Conducts formal reviews of principal risks 
(including emerging risks) twice a year.

Monitors KPIs which measure the 
effectiveness of risk mitigations.

Delegates line responsibility for managing 
individual risks within their area of 
accountability to individual Executive 
Board members, and oversight of these  
to the Risk and Resilience Committee.

RISK AND RESILIENCE COMMITTEE 

Oversight of principal and operational risks

Oversight and review of the principal and 
operational risk registers and the process 
by which they are compiled.

Reviews the risk landscape, ranks the 
principal risks, and identifies emerging risks.

Monthly review of the risk KPIs which 
measure the effectiveness of the mitigations 
for principal risks and requires explanation 
from relevant management where the 
indicator is outside the tolerance range.

Regular cross-functional ‘deep dive’ of 
each of the principal risks and associated 
operational risks.

Reports monthly to the Executive Board 
and to the Audit and Risk Committee at 
each meeting.

Conducts a formal review of the principal 
risks (including emerging risks) twice a year 
in advance of submission to the Executive 
Board and the Group Board.

i

See page 126 for more information on the Risk and Resilience Committee’s activities during the year.

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Ensures that risk management processes are adhered to

Chair of the Risk and Resilience Committee.

Presents the outcome of the risk review 
to the Executive Board, the Audit and 
Risk Committee and the Group Board 
twice a year.

With the Company Secretary, ensures 
that principal risk topics are scheduled for 
regular review by the Executive Board and 
the Group Board.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 69

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
Risks and risk management

Principal risks and 
uncertainties

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND 
UNCERTAINTIES ASSESSMENT 
The Board confirms that it has carried 
out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Group, including 
emerging risks, and those that would 
threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency, or liquidity. 
The Board’s assessment of the principal 
risks and uncertainties facing the Group 
and the mitigation in place is set out on 
pages 72 to 79.

CHANGES TO PRINCIPAL RISKS 
IN THE YEAR 
No new principal risks were identified 
in the year, however there were four 
risks where the potential impact had 
increased over the year, with the 
remaining risks having no change 
in their overall impact. We have also 
renamed one of our principal risks.

The first two risks where the potential 
impact has increased are competition, 
markets and customers and business 
efficiency. Whilst the macroeconomic 
outlook remains uncertain, we remain 
confident in the resilience of our 
business model and the ability of our 
colleagues and suppliers to adapt to 
change quickly. However, our ability to 
deliver against our strategy and achieve 

our growth ambitions in the short term 
will likely be impacted by increased 
inflationary pressures, which have been 
compounded by geopolitical instability. 
The potential impact on consumer 
spending and possible competitive 
pricing action puts increasing pressure 
on demand for our customer offer and 
on gross and net margins.

’Resilience’ was a new risk introduced 
in FY20 to acknowledge the impact 
of the Covid-19 pandemic as well as 
to address low probability and high 
impact black swan events. The title 
has been updated to align more 
closely with the description of the risk 
and catastrophic business events is 
considered to be more appropriate. 

The third principal risk where the 
potential impact has heightened is 
supply chain disruption. The business 
is facing significant supply chain 
disruption due to the pressures of 
inflation and ongoing Covid-19 related 
supply chain issues. During the year 
shipping container rates have risen 
significantly and domestic UK labour 
shortages continued, which has 
increased the pressure on costs and 
wages and in some situations impacted 
the flow of goods. 

The final principal risk where the 
potential impact has increased in the 
year is people and culture. Whilst 
we remain confident in our culture 
and employment proposition, the 
consequences of the pandemic, 
including skills shortages and wage 
inflation, have contributed to a tight 
labour market in both operational roles 
and some key specialist areas.

Emerging risks
Risks continue to evolve and an awareness 
of emerging risks is important in driving 
effective strategic planning. Monitoring 
and understanding the potential 
implications of emerging risks allows 
us to build a consideration of these into 
our decision-making processes. 

While no emerging principal risks were 
identified in the year, either through our 
Board and Audit and Risk Committee 
or our Executive Board discussions, 
our response to the war in Ukraine on 
the opposite page is an example of 
how our risk management processes 
respond to new or heightened risks. 
In addition, we have detailed how we 
responded to supply chain disruption 
risks in FY22 on page 73.

RISK APPETITE
The Board sets the risk appetite for the Group, taking into consideration 
the expectations of its shareholders and other stakeholders. The clear 
articulation of our risk appetite provides for an effective mechanism to inform 
investment decisions, facilitate the discussion of risk, set parameters within 
which objectives must be delivered, and support the awareness of risk by 
our colleagues and partners. During the year the Board reviewed the Group 
risk appetite and confirmed that it remained appropriate and addressed 
uncertainties in the current economic environment. 

The Group has a moderate to high risk appetite in pursuit of its purpose-led 
strategy and a prudent appetite to financial risk. We have a very low appetite 
for risks to our brand and reputation, which includes the health and safety 
of our colleagues, customers, suppliers, and visitors to our premises, and 
non-compliance with our policies and procedures.

We have a very low risk appetite for the misuse of information, cyber and data 
security and risks that could affect the availability of technology to support 
our systems, premises, and colleagues. Finally, we have a low appetite for the 
risk of outsourcing key business processes, functionality, and services.

The full Group risk appetite statement  is available from the corporate website at: 
corporate.dunelm.com.

70 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

AT A GLANCE PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES FY22

Risk

Competition, market  
and customers

Business efficiency

Supply chain disruption

People and culture

Impact compared  
to FY21

Risk

Impact compared  
to FY21

Principal risks and  
uncertainties key

Climate change and 
environment

Catastrophic business 
events

IT systems, data  
and cyber security

Regulatory and 
compliance

Increasing

Decreasing

No change

Brand damage

Finance and treasury

HOW WE RESPONDED AND MANAGED OUR RISKS DURING THE WAR IN UKRAINE
CASE STUDY:
When Russia invaded Ukraine in February 2022, the Executive Board set up a cross-functional Working Group to co-
ordinate response activities, chaired by the Group Finance Director, and with the Company Secretary representing the 
Executive Board. The Working Group assessed the impact of the crisis on our principal risks and ensured that required 
actions were taken, as set out below:

Regulatory and 
compliance

Assessed legal and governance requirements under the sanctions imposed by the UK Government and 
briefed relevant internal teams. Linked into the British Retail Consortium to ensure we kept abreast of changes 
and market practice.

IT systems, data, and 
cyber security 

Increased our cyber defences to address increased risk of attack from Russia. Also assessed any data flows to 
understand any links to Russia, of which there were none, and cut off links to Russian IP addresses.

Finance and treasury

Reviewed payments to ensure no breach of the HM Treasury sanctions regime and controls were put in place to 
monitor this regularly. Increased level of US$ forward cover to upper end of our policy given strengthening of 
US dollar against sterling.

Supply chain 
disruption/business 
efficiency

Assessed our exposure to shortages/price increases in key materials, such as components for store fixtures, 
as well as in all non-stock purchases, including energy, fuel, packaging and food and took mitigating action 
where possible. 

Brand damage

Assessed supply chain for Dunelm branded products to understand whether any are sourced from Russia  
or Belarus (small amount of timber, which was resourced), or from sanctioned individuals.

People and culture

We identified colleagues who were potentially impacted and offered them support, including from the 
Colleague Support Fund, and signposted other sources (e.g. MIND). We also supported community-led  
aid donations through stores and centrally via our take-back partner.

Competition, markets 
and customers

Issued customer communications via social media setting out our response to the crisis. Addressed the 
impact on inflation and consumer confidence as part of the ongoing commercial response to the inflation 
and cost of living crisis.

After making the initial assessment and taking immediate action, the Working Group met regularly to monitor developments 
and provided updates to the Risk and Resilience Committee. As Dunelm does not have any sales or operations in either 
country the direct impact was limited and in due course the individual Ukraine-related risks were then absorbed into the 
ongoing process for managing principal and operational risks and the Working Group disbanded.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

71

 
Risks and risk management

Principal risks and uncertainties  
continued

Risk

How we mitigate

Progress in FY22

Competition, market 
and customers

Description
Failure to respond to changing 
consumer needs e.g., the shift towards 
online sales, personalisation, rental 
versus ownership, sustainability and 
customer experience, and to maintain a 
competitive offer (range, quality, value 
and ease of shopping) could impact 
profitability and limit opportunities  
for growth.

A downturn in the economy and 
consumer spending, aggressive 
competitor activity (especially with  
cost price pressures) could impact 
sales and profit.

Link to strategy:
All three ambitions

Performance indicator:
Market share  
Sales, profit and cash

Executive responsibility:
Chief Executive Officer

Reports to:
N/A

Impact compared to FY21:

Business efficiency

Description
Profitability could be impacted 
by failure to operate the business 
efficiently or to manage margin 
volatility.

Link to strategy: 
Ambitious about profitable growth

Performance indicator: 
Operating cost %

Executive responsibility: 
Chief Financial Officer

Reports to:
Chief Executive Officer

Impact compared to FY21:

•  Customer strategy in place, to 

•  Dunelm continues to lead the UK 

continue to drive our multichannel 
proposition, refined post Covid-19 to 
accelerate growth levers.

•  Focus on new product development, 

particularly own brand, in both 
existing and new categories, to 
strengthen our offer. Continue 
to make our products and their 
packaging more sustainable.
•  Investment in brand marketing, 

digital engineering, data and insight 
capability and services to raise 
awareness of the Dunelm brand and 
meet customer needs.

•  Investment in supply chain capacity 

and capability, doubling peak 
volumes and reducing lead times. 

•  Monthly customer insight report 
tracks performance against the 
market, competitors and other key 
indicators.

Board oversight:
•  Reviewed annually in depth by 
the Board at its strategy days 
and individual topics considered 
throughout the year.

•  Costs are managed by the Board and 
Executive Board through the budget 
and forecasting process and monthly 
performance reviews.

•  Monthly steering groups in place to 

review specific areas such as sourcing, 
stock loss and returns.

•  Dunelm’s scale, growth and increased 

buying power allows it to secure 
supply of key services and raw 
materials at competitive prices. 
Commodity price tracking covers all 
key materials.

•  Major non-stock purchase contracts 

regularly tendered. Head of 
Procurement and team in place to 
provide specialist negotiation skill.

•  Investment Committee reviews 

non-stock expenditure over a certain 
threshold. 

Board oversight:
•  Board receives monthly management 
accounts and regular updates on 
strategic focus areas.

•  Long-term plans and budget 

reviewed by the Board at least 
annually.

homewares market with an increased 
estimated share of 10.2% in 2022 
(2021: 9.1%) (Source: GlobalData).

•  Development of our strategy 

includes a significant increase in our 
sustainability programme, and an 
enhanced customer experience.
•  Improved insight on our customer 

base by recruiting specialists in data 
analytics and management, enabling 
us to understand who they are and 
how they shop with us.

•  Improved the online customer 

experience including smoother 
checkout, better product information 
management and quicker/named day 
delivery.

•  Reviewed all of our core ranges to 

deliver value and choice across all of 
our price points.

•  Continued product innovation 
in existing categories with 
‘sustainability’ a key element and 
strengthened seasonal campaigns 
and promo buys to improve 
affordability to our customers.

•  Committed Supplier club reviewed 
and successfully held a supplier 
conference. 

•  Increased engagement via social 

media and community involvement.

•  Continued focus on cost discipline 
through monthly Executive Board 
performance review and robust 
investment approval process. Cost 
base reviewed and mitigating action 
taken in the light of the changed 
economic environment. 

•  In second year of three-year plan to 

invest in core systems and processes 
to provide capacity to support our 
growth strategy.

•  Productivity group focusing on 

delivering productivity in stores, 
more efficient stock processes, and 
supply chain. 

•  Cost prices with product suppliers 
renegotiated to minimise price 
increases to customers and protect 
margins. 

•  Procurement team being expanded 

in FY23.

•  Following successful tender and 
negotiation of our international 
freight management contract in FY22, 
the transition to a new provider is 
underway.

72

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Principal risks and uncertainties key

Increasing

No change

Decreasing

Risk

How we mitigate

Progress in FY22

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Supply chain 
disruption

Description
Changes in global supply chain 
capacity, labour shortages, ongoing 
disruption from Covid-19 and 
geopolitical instability may cause 
interruption to the supply of stock 
to our stores and fulfilment of online 
orders which could impact sales. 
Inflationary pressures linked to these 
challenges could impact profitability.

Link to strategy:
Ambitious about our brand and 
profitable growth

Performance indicator: 
Service levels

Executive responsibility: 
Customer Operations Director

Reports to:
Chief Executive Officer

Impact compared to FY21:

•  Supply chain strategy in place to 

ensure capacity is in line with long-
term financial plan.

•  Detailed budgeting and forecasting 

in place to match capacity to demand 
which are reviewed weekly by a cross-
functional team where issues and 
remedial actions are agreed.

•  Business continuity plans in place for 

Dunelm non-store facilities.

•  Contracts in place with third-party 

logistics partners.

•  We seek to limit dependency on 
individual suppliers by actively 
managing key supplier relationships.

•  Increased stock visibility providing 
more insight of stock orders and 
enabling more effective supply chain 
capacity planning.

•  Use of third-party labour suppliers to 
add flexible capacity and operational 
working hours increased to 24x7.

Board oversight:
•  Business continuity is a standard 

Audit and Risk Committee  
agenda item.

•  Covid-safe processes resumed across 
all our sites to enable operations to 
continue during Covid restrictions in 
H1. This included a significant increase 
in ‘Direct to Customer’ deliveries from 
our suppliers.

•  Established a new dedicated furniture 
storage facility and appointed a new 
third party to provide additional 
ecommerce capacity at a new site to 
meet customer demand.

•  Flexible capacity in place with third 
parties to support volumes and 
manage supply chain volatility.

•  Vendor system improvements made 
to support higher logistic volumes.
•  Continued to strengthen relationships 
with key suppliers as well as creating 
new relationships to build capacity.

•  Established working groups to 

develop a plan to achieve our 2030 
sustainability targets which include 
introducing lower-carbon fuelled 
vehicles.

•  Implemented initiatives to increase 
the efficiency of supplier collections 
and store deliveries e.g. by using 
double deck trailers.

•  Launched ‘stock in multiple locations’ 
project which duplicates stock at key 
locations to reduce the number of 
deliveries to customers who order 
multiple items to improve customer 
service and reduce fulfilment costs. 
•  Crisis simulation exercise on supply  
chain resilience, the output of which  
was reported to the Board.

HOW WE MANAGED SUPPLY CHAIN DISRUPTION RISKS IN FY22 

In FY22, ongoing global supply chain disruption triggered 
by the Covid pandemic increased pressure on international 
freight capacity, leading to rising supply chain costs and 
raw material shortages. These significantly impacted 
our manufacturing partners and increased the risks to 
our product availability and cost prices. In response, we 
extended workstreams already in place post-pandemic: 

•  we expanded key product inventory levels to  

ensure supply; 

•  purchased stock ahead of cost increases;

•  used third-party service providers to create additional, 

flexible storage capacity; 

•  changed our international freight management partner 

and systems and processes to improve end-to-end 
visibility of our supply chain; and 

•  worked even more closely with key domestic suppliers 
to help them navigate ongoing operational challenges.

Although some product lines were impacted in FY22, 
through our risk mitigation, we secured product flows 
for all seasonally sensitive products and maintained 
a high overall level of product availability. We are still 
experiencing supply chain disruption and expect this 
to continue in the medium term. We remain focused on 
adapting our sourcing, product design and merchandising 
strategy to reduce freight costs and improve supply 
reliability; investing in supply chain flexibility; and further 
developing our international freight management 
capabilities and visibility.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

73

 
Risks and risk management

Principal risks and uncertainties  
continued

Risk

How we mitigate

Progress in FY22

People and culture

Description
The success of the business could be 
impacted if it fails to attract, retain and 
motivate high-calibre colleagues.

Maintaining and evolving the culture of 
our business (embodied in our shared 
values) is essential to delivering our 
strategy and ensuring the long-term 
sustainability of our business.

Link to strategy:
Ambitious about being a good 
company

Performance indicator:
Colleague engagement  
Colleague turnover

Executive responsibility:
People and Stores Director

Reports to:
Chief Executive Officer

Impact compared to FY21:

•  Corporate purpose in place, aligned to 
our strategy, emphasising our shared 
values 

•  The composition of the Executive 
Board is regularly reviewed by the 
Board to ensure that it is appropriate 
to deliver the growth plans of the 
business.

•  Talent Committee established, 
overseen by the Nominations 
Committee and the Group Board.

•  Formal talent management and 

succession plans in place and external 
and internal talent pools identified, to 
build capability and capacity. 
•  Training and development, with 

emphasis on ‘growing our own’ talent 
– including behavioural framework and 
development for all leaders. 

•  High-calibre individuals are retained 
and developed through sponsored 
talent management and development.

•  The Group’s Remuneration Policy 

detailed in this report is designed to 
ensure that high-calibre executives are 
attracted and retained. Lock-in of senior 
management is supported by awards 
under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

•  Capability increased through 

resource investment in key areas, 
notably in our digital and data teams.

•  Increased Group Board focus 
on Board and Executive Board 
succession and talent management 
and introduced framework to aid 
better discussion.

•  Increased investment in colleagues 
on hourly pay and those at the lower 
end of the pay scale.

•  Reverted to simpler incentivisation 
structure to aid understanding 
and support better retention of 
colleagues across the business. 

•  Our diversity and inclusion colleague 

networks, which are sponsored 
by an Executive Board member, 
have made good progress in 
establishing themselves and growing 
membership.

•  Board of Directors attended inclusion 
and diversity awareness workshops, 
with expert guest speakers on 
diversity and inclusion subjects.
•  Continued the work of the Store 

Colleague Safety Group to oversee 
colleague personal safety in stores.

•  Bonus and share incentive plans in 

•  New health-related benefits 

introduced including virtual GP 
service for all colleagues and specific 
awareness training on domestic 
abuse for all line managers.
•  Developed and embedded our 
behavioural framework which is 
based on our shared values. 
•  Increased focus on colleague 

wellbeing, including an extension 
of eligibility for our Colleague 
Hardship Fund.

place to promote retention and share 
ownership.

•  Suite of policies designed to retain 

and recruit colleagues. 

•  Regular communication and 

engagement through National 
Colleague Voice, Store Coach Voice 
and similar forums.

•  Half-yearly engagement surveys.
•  Wellbeing buddies in place across the 
business and half of store colleagues 
trained as mental health first aiders 
(with remainder planned for FY23).
•  Inclusion and diversity programme 

in place with supporting training and 
colleague networks to support. 

Board oversight:
•  People plan, talent and succession 

and culture reviewed at least annually 
by the Board.

•  Monthly CEO report covers ‘people’.
•  KPIs for the Board to measure 

culture in place, alongside colleague 
dashboard of specific colleague-
related measures.

•  Nominations Committee and 

Remuneration Committee continued 
oversight of people policies and 
practice.

•  Group Board engagement with 

colleagues through site visits, and 
NED attendance at annual seminar 
and National Colleague Voice meetings.

74

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Principal risks and uncertainties key

Increasing

No change

Decreasing

Risk

How we mitigate

Progress in FY22

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Brand damage 

Description
Our customers expect us to 
deliver products that are safe, 
compliant with legal and regulatory 
requirements, and fit for purpose. 
Increasingly, customers also want 
to know that products have been 
responsibly sourced and that their 
environmental impact is minimised.

We must also ensure that our suppliers 
share and uphold our approach 
to business ethics, human rights 
(including safety and modern slavery) 
and the environment.

Failure to do so could result in harm 
to individuals with the potential for 
customers, colleagues and other 
stakeholders to lose confidence in 
the Dunelm brand.

Link to strategy:
Ambitious about our brand

Performance indicator:
Product recalls  
Percentage of audits completed 
within policy 
Cotton and packaging KPIs

Executive responsibility:
Commercial Director

Reports to:
Chief Executive Officer

Impact compared to FY21:

•  Further expanded the unannounced 
audit programme across Tier 1 and 
Tier 2 suppliers.

•  Review of audit cycle and criteria – all 
factories with a current grading of 
high risk moved to a one-year cycle. 

•  Introduced remote follow-up 

process to help suppliers close audit 
non-conformances, and feasibility 
assessment of remote audits 
undertaken if lockdowns in China 
continue. 

•  Developed an enhanced online 

quality, ethical, sustainability and 
packaging assessment for third-party 
branded products. 

•  Updated supplier portal so that own 
brand suppliers can access latest 
policy, product specifications and 
testing requirements. 

•  Engaged with suppliers through 

seminars and workshops to progress 
our work to reach sustainability 
targets. 

•  On track to achieve plastic packaging 

reduction targets. 

•  Internal targets set for introducing 
more sustainable materials into our 
products in SS23. 

•  Joined Better Cotton to fast track our 
progress to reach our cotton target 
and strengthen our sourcing policy.

•   Further developed supply chain 

assessment and verification 
programme to include recycled 
materials. 

•  Conscious Choice (signposting 

our more sustainable products for 
customers) labelling on products in 
development for launch in FY23.

•  We have a range of policies 

specifying the quality of own brand 
products and production processes 
which suppliers must adhere to.

•  Factories complete a profile 

questionnaire to obtain a more 
holistic risk assessment.

•  We operate a full test schedule for 
all new own label products and on 
a sample basis for ongoing lines, 
overseen by our specialist product 
quality team.

•  Product quality and performance 
standards are monitored through 
inhouse and third-party due 
diligence checks.

•  Food hygiene and allergen awareness 

in our Pausa cafes is maintained 
through the adoption of clear 
operating guidelines and compulsory 
colleague training. Compliance audits 
are performed regularly. Monthly 
food safety committee meetings take 
place.

•  All stock and food suppliers and 

the majority of our other suppliers 
are required to sign up to our Anti-
Bribery Policy and Ethical Code 
of Conduct, which is in line with 
international guidelines, and also 
covers modern slavery.

•  All Tier 1 and Tier 2 factories 

supplying Dunelm with food products 
are BRC and/or SALSA approved 
to ensure that they have suitable 
processes in place. Tier 1 suppliers 
complete an ethical/safety risk 
assessment. 

•  Code of Conduct sets out standards 
for working conditions which all 
factories supplying Dunelm branded 
products must adhere to.

•  Our ethical programme requires all 
sites who manufacture a finished 
product to be audited by our 
specialist ethical partner to review 
and grade audits and follow up on 
corrective actions.

•  Regular supplier conferences and 

awareness training at which ethical 
trading issues and modern slavery 
awareness are raised. 

Board oversight:
•  Ethical trading/modern slavery/

product quality/responsible sourcing 
reviewed at least annually in depth by 
the Board.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

75

 
Risks and risk management

Principal risks and uncertainties  
continued

Risk

How we mitigate

Progress in FY22

Climate change and 
environment 

Description
Failure to anticipate and address 
the strategic, regulatory, and 
reputational impact of climate change 
and environmental matters, and 
governmental, consumer and media 
action in response to it.

Link to strategy:
Ambitious about being a good 
company

Performance indicator:
Prosecution and other 
regulatory action

Executive responsibility:
Chief Executive Officer

Reports to:
N/A

Impact compared to FY21:

•  Sustainability – ‘Make sustainability 
accessible to all’ is a key part of our 
Corporate Purpose and is reflected in 
our Focus Areas.

•  Chief Executive oversees our 
approach to sustainability 
issues, including climate change. 
Accountability for three working 
groups (Carbon Reduction, Circular 
Economy and Community) allocated 
to Executive Board members.
•  Pathway to Zero Steering Group 

oversees progress against 
environmental targets and climate 
change work with external advisers 
supporting on climate change.

•  Targets in place to reduce emissions, 
energy usage and waste to landfill, 
and increase recycling in our own 
operations. Roadmap developed for 
key Scope 1 contributors (see page 
36).

•  Waste management contractor 

appointed with contractual KPIs to 
deliver waste minimisation, recycling 
targets including audit and advice to 
stores.

•  Sustainability is part of the product 
strategy and product selection 
process. Policies in place for high-risk 
product types and routes (cotton, 
timber, palm oil and animal-derived 
materials, e.g. leather, feathers and 
down).

•  Company Secretary and Head of 
Climate Change keep abreast of 
relevant regulatory, investor and 
societal requirements to advise the 
business as needed. 

•  Part of the collaborations such as 
Textiles 2030, to advocate and 
support the industry to reduce 
environmental impacts, and BRC’s 
Climate Action Roadmap, to make the 
industry net zero by 2040.

Board oversight:
•  Presentation at least twice a year is 
part of our proposition and focus 
area.

•  Topic at the Board’s Strategy Days.

•  Prepared our first full report in 

accordance with the Task Force on 
Climate-Related Financial Disclosures 
{see pages 61 to 67) 

•  Announced ten-year Scope 3 

reduction target. 

•  Entered into an ESG-linked Revolving 
Credit Facility using four key ESG 
KPIs. 

•  Long-term executive remuneration 
includes ESG performance targets. 

•  New Head of Climate Change 

appointed and specialist 
sustainability roles added to product 
sourcing team.

•  Expansion of the textiles take-back 
scheme to all stores and contract 
signed with partner for another year. 

•  Mapped baseline emissions for our 
textiles products and identified 
priority focus areas.

•  Joined Better Cotton to support 

environmental improvement in cotton 
production and set internal target for  
use of recycled polyester. 

•  Developed solutions to improve and 
simplify sustainability data gathering  
and analysis. 

•  Sustainability in products training 

developed and rolled out to buying  
teams and product suppliers to help  
drive changes in the product supply  
chain towards a circular model. 
•  More sustainable and recycled 

materials introduced into our product 
ranges such as the Natural History 
Museum range.

•  Scope 1 carbon emissions modelled 
to 2030 to assess progress to target. 

•  Decarbonisation working group 
established for Home Delivery 
Network (HDN), parcels and store 
delivery.

•  Pausa completed carbon 

footprinting exercise to inform 
its sustainability plan. 

76 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Principal risks and uncertainties key

Increasing

No change

Decreasing

Risk

How we mitigate

Progress in FY22

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Catastrophic  
business events 

Description
Failure to withstand the impact of 
an external event or combination of 
events that severely disrupts markets 
and causes significant damage to all or 
a substantial part of the Group’s sales 
or operations (e.g. pandemic).

Link to strategy:
All three ambitions

Performance indicator:
Sales, profit and cash  
Market share

Executive responsibility:
Chief Executive Officer

Reports to:
N/A

Impact compared to FY21:

•  Significant progress made against our 
strategic focus areas, evolving into 
longer-term objectives.

•  Purpose, ambitions and shared 

values bought to life and embedded 
in colleague communications and 
recruitment and appraisal process. 

•  Five-year strategic plan in place 

setting ambitious but realistic growth 
plans with renewed prioritisation and 
focus on both investment in growth 
activity and further improving our 
systems and controls.

•  The Group entered into a new £185m 
sustainability-linked Revolving Credit 
Facility.

•  In the second year of implementing 
internal controls improvement plan 
and project to improve processes and 
capability in the commercial function.

•  Focus on value and affordability to 
respond to potential recession. 
•  Post-covid disruption and ongoing 

economic uncertainty continue to be 
managed in line with our values by:

 – Maintaining strong financial 

discipline and operational grip with 
clear prioritisation of investment 
decisions and good cost control.
 – Continuing to prioritise colleague 

engagement and wellbeing 
and relationships with all key 
stakeholders. 

 – Continuing to work closely with 

suppliers to implement alternative 
fulfilment routes.

•  Internal control and risk management 

process in place to identify and 
manage risks (including emerging 
risks) that may impact the business.

•  Conservative financial approach 
– strong balance sheet, relatively 
low levels of external debt, low-risk 
property portfolio, ‘value for money’ 
mentality.

•  Strong and united Board and 

management team in place, strong 
managers in key roles and committed 
colleagues.

•  Strong values – emphasising 

’long-term thinking’ and ‘acting like 
owners’ – which Board and senior 
management are required to role 
model, embedded in the business 
through recruitment and appraisal, 
and colleague communications.
•  Strong relationships maintained 

with key stakeholders (shareholders, 
colleagues, customers, suppliers, 
community).

•  Family shareholding provides long-

term stability.

•  Investment in Dunelm brand and 

diversity of routes to market provide 
flexibility if one channel cannot 
operate.

•  Business continuity plans in place and 
kept up-to-date for sites, operations 
and technology.

•  Insurance cover in place to cover  

key risks.

•  Expert third-party advisers in place  
(e.g. PR, corporate, banking, legal, 
tech) to assist.

•  Risk and Resilience Committee 
established comprising cross-
functional members to discuss risk 
and mitigation. 

Board oversight:
•  Audit and Risk Committee reviews 

progress on internal control 
improvement programme and 
business continuity plans.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

77

 
Risks and risk management

Principal risks and uncertainties  
continued

Risk

How we mitigate

Progress in FY22

IT systems, data and 
cyber security

Description
Operations impacted by failure to 
develop technology to support the 
strategy, lack of systems availability 
due to cyber attack or other failure, 
and reputational damage/fines due to 
loss of personal data.

Link to strategy: 
All three ambitions

Performance indicator: 
Number of major incidents  
Reportable data breaches

Executive responsibility: 
Chief Information Officer

Reports to:
Chief Executive Officer

Impact compared to FY21:

•  Steering Group in place to oversee 
the Group’s approach to IT security 
and data protection.

•  Formal IT governance processes 
in place to cover all aspects of IT 
management.

•  Changes to IT services are managed 
through a combination of formal 
programmes for large and complex 
projects, or bespoke iterative 
development methodologies for 
smaller-scale changes.

•  A detailed IT development and 

security roadmap is in place, aligned 
to strategy.

•  Use of cloud-based hosting 

infrastructure which increases failover 
options and improved resilience.

•  Comprehensive third-party support in 

place for relevant technologies.
•  Business continuity in place for all 
major systems and applications.

•  Security incident response and crisis 
management plans are in place. 
•  Business process, authorisation 
controls and access to sensitive 
transactions are kept under review.
•  Point of sale end-to-end encryption 
in place on our payment terminals 
of which software is updated 
continuously.

•  Regular training and awareness 
programmes are rolled out 
throughout the business to keep 
colleagues informed and to reduce 
likelihood of an event occurring.

Board oversight:
•  Cyber security is a standard 

agenda item for the Audit and Risk 
Committee.

•  Major security incidents reported by 

the Company Secretary.

•  Further developed our IT security 

governance with specific recruitment 
to increase capability and resource.
•  Continued improvements on securing 
our networks for colleagues working 
from home.

•  Developed clear roadmap to deliver 

step change in cyber security strategy 
and risk management.
•  Completion of exercise to 

decommission old infrastructure 
leading to significant drop in 
vulnerabilities. 

•  Continued to implement the GDPR 

risk treatment plan and have recruited 
a dedicated GDPR specialist.
•  Continued to implement security 

improvements.

•  Aligned to the ISO 27001 framework 

to broaden our cyber security 
perspective across the enterprise, 
whilst retaining Cyber Essentials and 
National Institute of Standards and 
Technology (NIST).

•  Recruited specialist resource across 

various technology teams to improve 
capabilities and resilience and 
transformed organisational structure 
to improve colleague engagement 
and retention.

•  Increased availability of IT support 

staff out of hours. 

•  Internal audit review of IT general 
controls and GDPR conducted.

•  Implemented third party risk 

management procedure to ensure 
suppliers have robust security and 
data controls. 

78 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Principal risks and uncertainties key

Increasing

No change

Decreasing

Risk

How we mitigate

Progress in FY22

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

Regulatory and 
compliance 

Description
Fines, damages claims, and 
reputational damage could be incurred 
if we fail to comply with legislative or 
regulatory requirements, including 
consumer law, health and safety, 
employment law, GDPR and data 
protection, Bribery Act, or  
competition law.

Link to strategy:
Ambitious about being a good 
company

Performance indicator:
Prosecutions and other regulatory 
action

Executive responsibility: 
Company Secretary

Reports to:
Chief Financial Officer

Impact compared to FY21:

Finance and treasury 

Description
Progress against business objectives 
constrained by a lack of short-term 
funding and long term capital.

Link to strategy: 
All three ambitions 

Performance indicator: 
Operating cash conversion  
Banking covenant compliance

Executive responsibility: 
Chief Financial Officer

Reports to:
Chief Executive Officer

Impact compared to FY21:

•  Policies and training in place in 

respect of key compliance areas. 
These are regularly reviewed 
and updated.

•  Operational management is 
responsible for liaising with 
the Company Secretary and 
external advisers to ensure that 
new legislation is identified, and 
relevant action taken.

•  Dedicated Group health and safety 
function to oversee this aspect of 
compliance.

•  Training on the requirements of the 
Bribery Act and competition law is 
in place for all relevant colleagues 
and policies are communicated to 
all suppliers.

•  Whistleblowing procedure and 

independently administered helpline 
which enables colleagues to raise 
concerns in confidence.

•  Supplier terms and conditions 

include provisions on compliance 
with law and regulations and our 
policies as standard. 

Board oversight:
•  Monthly Board report on health 

and safety, GDPR compliance and 
whistleblowing.

•  Health and safety reviewed in depth 

by the Board at least annually.

•  GDPR and Bribery Act are standing 
Audit and Risk Committee agenda 
items.

•  Non-compliances reported by the 
Company Secretary by exception.

•  Dunelm works with a syndicate of 

committed partner banks to ensure 
appropriate funding is available.
•  A Group treasury policy is in place 

to govern levels of debt, cash 
management strategies and to 
control foreign exchange exposures.

•  Hedging is in place for foreign 

exchange, and freight and energy 
prices are agreed in advance, to help 
mitigate volatility and aid margin 
management. 

Board oversight
•  Board receives monthly treasury 

report.

•  The health and safety team continued 
to play a leading part in our response 
to the Covid-19 crisis. Through each 
phase of the crisis we have developed 
and implemented safe physical 
measures and processes at our stores, 
warehouses, vehicles, manufacturing 
site and offices.

•  Refreshed our Challenge 25 training 

material and updated our age 
restricted sales policy to comply 
with new legislation. Continued 
programme of test audits with pass 
rates above industry average.
•  Continued focus on compliance 
training for all colleagues. New 
learning and development system 
launched to enable easier digital 
access and better tracking and 
reporting on compliance training.
•  Continued to strengthen governance 

of food safety in Pausa cafes 
including refreshed hygiene and 
allergen training, and guide available 
on a newly created tablet-based 
app in store.

•  Continued focus of the store 

colleague safety committee on 
colleague safety in stores. 
•  Relevant policies and training 

provided to new colleagues who 
joined Dunelm following acquisition 
of Sunflex.

•  Introduced a food safety/allergen 

app to make it easier for colleagues 
to access up-to-date information.
•  Replaced forklift trucks from stores 

with installation of goods lifts. 

•  Entered into a new sustainability 
linked four-year Revolving Credit 
Facility of £185m with the option to 
extend for two one-year periods. 
•  Successfully transitioned from LIBOR 

to SONIA.

•  Actions continued to improve 

controls around stock and cash 
management, plus stock purchasing 
and forecasting.

•  Strong focus remained on cashflow 

with robust process created to 
provide dynamic forward looking 
cashflows on a weekly basis.
•  Hedging coverage in the light 

of currency volatility due to the war 
in Ukraine. 

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

79

 
Risks and risk management

Going concern, viability and S172(1) statements 

Going Concern and Viability Statement 

At the time of approving the financial statements, the Board 
of Directors is required to formally assess that the business 
has adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future and as such can continue to adopt 
the ‘Going Concern’ basis of accounting. The Board is also 
required to state that it ‘has a reasonable expectation that 
the Group will continue in operation and meet its longer-
term liabilities as they fall due’ (the ‘Viability Statement’). To 
support this statement, the Board has considered the Group’s 
current financial position, its strategy, the market outlook 
and its principal risks. As the Group run a five-year planning 
process, the Board has reviewed viability over a five-year 
period. The base case for this review is the five-year plan 
presented to and approved by the Directors in May 2022. 

The Group is operationally and financially strong and has a 
long track record of consistently generating profits and cash, 
which is expected to continue both in the short and long 
term. In the financial years ending June 2020 and June 2021, 
despite the impact of the pandemic and the enforced closure 
of its stores for significant periods, the business continued to 
generate high levels of cash before distributions. 

MODELLING POTENTIAL DOWNSIDE SCENARIOS
In their consideration of going concern and the future viability 
of the Group, the Directors have reviewed future profit 
forecasts and cash projections, which are based on market 
data and reflect their experience in managing the business, 
including through the recent challenging Covid-impacted 
years. During all of these years the business continued to 
generate high levels of cash before distributions.

The ‘market downturn’ scenario assumes a change in 
consumer spending away from homewares, due to 
inflationary pressures, with FY23 showing no sales growth 
on FY22 and 12% lower growth in FY24 than in the base 
case scenario. In addition, a lower margin than base case is 
assumed in FY23. This ‘market downturn’ scenario does not 
include any mitigating cost reduction actions, which would 
be taken if such a downturn occurred, and assumes the 
continuation of dividend payments in line with our current 
dividend policy. In this ‘market downturn’ scenario, the Group 
would not breach any of its financial covenants and would not 
require any additional sources of financing in any of the five 
years under review.

The ‘deeper market downturn’ scenario assumes a 5% sales 
decline in FY23 compared to FY22 and 12% lower growth in 
FY24 than in the base case. A more severe margin erosion is 
assumed in this scenario compared to the ‘market downturn’ 
scenario and margin erosion continues into FY24. Similar to 
the ‘market downturn’ scenario, we have assumed no cost 
mitigation actions are taken and the continuation of dividend 
payments in line with our current dividend policy. As with the 
‘market downturn’ scenario, the Group would not breach any 
of its financial covenants and would not require any additional 
sources of financing in this ‘deeper market downturn’ scenario 
over any of the five years under review.

In addition, based on a review of the impact of climate change 
(as discussed on page 185), climate change is not expected 
to have a significant impact on the Group’s going concern 
assessment or on the viability of the Group over the next 
five years and therefore no incremental impact has been 
modelled in either of the downturn scenarios. 

REVERSE STRESS TESTING
To provide additional assurance around the Group’s viability, 
two reverse stress tests have been modelled, similar to the 
reverse stress testing carried out at the end of FY21. In both of 
these reverse stress tests we have assumed that variable costs 
would reduce as sales reduce, that we would be able to save 
£20m per annum of current fixed costs and that we would 
reduce the level of capital investment to £10m per annum 
and suspend the payment of dividends. In the first reverse 
stress test, we have modelled the sales decline required 
to breach either of the current covenants in the existing 
Revolving Credit Facility (RCF). A sales reduction of 30% from 
Q2 FY23 and a reduction of 37% in FY24 from the base case 
would be required for covenants to be breached by the end 
of FY24. In the second reverse stress test scenario, we have 
modelled the level of sales reduction required to breach the 
RCF limit of £185m. This would require a reduction in sales of 
55% per annum in both FY23 and FY24 from the base case to 
effectively run out of funding by the end of FY24, assuming 
reasonable mitigating actions have been implemented. 

FINANCING
The Group’s banking agreements and associated covenants 
are set out in the CFO’s Review and include a £185m 
RCF (maturing in December 2025 but with two one-year 
extensions, subject to lender consent, to take the facility out 
to December 2027), an accordion option with a maximum 
facility of £75m and a £10m uncommitted overdraft. 

The Group ended the financial year with net debt of £23.8m. 
The financial covenants are tested semi-annually in line with 
our December Interim reporting and June year-end reporting. 
These covenants are met with significant headroom. In 
both downside scenarios explained on page 80, the Group 
continues to forecast compliance with all financial covenants 
throughout the going concern and viability period.

80 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

GOING CONCERN AND VIABILITY CONCLUSION 
In both downside scenarios Dunelm has sufficient liquidity 
to continue trading, including maintaining the payment of 
dividends in line with its dividend policy and comfortably 
meeting its financial covenants. The reverse stress modelling 
has demonstrated that a prolonged sales reduction of 30% 
from Q2 FY23 and 37% from FY24 is required to breach 
covenants by the end of FY24, and a 55% sales reduction is 
required to breach the RCF limit by the end of FY24, assuming 
reasonable mitigating actions have been implemented. In 
such an event, management would follow a similar course 
of actions to those initially undertaken during the recent 
Covid-19 pandemic. 

The Board believes that the Group is well placed to manage 
its financing and other significant risks satisfactorily and 
that the Group will be able to operate within the level of its 
facilities for at least the next five years. For this reason, the 
Board also considers it appropriate for the Group to adopt the 
going concern basis in preparing its financial statements.

S172(1) Companies Act 2006 
Confirmation Statement

The Board of Directors confirms that during the year under 
review, it has acted to promote the long-term success of 
the Company for the benefit of shareholders, whilst having 
due regard to the matters set out in section 172(1) (a) to (f) 
of the Companies Act 2006. Full details are set out in the 
Corporate Governance Report on pages 94 to 106, which are 
incorporated into this Strategic Report by reference.

Strategic Report

This report was reviewed and signed by order of the Board  
on 14 September 2022.

Nick Wilkinson
Chief Executive Officer

14 September 2022

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

81

 
Corporate governance report

Chairman’s letter

BOARD MEMBER UPDATE
There have been a number of changes to our Board since 
I wrote to you last year. In April 2022 we announced the 
appointment of Karen Witts as Chief Financial Officer (CFO). 
Karen is an accomplished finance leader who brings a wealth 
of experience from a number of roles with high-profile, 
consumer-facing brands, and this will be hugely beneficial as 
we work to achieve our ambitious growth plans. Karen joined 
the Board on 9 June 2022 and succeeded Laura Carr, who 
stepped down from the Board in that month. 

As I mentioned last year, Vijay Talwar joined the Board as a 
Non-Executive Director (NED) on 1 October 2021, and this 
year we welcomed Kelly Devine to the Board as an additional 
NED on 1 March 2022. I am pleased that both of our new 
NEDs are bringing a more digital and data-led approach 
to our Board discussions.

Finally, we announced the appointment of Alison Brittain to 
the Board as a NED with effect from 7 September, with the 
intention that she will succeed me as Chair early in 2023 when 
I will retire from the Board. I am delighted that Dunelm has 
been able to attract a Chair of Alison’s calibre, to lead the 
Board in its next stage of growth.

Details of the background to the above appointments 
can be found in the Nominations Committee Report on 
pages 114 to 115.

TALENT, DIVERSITY AND SUCCESSION
In our 2020 Board review, we identified the need to increase 
the focus of the Board and the business on senior leader 
level succession and talent management as one of the key 
capabilities needed to support our growth ambitions. We 
are in the second year of the three-year talent and succession 
plan, with the Nominations Committee having oversight 
of this at Executive Board level, and the Board reviewing 
progress across the whole business. We are now starting to 
benefit from our more structured approach, with succession 
plans in place for the members of the Executive Board, 
our main leadership capability gaps filled, and increasing 
numbers of internal promotions. 

The Board continues to promote diversity and inclusion 
actively across our colleague population. In FY22, we have 
continued our tailored education programme to help us 
better understand societal diversity and inclusion issues, and 
how we can address these in the business by supporting our 
colleagues. We review progress on our training and support 
twice a year, and details of these activities can be found in the 
Nominations Committee Report.

Our Board is over 40% female and meets UK governance 
requirements on gender diversity. We now have British, 
Indian and Swedish nationals on our Board and meet UK 
governance best practice guidelines on ethnicity. However, 
we appreciate that our current Board’s make-up reflects 
neither our colleague nor customer ethnicity profile, nor that 
of the UK population. We always work closely with recruitment 
specialists to select candidates from as diverse a pool as 
possible to enable us to recruit people with the best talent, 
relevant experience and who adhere to our shared values.

Dear shareholder

PURPOSE, CULTURE AND SHARED VALUES
This financial year was marked by an uncertain and disrupted 
external environment, including the ongoing public health 
impact of Covid-19, a challenging labour market, continued 
global supply chain disruption, inflationary pressures, a 
cost of living increase for consumers and the war in Ukraine. 
The Board and management focused on our strong shared 
purpose, supported by our culture and shared values, 
to take long-term decisions, manage capital prudently, 
promote strong operational performance and maintain good 
relationships with all our stakeholders. This has enabled 
Dunelm to deliver a strong financial performance and deliver 
value to all of our stakeholders. I would like to thank my Board 
colleagues and the Executive Board for their commitment and 
support over the year.

SUSTAINABILITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND 
GOVERNANCE (ESG) 
Our Board has always believed that long-term, sustainable 
growth and profitability can only be delivered by respecting 
those who are impacted by our activities, and this is a 
cornerstone of our shared values. As Boards are increasingly 
measured by how they contribute to society, we continue to 
focus on developing and maintaining strong relationships 
with our customers, colleagues, suppliers and communities, 
to ensure that workers who make our products are treated 
correctly, and to seek to limit our impact on climate change and 
the environment. In FY22, we set ourselves the challenging 
target to halve our greenhouse gas emissions by 2030, and 
we are increasingly embedding considerations of climate 
change and environmental matters into our decision-making. 
The Board is keen to continue to show leadership in this 
matter, and to include our progress in how we judge our 
performance, including executive pay. We have included 
ESG measures in our annual bonus and, from FY22, in our 
Long-Term Incentive Plan performance measures, as well 
as in our new Revolving Credit Facility (RCF). 

82

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

GOVERNANCE AND REPORTING DEVELOPMENTS 
We adopted the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code 
in FY20, and our subsequent reports have been received 
positively by our investment community. In March 
2022, we presented a corporate governance update to 
shareholder representatives, which I attended together 
with our Non-Executive Directors, the Deputy Chair and 
our Company Secretary. 

Each year we review and aim to lay the groundwork for 
upcoming regulatory changes and important reporting 
guidance. This year we considered the Financial Reporting 
Council’s (FRC) review of corporate governance reporting 
published in November 2021 and various FRC LAB 
reports on climate change and TCFD reporting, taking on 
recommendations where it makes pragmatic sense for us to 
do so. During the year we engaged with various global ESG 
ratings agencies, including a new index, and were pleased to 
maintain or better our scores with the most prominent ones.

AGM
At our AGM this year, in line with our policy, all Directors will 
be seeking reappointment. In addition, in accordance with the 
Listing Rules, each of the Non-Executive Directors will also be 
subject to a vote of shareholders independent of the Adderley 
family. As our largest shareholder, Sir Will Adderley, reduced 
his shareholding slightly in the year, we are required to seek a 
Rule 9 waiver to allow us to buy back shares to fulfil colleague 
share option entitlements. We hope that shareholders will 
support this resolution, which is limited to this purpose only.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

I look forward to meeting shareholders at the AGM. 

Yours sincerely,

Andy Harrison 
Chairman

14 September 2022

Code compliance statement

This Corporate Governance Report explains how we have applied the Code’s Principles – supported by reporting on its 
Provisions – as set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code published in July 2018 (the ‘Corporate Governance Code’), 
which is available from the website of the Financial Reporting Council, www.frc.org.uk. These principles are applied to the 
Company’s sole trading subsidiary through the Group’s governance, risk management and internal control structure.

The Board considers that it has complied with the Corporate Governance Code during the financial year by applying the 
principles and reporting against the provisions in this Annual Report, except for the following:

PROVISION 38 – EXECUTIVE PENSIONS
As reported last year, Nick Wilkinson (CEO) and Laura Carr (CFO), who stepped down from the Board on 8 June 2022, 
agreed to reduce their pension entitlement to align to the current workforce average of 3% which took effect from 
1 August 2021. Therefore, for a very short period between 27 June 2021 and 31 July 2021 both executives’ pension 
entitlement was 8% of base salary. Karen Witts joined the Board as CFO, on 9 June and her pension entitlement is 3%. 
Further details can be found in the Remuneration Report on page 136.

This table provides an overview of where relevant content and information can be found in this Annual Report so 
stakeholders can evaluate how Dunelm has applied the principles of the Corporate Governance Code.

HOW WE COMPLY WITH THE UK CORPORATE  
GOVERNANCE CODE 2018

Composition, succession, and evaluation  

Page(s)

Nominations Committee report  

Board leadership and company purpose  

Page(s)

Board succession planning 

Promoting and preserving long term value 

Purpose, values, strategy and culture 

Section 172 statement 

Board engagement with stakeholders  

Managing director conflicts of interest 

88

92

94

95

90

Workforce policies and practices 

92 and 167

Division of responsibilities  

Board structure and independence 

Board responsibilities  

Board biographies 

Page(s)

107

108

84

Board evaluation  

Audit, risk and internal control  

Audit and Risk Committee report 

External auditor and internal audit independence  
and effectiveness  

Fair, balanced and understandable  

Risk management and internal control framework  

Remuneration  

Directors’ Remuneration Report 

110

114

116

Page(s)

120

125

124

126

Page(s)

130

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 83

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
 
 
Corporate governance report

Directors and officers

A breadth and depth of complementary skills and experiences 
with diversity of age, gender, ethnicity and nationality.

Nick Wilkinson
Chief Executive Officer
Key strengths
An experienced CEO, with 
proven business leadership in 
multichannel retail businesses 
operating across a number 
of consumer brands and 
geographies.
Dunelm role
Leads the Group and chairs 
the Executive Board. Proposes 
the strategy to be approved by 
the Board, and is accountable 
for delivery of strategic and 
financial objectives; customer, 
colleague and investor 
engagement and sustainability 
objectives. Chairs the Pathway 
to Zero Steering Group. 
Regularly attends meetings 
of the National Colleague 
Voice. In addition to his Board 
responsibilities, liaises with 
the Remuneration Committee 
in respect of below Board 
remuneration, and attends Audit 
and Risk Committee meetings 
by invitation.
Joined Dunelm Board
February 2018
Previous experience
Chief Executive of Evans Cycles 
(2011 to 2016). Chief Executive 
of Maxeda DIY (2007 to 2010). 
Group Buying Director and MD 
of Currys at Dixons Retail Group 
(1999 to 2006). Early career at 
Unilever and McKinsey & Co.
Other commitments and 
relevant activities
Member of the British Retail 
Consortium’s Climate Action 
CEO Committee since inception 
in November 2020.
Gender and ethnicity
Male, British

Karen Witts
Chief Financial Officer
Key strengths
An experienced Chief 
Financial Officer with a strong 
background in finance and 
management, and with a wealth 
of experience across global 
retail and consumer-facing 
businesses. 
Dunelm role
Karen leads the Finance Team, 
as well as taking responsibility 
for risk and resilience and a 
number of strategic and cross-
functional initiatives; and for 
engagement with investors, 
corporate advisers and finance 
providers. Member of the 
Executive Board, chairs the Risk 
and Resilience Committee and a 
member of the Pathway to Zero 
Steering Group. Participates 
in Audit and Risk Committee 
meetings by invitation.
Joined Dunelm Board
June 2022
Previous experience
Chief Financial Officer of 
Compass Group plc (2019 to 
2021). CFO of Kingfisher Group 
plc (2012 to 2019). Various 
senior finance, strategic and 
operational roles with Vodafone 
Group plc (2010 to 2012), 
and at BT Group plc (1999 to 
2010). Qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant with Ernst & 
Whinney.
Other commitments and 
relevant activities
Non-Executive Director of  
Ipsen Pharma, SA 
Gender and ethnicity
Female, British

N R

N

Andy Harrison
Chairman
Key strengths
A former CEO with considerable 
experience of leading large 
consumer-facing organisations 
with a strong service offer. Long-
standing plc experience and 
shareholder understanding.
Dunelm role
Chairs the Board, which is 
responsible for Group strategy, 
performance, risk oversight 
and good governance. 
Chairs the Nominations 
Committee. Regularly visits 
the Dunelm website, stores, 
and non-store sites to meet 
colleagues and members of 
the senior management team 
and attends meetings of the 
National Colleague Voice by 
rotation. Participates in investor 
presentations and some 
shareholder meetings.
Joined Dunelm Board
September 2014
Previous experience
Chief Executive of Whitbread 
PLC (2010 to 2015). Chief 
Executive of easyJet plc (2005 
to 2010). Chief Executive of 
RAC plc (1996 and 2005). Non-
Executive Director and Chair of 
Audit Committee at EMAP plc 
(2000 to 2008).
Other commitments and 
relevant activities
Chair of the Board and the 
Nomination Committee at 
SEGRO plc.
Gender and ethnicity
Male, British

Sir Will Adderley
Deputy Chairman
Key strengths
Has worked in, and is familiar 
with, all parts of the Group. 
Specific strengths in buying and 
trading with strong and long-
standing supplier relationships. 
Has been instrumental in 
growing the Group to its current 
size, having developed the out-
of-town format in the late 1990s.
Dunelm role
Director and major shareholder, 
who spends his time on strategic 
activities which protect and 
enhance shareholder value 
and preserve the Group’s 
culture and values. Member of 
the Nominations Committee. 
Resumed his role as Deputy 
Chairman in January 2016. Retains 
an executive role to support 
the business in matters agreed 
with the CEO, as required. 
Current focus is on supplier 
relationships, sustainability and 
mentoring colleagues internally.
Joined Dunelm Board
1992 and has worked for 
Dunelm for his whole career. He 
took over the day-to-day running 
of the Group from his father 
in 1996. Remained as Chief 
Executive through the Group’s 
IPO in 2006. Became Deputy 
Chairman in February 2011 and 
was reappointed Chief Executive 
in September 2014 for an interim 
period until 31 December 2015.
Previous experience
All parts of Dunelm’s business.
Other commitments and 
relevant activities
WA Capital Limited and 
The Stoneygate Trust, a 
multipurpose charity with a 
particular focus on medical 
research and helping to support 
equal educational opportunities 
for economically disadvantaged 
children and students.
Gender and ethnicity
Male, British

84 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Committee memberships

A  Audit and Risk Committee member
N  Nominations Committee member

R  Remuneration Committee member

D  Designated NED for colleague matters

I  Independent Director

  Chair

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

N R I

A N R

I

A N R

I

A N R

I

Alison Brittain
Independent  
Non-Executive Director 
and Chair Designate
Key strengths
Highly experienced business 
leader who brings considerable 
expertise as CEO and NED of 
a range of consumer-facing 
companies, and prior to this 
has held senior roles in the 
UK banking industry. Has 
successfully scaled businesses in 
the UK and internationally. Long-
standing plc experience and 
shareholder understanding.
Dunelm role
As an Independent Non-
Executive Director, provides 
strategic advice, monitors 
management performance and 
oversees risk management. 
Will regularly visit the Dunelm 
website, stores and non-store 
sites to meet colleagues 
and members of the senior 
management team and attend 
meetings of the National 
Colleague Voice by rotation.  
Will attend investor 
presentations. Member of the 
Remuneration and Nominations 
Committees. Will succeed Andy 
Harrison as Chair in 2023 when 
he retires from the Board. 
Joined Dunelm Board
September 2022
Previous experience
Group Director in the Retail 
Division of Lloyds Banking 
Group PLC (2011-2015) Board 
Director at Santander UK PLC 
(2007-2011) and Barclays PLC 
(1987-2007). Non-Executive 
Director of Marks and Spencer 
Group plc (2014-2020).
Other commitments and 
relevant activities
CEO of Whitbread PLC and 
Senior Independent Director  
at Experian plc.
Gender and ethnicity
Female, British

Ian Bull
Independent 
Non-Executive Director 
Key strengths
An experienced finance and 
strategy specialist. Fellow 
of the Chartered Institute of 
Management Accountants 
with over 20 years’ business 
and financial experience with 
leading consumer-facing 
businesses. Long-standing plc 
experience and shareholder 
understanding.
Dunelm role
As a Non-Executive Director, 
provides strategic advice, 
monitors management 
performance and oversees risk 
management. Regularly visits 
the Dunelm website, stores 
and non-store sites to meet 
colleagues and members of the 
senior management team and 
attends meetings of the National 
Colleague Voice by rotation. 
Attends investor presentations 
and shareholder meetings. Chair 
of the Audit and Risk Committee.
Joined Dunelm Board
July 2019
Previous experience
Chief Financial Officer of 
Parkdean Resorts Group (2016 
to 2018). Chief Financial Officer 
of Ladbrokes plc (2011 to 
2016). Group Finance Director 
of Greene King plc (2006 to 
2011). Early finance career at 
Whitbread PLC, Walt Disney 
Company and BT Group. 

Former Non-Executive Director 
of Paypoint Limited and Senior 
Independent Director and Chair 
of the Audit Committee at St. 
Modwen Properties plc.
Other commitments and 
relevant activities
Chair of Lookers plc, Senior 
Independent Director at 
Domino’s Pizza Group plc. 
Member of Chapter Zero, the 
Directors’ Climate Forum, and a 
regular attendee of its events.
Gender and ethnicity
Male, British

William Reeve
Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director
Key strengths
An entrepreneur and technology 
investor with deep digital 
experience.
Dunelm role
As a Non-Executive Director, 
provides strategic advice, 
monitors management 
performance and oversees 
risk management. Regularly 
visits the Dunelm website, 
stores and non-store sites to 
meet colleagues and members 
of the senior management 
team and engages with the 
National Colleague Voice 
by rotation and annually on 
remuneration matters. Attends 
investor presentations. Senior 
Independent Director and Chair  
of the Remuneration Committee.
Joined Dunelm Board
July 2015
Previous experience
Co-founder of three internet-
related businesses: Fletcher 
Research, LOVEFiLM.com, and 
Secret Escapes. Non-Executive 
Director of numerous others 
including Graze.com (Chair), 
Paddy Power plc, Zoopla and 
Chair of Nutmeg Saving and 
Investments Limited.
Other commitments and 
relevant activities
Chief Executive of Oh Goodlord 
Limited.
Gender and ethnicity
Male, British

Kelly Devine
Independent 
Non-Executive Director
Key strengths
An experienced business 
leader having held multiple 
executive roles in financial 
services and payment firms. 
Deep experience building 
enterprise partnerships in 
complex ecosystems to increase 
market share. Passionate about 
building extraordinary teams 
and developing people.
Dunelm role
As an Independent Non-
Executive Director, provides 
strategic advice, monitors 
management performance and 
oversees risk management. 
Regularly visits the Dunelm 
website, stores and non-store 
sites to meet colleagues 
and members of the senior 
management team and attends 
meetings of the National 
Colleague Voice by rotation. 
Attends investor presentations. 
Member of the Audit and Risk, 
Remuneration and Nominations 
Committees.
Joined Dunelm Board
March 2022
Previous experience
SVP Head of Bank Partnerships 
(2018-2020). Various roles at 
Mastercard (2015-2018). Various 
roles at American Express 
(2005-2015). Member of PwC’s 
Economics consultancy practice 
(2003-2005).
Other commitments and 
relevant activities
President of Mastercard UK  
& Ireland. Board Member at  
UK Finance.
Gender and ethnicity
Female, British

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 85

DUNELM GROUP PLC

Corporate governance report

Directors and officers continued

Committee memberships

A  Audit and Risk Committee member
N  Nominations Committee member

R  Remuneration Committee member

D  Designated NED for colleague matters

I  Independent Director

  Chair

A N R

I

N

D

A N R

I

A N R

I

Peter Ruis
Independent Non-
Executive Director 
Key strengths
A current CEO with deep 
experience in retail and brands, 
working for both large and more 
entrepreneurial organisations, 
with a particular expertise in 
marketing and product.
Dunelm role
As a Non-Executive Director, 
provides strategic advice, 
monitors management 
performance and oversees risk 
management. Regularly visits 
the Dunelm website, stores 
and non-store sites to meet 
colleagues and members of the 
senior management team and 
attends meetings of the National 
Colleague Voice by rotation. 
Attends investor presentations.
Joined Dunelm Board
September 2015
Previous experience
Managing Director of URBN 
Corporation (2018 to 2020), 
Chief Executive of Jigsaw (2013 
to 2018). Senior positions at 
John Lewis Partnership (2005 
to 2013), Levi Strauss (2001 to 
2004) and Ted Baker (1997  
to 2001).
Other commitments and 
relevant activities
CEO of Indigo Books &  
Music Inc.
Gender and ethnicity
Male, British

Arja Taaveniku 
Independent 
Non-Executive Director 
Key strengths
A former CEO with a breadth of 
knowledge from international 
home retail businesses, with 
specific expertise in the strategic 
and operational development 
of customer propositions and 
product value chains, alongside 
environmental, social and 
governance initiatives.
Dunelm role
As a Non-Executive Director, 
provides strategic advice, 
monitors management 
performance and oversees risk 
management. Regularly visits 
the Dunelm website, stores 
and non-store sites to meet 
colleagues and members of the 
senior management team and 
attends meetings of the National 
Colleague Voice by rotation. 
Attends investor presentations.
Joined Dunelm Board
February 2021
Previous experience
Member of Group Executive 
of Kingfisher plc and CEO 
of its subsidiary, Kingfisher 
International Products Limited 
(2015 to 2018). CEO of Ikano 
Group S.A. (2012 to 2015). 
Various leadership roles at IKEA 
Group including Global Business 
Area Director (1989 to 2012). 
Until recently Non-Executive 
Director at Nobia Group. 
Other commitments and 
relevant activities
Chair of the board at Svenska 
Handelsfastigheter AB and of 
Polarn O. Pyret. Non-Executive 
Director at Handelsbanken 
Group.
Gender and ethnicity
Female, Swedish

Marion Sears
Non-Independent 
Non-Executive Director
Key strengths
Extensive City, investor and 
banking experience including 
mergers and acquisitions. 
Customer focused and strategic. 
Long-standing plc experience 
and shareholder understanding.
Dunelm role
As a Non-Executive Director, 
provides strategic advice, 
monitors management 
performance and oversees risk 
management. Regularly visits 
the Dunelm website, stores and 
non-store sites to meet store 
colleagues and members of the 
senior management team. Now 
non-independent, as defined 
by tenure, but asked to remain 
on the Board by the Board 
members and Adderley family. 
Attends investor presentations. 
Designated Non-Executive 
Director for colleague matters 
and usually attends meetings of 
the National Colleague Voice.
Joined Dunelm Board
July 2004. Marion was Senior 
Independent Director and Chair 
of the Remuneration Committee 
from 2006 to 2015 and Chair of the 
Nominations Committee until 2016.
Previous experience
Robert Fleming, JP Morgan 
Investment Banking. Former 
Chair of the Corporate 
Responsibility Committee  
at Persimmon plc.
Other commitments and 
relevant activities
Non-Executive Director 
and Chair of Remuneration 
Committee at WHSmith plc, 
and Keywords Studios plc, and 
Senior Independent Director at 
abrdn New Dawn Investment 
Trust plc. Director of WA Capital 
Limited. Member of Chapter 
Zero, the Directors’ Climate 
Forum, and a regular attendee 
of its events. 
Gender and ethnicity
Female, British

Vijay Talwar
Independent 
Non-Executive Director 
Key strengths
An experienced CEO who has 
held multiple executive roles 
across consumer products, 
online and retail sectors. 
Proven business leadership in 
driving multichannel digital 
transformation through 
progressive strategies, with 
expertise in a global enterprise 
operating in 90+ countries. 
Customer focused and strategic. 
Dunelm role
As an Independent Non-
Executive Director, provides 
strategic advice, monitors 
management performance and 
oversees risk management. 
Regularly visits the Dunelm 
website, stores and non-store 
sites to meet colleagues 
and members of the senior 
management team. Attends 
investor presentations and 
shareholder meetings. Member of 
the Audit and Risk, Remuneration 
and Nominations Committees.
Joined Dunelm Board
October 2021
Previous experience
Various leadership roles at 
Foot Locker including CEO of 
Footlocker EMEA (2019 to 2022) 
and President of Digital at Foot 
Locker (2016 to 2019). President 
of Gifts/Special Occasions at 
Sears Holdings (2014 to 2016). 
President of International, 
Chief Executive Officer, Chief 
Financial Officer at Blue Nile 
(2010 to 2014). Chief Executive 
Officer at William J Clinton 
Foundation India (2008 to 2010). 
Chief Operating Officer for 
EMEA at Nike (2002 to 2008). 
Director of ContextLogic Inc 
(Feb 2022 to Sep 2022). 
Other commitments and 
relevant activities
Board member at Federation of 
the European Sporting Goods 
Industry. Board of Advisors at 
Vouched.id.
Gender and ethnicity
Male, Indian

86 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

BOARD ANALYSIS

Length of tenure
years

5

2

By gender
%

42

<1 year

1-3 years

4-5 years

>5 years

4

1

Male

Female

58

By independence*
%

36

Independent

Non-independent

64

* Numbers exclude Chairman who was independent on appointment.

Bill Adderley
Founder and Life President
Bill together with his wife Jean 
founded the business in 1979. 
Although no longer on the 
Board or actively involved in 
management, Jean remains a 
major shareholder, and both Bill 
and Jean frequently visit stores 
and shop online at dunelm.com. 

Dawn Durrant
Company Secretary
Key strengths
Extensive plc company secretarial 
and legal experience including 
corporate governance, legal and 
regulatory compliance, mergers 
and acquisitions, company  
and commercial, retail and 
consumer law.
Dunelm role
Responsible for governance, 
legal and regulatory matters, and 
led the Group’s sustainability 
activities until the CEO assumed 
responsibility for this in July 
2021. Member of the Pathway 
to Zero Steering Group and the 
Risk and Resilience Committee. 
Member of the Executive Board 
and engages with investors and 
the National Colleague Voice on 
sustainability.
Joined Dunelm Board
November 2011
Previous experience
Qualified as a solicitor at Allen & 
Overy (1988 to 1994). Company 
Secretary of Geest plc (1994  
to 2005).
Other commitments and 
relevant activities
Member of Chapter Zero, the 
Directors’ Climate Forum, and a 
regular attendee of its events.
Gender and ethnicity
Female, British

Notes:

Vijay Talwar joined the Board on 1 October 2021.

Kelly Devine joined the Board on 1 March 2022.

Laura Carr was CFO during the period and stepped  
down from the Board on 8 June 2022.

Karen Witts joined the Board on 9 June 2022.

Alison Brittain joined the Board on 7 September 2022. 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 87

DUNELM GROUP PLC

Corporate governance report

Board leadership
and company purpose

A down-to-earth approach to governance

DOING THINGS PROPERLY
We believe that good governance – 
in our words ‘doing things properly’ 
– leads to stronger value creation, the 
building of greater understanding 
and trust of our business, lowering 
risks and creating opportunities for 
all stakeholders.

PRAGMATIC APPLICATION
We are pragmatic in our approach 
and apply corporate governance 
guidelines in a way that is beneficial 
to our business, and our stakeholders, 
consistent with our culture and true to 
our shared values.

SETTING THE TONE FROM  
THE TOP
It is the Board’s responsibility to instil 
and maintain a culture of openness, 
integrity and transparency throughout 
the business, through our policies 
and communications, and by the way 
in which the Board, and therefore 
Dunelm, acts.

COMPLY OR EXPLAIN
If we decide that the interests of the 
Group can be better served by doing 
things in a different way – without 
compromising our purpose, culture 
or shared values – we will explain our 
reasons why in a thoughtful, compelling 
way, including how we have mitigated 
any impacts of not following the 
Corporate Governance Code.

ALWAYS AIMING TO COMPLY
We always intend to comply with 
the prevailing principles of good 
governance and codes of best practice 
honestly, simply, transparently, and 
with clarity and integrity.

CONSIDERED  
DECISION-MAKING
Our Board members believe it is more 
important to focus on what is right for 
Dunelm than be in the spotlight; we are 
prepared to live with our decisions for 
the long term, and we care about and 
listen to our stakeholders.

We have always believed that good governance helps companies make better decisions for the benefit of all stakeholders, 
including the communities in which they operate, and for the economy, environment, and society as a whole. This is 
reflected in our purpose and shared values which are referred to throughout this report. We fully support the Corporate 
Governance Code, which sets out good practice that boards should adopt to be effective, accountable, transparent and 
focused on success over the longer term; and which encourages boards to focus on their purpose and culture, and to 
respond demonstrably to society’s demand that they consider the needs and expectations of their stakeholders.

Our governance approach, summarised above, has not changed fundamentally since the flotation of the Company in 
2006. We do, however, review emerging guidance and best practice regularly to ensure we follow not just words and 
processes but the spirit of what is being asked of today’s UK plc. 

PROMOTING AND PRESERVING 
LONG-TERM VALUE 
Our Board members continue to work 
effectively together and are committed 
to promoting the long-term success 
of the Company, generating value 
for all stakeholders, including the 
wider contribution to the economy 
and society. The Board believes that 
good governance supports Dunelm’s 
purpose, shared values and strategy, 
and is satisfied that these elements and 
Dunelm’s culture are aligned.

Strategic elements are reviewed every 
year by the Board and brought together 
on our ‘plan on a page’ which we use for 
internal and external communication.

i

For more information on ‘our plan on a page’ 
see page 4.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE UPDATE FY22
Our Corporate Governance meeting, 
normally held every two years, took 
place in March 2022. This gives the 
corporate governance representatives 
of our shareholders an opportunity to 
discuss a range of governance topics 
with the Chairman, Deputy Chairman, 
Non‑Executive Directors and the Company 
Secretary. We opened with a short 
presentation which covered our purpose, strategy, shared values and culture; our 
corporate governance approach; how we are engaging with stakeholders; Board 
composition and succession planning; the work of the Audit and Risk Committee, 
Remuneration Committee, and Nominations Committee; and an overview of 
our sustainability focus areas and progress. This was followed by a wide-ranging 
discussion of topics including Board composition and succession, executive pay, 
colleague engagement and wellbeing, and climate change. Attendees told us that 
they were pleased to be given the opportunity to meet and exchange views with 
Dunelm’s non-executive Board members – which other companies who they follow 
do not provide – and they confirmed that the ideal frequency for these meetings is 
once every two years. 

A copy of the Corporate Governance presentation from March 2022, together 
with presentations from previous years, can be found on our corporate website: 
corporate.dunelm.com.

88 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Our governance framework

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

The Board as a whole is responsible for:

PURPOSE, VALUES,  
AND STRATEGY

GOVERNANCE 

PERFORMANCE

Setting and role modelling our 
corporate purpose and shared values.

 Instilling and maintaining a culture of 
openness, integrity and transparency.

Setting the strategy to deliver our 
purpose and secure the continued 
growth of the Group over the long term 
in the interests of our shareholders, 
taking account of our responsibilities to 
colleagues, customers, the communities 
in which we operate and the interests  
of our other stakeholders.

Ensuring that resources are in place 
to deliver the strategy.

Oversight of succession planning and 
talent management.

Ensuring that financial and other controls 
and processes for risk management are  
in place and working effectively.

Setting an effective remuneration policy.

Ensuring that a process for assessing 
stakeholder balance is embedded in key 
decision-making and maintaining good 
relationships with shareholders and all  
our stakeholders.

Reviewing progress towards strategic 
and operational goals and the 
performance of management.

Ensuring that Board balance 
and committee membership are 
appropriate and effective, and fully 
compliant with the requirements of  
the Corporate Governance Code.

Board and management committee structure

OUR BOARD

i

For Directors' biographies see page 84 and Board activities page 91.

I

S
E
E
T
T
M
M
O
C
D
R
A
O
B

NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

i

Nominations Committee Report 
see page 110.

i

Audit and Risk Committee Report 
see page 120.

i

Remuneration Committee Report 
see page 130.

I

S
E
E
T
T
M
M
O
C
L
A
N
O
T
A
R
E
P
O

I

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER (CEO)
Responsible for running the business and setting and executing the Group strategy.

Executive Board
Supports CEO, to 
develop and deliver 
strategy, monitor 
performance, 
review budget and 
operational plans.

Risk and Resilience 
Committee
Oversight and review 
of principal and 
operational risks. 
Chaired by the CFO.

Pathway to Zero 
Steering Group
Manages and tracks 
progress of initiatives 
to address the impact 
of climate change on 
our business.

Talent Committee
Oversight and 
development of 
succession planning 
pipeline at all levels.

i

Biographies available 
on corporate.duneIm.com.

i

For more information 
see page 126.

i

For more information 
see page 32.

i

For more information 
see page 57.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 89

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
 
Corporate governance report

Board leadership and company purpose
continued

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR MEETINGS
There is a scheduled ‘Non-Executive Director only’ meeting 
at the end of each Board meeting, attended by the Chairman 
and the Non-Executive Directors. This is a useful way of 
exchanging views and dealing with any concerns or questions. 
In addition to this, the Chairman and the other Non-Executive 
Directors regularly have informal, individual meetings with 
the Executive Directors and other senior managers in the 
business, usually at a store location.

MANAGING CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS
Any actual or potential conflicts are considered by 
the Board and any authorisations given are recorded 
in the Board minutes and reviewed annually by the 
Board. Conflicts that have been disclosed are reviewed 
annually by the Board.

The Board also takes action to ensure that the influence 
of third parties does not compromise or override the 
independent judgement of the Board. Should Directors 
have any concerns about the operation of the Board or 
Dunelm management that cannot be resolved, these 
can be recorded in Board minutes. If, upon resignation, 
any Non-Executive Director had concerns of this nature, 
they may provide a written statement to the Chair for 
circulation.

The Board considers that its procedures to approve 
conflicts of interest and potential conflicts of interest, 
and to provide a communications channel for any 
unresolved concerns, are in place and operating 
effectively.

i

For more information see page 166 in the 
Directors’ report.

BOARD COMMITTEES
The Board has three committees: a Nominations Committee, 
an Audit and Risk Committee and a Remuneration Committee. 
The terms of reference of each of these committees can be 
found on the Group’s website and are available from the 
Company Secretary. 

Details of the membership of the Committees and of their 
activities during the past financial year can be found in the 
reports from the Chair of each of the Committees on pages 
110, 120 and 130.

BOARD MEETINGS
There is a schedule of matters reserved to the Board for 
decision or approval, which is available on the Group’s 
website or from the Company Secretary. Examples of such 
matters include Group strategy and budget, Group capital 
structure, approval of financial results and Annual Report and 
Accounts, significant capital or contractual commitments, 
maintaining internal control and risk management and 
approval of significant Group-wide policies.

At each meeting, the Chief Executive Officer reports on 
strategic progress and operational performance (including 
customers, colleagues and health and safety), and the Chief 
Financial Officer reports on financial performance. There is 
a rolling agenda of other operational, strategic, sustainability 
and risk topics which is regularly refreshed to reflect the 
most up-to-date strategy and ‘live’ issues in the business. 
The principal areas of focus discussed by the Board in  
FY22 are set out on the opposite page.

BOARD ATTENDANCE 
The Board held nine meetings in the course of the year, 
one of which was dedicated to a formal review of strategy. 
Attendance at meetings was as follows:

Director 

Andy Harrison (Chairman)

Sir Will Adderley (Deputy Chairman)

Nick Wilkinson (CEO)

Karen Witts1 (CFO)

Ian Bull2

Kelly Devine

William Reeve

Peter Ruis

Marion Sears

Arja Taaveniku2

Vijay Talwar

Alison Brittain3

Meetings 
attended

9/9

9/9

9/9

0/0

8/9

3/3

9/9

9/9

9/9

8/9

7/7

0/0

1. 

2. 

 Karen Witts joined the Board on 9 June 2022. There were no meetings of 
the Board between that date and the period end. Laura Carr, who stepped 
down from the Board as CFO on 8 June 2022, attended all Board meetings 
held in the year. 
Ian Bull and Arja Taaveniku missed one meeting due to a prior commitment. 
When unable to attend a meeting, a Director receives papers and feeds 
back comments in advance to Andy Harrison, the Board Chair.

3.  Alison Brittain joined the Board on 7 September 2022, after the year end.

90 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

HOW THE BOARD SPENT ITS TIME
We measure the time spent on strategy, governance and operational performance at each meeting. Over the year, the biggest 
part of our time was spent on strategy, followed by governance and operational performance, which the Board considers to be 
appropriate. While we do not split out time spent discussing sustainability topics as they fall into all three categories, we have 
listed them separately in the table below to demonstrate the clear shift in focus over recent years.

Minutes of all Board and Committee meetings are taken by the Company Secretary and circulated for comments and approval. 
Any unresolved concerns raised by a Director are recorded in the minutes.

At each meeting the Board receives an update on customers, people, health and safety, regulatory breaches (if any), policy 
breaches (if any), reports to the whistleblowing helpline and a sustainability update including quarterly KPIs.

Topics of Board focus during the year

Purpose and 
strategy 

Governance  
and risk

Operational

• Purpose, ambitions and strategy
• Climate change and sustainability
• Culture and values
• Capital structure and dividend policy
• Budget and future financial plan
• Annual approval of Tax Strategy 
• Competitor reviews

• Board succession
• Approved annual Gender Pay Gap Report 
• Board independence, composition and diversity
• Diversity and inclusion
• Investor feedback via advisers
• Health and safety
• AGM voting and feedback
• Ethical sourcing and modern slavery
• Cyber security and data protection
• Stakeholder engagement
• Corporate governance and audit reform
• Feedback from National Colleague Voice
• Review of half-year and year-end principal risks, including climate change and environment, regulatory, reputational 

and people risks

• Approved annual statement under the Modern Slavery Act

• Colleague reward and fair pay
• Talent, succession and capability
• Technology strategy 
• Data and insight
• Plan to grow and deepen customer base
• Brilliant stores
• Digital shopping experience
• Supply chain strategy
• Customer operations and post-sale service
• Product strategy
• People update from the Stores and People Director, which included consideration of reward, training and 

development, and diversity data (age, gender, ethnicity)

Sustainability

• Approved Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions target
• Two external presentations on Business Strategies to Regenerate Nature, Society and the Economy and Human 

Connections in a Digital World

• Approved Sustainability section, Risks and Uncertainties and TCFD disclosure
• Reviewed feedback from National Colleague Voice on sustainability
• Approved sustainability-linked Revolving Credit Facility 
• Two presentations on neurodiversity and physical disability 
• Annual health and safety and waste management presentation
• Product strategy – including approach to sourcing of more sustainable products and circularity
• Updated climate change risk assessment

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

91

Corporate governance report

Board leadership and company purpose
continued

Codes of conduct
Alongside our shared values we have a Code of Business 
Conduct and Colleague Code of Conduct, available on our 
corporate website: corporate.dunelm.com, which sets out 
the specific standards of conduct, including human rights 
standards, that our Board and colleagues are expected to 
meet. We have a separate Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery 
Policy, and senior colleagues and colleagues who have the 
ability to influence purchasing decisions receive training 
on induction and annual refresher training. Other relevant 
policies include our Privacy Policy and our Equality and 
Diversity Policy.

Suppliers 
We also expect our suppliers to adhere to our standards 
of conduct; all suppliers are required to adopt our Anti-
Corruption and Anti-Bribery Policy (or commit to an 
equivalent policy), and to sign our Ethical Code of Conduct for 
Suppliers and Partners which commits them to appropriate 
ethical and human rights standards (including anti-slavery) 
and to minimise their impact on the environment. Adherence 
is monitored closely by the Executive Board and Board.

BRINGING OUR SHARED VALUES TO LIFE

ACT LIKE 
OWNERS

KEEP LISTENING  
AND LEARNING

LONG-TERM 
THINKING

STRONGER 
TOGETHER

Our shared values have evolved over time from the 
business principles formulated by Sir Will Adderley, 
our Deputy Chairman, over a decade ago, and continue 
to encapsulate the values of the Company’s founders, 
the Adderley family. We have been pleased that the 
evolution of our shared values has never required 
wholesale alterations – an indication of their strength 
and importance to the business. In FY22, given the 
speed at which our business is growing, our People 
Team undertook a project to bring our shared values 
to life, and to make these values and their associated 
behaviours and leadership styles easier to understand 
and communicate.

HOW THE BOARD OVERSEES OUR CULTURE
Overview
Dunelm has an open and straightforward culture, with a focus 
on doing things properly and taking decisions for the long 
term. This reflects the shared values instilled by the Adderley 
family, who founded our business over 40 years ago and 
are still our major shareholders. The Board has always been 
careful to ensure that we protect and retain this culture as the 
business grows and becomes more complex.

Purpose 
Our purpose, which we rearticulated and adopted in FY21, is 
‘To help create the joy of truly feeling at home, now and for 
generations to come’. Our purpose explains why we do what 
we do (i.e., why we exist within the UK homewares market, 
our long-lasting/sustainable approach and what we seek to 
achieve). On the inside front cover our CEO, Nick, reiterates 
how our purpose is being used increasingly within the 
business to drive everything that we do and, on pages 6 to 13, 
we explain how purpose-led decisions and actions strengthen 
our business to support growth. Our ‘plan on a page’ on page 
4 shows how our purpose, proposition, strategic focus areas 
and shared values interlink and are communicated to internal 
and external stakeholders. Our purpose also sits at the heart of 
our sustainability reporting (pages 32 to 67).

Shared values
Our shared values underpin our purpose and describe how 
all colleagues in the Company are expected to act towards 
others and influence our culture. Our Board and senior 
leadership team role model our shared values and at our 
Board’s strategy days, our five-year plan and the strategic 
elements which will deliver the objectives described in it, 
were debated and challenged in the context of our purpose 
and shared values. Our shared values are also reflected in 
our Code of Business Conduct, our Anti-Corruption and 
Anti-Bribery Policy, our Ethical Code of Conduct for Supplier 
and Partners, our Colleague Code of Conduct and other 
policies such as our Tax Strategy. They are also an important 
expression of how we look after our colleagues – from 
employee representation through our National Colleague 
Voice (NCV) (see page 54) to further initiatives in health and 
wellbeing, and diversity and inclusion (see pages 52 to 56). 
All colleagues learn about our purpose and shared values on 
induction; we recruit with them in mind, they form part of our 
communications, and colleagues are assessed against them. 

Colleagues, people and culture
We aim to inspire, engage and develop all of our colleagues 
to reach their full potential, without any form of discrimination. 
The Board engages directly with our colleagues in a number 
of ways as set out below on page 98. By training, listening 
to, respecting and responding to our colleagues, we inspire 
them to deliver the best experience to our customers and 
deliver our strategy. People and culture is one of our principal 
risks considered formally by the Executive Board and Board 
of Directors twice a year. For more information on our people 
and culture risk see page 74.

92

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

HOW THE BOARD MONITORS OUR CULTURE
The Board regularly monitors the culture of the business in 
a number of ways:

•  Interacting with members of the Executive Board, members 
of the Dunelm Leadership Team, and other colleagues in 
Board meetings and with colleagues on visits to stores and 
other Company locations. Colleagues can (and do!) speak 
openly to all Board and Executive Board members and are 
encouraged to feed back ideas of how we can do better.

•  Through regular Board agenda items and supporting 

papers, covering ‘culture indicators’ such as risk 
management, internal audit reports and follow-up 
actions, customer engagement, health and safety, 
colleague engagement and retention, Glassdoor scores, 
whistleblowing and regulatory breaches.

•  Reviewing a set of ‘culture’ KPIs once a year alongside our 

risk register. These are set out below:

Customer

NPS, brand perception metrics

Colleague

eNPS, labour turnover, gender pay gap

Product

Ethical audits completed, ethical audit scores, 
ethical policy breaches, product recalls

Safety 

RIDDORs

Compliance

Prosecutions, reportable data breaches, 
Bribery Act training completed, whistleblowing 
reports

•  As an overall proxy for measuring ‘culture’ we use our 

colleague engagement (eNPS) – a Group KPI, which is also 
a remuneration measure (annual bonus) for our CEO and 
CFO and all members of the Executive Board.

•  Reviewing our ‘Colleague Dashboard’ at least twice a 

year, looking at a range of colleague indicators, including 
engagement, retention, absence, gender pay, diversity, 
workforce composition and demographics. These inform 
Board and Committee decisions on talent management, 
share incentives and executive pay, and form part of the 
assessment of the performance of the Executive Directors.

•  Engaging formally with National Colleague Voice 

representatives and via our designed NED for colleague 
matters. Our Chief Executive, Nick Wilkinson, and at least 
one of our Non-Executive Directors (by rotation) engages 
formally at meetings every two months with our colleague 
representative body, the National Colleague Voice. Marion 
Sears, as designated NED for colleague matters, provides a 
direct, regular and formal route of contact with colleagues. 
Each meeting includes a ‘Big Topic’ where members are 
encouraged to feed back views and ideas, and Marion 
reports back to the Board after each meeting. Further 
details are set out on page 99.

•  Engaging with other stakeholders, as described in 
the s172 Companies Act section of this Corporate 
Governance Report.

During the year, and at the formal reviews in September 
2021 and September 2022, the Board was satisfied that 
the policy, practices and behaviour of the Board and 
Dunelm colleagues aligned with the Company’s purpose, 
values and strategy and that no correction was required 
by management.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 93

DUNELM GROUP PLC

Corporate governance report

Section 172 Companies Act 2006

SUMMARY: KEEPING SECTION 172 HIGH ON THE AGENDA
We ensure that the requirements of s172(1) Companies Act 2006 are met 
and the interests of our stakeholder groups are considered, challenged and 
debated through a combination of the following practical approaches:

•  The Board sets the Group’s purpose, ambitions and strategy and carries 
out an annual strategy review which assesses the long-term sustainable 
success of the Group and our impact on key stakeholders. Agenda items for 
the following year are set based on the decisions and next steps agreed at 
these meetings.

•  The Board’s risk management procedures identify the principal risks facing 
the Group, and the mitigations in place to manage the impact of these risks. 
Many of these relate specifically to our stakeholder groups.

•  The Company Secretary sets out the text of section 172(1) Companies Act 
2006 on every Board agenda by way of a reminder, and reflects relevant 
factors considered against each agenda item in the minutes.

•  Standing agenda items and papers are presented at each Board meeting as 
detailed on page 106: for example, the CEO presents a customer report, a 
health and safety report and an update on people matters at each meeting; 
the Company Secretary reports on sustainability matters in each meeting.

•  There are regularly scheduled in-depth Board presentations and reports: 

for example, investor feedback twice a year from our brokers and corporate 
PR advisers; an update on people matters and a ‘Colleague Dashboard’ 
twice a year; an annual presentation on health and safety; and annual 
updates on ethical trading, modern slavery and climate change and 
sustainability.

•  There is a formal review of many of these topics through standard Audit and 
Risk Committee and Remuneration Committee agenda items, as described 
later in this report.

•  Where a particular matter or decision requires a balance of stakeholder 

interests, a summary of the relevant factors is set out by stakeholder in the 
supporting papers that are submitted to the Board and are minuted.

•  Board members regularly attend seminars organised by external parties 
which provide updates on investor and governance concerns, including 
climate change and sustainability. The Company Secretary also regularly 
attends these events, and circulates a summary of relevant issues and 
presentations/papers with Board papers.

•  This year, to improve the Board’s awareness of issues relating to diversity 

and inclusion, the Board attended two training events hosted by Dunelm’s 
partner, Unleashed.

•  The Board regularly reviews the KPIs which it receives in relation to each 
stakeholder group and requests additional information when relevant.

OUR APPROACH TO S172 
REPORTING 
Each of our Directors is mindful of 
their duties under section 172 (s172) 
to run the Company for the long-term 
benefit of its shareholders and, in 
doing so, to consider the interests of 
its key stakeholders during its decision‑
making, and the impact of any of its 
decisions on stakeholder relationships, 
on the Company’s reputation for high 
standards of business conduct, and on 
the environment.

Although we have taken the matters 
set out in s172 into consideration for 
many years, the Code requires us to 
provide specific information about 
how the Group and the Directors have 
considered them, with recent guidance 
encouraging greater insight into the 
outcome of stakeholder engagement 
rather than the process itself. 

The matters encompassed in s172 touch 
on everything we do, and, in reality, 
most of the day-to-day decision-making 
and stakeholder engagement is carried 
out at the business level by members of 
our Executive Board, and the Dunelm 
Leadership Team. However, more 
material matters require the attention 
of the Board and wider discussion, 
and we describe on pages 95 to 102 
and through case studies on pages 
103 to 105 how these are considered 
and challenged through formal Board 
processes, how the Board engages 
with stakeholders and how it oversees 
how the business does so. We include 
cross references to other sections of 
this report where more information and 
examples can be found. 

The Non-Financial Information 
Statement on page 167 should be 
used to identify information relevant to 
s172 factors, as should the numerous 
operational actions and outcomes 
described in our Sustainability section 
on pages 32 to 67, resulting from 
significant engagement with various 
stakeholder groups.

94 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

About our stakeholders

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Our actions and decisions are highly 
likely to impact our key stakeholders 
(and vice versa); we cannot follow our 
purpose, live up to our ambitions nor 
deliver our strategy without them. 

The importance that we place on 
each key stakeholder group in 
relation to our longer-term thinking 
can be demonstrated through our 
three Group ambitions, as set out in 
the table to the right on this page. 
Our ambitions are aspirational, will 
still be relevant in the medium to 
long term and each one is supported 
by Group KPIs (see pages 24 and 25) 
which indicate the effectiveness of 
our engagement. Our Directors are 
regularly informed about our key 
stakeholders and their interests, and 
engage with them formally and on an 
ad hoc basis.

Key stakeholders

HOW KEY STAKEHOLDERS ARE RELEVANT TO OUR AMBITIONS

Our brand

AMBITIOUS ABOUT

Being a good 
company

Profitable growth

RELEVANCE TO KEY STAKEHOLDER GROUPS

Customers

Store communities

Shareholders

Suppliers

Colleagues

Colleagues

Suppliers

Shareholders

OTHER STAKEHOLDERS
In addition to the Group’s key stakeholders we have 
others with whom our Board and/or senior management 
interact regularly.

We have a trusted team of professional advisers (for example, 
brokers, financial PR, accountancy firms and recruitment, 
environment and sustainability advisers); through our 
Revolving Credit Facility we have relationships with a number 
of banks; the majority of our stores are leasehold premises, 
and so we have relationships with many landlords; and we 
have a number of supplier partners who provide services to us 
in logistics, technology and construction/store development.

We also have relationships with regulators, including 
Leicestershire and Charnwood County Councils with whom 
we have a Primary Authority relationship and other bodies 
such as the Health and Safety Executive, Trading Standards 
and Environmental Health Officers. We also engage with 
national, regional and local media, and social media 
influencers, and many of our senior colleagues represent 
Dunelm on industry bodies and working groups, such as 
Textiles 2030, Better Cotton and the British Retail Consortium. 
Our approach to all our stakeholders is to seek to build 
long-term relationships based on fairness and respect, and 
to meet our contractual obligations, consistent with our Code 
of Business Conduct and our shared values.

i

Further information about how we manage our stakeholder 
relationships at the operational level can be found in our 
Sustainability section, from page 32.

STAKEHOLDER INFORMATION
Taking on board recommendations from the Financial 
Reporting Council (FRC) and other guidance, on the 
following pages, for each key stakeholder group, we 
provide information on: 

• Why we engage with them.

• What each stakeholder group cares about; matters that we
know are important to our key stakeholders as a result of
our various engagement methods.

• Who has key responsibility for stakeholder engagement

(operational level).

• Core operational stakeholder engagement channels

(operational level), indicating where stakeholders have
access to independent reporting mechanisms.

• How and when our Board members have opportunities to

engage directly.

• How our Board is informed/keeps oversight, including how
important stakeholder feedback is presented to the Board
for debate and discussion.

• How we measure the effectiveness of our engagement

(through key measures routinely monitored by the Board).

Performance against some of these measures is detailed 
on pages 24 to 25. Sustainability metrics are presented on 
pages 34 to 35, with commentary on pages 36 to 60. For 
some measures, performance is not published owing to 
commercial sensitivity, or simply owing to the recent adoption 
of the measure in question.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 95

DUNELM GROUP PLC

Corporate governance report

Section 172 Companies Act 2006 continued

Customers

WHY WE ENGAGE
Our plan is to become our customers’ 1st Choice for Home 
by delivering the best products, services and experiences 
for them. Engagement improves our customer insight and 
influences our focus areas and capital allocation. Recent 
investment in customer data and insight means we can 
respond more quickly and accurately to develop relevant 
product ranges and services, drive brand awareness and 
grow our customer base and customer loyalty.

i

For more information see page 49.

WHAT OUR CUSTOMERS CARE ABOUT
•  Products that are great value, with choice, style, quality 

and sustainability.

•  Convenient and accessible shopping options.

•  Safe shopping services (in-store and home delivery).

•  Safe products to buy and to eat (in our cafes).

•  Responsive customer service.

•  Friendly, knowledgeable colleagues.

•  Fair marketing practices.

•  Responsible use of personal data.

•  Ethical and sustainable brand they can trust.

HOW WE ENGAGE AND HOW WE MEASURE OUR EFFECTIVENESS 

Key management 
responsibility

Core operational 
engagement channels

How our Board  
engages directly

How our Board is informed/
keeps oversight

Measures routinely
reviewed by the Board

CUSTOMER 
DIRECTOR – 
MEMBER OF 
THE EXECUTIVE 
BOARD

Customer focus groups/ 
panels; ‘How did we do?’ 
questionnaire*.

Formal annual store visits 
and ad hoc visits to stores 
as customers.

Customer hotline* 
available seven days  
a week; 

Customer engagement 
centre*/individual store 
managers.

CEO/Deputy Chairman 
reply personally to 
customers.

Every Board meeting: 

• Unique active customers  

• Customer insight report, 

including customer 
satisfaction scores and 
other customer KPIs.

growth # 

• Total revenue #

• Net promoter score #

• Perfect order scores

• Safety score
• CO2 emissions #
• Reportable accidents under 

RIDDOR

• Customer quality and value 

perception

• Number of reportable data 

breaches (if any)

• Regulatory breaches/

reputational issues (if any) 

Measures in bold are reviewed 
at every Board meeting; others 
at least once a year.

# denotes Group KPI  
(pages 24-25)

* Denotes independent feedback channel.

96 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Store communities

WHY WE ENGAGE
By understanding local community needs and concerns we 
build awareness and trust, help evolve our customer offer, 
strengthen our reputation, and provide another reason to 
shop with us. We learned the importance of having a ‘voice’ 
in our communities and how much our customers and 
colleagues benefited from being involved in meaningful 
local initiatives, by having a direct line of communication  
to their stores. 

WHAT OUR STORE COMMUNITIES CARE ABOUT
•  Meaningful charitable donations and local initiatives.

•  Local employment and volunteering opportunities.

•  Diverse and inclusive approach that mirrors their 

community.

•  A business they are proud to have in their 

neighbourhood.

•  Ethics and sustainability.

•  Fair tax policy.

i

For more information see page 50.

HOW WE ENGAGE AND HOW WE MEASURE OUR EFFECTIVENESS 

Key management 
responsibility

Core operational 
engagement channels

How our Board  
engages directly

How our Board is informed/
keeps oversight

Measures routinely
reviewed by the Board

STORES 
AND PEOPLE 
DIRECTOR – 
MEMBER OF 
THE EXECUTIVE 
BOARD

Daily interaction with 
local store communities 
via individual store 
Facebook groups* 
(organised by locally 
appointed Community 
champions).

Group charity 
representative invited to 
attend annual colleague 
conference (see 
‘Colleagues’ on page 52).

* Denotes independent feedback channel.

—

CEO reports to Board 
on Group-wide activities 
(such as ‘Delivering Joy’ 
initiative to provide gifts 
via local charities).

• CO2 emissions #
• Community KPIs (including 
charitable and community 
activities)

• Diversity data

CEO/Deputy Chairman 
reply personally to 
customers.

# denotes Group KPI (pages 
24-25)

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 97

DUNELM GROUP PLC

Corporate governance report

Section 172 Companies Act 2006 continued

Colleagues

WHY WE ENGAGE
Being a great place to work and to shop go hand in hand. 
We engage with our colleagues to understand how best to 
retain, motivate and reward them, how to respond to the 
needs of a diverse colleague community, how to look after 
their wellbeing, and how to make better decisions for our 
customers, store communities and long-term growth.

WHAT OUR COLLEAGUES CARE ABOUT
•  Fair, non-discriminatory employment conditions,  

pay and benefits.

•  Training, development and career opportunities.

•  A safe place to work.

•  Diversity and inclusion.

•  Responsible use of personal data.

•  A business that listens and takes action in response.

•  A business they trust and are proud to work for.

i

For more information see page 52.

HOW WE ENGAGE AND HOW WE MEASURE OUR EFFECTIVENESS 

Key management 
responsibility

Core operational 
engagement channels

How our Board  
engages directly

How our Board is informed/
keeps oversight

Measures routinely
reviewed by the Board

STORES 
AND PEOPLE 
DIRECTOR – 
MEMBER OF 
THE EXECUTIVE 
BOARD

Twice-yearly colleague 
engagement survey*, 
followed up by targeted 
pulse survey, if needed.

All colleagues 
represented through 
our National Colleague 
Voice* (NCV) with 
meetings (online and bi-
monthly for most of FY22). 
See pages 54 and 99 for 
further details.

Annual conference 
for store managers 
and senior support 
colleagues.

Two-way ‘always on’ Home 
Comforts intranet is main 
platform for all-colleague 
communications, 
including CEO updates. 
Colleagues can add 
comments/questions* 
which are answered by 
our People Team.

Formal annual store visits 
and ad hoc visits to stores 
as customers.

CEO, elected NCV 
colleagues and 
designated Non-
Executive Director for 
colleague matters (Marion 
Sears) attends; NEDs by 
rotation.

Deputy Chairman, CEO, 
CFO and Company 
Secretary attend annual 
conference.

Weekly CEO 
communication for 
all colleagues. Board 
members can view ‘live’ 
colleague comments/
questions on intranet.

Weekly/monthly 
colleague ‘huddles’ 
(at every store); led by 
departmental head for 
other business areas.

24/7 independent 
whistleblowing hotline*.

—

—

* Denotes independent feedback channel.

Every Board meeting:

• Colleague net promoter 

• Colleague matters via 

CEO report

• Matters discussed 

circulated after each 
NCV meeting

score# (updated twice a year 
following full survey)

• CO2 emissions#
•  Reportable accidents under 

RIDDOR

• Whistleblowing hotline 

• Bribery Act training 

issues analysed by 
Company Secretary 
and reported monthly 
to Board

compliance

• Gender pay gap disclosure, 

internal promotions (% home-
grown talent)

Twice a year:

• Colleague turnover

• Colleague engagement 

• Reportable data breaches  

survey results

(if any)

• Colleague scorecard 

•  Colleague engagement  

results

survey results

• Colleague dashboard results

• NCV meeting feedback

• Whistleblowing reports*

Measures in bold are reviewed 
at every Board meeting; others 
at least once a year.

# denotes Group KPI (pages 
24-25)

98 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

COLLEAGUE ENGAGEMENT IN MORE DETAIL
The Dunelm Board has always sought honest, direct feedback 
from our colleagues to help inform and improve the business. 
We have formal and informal colleague engagement and 
feedback channels, which reflect our ‘listening’ culture and 
give our colleagues many opportunities to let us know what 
they think. We encourage colleagues to engage personally 
with the business wherever feasible; an independent, 
confidential whistleblowing helpline is always available, 
but we aim for this to be used as a last resort. The vast 
majority of our colleagues deal with our customers and local 
communities every day and provide valuable insight into our 
business, and we value their opinions.

We have a hybrid approach to how we communicate with 
our colleagues. Regular Group-wide communications are 
shared via our Home Comforts intranet with additional 
target-specific updates sent by email. Regular operational 
updates by our CEO, Nick Wilkinson, include quarterly results 
and are complemented by genuine two-way communication 
blog/chat-style discussions to provide support across the 
‘Dunelm family’. In the year under review these included fun 
activities and competitions alongside business and strategy 
developments such as opening our warehouse in Daventry, 
our approach to supporting and helping those affected by the 
invasion of Ukraine, community activities, wellbeing, mental 
health, domestic abuse and personal finance. Our inclusion 
and diversity colleague networks (see page 53) also provided 
insightful and thought provoking updates throughout the 
year on inclusion and diversity matters via Home Comforts, 
together with informative and fun events organised online 
and in-person to encourage colleague participation and 
engagement on this topic. 

During FY22 we held six National Colleague Voice (NCV) 
meetings. Each was attended by Nick Wilkinson, supported 
by the People Team. Marion Sears, who is our designated 
Non-Executive Director (NED) for colleague matters, attended 
most meetings and other NEDs often joined, together with 
Executive Board members who led discussions around 
specialist topics. In April 2022, as in previous years, William 
Reeve, our Senior Independent Director and Remuneration 
Committee Chair, attended to lead colleague engagement 
on remuneration. During this session, we discussed our 
approach to Fair Reward at all colleague levels, explained 
CEO and CFO compensation and asked for feedback. A 
description of this engagement and feedback received is 
included in the Remuneration Report on page 159.

NCV members represent different colleague groups, with 
a good range of age, ethnicity, location, length of service 
and level of seniority. Our standard format for each meeting 
is to have three main parts: an update from Nick on the 
performance of the business, a ‘What’s on your mind?’ item 
where members feed back comments and concerns, and 
one ‘Big Topic’ where we communicate and seek feedback 
on important matters. These topics and NED attendees are 
set out in the table below. The aim is to stimulate discussion 
and feedback rather than simply have presentations from 
management and, following the training received by NCV 
members in 2021, meetings have become increasingly useful 
to both sides as representatives develop their confidence and 
skills as advocates for their colleagues. After each meeting, 
feedback is summarised and presented at the next Board 
meeting for noting or discussion. We have elevated the 
importance of colleague feedback in Board decision-making 
and our NCV representatives know that their views  
are listened to and result in concrete actions. 

NATIONAL COLLEAGUE VOICE (NCV) MEETING TOPICS, BOARD ATTENDEES AND OUTCOMES 

Month

‘Big Topic’ discussed

NED attendee

What we did as a result

AUG
2021

DEC
2021

JAN
2021

APR
2021

MAY
2021

JUN
2021

Sustainability

Marion Sears 

William Reeve

Developed our communication approach around how we engage our colleagues 
and customers with our sustainability plan. 

Wellbeing

None

On the back of the feedback, we changed the way we communicated our 
wellbeing benefits on our communication platforms, to make it clearer and more 
accessible.

We launched a trial of additional store tech equipment investment, to help with 
the service of customers.

Engagement 
survey results

Reward

Sir Will Adderley

Feedback informed the development of several policies including ways of 
working, SLAs on maintenance issues, Christmas opening hours, frequency of 
technology updates and store uniforms. 

Marion Sears 

William Reeve

Feedback had led to prioritising hourly rates over a thank you bonus to increase 
level of pay for store colleagues. 

An explanation of the role and remit of the Remuneration Committee in setting 
Executive pay was provided and colleagues were pleased at the level of care and 
scrutiny exercised by the Committee. 

Diversity and 
inclusion

Marion Sears

Sir Will Adderley

Feedback led to sharing more stories about colleagues within our networks, 
to raise awareness of diversity and inclusion matters. Also clarifying that the 
networks are open to all colleagues, and the importance of the role of an ally.

New year plans

Marion Sears

Immediate feedback on our business plans for FY23, which had been 
communicated that same day. Feedback informed our plans to support 
colleagues with the cost of living.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 99

DUNELM GROUP PLC

Corporate governance report

Section 172 Companies Act 2006 continued

Suppliers

WHY WE ENGAGE
We do not manufacture the vast majority of products that 
we sell. Therefore we need to maintain relationships with 
suppliers and manufacturers worldwide who can meet our 
high standards. We are a demanding yet fair customer who 
aims to meet agreed terms and conditions. We work closely 
with our committed suppliers to develop long-standing 
relationships and business growth opportunities through 
regular engagement.

i

For more information see page 47.

WHAT OUR SUPPLIERS CARE ABOUT
•  Fair trading and prompt payment terms.

•  Mutual operational improvements.

•  High ethical standards (to combat bribery, corruption and 

modern day slavery).

•  Working in partnership to improve environmental and 

sustainable sourcing.

•  A business that treats them fairly.

•  A business they are proud to supply.

•  A growth opportunity for their business.

HOW WE ENGAGE AND HOW WE MEASURE OUR EFFECTIVENESS 

Key management 
responsibility

Core operational 
engagement channels

How our Board  
engages directly

How our Board is 
informed/keeps oversight

Measures routinely
reviewed by the Board

COMMERCIAL 
DIRECTOR – 
MEMBER OF 
THE EXECUTIVE 
BOARD

Annual supplier 
conference.

Ad hoc supplier meetings 
with Board members.

Annual colleague 
conference (key suppliers 
normally attend).

Deputy Chairman and 
Executive management 
attend the supplier 
conference.

CEO and Deputy 
Chairman meet regularly 
with suppliers.

Deputy Chairman, CEO, 
CFO and Company 
Secretary attend annual 
colleague conference.

Via several teams, 
including our Design and 
Quality and Sourcing 
departments; with core 
supply chains through 
our supplier auditing 
processes.

24/7 independent 
whistleblowing hotline*.

—

—

* Denotes independent feedback channel.

Annually at Board 
meetings:

• Update on ethical 
trading/modern  
slavery

• Supply chain whistleblowing 

reports

• Ethical trading/modern slavery 
and supplier payment terms 
updates

•  Supplier payment 

• % Tier 1 factory base audited/

terms reported and 
published

low-medium risk audit 
performance

Ongoing:

• Supplier interests 

championed by Deputy 
Chairman 

• Whistleblowing 

hotline* issues (if any) 
analysed by Company 
Secretary and reported 
monthly to Board

•  % products containing 

responsibly sourced cotton, 
timber, and palm oil

•  CO2 emissions #

Measures in bold are reviewed at 
every Board meeting; others at 
least once a year.

# denotes Group KPI  
(pages 24-25)

100 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Shareholders

WHY WE ENGAGE
Continued access to capital is important if we are to 
achieve our long-term aspirations. We work to ensure that 
our shareholders and their representatives have a good 
understanding of our strategy, business model, investment 
opportunities and culture, and we aim to be transparent 
and comply with shareholder governance requirements. 
Shareholder engagement is a Board affair.

WHAT OUR SHAREHOLDERS CARE ABOUT
•  Long-term value creation and growth opportunities.

•  High-functioning Board and senior executive team.

•  Financial stability and disciplined management.

•  Culture and shared values conducive to good 

governance and long-term growth.

•  Transparency and acting fairly between shareholders.

•  Reputation for high standards of business conduct.

•  Increasing focus on ethics and sustainability.

•  Climate change and biodiversity risks and opportunities.

HOW WE ENGAGE AND HOW WE MEASURE OUR EFFECTIVENESS 

Key management 
responsibility

Core operational 
engagement channels

How our Board  
engages directly

How our Board is informed/
keeps oversight

Measures routinely
reviewed by the Board

CEO, CFO and NEDs 
attend.

• NED attendance at 

• Analysis of share price and share 

results presentations

register movements*

•  Feedback from results 

• Dividend and total shareholder return

CEO, CFO, 
COMPANY 
SECRETARY

Results 
announcements/ 
presentations at least 
six times a year  
(with feedback 
follow-up* by financial 
PR adviser/broker).

Corporate Governance 
presentation.

presentations and 
investor meetings 
twice a year*

• Ad hoc presentations 

from brokers

• AGM voting, shareholder 
comments and proxy 
reports presented*

•  Diluted earnings per share #

• Free cash flow #

• Profit before tax #

•  Twice-yearly feedback from results 

presentations and investor meetings

• AGM feedback and voting from 

shareholders and proxy agencies

•  Bank covenant compliance
• CO2 emissions #
• Customer/supplier sustainability 

measures

Measures in bold are reviewed at every 
Board meeting; others at least once a year.

# denotes Group KPI (pages 24-25)

•  In FY22, we also presented an update on our sustainability 
agenda to an investor conference hosted by our brokers.

•  All Directors will be available at the Annual General Meeting 

to meet with shareholders and answer their questions.

•  The Company Secretary reviews corporate governance 
guidelines prepared by our major institutional investors 
and their representatives and proxy advisers, and 
attends updates from professional advisers summarising 
shareholder expectations and voting actions. A summary 
of recent developments is provided to the Board at 
each meeting.

•  Attendance and voting at the AGM.

Feedback received is considered in relation to our strategy, 
capital and dividend policy, and governance priorities. 

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

101

*  Denotes independent feedback channel.

SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT IN MORE DETAIL
The Board, as a whole, is able to obtain a clear understanding 
of the views of Dunelm shareholders through various means 
of engagement and feedback channels:

•  The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer 

report back to the Board after the investor roadshows.

•  The Group’s brokers and financial PR advisers also 

provide a written feedback report after the full-year 
and half-year results announcements and investor 
roadshows to inform the Board about investor views and, 
in addition, Non-Executive Directors attend a selection of 
investor presentations.

•  Our Chair and Committee Chairs are available to 

shareholders and respond on matters relating to their 
responsibilities where requested.

•  Corporate Governance meetings with our major 

institutional shareholders, attended by the Deputy 
Chairman, Sir Will Adderley, the Non-Executive Directors 
and Company Secretary. 

Corporate governance report

Section 172 Companies Act 2006 continued

IMPACT OF DECISIONS ON CLIMATE CHANGE AND 
OUR ENVIRONMENT
As a result of our engagement, we know that matters relating 
to climate change and the environment are considered 
important to all our key stakeholder groups. In the table 
below we summarise important climate change and other 
environmental issues and how these are managed and 
communicated to our Directors. In addition, we share 
how our Board and Board Committees oversaw and were 
kept informed on various sustainability topics throughout 
FY22, including details of presentations and papers 
from internal and external specialists. Details of actions 
taken to understand the impact of climate change and 
biodiversity on our business, and to monitor and reduce 
our environmental impact, can be found in the Carbon 
Reduction and TCFD sections of our Sustainability section 
on pages 36 to 41 and 61 to 67.

KEY 
MANAGEMENT 
RESPONSIBILITY

WHAT MATTERS 
TO OUR 
STAKEHOLDERS

HOW BOARD IS 
INFORMED

• CEO (as Chair of Pathway to Zero Working 

Group, from July 2021).

• All other members of the Executive Board 
have specific responsibilities within their 
functional areas.

• Reducing energy usage.

• Reducing emissions from company vehicles.

• Reducing overall GHG emissions.

• Promoting circular solutions, reducing 

impact on biodiversity and scarce natural 
resources, through product design, closed 
loop products, options to reuse, repair, 
take-back and recycle.

• Minimising waste, packaging materials and 
single-use plastics (across supply chain).

• Responsible sourcing – both ethical and 
environmental standards (for example, 
cotton, timber, palm oil and coffee).

• Responsible waste management across our 
own operations (in-store, delivery network 
distribution and support centres).

• Engaging with customers, colleagues, 

suppliers and industry groups to promote 
and share solutions and best practice.

• Regular presentations on sustainability topics.

• Strategy Day discussion topic.

• Monthly Board report from the Company 

Secretary.

• Energy, waste and emissions KPIs reviewed 

by the Board regularly.

• Tracking of KPIs against Group sustainability 

targets quarterly from FY23.

REPUTATION FOR HIGH STANDARDS OF  
BUSINESS CONDUCT
On pages 92 to 93 in this governance report, we explain 
how the Board oversees and monitors our culture, including 
how our colleagues are expected to maintain our reputation 
for high standards of business conduct, by complying with 
our Code of Business Conduct and our Colleague Code of 
Conduct; how both colleagues and suppliers must comply 
with our Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Policy; and 
how suppliers and partners must adopt our Ethical Code 
of Conduct for Suppliers and Partners. More importantly, 
we explain how our shared values and culture guide what 
we do and how we do things.

ACTIONS/CHANGE RESULTING FROM BOARD 
ENGAGEMENT AND DISCUSSIONS
When making decisions which require balance across 
different stakeholder interests, the Board is careful to 
consider each stakeholder group separately and in the 
context of the long-term interests of the Company. We also 
carefully consider whether a decision is consistent with our 
culture and shared values, and to ensure that we maintain the 
Group’s reputation. Principal decisions made by the Board 
during the period where different stakeholder interests were 
discussed and considered include:

•  To declare a final and special dividend in September 

2021, and to declare an in interim and special dividend in 
February 2022.

•  To recommence a share buyback programme to satisfy 
employee entitlements under share incentive schemes.

•  To acquire the Sunflex business.

•  To invest further in pay for our hourly-paid colleagues 

and support colleagues on the lowest pay scale, as well 
as our HGV drivers and colleagues in warehousing and 
distribution.

•  To increase investment in technology, data and insight, 

supply chain capacity and human resources to deliver and 
support future growth.

•  To increase investment in the removal of gas-fired heating 

and increase in-house resource to meet our climate 
change targets.

•  Investment in a new delivery hub in Daventry to support the 

growth of our furniture business.

•  To invest in our store estate (‘Brilliant stores’ initiative).

On pages 103 to 105 we share three case studies that 
show how principal decisions made by the Board involved 
considerable debate and discussion and the balancing of 
competing interests of key stakeholders.

102 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

S172 case studies

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Colleague pay decisions taken in FY22

With the business facing post-Covid recruitment 
challenges and colleagues facing increased financial 
pressures, our Board took the decision to make significant 
and ‘flexed’ pay increases across the business, incurring 
additional employment costs.

BUSINESS CONTEXT
Dunelm employs over 11,000 colleagues, the majority 
of whom are hourly-paid and work in our stores and 
distribution centres. Our Remuneration Strategy and 
Remuneration Principles are set out in the Remuneration 
Policy, and applied throughout the organisation. 

Recruitment pressures
In FY22, like many other businesses, we faced a number 
of workforce pressures. As the UK emerged from the 
Covid pandemic towards the end of 2021, competition 
for talent increased the risk of higher labour turnover (with 
a consequent loss of knowledge and productivity) and 
made it difficult to attract new colleagues in general and, 
specifically, in certain areas, such as warehousing and 
distribution, technology and digital. 

Financial pressures
At the same time, our colleagues faced increasing financial 
pressures, with the UK experiencing rising inflation, 
particularly in energy, fuel and food bills, and an increase 
in National Insurance from April 2022. Combined, these 
factors have a disproportionate impact on people at the 
lower end of the income scale, including many of our 
colleagues, as these costs make up a larger proportion 
of their household expenses. 

FY22 PAY REVIEW
Hourly-paid colleagues
The annual pay review for most of our hourly-paid 
colleagues, who tend to earn the least, usually takes effect 
in April each year. In October 2021, we implemented 
an exceptional increase to the pay of our warehouse 
and distribution colleagues to ensure that their pay was 
competitive. For other hourly-paid colleagues, we awarded 
an average base pay increase in April 2022 of 7.65%, 
which is just over 1% above the increase in the National 
Living Wage of 6.6%, as set by the UK Government. This 
differential also moved the rate for our store colleagues 
to the upper end of the median scale. 

Monthly-paid colleagues
The pay review of our monthly-paid colleagues (in 
management and support functions) takes place every 
August. Usually, we award a flat average rate of increase 
across all roles. This year, we decided to implement a 
graded approach: colleagues at the lowest tier of our four 
‘job levels’ received an average increase of 7%, with other 
colleagues receiving an increase that averaged 4%.

Importance of colleague engagement in 
decision-making
The Board engages formally with colleagues on pay each 
year at a dedicated National Colleague Voice meeting 
(see page 99). We also ask questions about pay in our 
formal engagement survey, the results of which are fed 
back twice a year to the Board. Through this engagement 
we know that colleagues are attracted by our overall 
employment proposition, which includes a range of 
benefits, training and development opportunities, 
inclusive wellbeing and mental health programmes, and 
additional financial support. However, colleagues also tell 
us consistently that they value their fixed pay. 

DISCUSSION AND DEBATE
In awarding these pay increases the Board considered 
our purpose and shared values, feedback from colleague 
engagement and the long-term impact of these outcomes 
on the business. For example, the Board discussed the 
potential impact of additional employment costs on short-
term profit and shareholder returns, while noting that 
ordinary dividend payments had resumed and two special 
dividends had been paid in the year (in October 2021 and 
March 2022). The Board considered the positive impact 
on our customers, recognising that our ability to attract 
and retain a higher calibre of engaged, skilled customer-
facing colleagues would provide better customer 
service. The Board also noted that the business aimed to 
recover additional employment costs through increased 
productivity rather than price increases or reducing 
investments in other parts of our business. Overall, our 
Board considered the approach of awarding a pay increase 
that is weighted towards those who are paid the least to 
be consistent with our purpose and our shared values of 
‘Stronger together’ and ‘Long-term thinking’, in line with 
the strategic development of our customer proposition, 
and supportive of colleagues who are most impacted by 
inflationary cost increases. The Board also concluded that 
for these reasons, the proposed investment in pay would 
benefit shareholders and the prospects of the business 
over the long term.

Risks to Dunelm: 

Opportunities  
for Dunelm:

Increased employment costs; short-term 
impact on profit; diversion from shareholder 
returns or other investments.

Improved ability to attract and retain talent; 
improved colleague engagement and 
financial wellbeing; improved customer 
proposition; positive long-term impact on 
profits for shareholders.

Key stakeholder 
trade-offs:

Colleagues v Shareholders

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

103

Corporate governance report

S172 case studies continued

New warehouse and hub in Daventry 

To support the growth of our furniture and online business, 
our Board took the decision to invest in a new furniture 
warehouse and Home Delivery Network hub.

by increasing volumes of other products currently going 
through third parties, so employment would be maintained; 
and that the complexity of managing product flows 
distributed across multiple third parties would be reduced 
for our Merchandising and Supply Chain teams.

BUSINESS CONTEXT
In January 2022 we started the phased opening of a new 
furniture warehouse in Daventry. This project also involved 
transferring the home delivery network (HDN) depot 
from Northampton and existing furniture operations from 
our Stoke warehouse to the new warehouse. Specifically 
designed for stocking, handling and distributing furniture 
products – and now linked to HDN to improve order 
fulfilment and home delivery capacity – the new Daventry 
warehouse will help us meet customer demand for furniture 
products and overall growth aspirations for our business.

DISCUSSION AND DEBATE 
In making its decision, the Board considered the risk to 
profit of increasing our fixed costs (offset by reduced 
costs of third-party storage and stock movements) and 
of business disruption as we transfer to a new site, which 
would impact shareholders and any colleagues whose pay 
included performance-related incentives. 

The Board also considered potential impacts on 
colleagues and local communities. It noted that all Dunelm 
colleagues in the Northampton depot would be offered 
the opportunity to transfer to Daventry (around 14 miles 
away), and that this operation would expand, creating new 
job opportunities in the local community; that reduction in 
furniture volumes through our Stoke site would be offset 

For other stakeholders, the Board noted that increased 
capacity would enable us to deliver a better service to 
customers, which would also benefit suppliers through 
increased sales. The warehouse’s location in the centre of 
the UK is serviced by excellent trunking routes, which will 
help optimise journeys and shorten delivery times, and 
there is the possibility of transporting stock by rail from 
ports, in both cases reducing road miles and environmental 
impact. The additional environmental impact of operating 
a new facility would be offset by decreasing the use of 
third-party storage facilities. The Board decided that the 
long-term benefits of investing in capacity to meet our 
growth and improve our customer proposition outweighed 
the disadvantages.

Risks to Dunelm:  Short-term impact on profit; impact on 

Opportunities  
for Dunelm:

short-term bonus and long-term incentives 
for certain colleagues; increased fixed cost 
base; diversion from other investments.

Improved customer proposition; additional 
capacity for growth of the furniture business; 
increased employment; reduced carbon 
emissions; long-term benefit to shareholders, 
customers, colleagues, suppliers and 
communities.

Key stakeholder 
trade-offs:

Customers v Shareholders

Creating joy for our colleagues means 
creating a quality working environment.”

Our 200,000 square foot Daventry warehouse is located in a 
well‑known logistics hub with excellent access to trunk roads and the 
future possibility of linking up ports by rail. 

GROWING WITH PURPOSE
Our operations team worked closely with the landlord to discuss 
bespoke lay-out requirements, local infrastructure and labour pools, our 
shift and vehicle movement patterns, environmental impacts and future 
growth prospects. The warehouse is built with modern materials, is well 
insulated and has three-stage automatic sensor lighting, complemented 
by skylights to provide natural light. Outside, EV chargers are installed 
for colleagues and visitors and inside there are lithium-free charging 
points for electric forklift trucks. To facilitate colleague journeys to 
and from the site, there is a 24-hour bus service and cycle lanes, and 
to enhance colleague wellbeing an outdoor seating area with a new 
planting scheme has been created. To better engage our colleagues 
with the wider Dunelm business, care has been taken to make the 
warehouse ‘feel like home’ through impactful store images and 
branding. Our current focus is on building colleague competencies in 
new ways of working and embedding warehouse management systems 
in our new, bespoke facility.

104 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

‘Brilliant Stores’ plan

To support ongoing investment in our stores to create 
future value, our Board approved a Group-wide ‘Brilliant 
Stores’ plan to focus time and resource more effectively.

BUSINESS CONTEXT
Our stores play a vital role for our customers, many of 
whom will research or place orders online but also come 
into our stores to browse, get expert help, measure up 
items and test out products, or come in for a drink, snack 
or chat. Increasingly, our stores and Pausa cafes are 
used as social hubs and are supporting local communities 
and businesses. 

‘BRILLIANT STORES’ PLAN
As well as continuing to open new stores, we have an 
ongoing programme to invest in upgrading our existing 
store estate and installing the latest formats. In FY22, we 
invested in nine large and medium-sized refits as well as 
installing 18 new furniture formats, 11 new decorating 
fixtures and four Pausa cafes. In addition to this, at its 
Strategy Day in 2021, the Board debated and approved 
a Group-wide ‘Brilliant Stores’ plan as part of our 
ongoing investment in our store estate and performance, 
reinforcing the importance of stores to our long-term 
business model.

Our aim is for every store to be brilliant every day. By 
bringing together all the elements that we know we need 
to get right to make our stores brilliant under one umbrella, 
we can focus time and resource more effectively. Although 
the outcome of the initiatives is store-focused, we keep our 
customers at the forefront of our thinking to ensure that 
our online and store shopping experiences are seamless, 
for example when collecting a Click and Collect order or 
returning a home delivery order.

MEASURING AND MONITORING PROGRESS
We use store scorecards to measure and monitor 
performance and the impact of initiatives implemented. 
Up-to-date metrics (by store or region) can be accessed 
at any time by store coaches and are an important 
improvement driver. They include typical ‘hard’ retail 
measures such as sales information by shopping 
channels, perfect order scores, speed of service and stock 
management, but also ratings from customers about 
how friendly the service was and colleague engagement 
scores. Each store coach is held accountable for his or 
her scorecard performance which is also fed back into 
appraisal and bonus calculations. Separately, we monitor 
and rank store community engagement levels on our 
community leader board. 

DISCUSSION AND DEBATE
Our ‘Brilliant Stores’ plan pulls in knowledge and expertise 
from around the Group, encouraging greater colleague 
collaboration and engagement. It is purpose-led, and 
strengthens our customer proposition and our ability 
to create thriving local communities. Investing in store 
colleague training and technology to make their tasks 
easier also promotes colleague engagement in our store 
teams. Whilst additional resource and investment in our 
stores refit and ‘Brilliant Stores’ plan may impact short-term 
profit and shareholder returns, the Board considered these 
and concluded that the ongoing importance of stores to 
our future long-term value creation and the stakeholder 
benefits outweighed these considerations.

Risks to Dunelm: 

Opportunities  
for Dunelm:

Increased investment costs; short-term 
impact on profit; diversion from shareholder 
returns or other investments.

Improved ability to attract and retain 
customers; improved colleague engagement; 
improved customer proposition; positive 
long-term impact on profits for shareholders.

Key stakeholder 
trade-offs:

Customer v Shareholders

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

105

Corporate governance report

Section 172 Companies Act 2006 continued

GROUP BOARD OVERSIGHT OF S172 AND ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE TOPICS FY22

Date

Board/Committee

Topic

JUL
2021

SEPT
2021

OCT
2021

NOV
2021

JAN
2022

FEB
2022

Board

New sustainability governance for FY21 led by CEO under ‘Pathway to Zero’ structure.

Update on Scope 3 carbon footprint and options for Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions target.

Audit and Risk 
Committee

Review of principal risks, including: climate change and environment; regulatory and compliance; brand 
damage; and people and culture.

Review of annual report disclosures, including risks and uncertainties, Audit and Risk Committee Report, 
voluntary TCFD disclosure and sustainability KPIs.

Anti-corruption and anti-bribery policy update.

Board

Review of principal risks, including: climate change and environment; regulatory and compliance; brand 
damage; and people and culture. 

Approved target to reduce Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions by 30% by 2030 in absolute terms, matching 
target for Scope 1 emissions; committed to purchasing renewable energy (Scope 2 emissions).

Approved annual report disclosures, including Sustainability section, principal risks, and uncertainties and 
voluntary TCFD disclosure.

Annual review of stakeholder engagement and balance, and review of culture KPIs.

Remuneration 
Committee

Reviewed performance against KPIs in FY21 annual bonus, which included customer and colleague 
satisfaction scores.

Set targets for FY22-24 LTIP award which include climate change-related targets.

Board

Approved annual Modern Slavery Act statement and Gender Pay Gap Report.

Reviewed August National Colleague Voice meeting report where ’Big Topic’ was sustainability. 

Board

People update from Stores and People Director, including consideration of reward, training and development 
and diversity data (age, gender, ethnicity).

Approved terms of sustainability-linked Revolving Credit Facility, including targets linked to carbon reduction, 
packaging reduction, use of more responsibly produced cotton and provision of customer take-back schemes.

External presentation on diversity (neurodiversity). 

Board

Sustainability progress update.

Annual presentation on health and safety and waste management.

External presentation on diversity (gender). 

Audit and Risk 
Committee 

Half-year review of principal risks, including: climate change and environment; regulatory and compliance; 
brand damage; and people and culture.

Update on FY22 TCFD report progress.

Annual review of Tax Strategy.

Anti-corruption and anti-bribery policy update.

Board

Half-year review of principal risks, including: climate change and environment; regulatory and compliance; 
brand damage; and people and culture.

Annual approval of Tax Strategy.

Product strategy, including sustainable products.

Board

MAR
2022

People update from Stores and People Director, including consideration of: talent management, diversity  
data (age, gender, ethnicity).

Approved Gender Pay Gap Report.

Nominations 
Committee

National 
Colleague Voice 

Executive Director and Executive Board talent and succession (attended by external talent consultant).

Remuneration strategy, executive pay and fair reward.

Board

External presentation on mental health and wellbeing (human connections in a digital world) and business 
strategies to regenerate nature, society and the economy.

Audit and Risk 
Committee 

Review of verification process for environmental, social and governance KPIs.

Updated climate change risk assessment for TCFD, including three temperature rise scenarios. Proposed 
TCFD disclosures.

APR
2022

MAY
2022

JUN
2022

At every meeting:

Regulatory and policy breaches (if any), people update, health and safety update, review of reports from 
whistleblowing helpline, sustainability update including quarterly KPIs.

106 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Division of  
responsibilities

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

INDUCTION AND TRAINING
Upon joining the Board, any new Director is offered a 
comprehensive and tailored induction programme with visits 
to key sites and meetings with senior managers and other 
colleagues.

The Company Secretary reports to the Board at each meeting 
on new legal, regulatory and governance developments 
that affect the Group and actions are agreed where needed. 
Directors attend seminars provided by independent 
organisations which cover a wide range of governance topics. 
As part of the annual Board evaluation, any additional training 
or development needs are addressed by the Chairman 
with each Director. For details of the specific skills and 
experience of each Director see the Directors’ biographies 
on pages 84 to 87. 

CLEAR AND FORMAL BOARD RESPONSIBILITIES
The Board has adopted written statements setting out 
the respective responsibilities of the Chairman, the 
Deputy Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the Senior 
Independent Director of the Board, Board Committee 
members and the Company Secretary; these are available 
on the Group’s website or from the Company Secretary. A 
summary of the responsibilities of the Directors is set out 
on page 108. An overview of responsibilities for individual 
Board Committees and their Chairs are set out in the relevant 
Committee reports. 

ABOUT OUR BOARD
Board structure
The Board has agreed that our optimum Board size is 
between nine and eleven Directors, with an Independent 
Chair, four Executives/Non-Independent Directors, and 
between four and six independent Non-Executive Directors. 
We consider this structure gives the right level of independent 
challenge, and mix of backgrounds and skills, and is one that 
allows for effective decision-making. We maintain a clear 
division of responsibilities between the leadership of the 
Board and the executive leadership of the business. 

Independent Non-Executive Directors 
As required by the Corporate Governance Code and the 
Listing Rules of the United Kingdom Listing Authority, the 
Board considers annually whether all independent Non-
Executive Directors continue to exhibit independence of 
character and judgement prior to putting them forward 
for reappointment at the AGM. This was last considered in 
September 2022 and we confirmed that Andy Harrison was 
independent on appointment to the Board and subsequently 
as Chairman, and that Alison Brittain, Ian Bull, Kelly Devine, 
William Reeve, Peter Ruis, Arja Taaveniku, and Vijay Talwar  
are independent.

Non-Independent Director 
The Board has treated Marion Sears as a Non-Independent 
Non-Executive Director since September 2015 in view 
of her tenure of more than nine years on the Board, and 
her subsequent appointment as a Director of WA Capital 
Limited in March 2016. WA Capital Limited is a private 
limited company established by Sir Will Adderley (the 
Deputy Chairman, and major shareholder) to act as a 
long-term holding company for his beneficial interest in 
the Company and various other investments. The Dunelm 
Board has determined that this appointment does not 
affect her judgement as a Director of Dunelm, and that any 
potential conflict of interest has been cleared on the basis 
that WA Capital Limited and Sir Will Adderley are parties 
to a Relationship Agreement (referred to in the section 
headed ‘Managing conflicts of interest’ on page 166) which 
regulates their conduct. Marion will put herself forward for 
reappointment at the AGM by shareholders, independent  
of the Adderley family, as well as a full shareholder vote.

Board tenure and diversity 
Board refreshment is a continued area of focus. Both tenure 
and diversity are considered in our succession planning and 
covered in more detail in the Nominations Committee Report 
on pages 110 to 119.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

107

Corporate governance report

Division of responsibilities continued

BOARD RESPONSIBILITIES 

Position

Chairman

Responsibilities 

• The leadership, effectiveness and governance of the Board.

• Setting the agenda, style and tone of Board discussions with a particular focus on strategic matters.

• Ensuring each Non-Executive Director makes an effective contribution to the Board.

• Ensuring that the Directors receive accurate, timely and clear information.

• Chairing the Nominations Committee.

• Promoting a culture of openness and debate.

• Facilitating constructive Board relations.

Deputy Chairman

• Maintaining a close dialogue with the Chairman and the CEO. 

• Contributing to the development of the Group’s purpose, culture and values by promoting and visibly 

demonstrating the Company’s long-established shared values.

• Assisting the CEO in strategic and operational activities as requested.

• Supporting and deputising for the Chairman as required.

• Member of the Nominations Committee.

Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director

• Acting as a ‘sounding board’ for the Chairman and an intermediary for the other Directors.

• Leading the Non-Executive Directors in their annual assessment of the Chairman’s performance.

• Making oneself available to shareholders, particularly if they have concerns that the normal channels have 

failed to resolve, or for which such contact would be inappropriate.

• Leading the Chair succession process.

Chief Executive Officer

• Proposing the strategic objectives of the Group for approval by the Board, and delivering the strategic and 

financial objectives in line with the agreed purpose and strategy.

• Leading the Executive Board and senior management in managing the operational requirements of the business.

• Leading the climate change and sustainability objectives of the Group.

• Providing clear and visible leadership of our shared values.

• Effective and ongoing communication with colleagues and shareholders.

Chief Financial Officer

• Working with the CEO to develop and implement the Group’s purpose and strategic objectives.

• The financial delivery and performance of the Group.

• Ensuring that the Group remains appropriately funded to pursue the strategic objectives.

• Ensuring proper financial controls and risk management of the Group and compliance with associated 

regulation.

• Investor relations activities and communications with shareholders.

Non-Executive Directors

• Constructive contribution and challenge to the development of strategy and ensuring that decisions are taken 

so as to promote the success of the Company in the interests of all stakeholders.

• Monitoring operational and financial performance and scrutiny of management performance in the delivery 

of strategic objectives.

• Oversight of financial and other controls and processes for risk management.

• Engaging with colleagues (for example through the National Colleague Voice) so as to represent the 

‘Colleague Voice’ at the Board.

Designated 
Non-Executive Director  
for colleague matters

Company Secretary

• Supporting the Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors with their responsibilities.

• Advising on regulatory compliance, corporate governance, climate change and sustainability.

• Facilitating individual induction programmes for Directors and assisting with their development as required.

• Communications with shareholders and organisation of the AGM.

108 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

We therefore request that shareholders take into account our 
specific circumstances when making their voting decision 
in relation to the waiver resolution, and we hope that 
shareholders will support the Board’s recommendation.

The Board has reviewed whether our policy to purchase 
shares in the market to satisfy share option entitlements (as 
opposed to issuing shares) is still appropriate; we believe that 
it is in the interests of our shareholder base as a whole as it 
avoids dilution of shareholdings, and it is supported by the 
majority of our institutional shareholders. We would like to 
reiterate that shares bought back by the Company will be held 
in treasury and used only to satisfy share option entitlements, 
and not cancelled. The Company purchased 2,500,000 of its 
own shares during the financial year. See page 30 for an 
overview of our capital and dividend policy.

ADVICE AND INSURANCE
All Directors have access to the advice and services of the 
Company Secretary. In addition, Directors may seek legal 
advice at the Group’s expense if they consider it necessary in 
connection with their duties. The Group purchases Directors’ 
and Officers’ liability insurance cover for its Directors.

SHARE BUYBACK AND RULE 9 WAIVER
Since the time of flotation of the Company, the members of 
the Adderley family, including Bill and Jean Adderley and Sir 
Will Adderley, have been considered to be acting in concert 
(‘a Concert Party’) for the purposes of Rule 9 of the City Code 
on Takeovers and Mergers (the ‘Takeover Code’). At the date 
of this report, Sir Will Adderley controls 37.3% of the issued 
share capital of the Company, and the Concert Party controls 
42.8%. Bill and Jean are no longer Directors of the Company 
or actively involved, although Sir Will Adderley is a Director 
and Deputy Chairman.

As usual we will be requesting authority to buy back up to 
5 million shares (2.5%) of our share capital) at the AGM. This 
authority is to allow the Company to purchase shares in order 
to satisfy future share option entitlements for Executives, 
excluding Sir Will Adderley. Given that it is expected that 
shares bought by Dunelm in the market will be reissued, then 
no dilution or change of control should occur either for the 
Concert Party or for other shareholders. As Sir Will Adderley 
has a beneficial interest of above 30% of our share capital, 
and the interest of the Concert Party is less than 50%, for the 
Company to exercise the authority to buy back shares we 
have to ask shareholders to approve a waiver of Rule 9 of the 
Takeover Code, as otherwise Sir Will would be required by 
law to make an offer to buy all of the shares in the Company. 
We understand that a number of shareholders have concerns 
about Rule 9 waivers in general, as they can lead to major 
shareholders gaining ‘creeping control’; as a result they may 
be bound by their voting policy to vote against the resolution. 
We hope that shareholders will give this administrative matter 
full consideration and conclude that they can support the 
waiver, notwithstanding any internal voting policy. In this 
regard we would like to reassure shareholders that:

•  Shares bought back by the Company would be held in 

treasury and used only to satisfy share option entitlements, 
and not cancelled.

•  Since 2012, Sir Will Adderley no longer participates in 
the Long-Term Incentive Plan or any other share-based 
incentive plan, and therefore his shareholding will not 
increase through that mechanism.

•  Since flotation of the Company in 2006, the Adderley family 

has reduced its holding (from 67% to 42.8% currently).

•  There has been a Relationship Agreement in place since 

flotation which provides safeguards to other shareholders – 
for details please see the Directors’ Report on page 166.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 109

DUNELM GROUP PLC

Corporate governance report

Composition, succession  
and evaluation 

Nominations  
Committee Report

Andy Harrison
Chair of the Nominations Committee

Dear shareholder

In yet another very challenging year, Dunelm has delivered 
a record performance for our shareholders and indeed 
an excellent performance for all our stakeholders. This is a 
tribute to all my Dunelm colleagues and a testament to our 
talented, committed and cohesive leadership team. In this, 
my last report as Chair of the Board and the Nominations 
Committee, I would like to say a huge thank you to our 
colleagues for their hard work, commitment and continued 
determination and ambition to grow our company in a 
sustainable way consistent with our purpose, ambitions 
and shared values. 

BOARD SUCCESSION
We believe that the optimal size of our Board is between 
nine and eleven Directors. This will enable us to comply 
with all the governance requirements on independence 
and diversity, while maintaining a cohesive culture in which 
all Board members can continue to contribute fully.

We endeavour to manage our succession plan to ensure 
that we have the appropriate and diverse range of skills 
and experience needed to deliver our strategy for the 
benefit of our stakeholders. We also take care to ensure 
that all new members of our Board are aligned to our 
purpose and culture, and share our values, whatever 
their skills and background.

When we appoint a Non-Executive Director (NED) to 
the Board or when a Director takes on any additional 
responsibilities we always assess their other commitments 
to ensure that they have sufficient time to dedicate to 
Dunelm, including during periods of unanticipated 
additional activity.

CHAIR SUCCESSION
An important focus for the Committee this year has 
been to carefully manage my succession. My nine-year 
tenure on the Board is due to expire on 1 September 
2023 and we have been keen to manage the succession 

110 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

process in a careful and timely fashion. William Reeve, our 
Senior Independent Director, led the search process, which 
commenced in 2021 to ensure that there was sufficient 
time to find a candidate of the right calibre, available within 
our time frame. On 21 July 2022 we announced that Alison 
Brittain would join the Board on 7 September 2022 as a 
Non-Executive Director, and it is expected that she will 
succeed me as Chair early in 2023, and I am delighted that 
Dunelm has been able to attract a candidate of her skills and 
experience and approach, whose values are clearly aligned to 
ours. I am sure that Alison will help us to unlock the potential 
of the business even faster, and I look forward to working with 
her as she transitions into the Chair role. 

CFO SUCCESSION
Laura Carr advised the Committee in December 2021 that she 
intended to step down from the Board in June 2022, to take 
up a new opportunity outside of retail and the public markets. 
Laura has made a tremendous contribution as CFO during 
her tenure of three and a half years, and on behalf of the 
Board I thank her, and we wish her well in her new role. 

We started the search for Laura’s successor early in 2022 
and I was very pleased that in April we were able to announce 
that Karen Witts would join us as CFO in June. Karen is 
an accomplished finance leader who brings a wealth 
of experience from a number of roles with high-profile, 
consumer-facing brands. She has already started to make 
a strong contribution to the Board and the Executive team. 

NED SUCCESSION
During the year, two Non-Executive Directors joined the 
Board, to enhance our skills and to support our ambitious 
growth plans. They also enhance the diversity of our Board 
in terms of background, experience, gender and approach.

As I mentioned last year, to increase our NED experience of 
large-scale digital commerce, including cyber security and 
multichannel supply chains, Vijay Talwar joined the Board on 
1 October 2021. Vijay has already contributed to our business 
discussions, and not least in terms of cyber security.

I am also pleased that we were joined on 1 March 2022 by 
Kelly Devine. Kelly brings experience from the fast-changing 
international payments industry, driven by technology, 
changing consumer behaviour and the power of data. 
She has already started to broaden our discussions.

We now have the required number of independent 
Directors on the Board, and also meet the requirements 
of the Corporate Governance Code on diversity of gender 
and background. The process for the appointment of all 
of the new Board members is described in the Nominations 
Committee Report, and I thank all of my Board colleagues 
for the time that they have invested this year in this 
important activity. 

DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION 
Last year I reported on the creation and roll out of Dunelm’s 
diversity and inclusion programme across the business, 
designed to step change our approach. This has continued 
throughout the year with the full support of the Board, and 
more details can be found in the Sustainability section on 
page 52. This year the Board and Executive Board again 
participated in interactive learning sessions on neurodiversity 
and gender, designed to build our knowledge and 
understanding, and help us to consider how we can promote 
diversity and inclusion throughout the business. We also 
review diversity KPIs at least twice a year alongside the other 
colleague measures as part of our oversight of the people 
policies and culture of the business. 

At Board level, our policy is that our Board should always 
be of mixed gender, and in all recent appointments we have 
requested that a range of candidates from diverse social and 
ethnic backgrounds be brought forward for consideration. 
Further details can be found in our report on page 52. I am 
pleased that all of our appointments this year have enhanced 
the diversity of our Board.

SUCCESSION AND TALENT
Last year I reported on how we have accelerated our 
approach to succession planning and talent management 
across the business. We are now in the second year of a 
three-year programme, which has been fully rolled out 
throughout the business, so that all management colleagues 
now discuss their development and aspirations with their 
manager at least once a year. This has created a far more 
robust and effective process for identifying and growing 
our talent. Further details can be found in the Sustainability 
section on page 57. The Nominations Committee has had 
direct oversight of how this has been implemented for the 
members of the Executive Board, and all members with 
operational roles now have potential internal successors in 
place. At Board level, I encourage each Board member to 
have an open conversation with myself about future intentions 
as part of the annual Board review. 

BOARD EFFECTIVENESS
We were not due to hold an external Board review until FY23, 
but we decided to bring this forward to FY22 specifically to 
focus on the priorities for the incoming Board Chair and to help 
her as she develops her agenda. The review concluded that 
the Board is performing effectively, and helped us to set some 
priorities for the forthcoming years as set out on page 117.

I look forward to meeting shareholders at the AGM. 

Yours faithfully,

Andy Harrison
Chair of the Nominations Committee

14 September 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP
The Directors who served on the Committee during the year 
and their attendance is set out below:

From

To

Meetings 
attended

Member

Andy Harrison 
(Chair)

Sir Will Adderley

Ian Bull

Kelly Devine1

William Reeve

Peter Ruis

1 September
2014

17 February 
2011

10 July 2019

1 March 2022

1 July 2015

10 September
2015

Marion Sears

18 January 2005

Arja Taaveniku

15 February
2021

Vijay Talwar1

1 October 2021

To date

To date

To date

To date

To date

To date

To date

To date

To date

3/3

3/3

3/3

1/1

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

2/2

1.  Kelly Devine and Vijay Talwar were appointed to the Board during the 

financial year, and joined the Nominations Committee on appointment.

Alison Brittain joined the Board on 7 September 2022, after the end of the year, 
and became a member of the Committee on that date. 

The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. 

Additionally, two presentations were made to the Board on succession and 
talent management, one attended by the independent consultant referred to 
below under ‘Succession and Talent’, and both attended by the People and 
Stores Director. 

No Director attended that part of a meeting during which his or her own 
position was discussed.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

111

Corporate governance report

Composition, succession and evaluation 
continued

SUMMARY OF THE NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE’S 
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES IN FY22
Succession principles
Our Board succession plan is designed to achieve  
a Board that:

•  Is cohesive, engaged, aligned to purpose and shared 

values. 

•  Has diversity of nationality, ethnicity, gender, thought 

and skills to deliver our strategy.

•  Has strong executive capability.

Board appointments and induction
FY22 appointments reflect ambitious multichannel growth 
plans, mindful of best governance practices. 

•  Completed search for Chair; Alison Brittain joined the 

Board on 7 September 2022 and is expected to succeed 
Andy Harrison as Chair early in 2023.

•  Appointment of two Independent Non-Executive Directors:

 – Vijay Talwar joined in October 2021, bringing 

multichannel retail and digital expertise.

 – Kelly Devine joined in March 2022, with a background 

in consumer and data.

•  Appointment of Executive Director:

 – Karen Witts joined the business and Board as CFO 

in June 2022.

•  New Board members welcomed into the business through 
a comprehensive induction, co-ordinated by the Company 
Secretary in FY22.

Board effectiveness
•  Oversight of external Board review to ensure that the Board 

is working as effectively as possible.

•  Ongoing review of the Board’s composition, to ensure it 

follows best practice and meets the strategic needs of the 
business, taking into account the main trends and factors 
affecting the long-term success and future viability of  
the Group.

Group-wide role
•  Played an active role in the increased focus on succession 

and talent management across the whole business, and our 
approach to diversity.

•  Oversight of the Board and the Group’s diversity and 

inclusion programme to increase inclusion and diversity 
of gender, ethnicity, background, thought and skills 
throughout the business.

Focus FY23
•  Continuing to oversee the ongoing Board succession plan.

•  Continuing to oversee succession and talent management, 

and diversity throughout the business.

OUR NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE’S ACTIVITIES 
IN MORE DETAIL FY22
The following pages provide details of the role of the 
Nominations Committee and the work it has undertaken 
during the year.

PRINCIPAL DUTIES
The purpose of our Nominations Committee is: to assist 
the Board by keeping the composition of the Board under 
review; to conduct a rigorous and transparent process against 
objective criteria – with due regard for the benefits of the 
Board’s diversity – when new appointments to the Board are 
made; to oversee the succession plans for the Board and 
senior management; and to ensure that there are processes 
in place to secure a diverse pipeline of potential candidates 
for succession to key management positions and to the Board. 
The full terms of reference for the Committee can be found 
on the Group’s website: corporate.dunelm.com. These terms 
were last reviewed by the Committee in June 2020.

BOARD CHANGES IN FY22 AND PLANNED 
SUCCESSION ACTIVITY
Board succession has played a larger than usual part of 
the Committee’s activities in the year, as we sought both 
a Board Chair and CFO, and made two Non-Executive 
Director appointments. In all cases appointments were made 
against objective criteria, and the Committee specified that 
candidates be sought from a range of diverse ethnic and 
social backgrounds, and for both male and female candidates 
to be put forward.

Chair succession
A major focus for the Committee this year has been the search 
for my own successor. Although I am not required to retire 
from the Board until 1 September 2023, I have always said that 
I remain flexible to the wishes of the Board. The search process 
was started early in 2021, so as to give the Board the maximum 
time to find a candidate of the required calibre, and, of equal 
importance, who shares the Dunelm culture and values.

The process was led by William Reeve, the Senior 
Independent Director. I did not play a part in this, although 
William did seek my views at specific stages. An external 
search firm, Russell Reynolds, was appointed to lead the 
search. Given the sensitivity of the appointment we decided 
not to also use the Nurole platform, as is our normal practice 
on the appointment of a Non-Executive Director (NED). The 
search firm spoke to all of the Directors and the Company 
Secretary to seek their input before drawing up a role 
specification which was agreed by the Committee. We were 
looking for an experienced business leader, who has worked 
in a range of large, consumer-facing businesses and has a 
track record of delivering growth. 

112 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Non-Executive Director succession
Last year I reported that we had identified a need for a further 
NED with experience in digital businesses, including digital 
risk management, and to meet the increasing regulatory 
requirements of an Audit and Risk Committee member – 
financial expertise and a deeper ability to understand cyber 
risk. On 14 July 2021 we announced the appointment of 
Vijay Talwar to the Board, and Vijay joined the Board on 
1 October 2021.

We also commenced the search for an additional female NED, 
so as to meet the required gender balance on the Board. I 
was pleased to be able to announce the appointment of Kelly 
Devine to the Board with effect from 1 March 2022. Kelly 
has a background in economics and has built her career in 
the payments industry. Her current role is President, UK and 
Ireland of Mastercard, where she has overseen significant 
market share expansion, business diversification and delivery 
of high employee engagement. Her experience in the 
fast-changing international payments industry, driven by 
technology, changing consumer behaviour and the power 
of data, will strengthen our Board as we accelerate our 
multichannel growth.

Ongoing activity
The Board’s priority for this year is to complete the Chair 
and CFO transitions and to continue to develop strong 
relationships between all of our Board members. There are no 
scheduled Board vacancies until 2024, so we will commence 
our planning for these during the coming financial year. 

In her most recent CEO role at Whitbread PLC, from which 
she will retire early in 2023, Alison has been responsible for 
successfully scaling the company’s various hospitality brands 
before overseeing the sale of its Costa Coffee portfolio in 
2019. Since then, she has refocused the Group as a pureplay 
hotel company, strengthening the success of the UK business 
whilst developing an international platform for long-term 
growth. Prior to joining Whitbread PLC, Alison held a number 
of senior roles in the UK banking industry. As stated above, 
we were also seeking an individual whose personal values 
are aligned to our own. William Reeve and other Committee 
members interviewed a number of the shortlisted candidates, 
and all members of the Board met with the preferred 
candidate and gave their unanimous support. The Committee 
therefore recommended to the Board that Alison Brittain be 
appointed to join the Board on 7 September 2022, with the 
aim of succeeding me as Chair on my retirement early in 2023. 

CFO succession
Laura Carr, the Chief Financial Officer (CFO), advised the 
Board in December 2021 that she intended to step down 
from the Board to take up a role outside of retail and the 
public markets. A search for her successor commenced in 
January 2022. The Committee engaged an external search 
firm, Sam Allen Associates, to conduct the search. A role 
specification was agreed by the Committee with input from 
other Committee members and from Nick Wilkinson, the 
Chief Executive Officer, given the important executive role 
that the CFO will play in the business. Following an extensive 
search process, a shortlist was drawn up of candidates who 
had the required skills and experience, and whose approach 
was aligned with the Group’s shared values. This included 
candidates from a diverse range of backgrounds, as well as 
an internal candidate. Candidates met with myself and Nick 
Wilkinson, Ian Bull, who chairs the Audit and Risk Committee, 
and other Board members. References were taken and all 
were positive. The Board accepted the recommendation of 
the Nominations Committee that Karen Witts be offered the 
CFO position.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

113

Corporate governance report

Composition, succession and evaluation 
continued

OVERVIEW OF FY22 APPOINTMENTS AND FUTURE BOARD SUCCESSION PLANNING

Position

Actions and timings

Rationale/best practice 

Chair designate

• Commenced search process in 2021 for 
Chair to succeed Andy Harrison when he 
retires in 2023.

• Alison is a highly experienced business leader who brings 
considerable experience from a range of consumer-facing 
companies, with a track record of delivering growth. 

CFO

NED with digital 
experience 
and deeper 
understanding  
of digital/cyber risk

Additional  
female NED

• Alison Brittain joined the Board on  

• Continue to meet best practice, having either female CFO, CEO, 

7 September 2022, and is expected to 
succeed Andy Harrison as Chair early  
in 2023.

SID or Chair; early adoption of new UK Listing Rule.

• We will exceed the Hampton-Alexander guidance of 40% female 
representation on Board; early adoption of new UK Listing Rule.

• Immediate search undertaken for a new 
CFO following Laura Carr’s resignation 
announcement in December 2021.

• Accomplished finance leader who brings a wealth of experience 

from a number of roles with consumer-facing brands. 

• Continue to meet best practice, having either female CFO, CEO, 

• Appointment of Karen Witts announced 

SID or Chair; early adoption of new UK Listing Rule.

in April 2022.

• Karen joined the Board on 9 June 2022

• Brings us in line with Hampton-Alexander guidance; over 40% 

of female representation on Board; early adoption of new 
UK  Listing Rule.

• Vijay Talwar’s appointment confirmed in  

• Vijay brings additional financial expertise to our Audit and Risk 

July 2021.

Committee capability.

• Vijay joined the Board in October 2021.

• As a non-UK national from a non-white background, Vijay 

strengthens the Board’s diversity profile, meeting Parker Review 
guidelines; early adoption of new UK Listing Rule.

• Appointment of Kelly Devine announced in 

• Offers consumer and data expertise.

January 2022.

• Kelly joined the Board in March 2022.

• Brings us in line with Hampton-Alexander guidance; over 40%  
of female representation on Board; early adoption of new UK 
Listing Rule.

BOARD APPOINTMENT PROCESS
For all Board appointments and our ongoing succession 
plans we generally follow this well-rehearsed process, 
adapting where necessary to account for specific skills 
required and circumstances.

•  Detailed role and person specification drawn up by 

Nominations Committee.

•  Independent external search consultant appointed 

to conduct the process. NED vacancies usually 
also advertised on the Nurole platform, to open 
the search to a potentially wider and more diverse 
range of applicants.

•  Equal number of male and female candidates feature 

on the longlist as standard practice. Search consultant 
also asked to bring forward candidates from a diverse 
background.

•  Initial candidates meet with Chair and at least one 

other Board member; shortlist candidates meet with 
other Board members.

•  Extensive references taken and, for NEDs, an 

assessment of candidates’ other commitments made 
to ensure they have sufficient time to dedicate to 
Board member duties.

•  Nominations Committee makes final recommendation, 

subject to unanimous Board support.

Our purpose, culture and shared values
Preservation of our culture and shared values – through 
alignment with our purpose – has always been a Board 
priority. No appointment is made to the Board unless we 
are satisfied that the individual is a good cultural fit, is fully 
aligned to our shared values, and will be an appropriate role 
model for our colleagues and all of our stakeholders. These 
considerations also form part of all of our Board succession 
planning. Further details of our shared values, and how 
they are aligned to our refreshed purpose and embedded 
throughout our business, and how the Board monitors these, 
are set out in the Corporate Governance Report.

Board induction process
Each new Board Director receives a full and tailored 
induction, led by the Chairman and the Company Secretary. 
The Company Secretary provides a full set of relevant 
documents and access to past Board and Committee papers, 
as well as a briefing on Directors’ duties and responsibilities. 
Induction meetings are held with all Board members 
and members of the Executive Board, as well as other 
senior management and external advisers relevant to that 
Director’s interests and any specific Board responsibilities. 
A programme of site visits is also arranged.

114 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Board succession
We have always had a formal, long-range plan for how Board 
membership should develop. This aims to balance continuity 
of service with a regular refreshment of skills and experience 
needed to deliver our evolving strategy. In general, and as 
discussed during our Board evaluation, we aim to maintain 
a Board of between nine and eleven Directors (current 
membership is twelve, but will be eleven when Andy Harrison 
retires, early in 2023), with ideally no more than one new 
appointee in any year.

We regularly review the balance of skills on the Board as a 
whole, taking account of the future needs of the business, 
and the knowledge, experience, length of service and 
performance of the Directors. In accordance with our Board 
Diversity and Inclusion Policy, and mindful of the Guidelines 
set out in the Parker Review that all FTSE 250 companies 
should have a Board member of colour by 2024, we also have 
regard to the requirement to achieve a diversity of characters, 
backgrounds and experiences amongst Board members, 
as well as of ethnicity and gender. All Board appointments 
irrespective of background must satisfy the high standards 
Dunelm requires. Candidates must have the competence 
to contribute to wide-ranging debates and cope with the 
demands of a stretching future-focused agenda, and share 
our values.

We also take into account the corporate governance 
guidance on Chairman and Non-Executive Director tenure; 
for reference the tenure and re-election cycle is summarised 
in the table on page 119. Our updates on recent and planned 
Board appointments are described on page 114.

As described above, during the financial year we welcomed 
two new Independent Non-Executive Directors, Vijay Talwar 
and Kelly Devine, to our Board. On 7 September 2022 we 
were joined by Alison Brittain who it is planned will succeed 
Andy Harrison as Chair in early 2023 after an induction and 
handover period. Karen Witts joined the Board as CFO in 
June 2022, succeeding Laura Carr who stepped down from 
the Board in that month.

Executive Board succession
For some years, the Board has regularly reviewed the 
composition and succession plans in place for members of the 
Executive Board and their direct reports. In addition, the CEO 
discusses with the Non-Executive Directors the performance 
of individual Executive Board members and any changes that 
he proposes to make to this team. Whilst this activity does not 
take place formally within the meetings of the Nominations 
Committee, it does form part of its work in overseeing the 
Executive Board development and succession process, and 
the pipeline of talent available for succession to the Board.

Dunelm Board members have regular contact with members 
of the Executive Board and the wider Dunelm Leadership 
Team, through formal Board presentations, attendance of the 
Executive Board at the annual Strategy Days, and in regular 
visits to stores and other Company sites, when Non-Executive 
Directors meet members of the Executive Board or Dunelm 
leadership team on a less formal basis. 

Succession and talent management
The Committee is responsible for Board succession planning 
and monitoring Executive Board succession to ensure that the 
respective composition of these leadership bodies enables 
us to embed and deliver our purpose ‘To help create the joy 
of truly feeling at home, now and for generations to come’; 
and that we have the capability to progress our ambitious 
growth strategy. We maintain a consistent recruitment 
approach across the business; our Board and Nominations 
Committee members have oversight of, and follow, Dunelm’s 
Talent Management Strategy (see pages 57 to 58) and its 
management of succession and talent.

Under the guidance of the Committee, the Talent Committee 
comprising Executive Board members was established in 
September 2020, led by the Chief Executive Officer, Nick 
Wilkinson, and supported by an external consultant. Its 
members include the People and Stores Director and other 
members of the Executive Board. Its purpose is to develop 
and implement a more structured ‘Home of Talent’ process, 
to ensure that there is a strong succession pipeline for our 
Executive Directors, members of the Executive Board and 
throughout the business. The Group is mid-way through a 
three-year project to embed a ‘Know-Grow-Flow’ mechanism 
throughout the business, which is designed to ensure that 
talented individuals with diverse skills and backgrounds 
can thrive and have the opportunity to move across and 
up in the organisation. Further details can be found in our 
Sustainability section.

Nick Wilkinson reports at least twice a year to the Committee 
(in relation to the development and succession of Executive 
Board members) and the Stores and People Director reports 
twice a year to the Board (in respect of other colleagues). The 
Nominations Committee agreed that this is an appropriate 
structure, given that matters relating to our workforce are 
whole-Board topics.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

115

Corporate governance report

Composition, succession and evaluation 
continued

FIVE-YEAR BOARD EVALUATION CYCLE SUMMARY

FY18

Internal

Chair-led evaluation with individual members

FY19

Internal

Chair-led evaluation with individual members

FY20

External

External evaluation led by Lorna Parker

FY21

Internal

Chair-led evaluation with individual members

FY22

External

External evaluation led by Lorna Parker

BOARD EFFECTIVENESS
Each Director receives a formal evaluation of their 
performance during the year, which is conducted 
by the Chairman. The Senior Independent Director 
reviews the performance of the Chairman and feeds 
back to the other Board members.

The performance of our Board and Committees is also 
formally evaluated as a whole. In FY21 the review was 
led by the Chairman. The actions taken as a result of 
this are described on the following pages. We were not 
due to hold an external Board review until FY23, but 
we decided to appoint Lorna Parker, who we trust and 
who has facilitated our reviews in the past, to carry out 
a review for us. We asked Lorna specifically to focus on 
the priorities of the incoming Board Chair, so as to help 
her as she develops her agenda. 

FY21 Board evaluation summary
The recommendations arising from our FY21 internal Board evaluation, conducted by the Chairman, Andy Harrison, and the 
actions implemented in response are set out below:

Outcomes and recommendations from FY21 evaluation

Actions implemented

Ensure there are regular discussions of ‘what keeps us awake  
at night’.

Continue to develop the work of the Risk and Resilience Committee.

Board members to feed back suggestions for additional KPIs which 
they would find useful.

Scheduled discussion deferred to October 2022 due to Covid 
restrictions – we find these discussions to be more effective if they 
take place in person.

The Risk and Resilience Committee is now well established and is 
a forum for more in-depth discussion of risk and monitoring of risk 
KPIs by the Executive Board, which is then reported to the Audit 
and Risk Committee.

KPIs further refined, particularly customer and colleague KPIs.

Continue to address governance requirements in a pragmatic way 
to ensure that the majority of Board time is spent on strategy; keep 
committee memberships under review.

Managed by the Chairman and Company Secretary – majority of 
time spent on strategy. Current committee membership considered 
to be the most effective solution.

Continue search for an additional female NED.

Continue to build on succession plans for the Executive Board and 
oversee talent management in the business.

Kelly Devine appointed in March 2022. In addition, both the new 
CFO, Karen Witts, and the Chair Designate, Alison Brittain are female, 
meaning that five of the current twelve Board members are female.

Discussed at two Nominations Committee and two Board meetings 
during the year. Succession plans in place for all members of the 
Executive Board with operational duties.

116 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

OVERVIEW OF FY22 BOARD EXTERNAL 
EVALUATION PROCESS

 Confidential questionnaire
Completed by each Director and Company Secretary

Individual meetings between Lorna Parker and 
Directors and Company Secretary

 Presentation of results to Board
Discussion 
Agreed actions

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

FY22 BOARD EVALUATION
Lorna Parker, a Board evaluation specialist, led the external 
Board evaluation in May and June 2022. The process involved 
each Director and the Company Secretary completing a 
confidential questionnaire, which included questions on 
a number of relevant, forward-looking topics as well as 
a number of regular ‘standard’ questions on committee 
performance, stakeholder engagement, agenda topics and 
meeting management. This was followed up by individual 
meetings between Lorna Parker and each of the Directors 
and the Company Secretary to discuss the outcome of the 
questionnaire and views on the Board’s priorities for the 
incoming Chair. All Board members actively engaged in the 
process and provided open and constructive comments. 
Lorna then summarised the outcomes and reviewed this with 
the Chairman before presenting it back to the Board in July. A 
number of actions were agreed and these are set out below.

The review recognised that in the past two years the Board 
has developed and changed, with new NEDs and two key 
roles in the process of transitioning to new incumbents. 
There is a breadth and depth of complementary skills and 
experiences around the table with more diversity in terms 
of youth, ethnicity, gender and international background 
than previously. The Board continues to function well, and 
Board dynamics are good, with trust, respect and openness 
between all Directors, and alignment around the immediate 
strategic priorities.

FY22 Board evaluation summary
A summary of actions from our latest evaluation is set out below: 

Topic

Action

STRATEGY 
DEVELOPMENT

• Continue to carefully balance time spent on activities promoting ‘value creation’ with the ‘value 

protection’ role of the Board. 

• Ensure that more time is set aside to discuss long-term, strategic topics, in the context of the risk 

appetite and ambition of the Board.

• Increase the amount of time available for less formal, discursive interactions.

• Continue to invite external speakers, to build knowledge on strategic topics and stimulate discussion.

NED INVOLVEMENT IN 
THE BUSINESS

• Set aside agenda time for NEDs to share their experiences on a topic of mutual interest.

• NEDs are encouraged to spend more time interacting with colleagues in the business outside of formal 
meetings, for example through attendance at National Colleague Voice meetings and on-site meetings 
with management.

TALENT AND 
SUCCESSION

• Continue to build visibility of talent management and succession for the Executive team and other 

senior roles through the Nominations Committee and Board discussions.

MEETING AND OTHER 
INTERACTIONS

• Adapt the meeting schedule to have fewer and longer ‘in person’ meetings focused on strategy 

development, using remote meetings for more routine or transactional matters.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

117

Corporate governance report

Composition, succession and evaluation 
continued

DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION
The Board’s ambition to secure the best talent in Dunelm 
includes being known for our inclusive, diverse and tolerant 
culture, as encapsulated in our ’stronger together’ shared 
value. For Dunelm to continually improve as a business, it 
is crucial that we select and recruit the best people in the 
industry. This involves calling on the widest possible pool 
of candidates and selecting them based on their ability to 
do the job regardless of their gender, marital status, sexual 
orientation, disability, race, religion, colour, nationality, 
ethnic origin, or age. 

The Board agrees that diversity of input helps to promote 
better decision-making and is focused on three broad 
activities:

•  Refine the way we recruit.

•  Identify, support and mentor existing diverse talent 

in the business.

•  Increase the diversity amongst senior appointments  

as they are made.

Diversity and inclusion programme
In FY21, a significant programme – overseen by the Board – 
was launched to promote diversity and inclusion throughout 
the Group with the support of a specialist consultancy. 
This has continued in FY22, as we build more awareness 
across the business, and we have set up and developed four 
networks enabling colleagues to share experiences, each 
sponsored by a member of the Executive Board. Awareness 
training has been rolled out across the business and there 
have been numerous posts in our Home Comforts intranet 
by colleagues providing information and sharing their stories. 
The Group Board and Executive Board have again attended 
awareness-raising workshops on specific topics, designed 
to educate and stimulate discussion (see opposite).

FY22 COMMITTEE AND BOARD TALENT AND 
DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION ACTIVITY

Board/ 
Committee

Board

Date

NOV
2021

Topic

People update 
from the Stores and 
People Director, 
which included 
consideration of 
the following topics

Presenter(s)

Amanda Cox

(Stores and 
People 
Director)

• Reward

• Training and 
development

• Diversity data 
(age, gender, 
ethnicity)

Diversity – 
Neurodiversity

Board

Board

Diversity – Gender 

JAN
2022

MAR
2022

Board

Nominations 
Committee

People update 
from the Stores and 
People Director, 
which included 
consideration of 
the following topics

• Talent 

management

• Diversity data 
(age, gender, 
ethnicity)

Executive Director 
and Executive 
Board talent and 
succession 

Unleashed 
(external 
diversity 
expert 
consultancy)

Unleashed 
(external 
diversity 
expert 
consultancy)

Amanda Cox

(Stores and 
People 
Director)

External talent 
consultant 

Nick Wilkinson

(CEO) 
attending

i Our Group equality and diversity policy is available on our 

website, corporate.dunelm.com and is reviewed periodically, 
giving due consideration to legislative changes.

118 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Gender, age and ethnicity 
Gender diversity has been an area of focus for us for many 
years. We have continued to make progress in balancing 
our gender ratios in the workforce, and have seen a shift 
towards female representation on our senior leadership 
team: 50% of our Executive Board and 43% of our senior 
leadership roles are held by women, and at the date of 
this Annual Report, 42% of Board Directors, including our 
Chair Designate, Alison Brittain and our CFO, Karen Witts, 
are female, as is the Company Secretary. Full details of the 
gender balance on our Board and in our senior management 
population as at year end are set out on page 52 in our 
Sustainability section. Dunelm published its fifth Gender Pay 
Gap Report in April 2022, and an overview is provided on 
page 55 in our Sustainability section.

As part of its oversight of colleague policies and practices 
across the Group, the Board also receives a full breakdown of 
our colleague population by age, and, for the last 18 months, 
we have been collecting ethnicity data on new joiners. In 2021 
we trialled our first colleague census; this proved a useful 
exercise and we are working with our Data and Analytics 
Team to refine this before relaunching. Through our planned 
census roll out we aim to provide the Board with more robust 
ethnicity data, to enable us to develop our strategy and action 
plan further. As mentioned above, at Board level we now 
meet the Parker Review guidelines on ethnic representation. 
Further commentary on our colleague population and 
findings is made in our Sustainability section, on page 54.

OUR BOARD DIVERSITY POLICY
This year we have updated the policy so that it meets best 
practice governance guidelines and the new UK Listing Rule.

Our overriding concern is to ensure that the Board and 
Group comprise outstanding individuals who can lead the 
business effectively in a manner aligned to our purpose and 
shared values. We believe the Group’s best interests are 
served by ensuring that these individuals represent a range 
of skills, experiences, backgrounds and perspectives. Our 
Company culture must be inclusive, and it is our policy that 
the Board should always be at least 40% female – and ideally 
higher to meet increasing expectations, and that at least one 
of the Chair, Senior Independent Director, CEO and CFO 
positions must be held by a woman. We also aim to ensure 
that we have at least one Board Director from an ethnically 
diverse background.

•  We support the objective of promoting diversity in all  
of its forms on our Board and throughout the Group.

•  We shall continue to ensure that specific effort is made to 
bring forward diverse candidates for senior management 
and Board appointments.

•  We will monitor the Group’s approach to people 

development to ensure that it continues to enable talented 
individuals, regardless of gender, marital status, sexual 
orientation, disability, race, religion, colour, nationality, 
ethnic origin, or age to enjoy career progression  
within Dunelm.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

TENURE AND RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 
The Nominations Committee considers the length of 
service of Board members at least annually. The tenure 
of the Non-Executive Directors is set out below:

Current  
term (years) Next renewal

Additional  
Board role

Member

Appointment

Andy 
Harrison

September  
2014

8

0

3

0

7

September 
2022

July 2019

March  
2022

July 2015

Alison 
Brittain

Ian Bull

Kelly  
Devine

William 
Reeve

Peter  
Ruis

Marion 
Sears

September 
2023

Chairman and 
Nominations 
Chair

September 
2025

Chair 
Designate

July 2025

Audit and Risk 
Chair

March 2025

July 2024

Remuneration 
Chair and 
Senior 
Independent 
Director

Designated 
NED for 
colleague 
matters

September  
2015

7

July 2004

18

September 
2024

July 2023

Arja 
Taaveniku

February  
2021

Vijay  
Talwar

October  
2021

1

0

February 
2024

October  
2024

Marion Sears has served 18 years on the Board. Marion is now 
considered by the Board to be non-independent in view of 
her tenure. See page 107 for more details.

In accordance with our policy and the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, all Directors will seek election or re-election at the 
2022 AGM, and as now required by the Listing Rules, all 
Non-Executive Directors will be subject to an additional vote 
by shareholders independent of the Adderley family.

Approved by the Board on 14 September 2022.

Andy Harrison
Chair of the Nominations Committee

14 September 2022

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

119

 
 
Corporate governance report

Audit, risk and  
internal control 

FRAUD RISK
With the additional regulatory focus on fraud risk, the 
Committee reviewed the outcome of the entity level fraud 
risk assessment, and the planned next steps. These include 
enhancing the documentation of controls, identifying and 
addressing any gaps in mitigation, and consolidating and 
improving the fraud reporting mechanisms that are currently 
in place. The Committee will keep this under review in the 
coming year.

INTERNAL AUDIT 
KPMG completed their second full year as our internal 
auditor. During the year they completed reports on 
stock management, contract management, follow up on 
segregation of duties and GDPR compliance. For details on 
the scope of the internal audits see page 128. Work on the 
two final reports, Validation of Assurance Activity and General 
IT Controls, was underway at the year end. Management is 
working through the various recommendations, as well as 
those from previous reports, and an update is provided to 
the Committee at every meeting (as well as being reviewed 
monthly by the CEO, the CFO and other members of the 
Executive Board).

CLIMATE CHANGE
Last year management commissioned the Carbon Trust 
to carry out a first stage high-level climate change risk 
assessment, the output of which informed the debate at 
the Board strategy day in May 2021, and the finalisation of 
our 2030 ambitions and greenhouse gas emission targets. 
It was also incorporated into the review of principal risks 
by the Committee and the Board in September 2021. We 
published an abbreviated disclosure under the Task Force 
on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) in the FY21 
Annual Report ahead of the regulatory requirement to do so. 
We have built on this work with the help of EY, to refine our 
risk assessment, test key risks against three climate change 
scenarios, and assess the financial impact of climate change. 
This has informed our first full report under TCFD in this 
year’s Annual Report and Accounts. The report is on page 
61. The Committee had oversight of this work and reviewed 
the process for verifying climate change-related and other 
sustainability KPIs in the report. We also noted that EY have 
provided limited assurance in respect of the four sustainability 
targets that are in our Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) and 
in management long-term incentives. During the year, our 
external auditors, PwC, reviewed certain elements of our 
climate-change related disclosures, and the scope of their 
work is set out in their audit report. 

Audit and Risk  
Committee Report

Ian Bull
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee

Dear shareholder

I am pleased to provide you with an overview of the 
Committee’s main activities, progress in a number of  
areas, and specific areas of focus during the year. 

RISK AND CONTROL
During the year good progress has been made to improve 
controls. Following a review of accountabilities across the 
Group, a number of new roles were created in the Finance 
team to enhance capability and reduce overreliance on key 
individuals. The restructured Finance team includes a Head 
of Process Transformation and Controls who will focus on 
driving control improvements both in Finance and across 
the business. In addition to this, the project to improve 
processes and controls in the commercial function is fully 
underway, with dedicated resource and governance. This 
is a significant multi-year programme with meaningful 
investment that will create a robust platform for future 
growth. The Board receives regular updates on this. 

The Risk and Resilience Committee met monthly 
throughout the year and conducted eight ‘deep dive’ peer 
reviews of certain principal risk areas, as well as a horizon 
scanning exercise and a fraud risk assessment facilitated 
by KPMG. Cross functional reviews of the principal risks 
have improved the management assessment of potential 
impacts and resulted in a more holistic approach; 
for example, dependence on third-party information 
technology has been considered in the context of other 
principal risks such as supply chain disruption risk, as 
well as in relation to the specific IT principal risk. While 
this is not a formal Board committee, the conclusions and 
actions from the deep dives are circulated to the Board 
and the Audit and Risk Committee, and feed into the Board 
risk review process. This provides an additional level of 
assurance and offers the Committee deeper insight into 
how risks are managed operationally. For more details on 
the activities of the Risk and Resilience Committee during 
the year see page 126. 

120 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

AUDIT AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REFORM
The Board and the Committee support measures that 
increase the quality of governance, audit, and transparency 
for the benefit of our shareholders and other stakeholders. 
Last year the Committee considered the proposals for the 
reform of audit and corporate governance set out in the 
consultation paper issued by Department for Business, 
Energy and Industrial Strategy (BEIS) in March 2021 and 
assessed the steps and actions that we may need to take 
if these requirements are implemented. In May 2022, BEIS 
published its response to the consultation and, while the 
outcome is still to be determined, we have started work to 
address matters which are likely to be implemented. These 
include the focus on internal controls described above, 
as well continuing to develop our Viability Statement, 
distributable reserve tests and Audit and Assurance Policy, 
to ensure Dunelm is ready to adopt any regulatory changes 
in the near future. 

AUDIT QUALITY INDICATORS
The Committee reviews the effectiveness of the external 
audit annually using a set of qualitative criteria. During the 
year we have developed indicators covering areas such 
as levels of professional scepticism, timely audit planning, 
communication approach and findings, appropriate use of 
specialists/experts, team continuity and supervision, quality 
of the audit team and quality and timeliness of information. 
These will be further refined for the FY23 audit.

EXTERNAL AUDITOR TENDER
By the end of FY23, PwC will have been our auditors for 
ten years and it is a requirement under our auditor rotation 
policy that we tender the statutory audit at least every ten 
years. Accordingly, we will tender the FY24 statutory audit 
during the upcoming financial year and while it is unlikely 
to be in force for this audit tender cycle, the Committee 
and management will also consider the impact of the audit 
market reform announced in May 2022 which includes the 
appointment of a challenger firm as auditor or as part of a 
managed shared audit. The audit tender process will be 
overseen by the Audit and Risk Committee and is expected 
to conclude later in FY23. A resolution proposing the 
appointment of the selected firm will be put to shareholders 
at the 2023 Annual General Meeting.

Finally, I would like to take the opportunity to extend my 
thanks to my Committee colleagues for their work and 
support during the year and also welcome Kelly Devine 
and Vijay Talwar to the Committee, as well as Karen Witts as 
CFO. I look forward to working with all of my colleagues in 
the coming year, and to meeting shareholders at the AGM. 

Yours faithfully,

Ian Bull
Chair of Audit and Risk Committee

14 September 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP
The following Directors served on the Committee during  
the year, and their meeting attendance is set out in the 
table below:

Member

Ian Bull  
(Chair)

Kelly  
Devine1

William  
Reeve

Peter  
Ruis

From

10 July
 2019

1 March
 2022

1 July 
2015

10
 September
 2015

Meetings 
attended

To

Skill 
area

To date

3/3

Financial

To date

1/1 Operational

To date

3/3 Operational

To date

3/3 Operational

Arja  
Taaveniku2 

15 February
 2021

Vijay  
Talwar1

1 October
 2021

To date

2/3 Operational

To date

2/2

Financial

1.  Kelly Devine and Vijay Talwar were appointed to the Board during the 

financial year and joined the Audit and Risk Committee on appointment. 

2.  Arja Taaveniku was unable to attend the meeting in June 2022 due to  

a prior commitment. 

The Company Secretary, Dawn Durrant, acts as secretary to the Committee.  
The Committee also met in September 2022.

The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, the Chairman, the Chair 
Designate and Deputy Chairman of the Board usually attend meetings by 
invitation. In addition, the following attended: Group Finance Director, Chief 
Information Officer, representatives of PwC (for external audit matters) and 
representatives of KPMG (for internal audit matters).

The Board considers that the following members of the Committee have 
recent and relevant financial experience:
•  Ian Bull, Chair of the Committee, by virtue of his professional qualification 
and his previous executive roles, including as Chief Financial Officer of 
Parkdean Resorts Group, Ladbrokes plc and Greene King plc, and his 
other non-executive roles which include chairing the Board of Lookers plc, 
chair of the Audit Committee at Domino’s Pizza Group plc until 2022 and 
chair of the Audit Committee at St. Modwen Properties plc until 2021.

•  Vijay Talwar is a Certified Public Accountant and recent CEO of Wish.com 
and director of the parent company, ContextLogic Inc, which is listed on 
the US NASDAQ.

Other members of the Committee also demonstrate a breadth of 
experience across the retail and consumer goods sector through their 
current and previous roles. For more information on their skills and 
experience see the Directors’ biographies on pages 84 to 87.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

121

Corporate governance report

Audit, risk and internal control 
continued

SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES AND  
FOCUS FY22 
The Committee has a broad remit and to ensure that it 
discharges its responsibilities effectively meeting agendas 
are planned to allow time for routine items to be covered 
sufficiently. These include financial, reporting, audit, 
assurance, and risk matters. We also allow time to consider 
and focus on specific ad hoc items which are topical, timely 
or ‘forward looking’. During the year the Committee met 
three times at appropriate intervals in the financial reporting 
and audit cycles and also met in September 2022 when it 
approved the FY22 Annual Report and Accounts. A summary 
of the key items of business considered by the Committee 
in the year is set out below: 

Routine items
•  Approval of the FY21 full-year results issued in 

September 2021 and the approval of the FY22 half-year 
results issued in February 2022 and full-year results 
issued in September 2022.

•  Assessment and challenge of management’s approach to 
key estimates and adjustments used in respect of the half- 
and full-year results.

•  Review of the process for identifying and managing 

risk and a full review of the principal risks and how they 
are managed in September 2021, a mid-year review in 
February 2022, and a further review in September 2022.

•  Update on the work undertaken by the Risk and Resilience 
Committee during the year including the outcome of deep 
dives on principal risk topics.

•  Review of the risk management process, risk appetite 

statement and risk KPIs.

•  Review of business continuity and crisis management 

planning.

•  Verification of the independence of the external auditor, 
approval of the scope of the audit plan and the audit fee, 
and review of the external auditor’s audit findings.

•  Review of fraud and Bribery Act controls and cyber security, 

which are standing agenda items for each meeting.

•  Review of supplier payment practices.

•  Receipt of internal audit plan and completed reports.

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE DUTIES
The principal duties of the Committee are to:

•  Oversee the integrity of the Group’s financial 

statements and public announcements relating 
to financial performance.

•  Hold the relationship with the external auditor, agree 
the audit fee and oversee the external audit process.

•  Establish formal and transparent arrangements 
for considering how the Group should apply the 
corporate reporting, risk management and internal 
control principles.

•  Oversee the internal audit process.

•  Monitor the effectiveness of financial controls and the 
process for identifying and managing risk throughout 
the Group.

•  Monitor the financial reporting process and submit 

recommendations.

•  Monitor the statutory audit of the Annual Report and 

financial statements.

•  Review and monitor the external auditor’s 

effectiveness, independence, quality, and the 
provision of additional services.

•  Hold sessions with external auditor and internal 

auditor without management present. 

Full terms of reference for the Committee can be found 
on the Group’s website, corporate.dunelm.com. These 
were last reviewed in June 2022. 

Specific topics and items reviewed
•  Review of the process to verify environmental, social and 

governance KPIs.

•  Approach to climate change risk assessment and reporting, 

and preparation for reporting under the Task Force on 
Climate-Related Financial Disclosures.

•  Understanding and considering our approach to proposed 
audit and corporate governance reforms issued by BEIS 
and the Financial Reporting Council (FRC).

•  Review of progress on improvements and developments 

•  Roadmap to implement more systematic process of internal 

in the internal control environment.

controls.

•  Approval of the annual Audit and Risk Committee Report.

•  Cyber security and IT general controls.

•  Review of whether the FY21 and FY22 Annual Reports are 

•  Internal control and fraud.

‘fair, balanced and understandable’.

•  Annual review of Committee terms of reference, Tax 

Strategy, policy on use of auditors for non-audit services, 
and auditor rotation policy.

•  Formal review of external auditor performance.

•  Formal review of Committee effectiveness.

•  Intercompany dividend flows and parent company reserves.

•  Update on Plastic Packaging Tax.

122 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

VIABILITY STATEMENT AND RISK MANAGEMENT 
At the Committee’s meeting in September 2022, the 
Committee reviewed the Viability Statement given by the 
Board in this report and the process in place to support the 
assurance given and confirmed that it is appropriate and in 
compliance with regulatory requirements. This review took 
into account the principal risks facing the Group, including the 
impact of a downturn in consumer demand and inflationary 
pressures, and the process by which they are managed by 
the Board and management, and were able to support the 
adoption by the Board. The Going Concern and Viability 
Statement can be found on pages 80 to 81.

REVIEW OF NARRATIVE REPORTING
The narrative sections of this report including the corporate 
governance disclosures have been enhanced to address 
the findings of the FRC in its Annual Review of Corporate 
Reporting issued in October 2021, its Review of Corporate 
Governance Reporting issued in November 2021, and 
recommendations from relevant thematic reviews and 
financial reporting lab reports published by the FRC 
throughout the year. As a result of this review, a number 
of improvements have been made to the disclosures in 
this report, including those which relate to the Corporate 
Governance Code, s172 of the Companies Act 2006, the 
Viability and Going Concern Statement, principal risks, 
TCFD and climate change-related reporting and alternative 
performance measures (APMs).

FOCUS AREAS FOR FY22 AND BEYOND
•  Preparing for implementation of audit and corporate 
governance reforms anticipated following the BEIS 
consultation.

•  Continuing to evolve our approach to risk and resilience 
through oversight of the Risk and Resilience Committee.

•  Ensuring risk management is instrumental in driving the 

internal audit and assurance plan.

•  Continuing close oversight by the Board of development 
of our IT general controls and cyber security capabilities 
and our GDPR governance.

•  New reporting requirements for FY22, FY23 and beyond.

•  Continuing to evolve our environmental, social and 

governance reporting and the quality of supporting data, in 
line with emerging regulations and investor requirements.

•  Maintaining high standards in relation to material estimates, 

judgements and rationale.

COMMITTEE EFFECTIVENESS
The effectiveness of the Committee was reviewed by the 
Committee at its meeting in June 2022. This concluded that 
the expected progress had been made in FY22, and that all 
areas were rated at least “good” against our target measures, 
apart from “forward looking and appropriate internal control 
processes and systems”, which was rated “fair” and reflects 
the outcome of the KPMG healthcheck that was completed 
in FY21. As noted elsewhere in this report, further process is 
planned in FY23, specifically on documenting controls and 
processes and fraud risk. 

SIGNIFICANT ISSUES AND JUDGEMENTS RELATING  
TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Within its terms of reference, the Committee monitors the 
integrity of the annual and interim reports, including a review 
of the significant financial reporting matters and judgements 
contained in them.

At its meetings in September 2021, February 2022 and 
September 2022, the Committee reviewed a comprehensive 
paper prepared by the Chief Financial Officer, which analysed 
the Group’s results for the financial year; highlighted matters 
arising in the preparation of the Group financial statements; 
and provided information to support the Directors’ Viability 
and Going Concern Statements. The Committee also 
considered a paper prepared by the external auditor, which 
included significant reporting and accounting matters. There 
were no material matters requiring the Committee to make 
amendments to the interim and annual reports.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

123

Corporate governance report

Audit, risk and internal control 
continued

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE 
REPORTING
Last year we reported for the first time in accordance 
with the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD), ahead of the introduction of the 
regulatory requirement to do so. This year, with the 
support of specialists from advisory firm EY, we have 
issued our first full report. 

Our Group strategy, targets and plans have continued 
to evolve this year, as has the approach from the Board 
and Audit and Risk Committee. In preparation for the 
full TCFD report this year, management reviewed our 
existing climate change risk assessment to identify 
areas of development, specifically to cover the 
physical climate risk to our raw material supply, a more 
robust analysis against three climate scenarios and 
a quantitative assessment of the impact of climate 
change, together with a set of appropriate KPIs. The 
Committee and management acknowledged that 
external expert support would be required to complete 
this work. EY was appointed in December 2021 to assist 
us and advise on how to reflect this in our financial 
statements, as well as the narrative disclosures. The 
outcome of this work is reflected in our TCFD report and 
in the financial statements. In addition, we appointed 
EY to provide limited assurance in respect of the 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)-linked 
KPIs set out in our Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) as at 
FY22 year end, which include a target to reduce the 
Group’s Scope 1 emissions. All other KPIs relating to 
TCFD have been reviewed by PwC for consistency with 
the financial statements. During the year, status updates 
on the progress of the work were provided to the Board 
and the Committee at regular intervals to provide an 
opportunity for feedback, scrutiny, and challenge. 

During the year, management also strengthened the 
process by which all sustainability KPIs set out in the 
Annual Report are measured. This was reviewed by the 
Committee in June 2022 and found to be satisfactory.

DISCUSSING AND ADDRESSING SIGNIFICANT ISSUES
The major accounting issues discussed by the Committee in 
September 2022 in relation to the FY22 Annual Report and 
Accounts were as follows: 

Provisions for inventory
The Committee considered the approach taken by 
management and assessed available evidence. Particular 
attention was given to reviewing the provision for obsolete, 
slow-moving or discontinued inventories including the 
utilisation of provisions reported in prior periods. The 
Committee noted that there was a high degree of consistency 
in the methodology applied by management compared 
with the prior year, with updated inputs based on trading 
experience. The Committee concluded that the values 
recorded in the financial statements are appropriate.

FAIR, BALANCED AND UNDERSTANDABLE
At the request of the Board, the Committee also considered 
whether the Annual Report and Accounts as a whole are ‘fair, 
balanced and understandable’. Factors taken into account 
included:

•  Does the narrative of the CEO Review and CFO Review 

fairly reflect the performance of the Group over the period 
reported on?

•  Are the narrative sections consistent with each other, and 

with the financial statements?

•  Is the connection between strategy and remuneration 

clearly described?

•  Can readers easily identify key events that happened 

during the year?

•  Is the language and tone of voice used commensurate with 

the spirit of ‘fair, balanced and understandable’?

•  Is there a clear link and consistency in reporting of climate-
related risks, including the outcome of scenario analysis 
disclosed, KPIs and carbon commitments in the Strategic 
Review of the Annual Report and the financial statements?

Committee members received the draft Annual Report 
and Accounts in advance and had the opportunity to make 
comments in advance of the formal meeting at which the 
report was tabled for approval.

Following its review, the Committee confirmed to the Board 
that in its view the FY22 Annual Report was ‘fair, balanced and 
understandable’ and provided the information necessary for 
our shareholders to assess the Group’s position, performance, 
business model and strategy.

124 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

EXTERNAL AUDITOR
The report and financial statements were audited by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, following the firm’s 
appointment as statutory auditor in January 2014. Our audit 
partner from the FY19 audit onwards is Mark Skedgel.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP attended the Committee 
meetings in September 2021, and February, June and 
September 2022. The Committee also met privately with the 
auditor during each meeting and, as Chair of the Committee, 
I had regular dialogue with the audit partner.

EXTERNAL AUDIT EFFECTIVENESS AND 
INDEPENDENCE
It is the responsibility of the Audit and Risk Committee to 
assess the effectiveness and independence of the external 
audit process.

The CFO and her team presented their review of the FY21 
audit in February 2022. This covered a number of aspects 
including:

•  The quality of the audit work and the reports provided  
to the Committee and the Board and the quality of  
advice given.

•  The level of understanding demonstrated by the audit team 

of the Group’s businesses and the retail sector.

•  The objectivity of the external auditor’s views on the 

controls around the Group, the robustness of challenge 
to management and appropriate scepticism and findings 
on areas which required management judgement.

•  The findings from the FRC’s annual inspection of auditors 

published in July 2021.

The Committee reviewed the effectiveness of the audit, taking 
into account the CFO’s paper. Its conclusion was that the 
audit had been effective and carried out with the necessary 
objectivity and challenge to demonstrate independence, 
and that there were no significant issues to highlight. The 
indicators covered areas such as levels of professional 
scepticism, timely audit planning, communication approach 
and findings, appropriate use of specialists/experts, team 
continuity and supervision, quality of the audit team and 
quality and timeliness of information. These will be further 
refined for the FY23 audit.

EXTERNAL AUDITOR APPOINTMENT FOR FY22 
It is the Committee’s responsibility to make recommendations 
to the Board in relation to the appointment, reappointment 
and removal of the external auditor, and to agree the audit fee.

In February 2022, the external auditor presented their strategy 
for the FY22 audit to the Committee. The Committee reviewed 
and agreed with the external auditor’s assessment of risk. The 
Committee also reviewed and agreed the audit approach and 
the approach to assessing materiality for the Group. 

The fee proposed by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for 
the statutory audit of the Group and Company financial 
statements and the audit of Group subsidiaries pursuant 
to legislation was £301,500 (FY21: £254,000). 

Taking into account the review of the FY21 audit and 
the proposed plan and fee, the Committee agreed that 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP be reappointed as auditor 
for the FY22 audit for the fee proposed. Resolutions to 
reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditor and 
to authorise the Directors to agree their remuneration 
will be put to shareholders at the AGM.

SAFEGUARDING AUDITOR INDEPENDENCE  
AND OBJECTIVITY
The Committee is aware that the use of audit firms for 
non-audit work is a sensitive issue for investors and corporate 
governance analysts, as it could potentially give rise to a 
conflict of interest and jeopardise the independence of the 
audit process.

Following the issue of the EU Audit Directive in June 2016, we 
reviewed our policy on the use of auditors for non-audit work 
in September 2016. The full policy is available on our website, 
corporate.dunelm.com, but in summary from FY17:

•  Fees for non-audit services provided by the statutory 

auditor in any year may not exceed 70% of the average fees 
for the Group statutory audit in the three previous years.

•  The auditor is prohibited from providing certain non-
audit services, including: almost all tax work; internal 
audit; corporate finance; and involvement in management 
activities, including working capital and cash management 
and the provision of financial information.

•  The external auditor may not be engaged to provide any 

non-audit services without the agreement of the Audit and 
Risk Committee Chair. 

We believe that our policy is still relevant and safeguards 
auditor independence and objectivity effectively. In June 
2020, we adopted a formal policy on recruitment of former 
employees of the external auditor, which is also available 
on our website, to further promote this. We are pleased 
to confirm that we complied with all of these policies 
during the year.

During the period we paid PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
£42,000 (2021: £40,000) for their review of the interim financial 
statements (considered to be a non-audit service). This was 
12.2% of the total audit fees, and the three year average is 
12.4%. No other non-audit services were provided by the 
external auditor. Fees paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
for audit work were £301,500 (2021: £254,000). 

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

125

Corporate governance report

Audit, risk and internal control 
continued

AUDITOR ROTATION
A competitive tender is in the best interests of shareholders, 
and our auditor rotation policy is that we will tender the audit 
at least once every ten years; we will change auditor at least 
every 20 years; and we will invite at least one firm outside 
the ‘Big Four’ to participate. This is in line with the current 
EU Audit Directive. PwC has been the Group’s statutory 
auditor since January 2014. In accordance with this policy the 
Committee has decided to initiate a tender process in respect 
of the FY24 statutory audit and will have regard to  
the Government’s audit reform proposal to include a 
challenger firm as part of the tender process and consider 
the approach to implementation of a managed shared audit. 
The audit tender process will be overseen by the Audit and 
Risk Committee and is expected to conclude later this year. A 
resolution proposing the appointment of the selected firm will 
be put to shareholders at the 2023 Annual General Meeting.

I can confirm that the Company has complied with The 
Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market 
Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender 
Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 
during the financial year.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL 
Effectiveness of risk management and internal  
control systems
The Committee is responsible for assessing the scope and 
effectiveness of the systems established by management 
to identify, assess, manage and monitor financial and 
non-financial risks, and to consider the level of assurance. 
The effectiveness of our risk management and internal 
control systems are reviewed annually and this was carried 
out in September 2021 and September 2022. The conclusion 
of this review was that:

•  The systems established by management to identify, 

assess, manage, and monitor financial and non-financial 
risks and identify emerging risks have been improved year 
over year and are effective; and

•  The assurance on risk management and internal control 

systems is sufficient to enable the Board to satisfy itself that 
they are operating effectively.

In forming its view, the Committee considered the following:

•  Regular risk reviews conducted in September 2021, 

February 2022 and September 2022;

•  KPIs to measure the effectiveness of the mitigations in place 

for our principal risks;

•  Biannual review of principal risks by the Board;

•  The formal risk appetite statement which is reviewed by the 

Committee annually;

•  Regular feedback and updates from the Risk and Resilience 

Committee on its work;

•  Management review of the principal and operational risk 

registers at least twice a year;

•  Management report on developments and improvements 

to the control environment;

•  The conclusions of the internal and external audit reports;

•  Continued progress on improving business continuity 
plans, including IT continuity, and keeping plans up to 
date; and

•  Satisfactory insurance programme in place.

RISK AND RESILIENCE COMMITTEE
The Risk and Resilience Committee was established 
in FY21. The monthly meetings are chaired by the CFO 
and attended by the Company Secretary, the Chief 
Information Officer, the Group Finance Director, the 
Head of Health and Safety, Risk and Insurance and 
other senior representatives from relevant teams. 
In addition, a representative from KPMG is invited 
to attend the meetings to provide the benefit of their 
experience, insight, and challenge. At each meeting 
a detailed cross-functional peer review of the principal 
risk and associated mitigations is conducted to 
provide challenge and to identify any cross-functional 
dependencies or impacts, and any emerging risks. 
Standing agenda items for each meeting also include 
a review of cyber security KPIs, and of KPIs associated 
with each principal risk that are used to identify 
any failures in risk mitigation which would require 
management action. In depth reviews of principal risks 
are conducted on a rotational basis; the intention is to 
review each principal risk at least once every two years, 
with the highest-impact risks (measured by likelihood 
and severity) reviewed annually but refocused as 
necessary to consider emerging risks. A forward plan 
of in-depth reviews is agreed at the beginning of the 
financial year. A summary of the discussions and actions 
is circulated to the Executive Board after each meeting 
and the Audit and Risk Committee is updated at  
each meeting.

126 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Summary of the Risk and Resilience Committee’s key activities 
during the year:

•  Completed eight peer deep dive reviews of certain 

principal risk areas.

•  In October 2021 a ‘Horizon Scanning’ session was led 

by KPMG and attended by the CEO and a number of the 
executive management team to establish whether there 
were any gaps in our risk registers.

•  Regular discussions of any emerging risks such as the 

impact of the war in Ukraine.

•  A full review of our principal risks was conducted at half and 
full year following separate individual review sessions with 
each of the executive risk owners and their teams.

•  Updates on crisis management from the Head of 

Health and Safety, Risk and Insurance which included 
learnings from two planned crisis simulations and from 
an unannounced crisis management group mobilisation 
event in December 2021.

•  A session on fraud risk management led by KPMG to assess 
the robustness of our controls and to understand current 
fraud trends.

i

See page 69 for further information on our risk 
management framework. 

One of the key risk factors to the effectiveness of the control 
environment identified by KPMG was the level of resourcing 
in the Finance team and overreliance on key individuals. 
During the year the Finance team was restructured, and 
accountabilities changed. Eight new roles were created 
and filled, including a new Head of Process Transformations 
and Controls who reports to the Group Finance Director. 
This key role will provide dedicated resource to focus on 
driving control improvements both in finance and across the 
business, especially as we undertake system transformation, 
as well as preparation for more stringent regulatory 
requirements.

The Committee is of the view that our control environment 
remains satisfactory and progressive improvements are 
being made. 

INTERNAL AUDIT
The internal audit function was outsourced to KPMG 
in December 2019. The purpose, scope and authority 
of KPMG is defined within its charter which is approved 
by the Committee annually. KPMG’s role as internal auditor 
is to provide independent and objective assurance to the 
Committee and senior management on matters set out 
in the internal audit plan. 

The Committee considers that the processes in place to 
manage risk by the Board and management are robust 
and working effectively.

The internal audit engagement partner attends all scheduled 
meetings of the Committee and further meets with members 
of the Committee and its Chair without management present. 

During the year KPMG presented the internal audit plan 
together with an overview of its approach to delivering 
the internal audit function over the next 18 months. The 
Committee also received updates on progress against 
the internal audit plan, which included a summary of the 
results of any completed audits, any changes to the plan, 
and commentary on how lessons learned from the internal 
audits were shared across the business. The Committee also 
approved the deferral of the Cyber Security follow up to FY23 
to allow the business time to implement the actions arising 
from the original audit and replaced the Cyber Security follow 
up with an internal audit on General IT controls which will have 
a broader scope than previous years. 

INTERNAL CONTROL FRAMEWORK
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining 
an effective system of internal controls and the Committee 
has responsibility for ensuring the effectiveness of those 
controls. In the last 18 months there has been a continuous 
detailed assessment of and progressive improvement in 
our general control environment, which began in FY20 
with the internal controls ‘health check’ completed by 
KPMG, followed by ongoing regular internal audit reviews 
and reports, and a review of our readiness to implement 
a detailed and documented internal controls framework 
should it be required, also conducted by KPMG. Further to 
this and, as reported last year, management is conducting a 
multi-year programme of investment in modernisation of our 
key business systems to ensure that we have the foundations 
in place to support our ambitious strategic growth plans, 
commencing with our commercial systems.

The Board continues to monitor progress and the Committee 
receives relevant updates on any aspects that impact internal 
controls and risk management.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

127

Corporate governance report

Audit, risk and internal control 
continued

IT SYSTEMS, CYBER SECURITY AND DATA 
PROTECTION/GDPR 
Cyber and data security remains one of the most important 
risk areas and it is a standing Committee agenda item, as well 
as being one of the Board’s principal risks, as set out in the 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties section on page 78 of this 
Annual Report.

We have a number of policies in place to set out how we 
manage IT, cyber security and data, including an overall 
Personal Information Security Policy, a Data Protection Policy, 
and other policies covering matters such as use of social 
media and personal devices to access Group systems.

In 2020 we decided to align to the ISO 27001 framework. 
We carry out formal penetration testing at least annually; 
this happens far more frequently when we test new areas of 
the commercial website and any new software developments. 
Vulnerability assessments are carried out continuously.

Significant improvements in cyber security have been made 
by the Information Security and Development Security & 
Operations teams in line with the recommendations in the 
cyber security maturity assessment completed by KPMG last 
year. The strategy and priorities for the next three years have 
been developed, additional resources recruited, and work 
commenced on the foundational controls required to mature 
the security posture. There has been a significant drop in 
the overall risk caused by vulnerabilities in our estate and an 
increased response to any new, zero-day threats. Additionally, 
Deloitte has been engaged as our security service partner, 
which will see an increase in the knowledge and skills of 
the relevant internal teams and the availability of expert 
responders to any security incidents.

We have a Data Protection Steering Group, which is attended 
by the Head of Information Security, members of the legal 
team and other managers, and reports to the Company 
Secretary and the Chief Information Officer. The Steering 
Group has oversight of GDPR compliance, and during the 
year has systematically reviewed our position against the 
detailed requirements of the Information Commissioner’s 
Office. This group will also oversee the implementation of the 
recommendations of the KPMG internal audit review on GDPR 
which is referred to opposite. In FY23, the Company Secretary 
will review the governance in place to ensure that our 
regulatory requirements continue to be met as the business 
becomes increasingly digital. She will conduct this with the 
Data Engineering Director, the Head of Data Management, 
the Head of Information Security and other senior leaders; she 
will report back to the Committee on this work.

KPMG completed the following reviews in the year:

Internal audit review

Overview of scope 

Stock management

To focus on controls over stock movement, 
returns of stock, obsolescence and valuation. 

Contract  
management

Segregation of  
duties – follow up

A detailed review of Dunelm’s contract 
management and compliance framework was 
completed. The audit included a review of 
contract due diligence and risk assessment 
processes, legal review, delegation of 
authority, retention, accessibility & security of 
contracts, and contract monitoring. A specific 
focus on ethical sourcing and assessment 
was applied in response to recent issues 
highlighted in the retail sector.

To follow up on the progress made by 
management in implementing the actions 
agreed in the ‘FY21 Core Financial Controls 
internal audit’ to remediate the risks identified.

GDPR compliance

A ‘deep dive’ internal audit of GDPR to ensure 
there are no further gaps in compliance.

The findings and actions from internal audit reviews are 
agreed with the relevant business area, communicated to 
the Committee and tracked through to completion. Areas 
where the Committee has focused particular attention on 
action resolution include the on-going work around data 
security and supplier risk management, including contract 
governance. All agreed actions have been completed in the 
approved timescale, although some items have required 
extension as remediation requirements become better 
understood. The outputs from remediation activities are 
used to inform the rolling internal audit plan. 

The assurance mapping exercise undertaken by KPMG in 
FY21 identified a significant amount of assurance activity 
across all principal risks, as well as some inefficiencies 
and gaps. Within the scope of each of the internal audits 
listed above KPMG conducted a validation exercise of the 
documented assurance activity to review the gaps and 
inefficiencies identified and recommend management 
actions to address these.

The risk-based internal audits planned for FY23 comprise: 

•  General IT Controls (report finalised post year end);

•  Validation of Assurance Activity (report finalised post  

year end);

•  Code of Conduct;

•  Third-party risk management;

•  Cyber Security follow up; and

•  Review of ESG processes.

As we move into the third year of our engagement with 
KPMG, during which the business has developed significantly, 
particularly due to the growth of our digital business, the 
Committee has asked our CFO Karen Witts, who joined the 
Group in June 2022, to review the effectiveness of the internal 
arrangements over the coming year and discuss any proposed 
internal audit arrangements with the Committee Chair. 

128 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

AUDIT AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REFORM
The Committee has considered and continues to monitor 
the proposed audit and corporate governance reforms set 
out in the consultation paper issued by Department for 
Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy (BEIS) in March 
2021, of which further details were published in May 2022. 
While the outcome is yet to be determined, we have started 
work to address matters which are likely to be implemented, 
and which we consider will add value to our business. We 
will continue to progress our plans to develop our Viability 
Statement, distributable reserve tests, and Audit and 
Assurance Policy, to ensure Dunelm is ready to adopt any 
regulatory changes in the near future. 

The Board and the Committee support measures that 
increase the quality of governance, audit and transparency 
for the benefit of our shareholders and other stakeholders, 
and as usual, we will aim to apply any changes that are 
implemented in a pragmatic way so as to deliver this outcome. 

Approved by the Board on 14 September 2022.

Ian Bull
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee

14 September 2022

Data breach/incident response plan
Our information security incident management process 
is documented and tested annually. Our process includes 
definitions of what determines a major or minor incident 
and the steps we are required to take. Any major incident 
is escalated to the Cyber Security Incident Response Team 
(CSIRT) and significant incidents are raised to the Company 
Secretary and Chief Information Officer (both Executive 
Board members), who would invoke our Crisis Management 
Plan, if necessary. In the event of any significant data breach, 
we would comply with our obligations to notify impacted 
individuals in a timely manner.

Responsibility for privacy and data security
The Chief Information Officer has executive responsibility for 
managing risks relating to IT systems, data and cyber security. 
The Company Secretary is responsible for compliance with 
data protection legislation. This year we formally appointed 
our Company Secretary as the Data Protection Officer, to 
reflect the increasing sophistication of our data analytics 
capability. In addition to this, a Head of Data Management 
has recently been appointed, to oversee the quality and 
integrity of our data. Cyber security is a standing agenda item 
for the Audit and Risk Committee and Risk and Resilience 
Committee, with a ‘deep dive’ scheduled at least annually. 
The output of this meeting is reported monthly to the 
Executive Board.

SUNFLEX ACQUISITION
On 3 May 2022, the Group completed the acquisition of the 
assets of the Sunflex business. Sunflex is a supplier of curtain 
tracks, poles and blinds to Dunelm and other businesses 
and operates from one facility in the UK. While this is a small 
acquisition with a simple operating model, the Company 
Secretary led a process post-acquisition to ensure that 
key financial and compliance controls were implemented. 
These included financial delegated authorities, health and 
safety, competition law, anti-bribery and cyber security. 
These were reported to the Board at the May meeting. 
Management also incorporated additional risks arising from 
the Sunflex acquisition into the year-end review of principal 
and operational risk registers. As part of the acquisition of 
Sunflex, we considered IFRS 3 Business Combinations, and 
have determined that the acquired set of activities and assets 
is a purchase of a business, and as such has been classed as 
a business combination. We have therefore assessed the fair 
value of the assets, determined any identifiable intangible 
assets and worked through the relevant disclosures required 
within the financial statements. For more information refer to 
note 27 of the financial statements on page 207.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

129

Corporate governance report

Remuneration

Remuneration  
Committee Report 

William Reeve
Chair of Remuneration Committee

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP 
The Directors who served on the Committee during the year 
and their attendance is set out below:

Member

William Reeve  
(Chair)

Ian Bull

Kelly Devine1

Andy Harrison

Peter Ruis

Arja Taaveniku

From

To

1 July 2015

To date

10 July 2019

1 March 2022

1 September
 2014

10 September
 2015

15 February
 2021

To date

To date

To date

To date

To date

To date

Meetings 
attended

4/4

4/4

2/2

4/4

4/4

4/4

2/2

Vijay Talwar1

1 October 2021

1.  Kelly Devine and Vijay Talwar were appointed to the Board during the 

year and joined the Remuneration Committee on appointment.

Alison Brittain joined the Board on 7 September 2022, after the end of the 
financial year, and became a member of the Committee on that date.

The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. No Director 
ever participates when his or her own remuneration is discussed.

130 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Dear shareholder

INTRODUCTION
Our Executive Board performed strongly throughout the year, 
delivering another year of strong growth and record Profit 
Before Tax (PBT) of £212.8m, even when compared to FY21 
PBT of £157.8m, which in itself was a record. This is despite 
disruption and uncertainty due to Covid-19 in the first half of 
the year, ongoing international supply chain disruption, and 
significant cost inflation. With a little bit of hindsight, it is clear 
that FY22 was an exceptional year, combining strong recovery 
from the pandemic which the Executive Board then made 
the most of and grew market share, and with good strategic 
progress as we continued to build our customer proposition, 
digital capability, supply chain capacity and our approach to 
climate change and sustainability. We have also continued 
to support the financial and emotional wellbeing of our 
colleagues, and of our communities.

CHIEF EXECUTIVE PAY OUTCOME
Our senior management team performed strongly in a 
difficult year in which we achieved record sales and profits 
for the Group, even after making significant investment in 
capacity and capability to drive future growth, and after 
managing disruption from Covid-19 and from international 
supply chains and inflationary pressures. A high proportion of 
our executive remuneration is in performance-related variable 
pay so as to incentivise and reward strong performance, 
and so this has resulted in a high bonus outcome for FY22. 
Our strong performance over the last three years has also 
delivered full LTIP vesting. These outcomes are reflected in 
the reported single figure remuneration earned by our Chief 
Executive, Nick Wilkinson, of £2.7m (2021: £3.8m). In line with 
our policies, over 75% of Nick’s FY22 pay will vest or be held 
in shares, and at least two thirds of these (after payment of tax 
and National Insurance contributions) must be retained. 

The Committee considers that this pay outcome is fair and 
well-deserved and it reflects the overall shareholder and 
stakeholder experience of the Group, as well as the strong 
performance of the executives.

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PAY
The Board was sorry that Laura Carr decided to step down 
from the Board as Chief Financial Officer (CFO) on 8 June 
2022 after more than three years of service, during which she 
performed strongly and was an integral part of the Executive 
Board, to take up a role in private equity. Laura worked her full 
notice period so as to mitigate disruption to the Board and the 
business as a result of her departure, and she was paid salary 
and benefits to the date that she left. Laura did not receive any 
other compensation and although she worked for 11 months 
of the year, in accordance with the practice applied to other 
colleagues who voluntarily resign, all of her FY22 bonus and 
share award entitlements have lapsed. Laura is obliged to 
retain Dunelm shares equal to 1× salary until June 2024 in line 
with the shareholding guidelines set out in our policy.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Karen Witts joined as CFO in June 2022, the final month of 
the financial year. Her base salary of £450,000 is higher than 
Laura’s but is within the current median range for the top 
50 companies in the FTSE250, and reflects her skills and 
experience. Karen’s pay in FY22 of £52,000 included pro 
rata participation in the FY22 bonus as part of her joining 
arrangements, and two thirds of this after tax is required to 
be invested in Dunelm shares, to be held in accordance with 
the shareholding guidelines set out in the Remuneration 
Policy. Karen has also been issued with a pro-rated award 
under the FY22-24 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Apart from 
relocation costs and an accommodation and travel allowance, 
no other joining arrangements were awarded. Karen invested 
£200,000 in Dunelm shares shortly before she joined the 
Group, in accordance with our shareholding guidelines. 

VESTING OF INCENTIVES IN FY22
Following the specific temporary incentive arrangements for 
the FY20 and FY21 annual bonus, for FY22 we reverted to our 
usual cash bonus. The Committee set bonus targets related 
to sales (25% weighting), PBT (50% weighting), and strategic 
and personal progress, including customer and colleague 
satisfaction measures and at least one other measure 
linked to our “Pathway to Zero” ambition (25% weighting). 
The Committee has determined that 90% of the maximum 
bonus opportunity has been earned by Nick Wilkinson and 
67.5% by Karen Witts (pro-rated from date of employment). 
Karen has declined any payment in respect of personal and 
strategic objectives given her relatively short tenure during 
the financial year. After payment of tax and National Insurance 
liabilities, at least two thirds of this must be invested in 
Dunelm shares which are retained for at least the duration of 
employment, in accordance with the shareholding guidelines 
which are set out on page 140. 

For the LTIP covering the performance period July 2019-June 
2022, 100% of the award granted in 2019 to Nick Wilkinson 
will vest in October 2022, representing 134,984 shares, plus 
special dividend equivalents. During the performance period 
for this LTIP award Dunelm’s diluted EPS grew at a compound 
annual rate of 18.8%. After sales to cover tax and National 
Insurance liabilities, at least two thirds of these shares must 
be retained for at least the duration of employment, in 
accordance with the shareholding guidelines which are set 
out on page 140. No adjustment was made to the targets or 
the vesting outcome in respect of our decision to repay funds 
received from the Job Retention Scheme in FY21, to reflect 
FY20 financial performance which was significantly impacted 
by Covid-19, or any other reason.

STAKEHOLDER ALIGNMENT
After considering the experience of each of our key 
stakeholder groups during FY22 the Committee determined 
that the FY22 pay outcome for Nick Wilkinson and Karen 
Witts is fair and reasonable and reflects the performance of 
the Group and stakeholder experience. No discretion was 
exercised by the Committee to adjust the FY22 bonus outturn 
as a result. 

In making this determination, the Committee considered the 
following factors:

•  The financial performance of the Group has been strong, 
delivering record sales and profit, despite the Covid-19 
crisis and the external environment throughout the financial 
year referred to above. 

•  Although the share price has fallen significantly in the 

second half of the year, the advice given by our brokers 
is that this reflects the financial markets’ general view of 
the UK retail sector and growth stocks in the light of the 
changed economic conditions and the war in Ukraine, rather 
than management performance or a Group-specific issue.

•  Further, at least two thirds of the bonus and shares vesting 

(after payment of tax and National Insurance liability) 
must be retained in Dunelm shares in accordance with 
the Company’s shareholding guidelines.

•  Significant progress has been made to advance the 

strategic objectives designed to accelerate future growth 
and advance the Group’s long-term ambitions. 

•  The Group has significantly advanced its sustainability 
ambitions, setting science-based targets to reduce 
greenhouse gas emissions by 50% by 2030, progressed the 
creation of roadmaps to deliver these, and moved forward 
on people, diversity, human rights and community matters.

•  The business performed strongly on colleague 

engagement scores and implemented customer 
proposition improvements.

•  All colleagues received a pay increase during the year; 
hourly paid colleagues in our warehouses and stores 
received an annual pay increase that exceeded the 6.6% 
increase in the national living wage; nearly 1,000 colleagues 
in the FY19-21 Sharesave doubled their savings due to the 
increase in the share price over the period of the scheme; 
colleagues in a bonus scheme will receive a similar outcome 
as a percentage of bonus opportunity to that of the CEO. 

•  Continued support was given to local communities and 
charitable activity, as described elsewhere in this report.

•  Feedback from the National Colleague Voice (NCV) on 

Executive pay has been that colleagues are satisfied with 
pay awarded provided that it reflects the performance of 
the business.

•  In the year, the Group paid an interim dividend of 14p per 

share to shareholders and two special dividends of 65p per 
share in October 2021 and 37p per share in March 2022. 
The Board is recommending to shareholders that a final 
dividend of 26p per share be paid in December 2022.

•  No claims for Covid-related government support were 

made in FY21 or FY22 and in FY21 the Group repaid £14.5m 
claimed from the Government’s Job Retention Scheme in 
FY20 and in FY22 repaid £4.0m in Covid-related grants 
received in FY21. No adjustments were made to LTIP targets 
in respect of the impact of Covid-19 or the repayment of 
Covid-related support. Colleagues who were placed on 
furlough in FY21 received the same payments that they 
would have received via the Government scheme, funded 
by the Group. No colleagues were put on furlough in FY22.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

131

Corporate governance report

Remuneration continued

Executives’ annual bonus and FY23-25 LTIP
We will adhere to our usual policy of paying our FY23 
annual bonus in cash, two thirds of which, for the Executive 
Directors, (after payment of tax and National Insurance 
liability) must be invested in Dunelm shares to be retained 
during employment. Targets will be based on our annual 
budget and are 75% financial and 25% strategic and 
personal, including environmental, social and governance 
measures linked to delivery of our strategy. We have also 
set targets for awards to be made under our Long-Term 
Incentive Plan, expected to be made in October 2022, 
and these are 80% financial and 20% environmental, 
social and governance related. Further details are set 
out in the Implementation Report.

Pension 
In August 2021, Nick Wilkinson volunteered to reduce 
his pension entitlement going forward to the workforce 
average, which is 3% of base salary, where it remains. 
This rate also applies to Karen Witts, the only other 
Executive Director who receives a pension allowance.

CONCLUSION
The Committee considers that the single figure 
remuneration received by Nick Wilkinson and Karen 
Witts in respect of FY22 is appropriate to provide reward, 
motivation, and retention, with over 75% of Nick’s award 
being paid or invested in shares subject to holding 
requirements. I hope that shareholders will agree that 
the outcome is aligned to shareholders and all other 
stakeholders and that you will support the resolution 
in relation to the Implementation Report.

Our Remuneration Policy is due for regular renewal at the 
2023 AGM, and as I mentioned above I will be writing to 
our major shareholders and their representatives during 
the year with our proposals.

I look forward to meeting shareholders at the AGM.

Yours faithfully,

William Reeve
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

14 September 2022

FY19-21 SHARESAVE
Nick Wilkinson participated in the FY19-21 Sharesave, 
alongside over 900 other colleagues across the entire 
business. Options were granted at 479p, and at the time of 
maturity of the scheme (1 January 2022) the price of Dunelm 
Shares was 1,318p per share. Nick exercised his options on 
14 February 2022 and retained all his shares. 

FY23 REMUNERATION
Pay Structure
We apply a consistent pay structure throughout the business, 
with the remuneration of Executive Directors more heavily 
weighted towards variable pay and share-based incentives 
than other colleagues, so that a greater part of their pay is 
linked to successful delivery of strategy and aligned with 
shareholders. For FY23 we have taken the decision to invest 
more in the pay of our hourly paid colleagues and our office 
based colleagues on the lowest grade, recognising that they 
have been impacted disproportionately by rising energy 
prices. The median pay increase across the Group has 
therefore been 7.6%, with management receiving a lower 
average increase of around 4%.

Executives’ base salary
At our annual review of Nick Wilkinson’s remuneration, the 
Committee determined that Nick has continued to perform 
strongly throughout the year, and this has been reflected 
in the financial performance of the Group. 

We noted that due to the successful, profitable growth of 
the Group during recent years, our CEO’s base salary is 
now at the lower quartile versus our peers, and the bonus 
opportunity of 125% of salary is now below the lower quartile. 
The Committee would like the flexibility to increase the 
quantum of the CEO’s potential performance-related pay, 
in line with stretching performance targets, but is unable 
to do so under the terms of the current Remuneration Policy. 
We expect to discuss this with our major shareholders and 
their representatives as part of the consultation process 
for the 2023 policy renewal.

Nick has asked not to receive a base pay increase for FY23, 
and the Board has reluctantly agreed. The base pay increase 
that Nick has declined to take was a 4% increase in base 
salary, in line with the increases given to management 
colleagues across the Group, and also to incorporate his 5% 
travel allowance into his base pay. This takes into account the 
median pay award made to the wider colleague population 
of 7.6%, including awards to hourly paid colleagues across the 
business which averaged 7.6%. The Committee considered 
a wider range of stakeholder considerations, including 
the feedback on Executive Director pay given by the NCV 
referred to above. Both his base salary and total remuneration 
package remain positioned between the lower quartile and 
median when compared with his peers.

Karen Witts joined the Group on 9 June 2022 and her base 
salary is eligible for review in August 2023. 

132 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Remuneration at a glance

Our remuneration principles guide the overall remuneration structure that we have 
adopted for our Executive Directors, as summarised below. Both relate directly to  
our long-term strategic goal of delivering value for our shareholders and other 
stakeholders through the profitable growth of a purpose-led, quality business.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

SUMMARY OF EXECUTIVE PAY

REMUNERATION PRINCIPLES

BASE PAY

LTIP

Median or below

Upper quartile

Up to 200% of salary

Three-year performance period

Two-year retention period

Linked to profit and strategic/ESG 
targets

PENSION

SHAREHOLDING TARGETS

Aligned to workforce average, 3%

1 x salary after three years

BENEFITS

Median

2 x salary after five years

Two-year post-termination holding 
requirement

LIFETIME LOCK-IN

2/3 of bonus and LTIP outcome 
retained in shares for duration of 
employment

ANNUAL CASH BONUS

CLAWBACK AND MALUS PROVISIONS

Median

125% of pay

Linked to performance: sales, profit, 
strategic/ESG, personal

On bonus and LTIP

Consistent, 
simple, transparent

Aligned to 
shared values 
and ownership 
structure

Applied 
consistently 
throughout 
organisation

Enshrined 
in Directors’ 
Remuneration 
Policy 2020

Reflect Board’s 
desire to reward 
sustainable, 
profitable growth 
over the longer term

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

133

Corporate governance report

Remuneration continued

How our remuneration policy is linked to our strategy
GROUP STRATEGY
Deliver value for our shareholders and other stakeholders through long-term, sustainable, profitable growth

Remuneration strategy
•  Pay fairly for an individual’s role and responsibilities

Remuneration structure
•  Base pay and benefits at median or below

•  Reward strong performance

•  Focus on long-term value creation

•  Align executives with shareholders through 

share ownership

•  Annual bonus at median

•  Long-Term Incentive Plan at upper quartile

•  Two thirds of variable pay retained in shares for 
duration of employment and for a further two 
years in line with our shareholding guidelines

ABOUT OUR REMUNERATION POLICY
Our binding Remuneration Policy was last updated in 2020, and approved by shareholders at the AGM on 17 November 2020 
with over 99% of votes in favour of it.

The principles behind, and the reasons for, the overall remuneration structure that we have adopted for our Executive Directors 
are directly related to the creation of long-term, sustainable growth in shareholder value through delivery of the objectives set 
out in our corporate purpose and ambitions, which are all long-term in nature. It is also consistent with our shared values, which 
include ‘long- term thinking’ and to ‘act like owners’. Our approach is also in keeping with the family origin of the business, and 
is important to the Adderley family, who remain our largest shareholders.

The following table summarises how the Remuneration Committee has addressed the factors set out in Provision 40 of the 2018 
UK Corporate Governance Code in setting the remuneration structure and Remuneration Policy:

HOW WE ADDRESSED PROVISION 40 OF THE UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE
CLARITY

Remuneration 
arrangements should 
be transparent and 
promote effective 
engagement with 
shareholders and  
the workforce

SIMPLICITY

Remuneration 
structures should 
avoid complexity and 
their rationale and 
operation should be 
easy to understand 

• The remuneration arrangements for the Executive Directors are set out in a clear and simple way in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy and in the plan rules for each incentive plan. Guides are provided to participants explaining 
how each incentive plan operates.

• The Committee is committed to transparent disclosure. Full details of incentive targets and outcomes are 

published in detail in the Annual Report on Remuneration each year.

• Queries on remuneration practices from shareholders or colleagues are welcomed by the Committee throughout 

the year and encouraged at the AGM and at the annual presentation to the NCV by the Committee chair. 

• Executive remuneration was discussed at the investor Corporate Governance presentation in March 2022 

when discussion topics raised by shareholders included the ability of the Group to pay market rates to attract 
talented executives within the terms of the Remuneration Policy, choice of LTIP targets, shareholder approach 
to assessment of variable pay outcomes and the personal shareholding targets for Executive Directors. 

• Since flotation of the Company, the approach of the Remuneration Committee has been to maintain a 

remuneration structure that is simple in nature and it is well understood.

• Executive Directors (and senior leadership) receive fixed pay (salary, benefits, pension), and participate in a single 

short-term incentive (the “Annual Bonus”) and a single long-term incentive (the “LTIP”).

• The financial performance criteria for the Annual Bonus and LTIP are linked to reported figures, usually PBT for the 
annual incentive, and earnings per share for the long-term incentive. Hence, they are transparent and predictable.

• A percentage of the performance criteria for the Annual Bonus, and from FY21 for the LTIP, is linked to 

delivery of strategic objectives, which include measurement via numerical KPIs that are used by the Board 
and management to measure performance, such as colleague and customer satisfaction and measures 
linked to our sustainability strategy.

• The Committee reviews the appropriateness of targets annually, being mindful of alignment with strategy and 
keeping them simple. For example, the PBT and LTIP financial targets are aligned to the annual budget and  
5 year plan. 

134 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

HOW WE ADDRESSED PROVISION 40 OF THE UK CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE

RISK

• The Committee considers that the incentive arrangements do not encourage inappropriate risk-taking, due to the 

Committee’s rigorous process for reviewing incentive outcomes.

• The ability to mitigate potential risks is within in the Remuneration Policy and the rules of the performance-related 

incentive plans. Examples include:
 – The Policy provides wide-ranging flexibility to adjust payments where outcomes are not considered to reflect 

underlying business performance, stakeholder experience or individual contributions, or where behaviours are 
inconsistent with the risk appetite of the Group. No such adjustments were made in FY22;

 – The inclusion of malus and clawback provisions under a wide range of potential scenarios; and

 – The majority of the variable remuneration of the Executive Directors is paid in shares which are subject to  

in-employment and post-employment shareholding requirements.

• At the time of approving the Policy and annually in the annual report full information on the potential values of the 
Annual Bonus and LTIP are provided, with strict maximum opportunities and minimum, on target and maximum 
performance scenarios. An indication of the potential impact of a 50% share price appreciation on the value of 
LTIP awards is also included.

• The FY22 Annual Bonus and LTIP award opportunities were in line with the maximum opportunity in the Policy.

Remuneration 
arrangements should 
ensure reputational 
and other risks from 
excessive rewards, and 
behavioural risks that 
can arise from target 
based incentive plans, 
are identified and 
mitigated

PREDICTABILITY 

The range of possible 
values of rewards to 
individual directors 
should be identified 
and explained at the 
time of approving  
the Policy

PROPORTIONALITY

• Payments under variable incentive schemes require robust performance against challenging conditions over 

The link between 
individual awards, the 
delivery of strategy 
and the long-term 
performance of the 
Group should be clear. 
Outcomes should 
not reward poor 
performance.

the short and longer term. For example, 50% of the Annual Bonus is based on PBT, and 25% on sales, with 40% 
of the opportunity earned for achieving budgeted PBT; and 80% of the LTIP target is linked to EPS growth over 
a three-year period, paying out 50% of “on target” performance. Both measures are Group KPIs. 

• Non-financial performance measures account for 25% of the opportunity for Annual Bonus and 20% of the LTIP. 
These are linked to delivery of strategic objectives which are key to the long-term growth of the Group, and a 
number of them are linked to Group KPIs, including for example customer NPS, colleague NPS and reductions 
in carbon emissions.

• The Committee considers the formulaic outcome, as well as other relevant factors, when making decisions on 

remuneration outcomes.

• Outcomes do not reward poor performance due to the Committee’s overriding discretion to depart from 

formulaic outcomes which do not reflect underlying business performance.

ALIGNMENT TO 
CULTURE

Incentive schemes 
should drive 
behaviours consistent 
with company purpose, 
values, and strategy.

• The Committee sets the remuneration principles that apply to all colleagues and is satisfied that these drive the 
right behaviours and reinforce the Group’s purpose (to help create the joy of truly feeling at home, now and for 
generations to come) and shared values (act like owners, keep listening and learning, stronger together and long-
term thinking), which in turn promote an appropriate culture. Our shared values are reflected in the measures 
used in our incentive schemes. For example, our incentive arrangements link to them in the following ways:

 – Financial targets under the Annual Bonus and all targets for the LTIP are the same for all management, regardless 

of seniority, linking everyone’s contribution to a shared Group financial outcome.

 – Strategic targets require our Executive Directors and senior leadership to work together to deliver strategic 

growth and value to our stakeholders. For example, increasing the number of active customers requires input 
from product, marketing, digital, stores and supply chain colleagues.

 – Non-financial performance measures in the Annual Bonus and LTIP incentivise participants to choose the 

right path for our customers, our people and shareholders by using measures which directly assess outcomes 
for these stakeholders, for example colleague and customer NPS, and measures related to delivery of our 
sustainability strategy. 

 – The use of LTIP holding periods, requirement to invest a percentage of Annual Bonus in shares and our 

shareholding requirements strengthen the focus on our long-term strategic aims and ensure alignment with 
the interests and experiences of shareholders, both during and after employment.

The Remuneration Committee considers that the policy and practices have operated as intended. The Company has attracted 
high quality executives; overall levels of pay over recent years have been in line with the value delivered to shareholders and 
other stakeholders; and positive feedback has been received from shareholders via AGM voting and other engagement 
mechanisms such as the engagement process conducted in connection with the 2020 Policy renewal, and from colleagues 
through our regular consultations with the NCV.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

135

Corporate governance report

Remuneration continued

Directors’ Remuneration Policy 2020

THE POLICY REPORT
Future policy table 
The following table sets out the structure of remuneration for Directors of the Company under the Policy which was approved  
by shareholders at the AGM on 17 November 2020 with over 99% of votes in favour. This Policy will remain in force until  
the AGM in 2023. The Policy can be viewed in the 2020 Annual Report which is available on the corporate website at: 
https://corporate.dunelm.com/investors/reports-and-presentations/

BASE SALARY

PURPOSE 
AND LINK TO 
STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES 

• Fixed remuneration for the role.

• To attract and retain the high-calibre talent necessary to develop and deliver the business strategy.

• Reflects the size and scope of the Executive Director’s responsibilities.

OPERATION

• Normally paid monthly.

• Base level set in the context of:

 – Pay for similar roles in companies of similar size and complexity in the relevant market.

 – Scale and complexity of the role.

• Should comprise a minority of potential remuneration.

MAXIMUM 
OPPORTUNITY

• Reviewed annually, with percentage increases in line with the Group-wide review unless other circumstances apply, 

such as:

 – A significant change in the size, scale or complexity of the role or of the Group’s business.

 – Development and performance in role (for example, on a new appointment, base salary might be initially set at 

a lower level with the intention of increasing over time).

• The Committee does not consider it to be appropriate to set a monetary limit on the maximum base salary that may 

be paid to an Executive Director within the terms of this policy.

PERFORMANCE 
METRICS

• None, although performance of the individual is considered at the annual salary review.

• No recovery provisions apply to base salary.

RETIREMENT BENEFITS

PURPOSE 
AND LINK TO 
STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES 

• To provide a competitive post-retirement benefit.

• To attract and retain the high-calibre talent necessary to develop and deliver the business strategy.

OPERATION

• Contribution equivalent to a percentage of base salary made to a defined contribution plan or paid as a cash allowance.

• No element other than base salary is pensionable.

• For any Executive Director appointed before 1 July 2020, 8% of salary.

• For any Executive Director appointed on or after 1 July 2020, an amount as a percentage of base salary not exceeding 

the average paid in respect of the wider workforce (currently 3%).

Please note that from FY22 the incumbent Executive Director(s) have agreed to reduce their entitlement to the 
workforce average.

• None.

• No recovery provisions apply to retirement benefits.

• To provide a competitive benefits package.

• To attract and retain the high-calibre talent necessary to develop and deliver the business strategy.

MAXIMUM 
OPPORTUNITY

PERFORMANCE 
METRICS

BENEFITS

PURPOSE 
AND LINK TO 
STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES 

OPERATION

• A range of benefits are provided, which may include car or car allowance; private health insurance for the individual 

and their family; permanent health cover; life assurance; mobile phone; use of a car and driver in connection with the 
role or an appropriate travel allowance; and colleague discount.

• Additional benefits, such as relocation expenses, housing allowance and school fees may also be provided in certain 

circumstances if considered reasonable and appropriate by the Committee.

• For non-UK Executives (none at present) the Committee may consider additional allowances in accordance with 

standard practice.

136 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

BENEFITS

MAXIMUM 
OPPORTUNITY

PERFORMANCE 
METRICS

• Current benefits provided are described in the Implementation Report from page 147.

• The Committee reserves the right to provide such benefits as it considers necessary to support the strategy of the Group.

• The Committee does not consider it to be appropriate to set a maximum cost to the Group of benefits to be paid.

• None.

• No recovery provisions apply to benefits.

ANNUAL BONUS

Awards to be made to Executive Directors other than Sir Will Adderley, who has requested that he not be considered 
for an annual bonus

• Rewards and incentivises delivery of annual financial, strategic and personal targets.

PURPOSE 
AND LINK TO 
STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES 

OPERATION

• Delivered as soon as reasonably practicable after the approval of this Policy as a conditional award of:

Annual bonus 
specifically 
for FY20 to 
address Covid-19 
situation

 – 11,594 shares in Dunelm in the case of Nick Wilkinson; and

 – 7,675 shares in Dunelm in the case of Laura Carr.

• Each award will vest, subject to closed periods:

 – As regards 50% of the shares subject to it, rounded down to the nearest whole share where necessary, on the first 

dealing day after the announcement of Dunelm’s results for FY21; and

 – As regards the balance of the shares subject to it, on the first dealing day after the announcement of Dunelm’s results 

for FY22.

• At least two thirds of the shares acquired (after sale of shares to cover tax and National Insurance obligations) must be 

retained for the duration of employment and are then subject to post-departure holding requirements as set out in the 
‘Shareholding requirements’ section on page 140.

OPERATION

• Granted as soon as reasonably practicable after the approval of this Policy as a conditional award of:

Annual bonus 
specifically 
for FY21 to 
address Covid-19 
situation

 – 59,130 shares in Dunelm in the case of Nick Wilkinson; and

 – 40,291 shares in Dunelm in the case of Laura Carr.

• Subject to the satisfaction of the performance targets and closed periods, each award will vest:

 – As regards 50% of the shares subject to it, rounded down to the nearest whole share where necessary, on the first 

dealing day after the announcement of Dunelm’s results for FY21; and

 – As regards the balance of the shares subject to it on the first dealing day after the announcement of Dunelm’s results 

for financial year FY22.

• The Committee has discretion to adjust the number of shares in respect of which an award vests, either upwards or 

downwards, if it considers that the formulaic output does not reflect its assessment of overall financial or non-financial 
performance of the participant or the Group, or is inappropriate in the context of circumstances that were unexpected 
or unforeseen at the start of the relevant year, or is inappropriate for any other reason.

• At least two thirds of the shares acquired (after sale of shares to cover tax and National Insurance obligations) must be 

retained for the duration of employment and are then subject to post-departure holding requirements as set out in the 
’Shareholding requirements’ section on page 140.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

137

Corporate governance report

Remuneration continued

ANNUAL BONUS

Awards to be made to Executive Directors other than Sir Will Adderley, who has requested that he not be considered 
for an annual bonus

OPERATION

Annual bonus 
for FY22 and 
subsequent years 
to which this  
Policy applies

MAXIMUM 
OPPORTUNITY

Annual bonus 
specifically 
for FY20 due 
to Covid-19 
situation

MAXIMUM 
OPPORTUNITY

Annual bonus 
specifically 
for FY21 due 
to Covid-19 
situation

MAXIMUM 
OPPORTUNITY

Annual bonus 
for FY22 and 
subsequent years 
to which this 
Policy applies

• Ordinarily paid in cash, after the results for the financial year have been audited, subject to performance targets 
having been met, with two thirds of the bonus earned required to be invested in Dunelm shares, which must be 
retained for the duration of employment and are then subject to post-departure holding requirements as set out 
in the ’Shareholding requirements’ section below.

• Alternatively, if the Committee considers that FY22 or any later year to which this Policy applies is substantially 

impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic, the award may be delivered as a conditional award of Dunelm shares granted 
shortly after the start of the year over shares with a market value equal to the maximum bonus opportunity and with 
vesting subject to satisfaction of performance targets, as with the bonuses for FY20 and FY21. For these purposes 
the market value of a share will be the average share price over June and July of that year (consistent with the approach 
for the bonuses in respect of FY20 and FY21) unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise. Subject to 
the satisfaction of the performance targets, each award will vest:

 – As regards 50% of the shares subject to it, on the first dealing day after the announcement of Dunelm’s results for the 

financial year in respect of which the bonus is earned; and

 – As regards the balance of the shares subject to it, on the first dealing day after the announcement of Dunelm’s results 

for the following financial year.

• At least two thirds of the shares acquired (after sale of shares to cover tax and National Insurance obligations) must be 
retained for the duration of employment and are then subject to post-departure shareholding requirements as set out 
in the ’Shareholding requirements’ section on page 140.

• The Committee has discretion to adjust the bonus pay-out upwards or downwards if it considers that the formulaic 

outturn does not reflect its assessment of overall financial or non-financial performance of the participant or the Group, 
or is inappropriate in the context of circumstances that were unexpected or unforeseen at the start of the relevant year, 
or is inappropriate for any other reason.

• In the case of Nick Wilkinson, a conditional award of 11,594 shares in Dunelm.

• In the case of Laura Carr, a conditional award of 7,675 shares in Dunelm.

• Dividend accruals may be made in respect of special dividends paid during the vesting period applicable to an award.

• Subject to the Committee’s discretion to override formulaic outturns, these awards will not be subject to further 

performance targets as they reflect the outcome of the performance targets for FY20, as set out on pages 144 to 146 
of the FY20 annual report.

• In the case of Nick Wilkinson, a conditional award of 59,130 shares in Dunelm.

• In the case of Laura Carr, a conditional award of 40,291 shares in Dunelm.

• Dividend accruals may be made in respect of special dividends paid during the vesting period applicable to an award. 

Payment would only be made in respect of shares vesting after applying performance criteria.

• Subject to the Committee’s discretion to override formulaic outturns, for financial measures threshold performance 

5% of the shares will vest and for on-target performance 40% of the maximum opportunity will be earned. Bonuses will 
typically be earned between threshold and on-target and between on-target and maximum on a straight-line basis.

• For strategic measures and personal goals, vesting of the bonus will be determined by the Committee between 0% and 

100% based on its assessment of the extent to which the relevant metrics or objectives have been met.

• Maximum opportunity – 125% of base salary per annum.

• Where bonus awards are granted as share awards, dividend accruals may be made in respect of special dividends 

paid during the vesting period applicable to an award. Payment would only be made in respect of shares vesting after 
applying performance criteria.

• Subject to the Committee’s discretion to override formulaic outturns, for threshold performance, for financial measures 
5% of the maximum opportunity will be earned and for on-target performance 40% of the maximum opportunity will 
be earned. Bonuses will typically be earned between threshold and on-target and between on-target and maximum 
on a straight-line basis.

• For strategic measures and personal goals, vesting of the bonus will be determined by the Committee between 0% and 

100% based on its assessment of the extent to which the relevant metrics or objectives have been met.

138 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

ANNUAL BONUS

Awards to be made to Executive Directors other than Sir Will Adderley, who has requested that he not be considered 
for an annual bonus

PERFORMANCE 
METRICS

• No further performance targets will apply to the share awards granted in respect of the bonuses for FY20 as those awards 
reflect the outcome of the performance targets for that year, as set out on pages 144 to 146 of the FY20 Annual Report.

• Stretching performance targets are set each year. Performance targets for the Executive Directors may be based on 
financial objectives and/or strategic objectives and/or personal goals set by the Remuneration Committee annually.

• Financial objectives may include, but are not limited to, budgeted PBT for the financial year taking into account market 

consensus and individual broker expectations.

• The strategic objectives will vary depending on the specific business priorities in a particular year.

• Ordinarily, at least 50% of the annual bonus for executives will be subject to financial objectives.

• For the avoidance of doubt, share awards in respect of the bonuses for FY20 will not be subject to further performance 
targets as they reflect the outcome of the performance targets for that year, as set out on pages 144 to 146 of the FY20 
Annual Report.

• Awards are subject to recovery provisions (malus and clawback) as set out on page 140.

LONG TERM 
INCENTIVE PLAN

Awards to be made to Executive Directors other than Sir Will Adderley, who has requested that he not be considered 
for LTIP awards

PURPOSE 
AND LINK TO 
STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES 

• Supports delivery of strategy by requiring the achievement of financial targets which include EPS, which the Committee 
believes to be the most appropriate measure for medium-term performance, aligned with our growth ambitions and 
continuing to win market share. EPS growth is also a prime driver of shareholder value creation. Flexibility will be 
retained to base part of the award on other financial or strategic measures in order that targets can be tailored to the 
circumstances of each grant.

• Rewards strong financial performance and sustained increase in shareholder value over the long term.

• Aligns with shareholder interests through the delivery of shares, the majority of which (after payment of tax liabilities) 

are retained.

OPERATION

• Awards are made annually (which can take the form of a conditional award, nil-cost option or nominal value option), 

with vesting subject to performance over three financial years.

• A majority of shares must be retained as set out in the ‘Shareholding requirements’ section on page 140.

• The Committee has discretion to adjust the LTIP vesting outturn upwards or downwards if it considers that the formulaic 
output does not reflect its assessment of overall financial or non-financial performance of the participant or the Group, 
or is inappropriate in the context of circumstances that were unexpected or unforeseen at grant, or is inappropriate for 
any other reason.

MAXIMUM 
OPPORTUNITY

• The maximum annual award for Executive Directors is 200% of salary.

• Dividend accruals may be made in respect of special dividends paid during the performance period applicable 
to an award and up to the vesting date. Payment would only be made in respect of shares vesting after applying 
performance criteria.

PERFORMANCE 
METRICS

• For at least 75% of an award, one or more financial measures, which will include a measure based on EPS, assessed over 
the three-year performance period. The balance of the award will be based on one or more other financial, strategic, 
environmental, social and governance measures.

• The Remuneration Committee considers the targets annually, taking into account a range of factors which will include 

the Group’s plans, external forecasts and the overall business environment.

• Subject to the Committee’s discretion to override formulaic outturns, for financial measures 10% of an award will vest 

for threshold performance (the lowest level of performance at which awards will vest), rising to up to 50% for achieving 
a stretching level of ‘on-target’ performance and to 100% for achieving or exceeding a stretch level of performance. 
Vesting between threshold and on-target and between on-target and maximum will typically be on a straight-line basis.

• For strategic, environmental, social or governance measures, vesting will be determined by the Committee between 

0% and 100% based on its assessment of the extent to which the relevant measures have been met.

• Awards are subject to recovery provisions (malus and clawback) as set out on page 140.

ALL EMPLOYEE SHARE PLAN (SHARESAVE)

• Promotes share ownership by all eligible colleagues (including Executive Directors).

PURPOSE 
AND LINK TO 
STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES 

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

139

Corporate governance report

Remuneration continued

ALL EMPLOYEE SHARE PLAN (SHARESAVE)

OPERATION

• All UK employees with a minimum service requirement are eligible to join the UK tax-approved Dunelm Group Savings 

Related Share Option Plan (the Sharesave).

• Monthly savings are made over a period of three years linked to the grant of an option over Dunelm shares at a discount 

of up to 20% of the market price (or such other amount as permitted by law) at the date of invitation to join the plan.

• Invitations are normally issued annually at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, which also has discretion 
to set the minimum service requirement, maximum discount, maximum monthly savings and any other limits (such 
as scaling back) within the terms of the scheme rules.

• Maximum participation limits are set by the UK tax authorities. Currently the maximum limit is savings of £500 per month.

MAXIMUM 
OPPORTUNITY

PERFORMANCE 
METRICS

• None.

SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENTS
To align the interests of Executive Directors with those 
of shareholders and to promote long-term thinking, the 
Committee has adopted shareholding requirements which 
apply both during employment and for a period following 
employment, as set out below (although the Remuneration 
Committee retains the right to waive this requirement in 
exceptional circumstances, such as death, divorce, ill health, 
or severe financial hardship).

SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENTS DURING 
EMPLOYMENT
•  Executive Directors are expected to make a personal 
investment in Dunelm shares on appointment as an 
Executive Director (subject to closed periods).

•  Executive Directors are required to build a beneficial 

holding of shares equal to 100% of salary after three years 
and 200% of salary after five years from appointment.

•  At least two thirds of shares acquired pursuant to the 

vesting of any share awards (after sale of shares to cover 
tax and National Insurance obligations) must be retained 
during employment.

•  Two thirds of any cash bonus earned (after tax and National 
Insurance obligations have been met) must be invested 
in Dunelm shares, which must then be retained during 
employment.

•  All of the shares acquired pursuant to the vesting of any LTIP 
award granted after 1 July 2020 (after sale of shares to cover 
tax and National Insurance obligations) must be retained 
for two years, and two thirds of those shares must then be 
retained during employment.

•  The relevant shares must be retained regardless of whether 
the Executive Director has achieved the required 100% or 
200% of salary shareholding, therefore building to a higher 
personal shareholding level over time.

SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENTS FOLLOWING 
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
Following termination of their employment for any reason, 
an Executive Director must retain for two years shares equal 
to the lower of the shareholding requirement applicable 
immediately prior to departure (100% of salary if they leave 
within five years of appointment or 200% of salary if they 
leave five years or more after appointment) as appropriate or 
their actual shareholding on departure. This is a contractual 
requirement set out in each Director’s service contract. 

140 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

The Company also reserves the right to require share 
certificates to be lodged in its custody.

RECOVERY PROVISIONS (MALUS AND CLAWBACK) 
The annual bonus (including any granted as a share award) 
and LTIP are subject to recovery provisions as set out below.

Malus provisions apply which enable the Committee to 
determine before the payment of an annual bonus or the 
vesting of an LTIP award, that the bonus opportunity or LTIP 
award may be cancelled or reduced.

Clawback provisions apply which enable the Committee 
to determine for up to three years following the payment 
of a cash bonus or the vesting of an LTIP award, or for three 
years after the end of the performance period for a share 
award granted in respect of a bonus, that the amount of the 
bonus paid may be recovered and that the LTIP or share 
bonus award may be cancelled or reduced (if it has not 
been exercised) or that recovery may be applied to it (if it 
has been exercised).

The malus and clawback provisions may be applied in the 
event of:

•  A material misstatement of any Group company’s financial 

results;

•  A material error in assessing a performance condition 

applicable to the award or in the information or 
assumptions on which the award was granted or vests;

•  A material failure of risk management in any Group 

company or a relevant business unit;

•  Serious reputational damage to any Group company or 

a relevant business unit;

•  Serious misconduct or material error on the part of the 

Participant;

•  A material corporate failure as determined by the Board;

•  Fraud; or

•  Any other circumstances which the Committee in its 

discretion considers to be similar in their nature or effect 
to those set out above.

Salary, pension, benefits and Sharesave options are not 
subject to recovery.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

FEES

PURPOSE 
AND LINK TO 
STRATEGIC 
OBJECTIVES 

• To attract and retain a high-calibre Chair and Non-Executive Directors by offering competitive fee levels.

OPERATION

• Fees for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors are set by the Board. No Director participates in any decision relating 

to his or her own remuneration.

• The Chair is paid an all-inclusive fee for all Board responsibilities.

• The Non-Executive Directors receive a basic fee, with supplemental fees for additional Board responsibilities.

• The level of fee reflects the size and complexity of the role and the time commitment.

• Fees are reviewed annually and increased in line with the Group-wide increase. In addition, there will be a periodic 
review against market rates, taking into account time commitment and any change in the size, scale or complexity 
of the business.

• Flexibility is retained to increase fee levels in certain circumstances, for example, if required to recruit a new Chair 

or Non-Executive Director of the appropriate calibre.

• With the exception of colleague discount, no benefits are paid to the Chair or the Non-Executive Directors, and they 

do not participate in any incentive scheme.

• Maximum fees to be paid by way of fees to the Non-Executive Directors are set out in the Company’s Articles of 

Association.

• Fees paid to each Director are disclosed in the Annual Report on Implementation.

MAXIMUM 
OPPORTUNITY

PERFORMANCE 
METRICS

• None.

The Company may deliver any element of fixed remuneration 
for an Executive Director in shares rather than in cash or 
any other form in which it is usually provided. The number 
of shares would be such a number as having a value at the 
relevant time equal to the value of the fixed remuneration 
being delivered in cash.

The Committee may also make minor changes to this policy 
which do not have a material advantage to Directors, to aid 
its operation or implementation, without seeking shareholder 
approval, but taking into account the interests of shareholders.

PERFORMANCE MEASURES AND HOW TARGETS ARE SET 
The Remuneration Committee selects performance measures 
that it believes are:

•  Aligned with the Group’s strategic goals.

•  Unambiguous and easy to calculate.

•  Transparent to Directors and shareholders.

ANNUAL BONUS
For FY22 the Committee determined the financial measures 
and the weighting of financial and non-financial measures 
based on specific business priorities in a particular year. 
Financial measures will ordinarily represent a majority.

The Committee reserves the right to adjust the financial 
performance target or change the performance condition 
if justified by the circumstances, for example if there was 
a major capital transaction.

LTIP
For the LTIP, at least 75% of the award will be based on one 
or more financial measures, which will include EPS. The 
Remuneration Committee considers EPS to be the most 
appropriate measure for medium-term performance, aligned 
with our growth ambitions and continuing to win market 
share. EPS growth is also a prime driver of shareholder value 
creation. The use of EPS for Dunelm’s LTIP is also considered 
appropriate because of the low level of leverage in the 
business and because it is the main driver of cash generation. 
Capital expenditure controls exercised by the Board are 
sufficiently rigorous to avoid EPS accretion by means of 
ineffective investment of capital.

Any part of the award not based on financial measures 
will be based on strategic measures, which may include 
environmental, social and governance measures.

The number of shares comprised in an award or the 
performance target which applies may be adjusted by the 
Remuneration Committee in accordance with the plan rules 
if justified by the circumstances, for example, if there were a 
major capital transaction. Any amendment and the reason for 
it would be fully disclosed. A copy of the plan rules is available 
from the Company Secretary on request.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

141

Corporate governance report

Remuneration continued

ILLUSTRATIVE PERFORMANCE SCENARIOS
The following graphs set out what Nick Wilkinson and Karen Witts, two of the Executive Directors in office at the date of this 
report, could earn in FY23 under the following scenarios:

Nick Wilkinson*      

Karen Witts*      

)
0
0
0

‘

£
(
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l

a
t
o
T

3,500

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

1,522

38%

19%

43%

In line with 
exp ectatio ns

649

100%

Minim u m

Fixed pay

LTIP

2,541

46%

29%

25%

M axim u m

3,123

19%

37%

23%

21%

M axim u m plus 50 % 
increase in price of 
LTIP shares vestin g

)
0
0
0

‘

£
(
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l

a
t
o
T

3,500

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

502

100%

Minim u m

1,177

38%

19%
43%

In line with 
exp ectatio ns

Fixed pay

LTIP

1,964

46%

29%

25%

M axim u m

2,414

19%

37%

23%

21%

M axim u m plus 50 % 
increase in price of 
LTIP shares vestin g

Annual bonus

Plus 50% increase in price of LTIP 
shares vesting

Annual bonus

Plus 50% increase in price of LTIP 
shares vesting

* Please note some % in graphs above have been manually amended to resolve roundings (i.e. so that they add up exactly to 100%).

At his request, Sir Will Adderley, who is an Executive Director, does not receive any remuneration apart from an annual salary, 
car allowance and healthcare benefits. Therefore, his remuneration has not been included in the scenarios above.

Fixed pay comprises base salary, benefits and pension only (see table below).

Nick Wilkinson

Karen Witts

The following assumptions have been made in respect of the scenarios above:

Base 
(last known 
salary) 
£’000

582

450

Benefits 
£’000

50

38

Pension
 (3% of salary) 
£’000

17

14

Performance level

Fixed pay

Annual Bonus

As above

Nil

LTIP

Nil

Minimum 
(performance  
below threshold)

In line with 
expectations

Maximum 
performance

As above

As above

40% of annual 
bonus will vest

50% of the LTIP award (i.e. 100% of salary for Nick Wilkinson and Karen Witts), based 
on face value of the award at the date of grant.

100% of annual 
bonus will vest

100% of the LTIP award (i.e. 200% of salary for Nick Wilkinson and Karen Witts), 
based on face value of the award at the date of grant.

Maximum 
performance, plus 
share price increase

As above 

100% of annual 
bonus will vest

100% of the LTIP award (i.e. 200% of salary for Nick Wilkinson and Karen Witts), plus 
an increase in the value of the LTIP of 50% across the relevant performance period 
to reflect possible share price appreciation.

142 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

It should be noted that the illustrative performance number 
is likely to be different to the actual pay that is earned by Nick 
Wilkinson and Karen Witts during the year as:

•  Actual pay will reflect Group and personal performance 

over the relevant performance period.

•  We are required to show the value of the LTIP awards that 
are expected to be made in the year, not those which vest 
by reference to performance in the year. This valuation 
is based on the expected face value at the date of grant 
without making any assumptions for changes in the share 
price (other than as noted in relation to the final scenario).

•  No adjustment is made for payment of special dividend 
equivalents as the level of these cannot be determined 
at the date of this report.

SERVICE CONTRACTS AND LOSS OF OFFICE PAYMENTS
All of the Executive Directors have service contracts.  
The notice period for termination for Sir Will Adderley is 
12 months from either party, and for Nick Wilkinson and 
Karen Witts is six months from either party. If the Company 
terminates the employment of the Executive Director it would 
honour its contractual commitment. Any payment of salary 
on termination is contractually restricted to a maximum 
of the value of salary plus benefits for the notice period. If 
termination was with immediate effect, a payment in lieu of 
notice may be made. The Remuneration Committee may 
apply mitigation in respect of any termination payment.

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to make a 
payment in respect of any cash annual bonus, provided that 
it is pro-rated to service.

Share bonus awards will lapse on termination of employment 
before vesting other than in the event of death, serious 
ill health or any other reason at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee. If an award does not lapse, the 
Remuneration Committee will determine whether it vests on 
termination or at the ordinary vesting date. If termination is 
during the performance period, the extent of vesting will be 
determined by reference to the performance conditions and, 
unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise, a 
reduction to reflect the proportion of the performance period 
that had elapsed at cessation.

The limited circumstances in which unexercised LTIP awards 
might be exercised following termination of an Executive 
Director’s service contract are set out below.

Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment. The 
term is for an initial period of three years with a provision 
for termination on one month’s notice from either party, 
or three months’ notice from either party in the case of the 
Chair. Letters are renewed for up to two additional three-year 
terms, and then renewed annually. The letter of appointment 
will terminate without compensation if the Director is not 
reappointed at the AGM.

Details of the likely duration of the service contracts for 
Executive Directors and the letters of appointment for the 
Non-Executive Directors are set out in Table 7 on page 155 
of the Implementation Report.

The Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment 
are available for inspection by shareholders at the Company’s 
registered office.

EXERCISE OF LTIP AND SHARESAVE OPTIONS 
FOLLOWING TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT 
LTIP
If a participant leaves the employment of the Group, the 
following provisions apply to options granted under the LTIP:

•  Options that have vested but have not yet been exercised 

may be exercised within six months of cessation of 
employment (12 months in the case of death).

•  Except in the case of dismissal for gross misconduct, 
options which have not yet vested, but where the 
performance period has elapsed, may be exercised within 
six months of the relevant vesting date (or 12 months in 
the case of death), to the extent that the performance 
condition has been met. The Remuneration Committee has 
discretion to allow earlier exercise but would only use this 
in exceptional circumstances (such as death or ill health 
retirement), or at its discretion for a good leaver.

•  If the participant leaves the Group before an option has 
vested and before the performance period has elapsed, 
the option will usually lapse. Except in the case of dismissal 
for gross misconduct, the Remuneration Committee has 
the discretion to allow the exercise of options for which 
the performance period has not elapsed at the date of 
cessation of employment, within six months of the relevant 
vesting date (or 12 months in the case of death). The 
Remuneration Committee also has discretion to allow 
earlier exercise. The Remuneration Committee would only 
use this discretion in exceptional circumstances (such as 
death or ill health retirement), or at its discretion for a  
good leaver.

•  Any exercise would be subject to assessment of the 

performance condition (and the exercise of any discretion 
to vary formulaic outturns in line with the policy table) and, 
unless the Committee determined otherwise, a reduction to 
reflect the proportion of the performance period that had 
elapsed at cessation.

•  If early exercise is permitted, the Remuneration Committee 
may apply an adjustment to take into account the amount of 
time that has elapsed through the performance period and 
the extent to which any performance criteria have  
been met.

In all cases, LTIP awards would be subject to the applicable 
malus and clawback provisions.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

143

Corporate governance report

Remuneration continued

Sharesave
If a participant leaves the Group, options granted under the 
Sharesave will normally lapse, but may be exercised within 
six months from the cessation of employment due to injury, 
disability, retirement, or redundancy (or 12 months in the 
case of death), or the employing company leaving the Group 
or, provided that the option has been held for at least three 
years, cessation for any other reason (apart from dismissal 
by the Group).

Other payments
The Committee reserves the right to make any other 
payments in connection with a Director’s cessation of office 
or employment where the payments are made in good 
faith in discharge of an existing legal obligation (or by way 
of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by way 
of settlement of any claim arising in connection with the 
cessation of a Director’s office or employment or for any fees 
for outplacement assistance and/or the Director’s legal and/or 
professional advice fees in connection with their cessation of 
office or employment.

CHANGE OF CONTROL AND OTHER  
CORPORATE EVENTS
Share bonus awards
Share bonus awards will vest on a change of control or 
winding up of the Company before the originally anticipated 
vesting date. If vesting is during the performance period, 
the extent of vesting will be determined by reference to 
the performance conditions and, unless the Remuneration 
Committee determines otherwise, a reduction to reflect the 
proportion of the performance period that had elapsed at the 
date of the relevant event.

LTIP
The following provisions apply to awards made under the 
Long-Term Incentive Plan in accordance with the Plan rules if 
there is a change of control or winding up of the Company:

•  Any vested but unexercised options may be exercised.

•  Any options in respect of which the performance period has 
elapsed and to which the performance condition has been 
applied will vest and may be exercised.

•  Any options in respect of which the performance period 
has not elapsed may be exercised at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee, subject to any adjustment to 
take into account the amount of time that has elapsed 
through the performance period (unless the Remuneration 
Committee decides not to apply a time-based reduction) 
and the extent to which any performance criteria have  
been met.

•  The Executive Director may agree that his or her awards 
are ‘rolled over’ into shares of the acquiring company as 
an alternative.

If the Company has been or will be affected by any demerger, 
dividend in specie, special dividend or other transaction 
which will adversely affect the current or future value of 
any awards under the LTIP or any share bonus awards, 
the plan rules allow the Remuneration Committee, acting 
fairly and reasonably, to determine the extent to which any 
awards should vest and the period within which options may 
be exercised.

A copy of the plan rules is available from the Company 
Secretary on request.

Sharesave
Sharesave options may be exercised within six months 
following a change of control or winding up of the Company, 
using savings in the participant’s account at the date of 
exercise. The participant may agree that his or her awards 
are ‘rolled over’ into shares of the acquiring company as an 
alternative.

OPERATION OF SHARE PLANS
The Committee may amend the terms of awards and options 
under the Company’s share plans in accordance with the plan 
rules in the event of a variation of Dunelm’s share capital or a 
demerger, special dividend or other similar event or otherwise 
in accordance with the rules of those plans. Awards may be 
settled, in whole or in part, in cash, although the Committee 
would only settle an Executive Director’s award in cash in 
exceptional circumstances, such as where there is a regulatory 
restriction on the delivery of shares, or in connection with the 
settlement of tax liabilities arising in respect of the award.

EXECUTIVE PAY AND THE PAY OF OTHER COLLEAGUES
The principles set out in the remuneration strategy on page 
133 are applied consistently to pay throughout the Group.

Pay for all colleagues is set at a level that is fair for the role and 
responsibilities of the individual, and is designed to attract 
and retain high calibre talent that is needed to deliver the 
Group’s strategy, without paying too much.

The remuneration of Executive Directors is more heavily 
weighted towards variable pay than other colleagues, 
so that a greater part of their pay is linked to successful 
delivery of strategy and aligned with shareholders. They are 
also required to build and maintain a shareholding in the 
Company as set out on page 140.

The remuneration of colleagues below the Board reflects the 
seniority of the role, market practice and the ability of the 
individual to influence Group performance.

All colleagues with a minimum service requirement (usually 
three months or less) are encouraged to participate in the 
Sharesave plan, which enables them to become shareholders 
at a discounted rate. Participation is usually offered annually 
at the maximum price discount permitted (currently 20%), 
at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee.

144 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

In setting the policy for the Executive Directors’ remuneration, 
the Committee takes note of the overall approach to 
remuneration in the Group. In previous years, the Committee 
had formal oversight of the remuneration of Executive Board 
members. In line with the 2018 Corporate Governance Code:

•  The Committee formally approves the remuneration 
of the Company Secretary and all members of the 
Executive Board.

•  At least annually, the People and Stores Director provides 
information to the Board about workforce policies and 
practices.

•  The Board receives a ‘Colleague Dashboard’ twice a 

year, which contains a number of colleague measures, 
including gender and age split, gender and ethnicity pay 
(ethnicity pay based on preliminary data) reward, Sharesave 
participation, colleague engagement, voluntary turnover 
and internal promotion.

SHAREHOLDER VIEWS
The Board is committed to ongoing engagement with 
shareholders in respect of all governance matters, including 
executive remuneration.

In addition to this, the Company holds a Corporate 
Governance Day, usually every two years, hosted by the 
Chairman, the Deputy Chairman and the other Non-Executive 
Directors, to which all major shareholders are invited. This 
enables all parties to discuss governance topics informally, 
including remuneration. In addition, the Chairman and 
Non-Executive Directors usually attend results presentations 
and a selection of shareholder meetings. The last Corporate 
Governance Day was in March 2022, and a copy of the 
presentation is on our website: corporate.dunelm.com. 

Formal feedback on shareholder views is given to the Board 
twice per annum by the Company’s brokers and financial 
public relations advisers. The AGM reports issued by the 
Investment Association (IA), ISS, Glass Lewis and Pensions 
Investment Research Council (PIRC) are also considered by 
the Board.

All Directors usually attend the Annual General Meeting, and 
the Chairman and the Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
may be contacted via the Company Secretary during the year.

We consulted with shareholders in relation to the 2020 
Policy including, in particular, our approach to share bonus 
awards proposed specifically due to the Covid-19 situation 
for FY20 and FY21, our approach to LTIP awards for FY21, 
pensions and salary increases. We were pleased with the 
level of engagement from shareholders and for the support 
shown for our proposals, which we finalised having regard 
to feedback received. The Remuneration Committee has also 
taken the views of shareholders into account when setting 
the remuneration of newly appointed directors, the annual 
pay increases and fee increases for directors, and the variable 
pay outcomes for the Executive Directors.

APPROACH TO RECRUITMENT REMUNERATION 
The Remuneration Committee will apply the principles set 
out below when agreeing a remuneration package for a 
new Director (whether an external candidate or an internal 
promotion). The package must be sufficient to attract and 
retain the high-calibre talent necessary to develop and deliver 
the Group’s strategy:

•  No more should be paid than is necessary.

•  Pension provision will be in line with the policy.

•  The Committee reserves the discretion to make appropriate 

remuneration decisions outside the standard policy to 
meet the individual needs of the recruitment provided the 
Committee believes the relevant decisions are in the best 
interests of the Group.

Circumstances in which the Committee might apply this 
discretion include:

•  Where an interim appointment is made on a short-term 

basis, including where the Chair or another Non-Executive 
Director has to assume an executive position.

•  Where employment commences at a time in the year when 
it is inappropriate to provide a bonus or share incentive 
award as there is insufficient time to assess performance, 
the quantum for the subsequent year might be increased 
proportionately instead.

•  An executive is recruited from a business or location 
that offered benefits that the Committee considers it 
appropriate to ‘buy out’ but cannot do so under the specific 
terms of the Regulations, or which the Committee considers 
it appropriate to offer.

Examples of remuneration decisions that the Committee may 
make are set out below:

•  It may be appropriate to offer a lower salary initially, with a 

series of increases to reach the desired salary over a period 
of time, subject to performance.

•  The Committee may also alter the performance criteria 
applicable to the initial annual bonus or LTIP award so 
that they are more applicable to the circumstances of the 
recruitment.

•  An internal candidate would be able to retain any 

outstanding variable pay awarded in respect of their 
previous role that pays out in accordance with its terms  
of grant.

•  Appropriate costs and support will be provided if the 
recruitment requires the relocation of the individual.

The maximum level of variable pay that could be awarded 
to a new Executive Director in the first year of employment, 
excluding any buyout arrangements, would normally be 
in line with the policy table set out from page 136. The 
Committee would explain the rationale for the remuneration 
package in the next Annual Report.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

145

Corporate governance report

Remuneration continued

In addition, on hiring an external candidate the Committee 
may make arrangements to buy out remuneration that the 
individual has forfeited on leaving a previous employer. 
The Committee will generally seek to structure buyout 
awards and payments on a comparable basis to remuneration 
arrangements forfeited. These awards or payments are 
excluded from the maximum level of variable pay referred 
to in the policy tables; however, the Committee’s intention 
is that the value awarded or paid would be no higher than 
the expected value of the forfeited arrangements.

In order to implement the arrangements described, the 
Committee may rely on the exemption in Listing Rule 9.4.2, 
which allows for the grant of share or share option awards 
to facilitate, in unusual circumstances, the recruitment of 
a Director.

The Committee does not intend to use any discretion in 
this section to make a non-performance-related incentive 
payment (for example a ‘golden hello’).

On the appointment of a new Chair the fee will be set 
taking into account the experience and calibre of the 
individual and pay for similar roles in companies of similar 
size and complexity in the market. All other Non-Executive 
Directors receive the same base and Committee Chair fees, 
which are set at median or below. No share incentives or 
performance-related incentives would be offered.

LEGACY REMUNERATION ARRANGEMENTS 
The Committee reserves the right to make remuneration 
payments and payments for loss of office (including 
exercising any discretion available to it in connection with 
any such payment) notwithstanding that they are not in line 
with the Policy set out above where the terms of payments 
were agreed:

•  Before the Policy came into effect (provided that, in the 

case of any payments agreed on or after 11 November 2014 
they are in line with any applicable shareholder approved 
Directors’ remuneration policy in force at the time they were 
agreed or were otherwise approved by shareholders); or

•  At a time when the relevant individual was not a 

Director of the Company (or other person to whom the 
Policy set out above applies) and, in the opinion of the 
Committee, the payment was not in consideration for the 
individual becoming a Director of the Company (or other 
such person).

For these purposes, ‘payments’ includes the satisfaction 
of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over 
shares, the terms of the payment are ‘agreed’ no later than 
the time the award is granted.

146 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Implementation Report

This section of the report sets out how the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy which was approved by shareholders  
on 17 November 2020 has been applied in FY22.

The information contained in this Implementation Report  
is unaudited unless specifically stated as being audited.

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP
The table below sets out the membership of the 
Remuneration Committee and the attendance of Directors  
at meetings during the year:

Member

William Reeve  
(Chair)

Ian Bull

Kelly Devine1

Andy Harrison

Peter Ruis

Arja Taaveniku

Vijay Talwar1

From

To

Meetings 
attended

1 July 2015

10 July 2019

1 March 2022

1 September
 2014

10 September
 2015

15 February
 2021

1 October 2021

To date

To date

To date

To date

To date

To date

To date

4/4

4/4

2/2

4/4

4/4

4/4

2/2

1.  Kelly Devine and Vijay Talwar were appointed to the Board during the year 

and joined the Remuneration Committee on appointment.

Alison Brittain joined the Board on 7 September 2022, after the end of the year, 
and became a member of the Committee on that date.

The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. No Director ever 
participates when his or her own remuneration is discussed.

ADVISERS
The Committee has appointed Deloitte to provide general 
advice in relation to executive remuneration on an ad hoc 
basis due to their expertise and sound advice given in 
previous years. Total fees paid to Deloitte for remuneration-
related work in the year were £14,850 (FY21: £16,550) which 
was a mixture of fixed fees and time spent basis, depending 
on the work conducted.

Deloitte also provided non-remuneration-related consultancy 
services in the year in relation to supporting the Group in 
improving processes and controls in the commercial function. 
This appointment was made based on Deloitte’s expertise on 
an arm’s length basis and without reference to the fact that 
Deloitte also provides remuneration advice.

Having reviewed the fees paid to Deloitte for non-
remuneration-related work as specified above, the 
Committee noted that Deloitte provides remuneration advice 
through a team which is separate to the other consultancy 
teams. Deloitte is also a member of the Remuneration 
Consultants’ Group and as such voluntarily operates under 
a Code of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration 
consulting in the UK. The Committee is satisfied that the 
remuneration advice that they have received from Deloitte 
in the year has been objective and independent.

The Chief Executive Officer attends part of Committee 
meetings by invitation to make recommendations as to the 
remuneration payable to below Board executives. The Stores 
and People Director attends part of meetings by invitation 
to advise on remuneration-related issues and provide details 
of the remuneration applied throughout the Group so that 
a consistent approach can be adopted.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

147

Corporate governance report

Remuneration continued

SINGLE FIGURE FOR TOTAL REMUNERATION (AUDITED INFORMATION)
The following table sets out total remuneration for Directors for the period ended 2 July 2022:

Table 1 – Directors’ remuneration – single figure table

Salary/fees1
£’000

Benefits2
£’000

Pension5
£’000

Total fixed 
remuneration6
£’000

Bonus3
£’000

Share bonus 
award lapse3
£’000

LTIP awards4
£’000

Total variable 
remuneration7
£’000

Total
£’000

Director

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

Executive
Nick 
Wilkinson
Laura Carr
Karen 
Witts
Sir Will 
Adderley
Non-Executive
Andy 
Harrison
Marion 
Sears
William 
Reeve
Peter Ruis
Ian Bull
Arja 
Taaveniku
Vijay 
Talwar
Kelly 
Devine
Paula 
Vennells
Total

580
372

27

—

216

54

71
54
64

54

40

18

563
383

—

—

216

52

68
52
62

19

—

—

48
19

2

50
21

—

20

20

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

20
13

45
31

648
404

658
435

653
—

570
386

—
(192)

— 1,382 2,528 2,035 3,098 2,683 3,756
212 2,388
—

(192) 1,953

— 1,567

—

22

30

20

20

1

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

216

216

54

71
54
64

54

40

18

52

68
52
62

19

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

22

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

52

20

—

20

216

216

54

71
54
64

54

40

18

52

68
52
62

19

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

43
1,550 1,458

—
89

—
91

—
34

—

43
—
76 1,673 1,625

—
675

—
956

—
(192)

—

43
—
—
— 1,382 4,095 1,865 5,051 3,538 6,676

—

—

—

1.  Paula Vennells was appointed to the Board on 4 September 2019 and stepped 

4.  The figure for Nick Wilkinson is the value of the FY20-22 LTIP award whose 

down on 25 April 2021. Arja Taaveniku was appointed to the Board on 15 February 
2021. Vijay Talwar was appointed to the Board on 1 October 2021 and Kelly 
Devine was appointed on 1 March 2022. Laura Carr stepped down from the 
Board on 8 June 2022 and Karen Witts joined the Board on 9 June 2022. Basic 
salary/fee for Paula Vennells, Arja Taaveniku, Vijay Talwar and Kelly Devine and 
salary, pension and benefits for Laura Carr and Karen Witts are pro-rated over 
the relevant year. From 1 August 2021, Nick Wilkinson’s and Laura Carr’s salary 
increased by 3.5%. Sir Will Adderley’s base salary is held at £1 per annum. Andy 
Harrison, the Chairman, asked not to be considered for a fee increase in FY22.  
The fees for the other Non-Executive Directors were increased by 3.5%. 

2.  Benefits include the cost of a car allowance and private health insurance for the 
individual and their family. Nick Wilkinson is also entitled to an allowance of 5% 
of his annual salary towards the cost of travel from home to Leicester. Karen Witts 
is entitled to an allowance of £1,500 per month to cover the cost of rent on a 
property close to the office in Leicester and travel costs. This is for 12 months from 
9 June 2022 and then until she purchases a home close to Leicester, or for the 
duration of her of employment should Karen not choose to do so. 

3.  Nick Wilkinson was awarded an annual performance-related bonus for FY22 with 
a maximum face value of 125% of contractual salary. The performance conditions 
which applied to the bonus were set in September 2021 and are described in the 
report below. Due to cessation of her employment before the payment date Laura 
Carr was not entitled to an annual bonus for FY22. Payment of bonuses earned 
for FY20 and FY21 which would normally have been paid in cash, were deferred 
in shares under a Share Bonus Award, with 50% vesting in September 2021 and 
50% vesting in September 2022. The value of these awards was included in the 
‘single figure’ tables for FY20 and FY21 respectively and has not been included 
in this table. The shares which would have vested to Laura in September 2022 
have lapsed following cessation of her employment. The amount included in the 
share bonus award lapse column has been calculated as the difference between 
the original bonus values and the market value of the shares exercised in the 
first tranche in September 2021. Further details can be found in the Policy table 
and the FY20 and FY21 Annual Reports. Karen Witts was awarded a pro-rated 
performance-related annual bonus for FY22, reflective of the period from her 
start date to the end of the financial year and subject to the financial performance 
criteria applicable to Nick Wilkinson. Karen declined any payment in respect of 
personal and strategic performance (25% of opportunity) given the relatively 
short period that she had been in role during the financial year. 

148 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

three-year performance period ends on the last day of the financial period being 
reported on. The price used to calculate the value of the awards, which will vest 
on 16 October 2022 was the average of Dunelm’s closing share price over the 
last three months of the FY22 financial year, which was 909.11p per share. It also 
includes a ’special dividend equivalent’ of 32p per share in respect of the special 
dividend paid on 11 October 2019, of 65p per vested share in respect of the 
special dividend paid on 8 October 2021, and of 37p per vested share in respect 
of the special dividend paid on 18 March 2022. The share price used to calculate 
the number of shares in Nick’s ‘special dividend equivalent’ was 731p per share 
in respect of the October 2019 special dividend, 1,310p per share in respect of 
the October 2021 special dividend and 1,127p per share in respect of the March 
2022 special dividend being the share price the day before the special dividend 
date. The amount of the values above include an element that may be attributed 
to share price increase of £103,000 for Nick. No discretion was applied to adjust 
the amount vesting for share price appreciation or depreciation or for any other 
reason. The figures for Nick Wilkinson and Laura Carr for the FY19-21 LTIP award 
have been restated to show the actual value of the award on vesting which was 
197,693 shares times share price at close of business on 17 October 2021 of 
1,279p for Nick and 115,785 shares times share price at close of business on 30 
November 2021 of 1,353p for Laura. The Remuneration Committee did not apply 
discretion to adjust the outcome of the performance criteria applicable to this 
award to reflect share price appreciation or depreciation, or for any other reason. 
Sir Will Adderley has asked not to be considered for an LTIP award. 
5.  Pension for FY22 is 3% of contractual salary from 1 August 2022 for Nick 

Wilkinson, Laura Carr and Karen Witts. Prior to this pension entitlement for Nick 
Wilkinson and Laura Carr was 8% of contractual salary from 1 August 2021, and 
10% of contractual salary prior to that. Sir Will Adderley waived his entitlement to 
a pension from 1 July 2015.

6.  Total fixed remuneration includes salary/fees, benefits and pension.

7.  Total variable remuneration includes bonus and LTIP awards.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

FY22 ANNUAL BONUS 
Each of Nick Wilkinson and Karen Witts were eligible to earn 
an annual bonus of up to 125% of base salary during the year, 
subject to meeting the performance targets set out below. 
The bonus of Karen Witts was pro-rated from the date she 
joined the Group. Laura Carr stepped down from the Board 
in June 2022 and therefore her annual bonus lapsed. Will 
Adderley asked not to be considered for an annual bonus. 

Financial targets – 75% of bonus opportunity
Two targets were set in respect of FY22, achievement of 
budgeted sales and PBT. 

Sales – 25% of bonus opportunity
The target was set so that no part of the bonus would be paid 
until sales of £1,424.4m were achieved and maximum bonus 
would be paid at £1,668.6m. Between those points, bonus 
would be paid on a straight-line basis, with “on-target” bonus 
paid at £1,483.8m. Market consensus for FY22 sales at the 
date the target was set in July 2021 was for sales of £1,425m. 
FY22 sales were £1,553.1m. Targets and performance were 
calculated on a 52 week basis. Therefore 70% of this element 
has been earned (2021: 100%).

PBT – 50% of bonus opportunity
The target was set so that no part of the bonus would be 
paid until PBT of £157.4m was achieved and maximum bonus 
would be paid at £180.4m. Between those points, bonus 
would be paid on a straight-line basis, with “on-target” bonus 
paid at £164.0m. Market consensus for FY22 PBT at the date 
the target was set in July 2021 was for PBT of £168m, although 
at this point the market was not aware of significant budgeted 
increase in revenue investment in FY22 to drive future 
growth. FY22 PBT significantly exceeded budget at £209.0m. 
Targets and performance were calculated on a 52 week basis. 
Therefore 100% of this element has been earned (2021: 75%).

Personal and strategic targets – 25% of bonus opportunity 
Nick Wilkinson
Progress was measured against the six strategic focus areas 
described in the FY21 annual report. Assessment was made 
by reference to performance across the objectives as a whole, 
with no specific weighting.

Details of Nick’s targets and performance against them is set 
out on page 151. Based on this, the Committee considered 
that strong strategic progress had been made both overall 
and across all six focus areas, and expectations were greatly 
exceeded in key profitability measures. Strong progress had 
been made in developing and executing the sustainability 
strategy, as well as developments to the customer proposition 
and strengthened internal capability and succession. It 
therefore assessed that 90% of the personal and strategic 
targets had been met by Nick, (2021: 88% personal and 80% 
strategic) which earned 22.5% of total bonus opportunity.

Karen Witts
Karen joined the Group in the final month of the financial year. 
Karen asked not to be considered for any element of bonus 
linked to personal objectives given that she had only been in 
role for three weeks of the year.

ASSESSMENT OF BONUS OUTCOME AFTER APPLYING 
PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS
The Committee reviewed the outcome of performance 
against the targets described above. It also considered the 
overall business context and stakeholder experience. It 
concluded that the Executive Board had delivered very strong 
performance, despite ongoing external challenges due to 
Covid-19 in the first half of the year, ongoing international 
supply chain disruption, and significant cost inflation. Record 
sales and profit have been delivered, as well as improved 
colleague engagement scores and market share gains, while 
the strong financial and market position has been maintained. 
Acceleration of digital growth has continued, data resource 
and capability has been built, and the customer proposition 
has been strengthened. There has been a further step change 
in the Group’s sustainability ambition, knowledge and plans. 
Meaningful progress has also been made to ensure that the 
business demonstrably delivers value to all of its stakeholders, 
for the climate, and to society as a whole.

Taking all of the above into account, it was agreed that the 
bonus outcome after applying the measures described was 
fair, reasonable and appropriate.

DISCRETION
The Committee carefully considered whether it should exercise 
its discretion to adjust the overall outcome of the FY22 annual 
bonus after applying the performance criteria described 
above. In doing so it considered the following factors:

•  The financial performance of the Group has been strong, 
delivering record sales and profit, despite the Covid-19 
crisis and the external environment throughout the financial 
year referred to earlier in the report. 

•  Although the share price has fallen significantly in the 

second half of the year, the advice given by our brokers 
is that this reflects the financial markets’ general view of 
the UK retail sector and growth stocks in the light of the 
changed economic conditions and the war in Ukraine rather 
than management performance or a Group-specific issue. 

•  Further, at least two thirds of the bonus and shares vesting 

(after payment of tax and National Insurance liability) 
must be retained in Dunelm shares in accordance with the 
Company’s shareholding guidelines.

•  Significant progress has been made to advance the 

strategic objectives designed to accelerate future growth 
and advance the Group’s long-term ambitions.

•  The Group has significantly advanced its sustainability 
ambitions, setting ambitious science-based targets 
to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 50% by 2030, 
progressed the creation of roadmaps to deliver these, and 
moved forward on people, diversity, human rights and 
community matters. 

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

149

Corporate governance report

Remuneration continued

•  The business performed strongly on colleague 

engagement scores and implemented customer 
proposition improvements.

•  All colleagues received a pay increase during the year; 

hourly paid colleagues in warehouses and stores received 
an annual pay increase that exceeded the 6.6% increase 
in the national living wage; nearly 1,000 colleagues in 
the FY19-21 Sharesave doubled their savings due to the 
increase in share price over the period of the scheme; 
colleagues in a bonus scheme will receive a similar outcome 
as a percentage of bonus opportunity to that of the CEO. 

•  Continued support was given to local communities and 
charitable activity, as described elsewhere in this report.

•  Feedback from the NCV on executive pay has been that 
colleagues are satisfied with pay awarded provided that 
it reflects the performance of the business.

•  In the year, the Group paid an interim dividend of 14p per 
share to shareholders and two special dividends, 65p per 
share in October 2021 and 37p per share in March 2022. 
The Board is recommending to shareholders that a final 
dividend of 26p per share be paid in December 2022.

•  No claims for Covid-related government support were 
made in FY21 or FY22 and, in FY21, the Board repaid 
£14.5m claimed from the Government’s Job Retention 
Scheme in FY20 and in FY22 repaid £4.0m in Covid-related 
grants received in FY21. No adjustments were made to LTIP 
targets in respect of Covid or repayment of Covid-related 
support. Colleagues who were placed on furlough in FY21 
received the same payments that they would have received 
via the Government scheme, funded by the Group. No 
colleagues were put on furlough in FY22.

Having considered all of the above factors, the Committee 
agreed that the FY22 annual bonus outcome for Nick 
Wilkinson and Karen Witts was fair and reasonable in the 
circumstances, reflected shareholder and wider stakeholder 
experience, and should not be adjusted.

Total bonus earned in respect of FY22 performance is set out 
in the table below:

Table 2 – Annual bonus earned in respect of FY22 
performance

Nick Wilkinson 

Karen Witts1

Laura Carr2

Sir Will Adderley  
(waived entitlement)

Bonus
 awarded
£

653,045

22,148

—

—

Percentage of 
maximum 
award

90%

67.5%

N/A

N/A

1.  Karen Witts has declined any payment in respect of personal and strategic 

objectives given her relatively short tenure during the financial year. 
2.  Laura Carr was not eligible to receive a bonus for the year as she left the 

Group in June 2022.

FY20 AND FY21– SHARE BONUS AWARDS
Payment of bonus earned for FY20 and FY21 which would 
normally have been paid in cash, was in deferred shares, 
with 50% vesting in September 2021 and 50% in September 
2022. Although these awards were paid in the FY22 and FY23 
financial years, in accordance with reporting guidelines the 
value of the FY20 and FY21 bonus awards were included 
in the ‘single figure’ tables for FY20 and FY21 respectively, 
and not in the FY22 table in this report. Further details of 
these awards are set out in the Policy table and the FY20 and 
FY21 annual reports. Shares vesting have been retained in 
accordance with the Lifetime Lock-in. 

Shares that were due to vest under the share bonus award 
to Laura Carr in September 2022 lapsed on her leaving the 
Group in June 2022.

150 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Related KPI 
target

Increase 
customer 
satisfaction 
score (NPS) 

Customer 
frequency 2.9x

Related KPI 
performance

Missed customer 
NPS target  
by 5.6%

Customer 
frequency  
at year end  
was 3.1x

8% Reduction 
in scope 
1 carbon 
emissions per 
£m of sales v 
FY19 baseline

19.6% reduction 
in scope 
1 carbon 
emissions per 
£m of sales v 
FY19 baseline 

Exceed 
budgeted PBT  
of £164.0m

Delivered PBT 
on a 52 week 
basis of £209.0m 

Maintain cost: 
serve ratio

Cost: serve  
ratio improved 
by 0.1%

Improve 
colleague 
satisfaction 
(eNPS) score 

Colleague 
satisfaction 
(eNPS) score 
improved by 1%

Nick Wilkinson – Performance against strategic and personal objectives

Objective

Performance

Invest successfully in growth 
drivers to improve customer 
proposition

c.25% weighting

Further develop strategic 
plans particularly on 
sustainability (Focus Area 0)

c.25% weighting

Develop Executive Board 
performance  
and succession

c.25% weighting

Exceeded expectations

• Deployed FY22 investment plan and delivered strong progress across all 

Focus Areas.

• Delivered improvements to customer proposition in website, stores and post 

sales experience. Higher than expected volumes coupled with supply and labour 
constraints impacted the customer satisfaction score which meant that the 
targeted improvement was not met.

• Increased customer frequency as stores re-opened strongly and digital sales 

continued to be strong.

• Made material progress in our data resource and capability.

Greatly exceeded expectations

• Set ambitious 2030 targets for Scope 3 greenhouse gas reduction (target for 
Scopes 1 and 2 set in FY21). Significantly increased resource, capability and 
knowledge, and started to embed carbon reduction objectives throughout 
the business, particularly through our product design and sourcing. Set 
detailed roadmap to achieve Scope 1 targets and made progress on gas 
decarbonisation, moving owned car fleet away from fossil fuels and provision 
of customer take-back scheme. Worked with EY, the British Retail Consortium 
and Textiles 2030 to understand the drivers of carbon reduction and start to 
build and execute our Scope 3 roadmap. Sustainability – linked Revolving Credit 
Facility in place from December 2021.

• Developed the customer proposition despite greater than expected operational 

focus caused by supply and pricing issues. Added ‘Good & Circular’ to the 
proposition, and increased focus on Value & Choice. 

Exceeded expectations

• Executive Board performing strongly as a team.

• Onboarded a new Chief Information Officer, who has built the Tech team and 

increased engagement.

• Recruited a CFO to replace Laura Carr, who resigned to take up an opportunity 

outside of retail and the public markets.

• Recruited a Company Secretary, to replace Dawn Durrant who is retiring from 

this role at the 2022 AGM.

• Internal succession and talent management process established, delivering a 

step change in the quality of people development and succession. Active steps 
taken to develop internal successors for key Executive Board roles. 

Maintained a highly 
effective and ambitious 
performance environment 
in the face of continuing 
disruption from external 
challenges (Covid, inflation, 
international freight)

Greatly exceeded expectations

• Achieved an environment in which the business can deliver both higher 

growth (investing, proposition development, learning) and focus on excellent 
operational execution, despite significant supply and cost issues.

• Interim results presentation marked a step up in quality and supporting analysis.

• Evolved effective hybrid ways of working for Support Centre colleagues.

c.15% weighting

• Reset the performance environment post lockdown to avoid fatigue, increase 

connection and empowerment. 

Explore alternative sources 
of growth and strategic 
development, including 
acquisitions and partnership 
opportunities

c.10% weighting

Greatly exceeded expectations

• Delivered the acquisition of the Sunflex business, and successfully integrated it, 

to secure a strategic source of supply to a key growth category.

• Investigated a further acquisition but opted to pursue an alternative organic 

approach to achieve the desired strategic objective. 

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

151

 
 
Corporate governance report

Remuneration continued

LTIP – AWARDS EARNED IN RESPECT OF 
PERFORMANCE IN FY20-22
The performance condition which applied to the FY20-22 
LTIP award was that compound growth in diluted EPS over 
the three-year performance period of July 2019 to July 
2022 should exceed the compound growth in RPI over the 
same period by between 3% and 12%. Over the three-year 
performance period which ended on 2 July 2022, reported 
diluted EPS grew at a compound annual rate of 18.8%. 

This is 13.3% above the compound annual growth in RPI over 
the same period. Accordingly, 100% of this award has vested 
to Nick Wilkinson as set out below. This is included in the 
single figure for total remuneration for FY22 as set out in  
Table 1. Laura Carr’s FY20-22 LTIP award lapsed on her 
leaving the Group in June 2022. 

Table 3 – LTIP awards earned in respect of performance in 
FY20-22

Nick Wilkinson

Shares vesting

Percentage of 
maximum award

134,984

100%

No awards are due to vest to Sir Will Adderley in respect of 
the LTIP. Nick Wilkinson will also receive £154,921 by way 
of ‘special dividend equivalent’ in relation to the special 
dividend of 32p per share paid on 11 October 2019, of 65p 
per share paid on 8 October 2021 and of 37p per share 
paid on 18 March 2022. In each case these will be paid in 
shares. The number of shares to vest for Nick Wilkinson is 
17,041. These values are included in the single figure for 
total remuneration for FY22 as set out in Table 1 on page 
148, and the basis on which they have been calculated is set 
out in note 4 of Table 1. Shares vesting must be retained in 
accordance with the shareholding guidelines set out in the 
Remuneration Policy.

AWARDS MADE TO DIRECTORS UNDER SHARE INCENTIVE SCHEMES IN FY22
LTIP awards were made on 20 October 2021 to Nick Wilkinson and on 9 June 2022 to Karen Witts as set out below:

Table 4 – LTIP awards made to Directors during FY22 (audited information)

Name

Award

Face value at 
date of award 
(200% of 
salary)

Number 
of shares

Nick  
Wilkinson

Nil cost option 
under LTIP

89,078

£1,164,2501

Performance 
period

Vesting 
date

% vesting at 
threshold 
performance

July 2021 to 
June 2024

20 October 
2024

6.67%

Performance conditions

Financial measures (80% of 
opportunity)

Diluted EPS for FY24.

No part of this element of the award will 
vest if EPS is less than 66.6p.

10% of this element of the award vests 
if EPS is 66.6p, 50% vests if EPS is 72.2p, 
75% vests if EPS is 80.9p and 100% vests 
if EPS is 88.8p or more. Performance 
between these percentage thresholds 
will be calculated on a straight-line basis.

Non-financial measures (20% of 
opportunity)

Three sustainability-based measures, 
each accounting for 1/3 of this element 
of the award, on a simple pass or fail 
basis against target. Full details were in 
the FY21 annual report.

All of the shares vesting (after payment 
of tax and National Insurance) must be 
held for two years from the vesting date, 
and then two thirds of these must be 
held for the duration of employment.

Karen Witts

Nil cost option 
under LTIP

73,979

£699,8412

As for Nick Wilkinson

July 2021 to 
June 2024

9 June 2025 6.67%

1.  Based on the closing share price on 19 October 2021 of 1,307p per share.
2.  Based on the average of the closing share prices over the period 1 April-8 June 2022 of 946p per share. 

The awards are eligible to receive a ‘special dividend equivalent’ in respect of the special dividends of 65p per share paid on 
8 October 2021, of 37p per share paid on 18 March 2022 and any other special dividend paid before the awards vest.

An LTIP award on the same terms as Nick Wilkinson of 54,628 shares was also made to Laura Carr on 20 October 2021, which 
lapsed on her leaving the Group on 8 June 2022.

152 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

PAYMENTS TO PAST DIRECTORS AND FOR LOSS OF 
OFFICE (AUDITED INFORMATION)
No payments have been or are being made to any former 
Director in the financial year in respect of loss of office or 
the termination of his or her employment.

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ SHARE INTERESTS
Executive Directors are subject to a shareholding target 
which requires them to build a holding of Dunelm shares with 
a value of 1× salary after three years and 2× salary after five 
years (measured by reference to share price at the financial 
year end). In addition, they are required to make a personal 
investment in Dunelm shares on appointment (subject to 
Company closed periods); and to invest two thirds of any 
annual bonus paid or share bonus award and LTIP awards 
earned (after payment of tax and National Insurance liability 
on exercise) in Dunelm shares. In addition, for LTIP awards 
granted from 2020 onwards, all shares received (after sales 
to cover tax and National Insurance liability on exercise) must 

be retained for two years from vesting, then up to one third 
can be sold, the remainder being retained for the duration 
of employment. Post-employment shareholding requirements 
also apply, as set out in the Remuneration Policy.

All Executive Directors comply with this requirement at 
financial year end. Laura Carr complied with this requirement 
at 8 June 2022, the date upon which she stepped down from 
the Board.

Nick Wilkinson was appointed on 1 February 2018 and 
Karen Witts was appointed on 9 June 2022. As at 2 July 2022, 
they have beneficial shareholdings equal to 356% and 44% 
of salary respectively (based on the closing share price at 
year-end, see below for details).

Table 5 and Table 6 show the interests of the Directors in 
shares of the Company at 2 July 2022.

Table 5 – Shareholdings of Directors and Persons Closely Associated with them (audited information)

Sir Will Adderley

Ian Bull

Kelly Devine

Andy Harrison

William Reeve

Peter Ruis

Marion Sears

Arja Taaveniku

Vijay Talwar

Nick Wilkinson

Laura Carr2

Karen Witts

Percentage of 
salary at 2 July 
2022 (where 
applicable)1 

Shareholding target 
(where applicable)

At 2 July 2022 
1p Ordinary 
Shares

At 26 June 2021 
1p Ordinary 
Shares

76,371,779

76,371,779

11,000

—

454,811

22,000

—

4,000

—

416,480

18,000

—

105,000

105,000

6,000

—

—

—

249,759

125,749

356%

107,799

36,000

23,744

—

N/A

44%

1× salary by Feb 2021 
2× salary by Feb 2023

1× salary by Nov 2021 
2× salary by Nov 2023

1× salary by July 2025 
2× salary by July 2027

1.   Based on the closing share price of 830p at 2 July 2022 and base salary at 1 August 2022.
2.   Laura Carr left the Group on 8 June 2022.

Since 2 July 2022, Vijay Talwar purchased 9,670 shares and Karen Witts has purchased 1,174 shares bringing her total 
shareholding to 24,918 shares. Karen’s share purchase was pursuant to her obligation under the Life-time Lock-in to invest 
at least two thirds of her annual bonus (after payment of tax and National Insurance) in Dunelm Shares. 

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

153

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance report

Remuneration continued

Table 6: Directors’ interests in options at the period end (audited information)
All share awards held by the Executive Directors who served during the year, together with any movements, are shown below:

Share options 
lapsed during  
the year

Share 
options at 
2 July 20221

End of 
performance 
period

Option price

Share options 
vested and 
exercised 
during 
the year3

—

(180,802)

—

—

—

(5,797)

Sir Will  
Adderley

Nick  
Wilkinson

Date of 
award

—

October 
2018

October 
2019

November 
2020

October 
2021

Nature  
of award

—

FY19-21 

LTIP

FY20-22  
LTIP

FY21-23  
LTIP

FY22-24  
LTIP

Share 
options at  
27 June 2021

Nil

180,802

134,984

94,846

Share options 
granted 
during  
the year

—

—

—

—

—

89,078

November 
2020

FY20  
Share Bonus

November 
2020

FY21  
Share Bonus

11,594

59,130

Sharesave

3,757

—

—

—

Karen  
Witts

Laura  
Carr2

November 
2018

November 
2021

June  
2022

November 
2018

October 
2019

November 
2020

October 
2021

Sharesave

FY22-24 
LTIP

FY19-21  
LTIP

FY19-22  
LTIP

FY21-23  
LTIP

FY22-24  
LTIP

—

—

1,720

73,979

105,893

71,481

58,166

—

—

—

—

54,628

(3,757)

—

—

(105,893)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(71,481)

(58,166)

(54,628)

November 
2020

FY20  
Share Bonus

November 
2020

FY21  
Share Bonus

7,675

40,291

November 
2019

Sharesave

2,752

—

—

—

(3,837)

(3,838)

(16,211)

(24,080)

—

(2,752)

—

—

—

—

—

—

Nil

—

—

June 2021

134,984

June 2022

94,846

June 2023

89,078

June 2024

5,797

June 2020

—

1,720

December
 2021

December
 2024

73,979

June 2024

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

June 2021

June 2022

June 2023

June 2024

June 2020

June 2021

December
 2022

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

479p

1,046p

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

654p

(24,012)

(11,105)

24,013

June 2021

Interests in share awards table excludes dividend equivalent shares.

1. 
2.  Laura Carr’s last day of employment at Dunelm was 8 June 2022 and all her unvested share options lapsed on leaving. 
3.   During the year Nick Wilkinson and Laura Carr made gains on share options exercised of £3,003,000 and £1,863,000 respectively. Sir Will Adderley and  

Karen Witts did not exercise any options.

Performance conditions in respect of the LTIP awards above granted in FY19 and FY21 are subject to the performance 
conditions described in the Remuneration Report set out in the FY19 and FY21 annual reports respectively, and the 
performance conditions in respect of the award granted in FY20 are in the FY21 Remuneration Report. The FY21 Share Bonus 
awards granted to Nick Wilkinson were subject to the performance conditions referred to on pages 155 to 158 of the FY21 
annual report. No conditions were applied to the FY20 Share Bonus Awards. LTIP awards are eligible to receive a ‘special 
dividend equivalent’ in respect of any special dividend paid during the performance period applicable to the award and up 
to the date of vesting. The second tranche of the Share Bonus Awards which vest in September 2022 is eligible to receive a 
special dividend equivalent in respect of the special dividends paid in October 2021 and March 2022. 

154 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

SHARE OPTIONS AND DILUTION
The Remuneration Committee considers the provisions 
of the Investment Association’s Guidelines on Executive 
Remuneration when determining the number of shares over 
which share scheme incentive awards may be made. 

At the period end, over the last ten-year period options 
have been granted over 2.8% of the Company’s issued share 
capital (adjusted for share issuance and cancellation). The 
Group does not hold any shares in an employee benefit trust.

SERVICE CONTRACTS
In accordance with the Group’s policy, the service contracts of 
the Executive Directors have no fixed term. The notice period 
for termination is 12 months from either party for Sir Will 
Adderley, and six months for Nick Wilkinson and Karen Witts. 
Service contracts for the executives include a non-compete 
arrangement. Payments on termination are restricted to a 
maximum of the value of base salary and benefits for the 
notice period. The Remuneration Committee may apply 
mitigation in respect of any termination payment.

The Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment 
for an initial period of three years with a provision for 
termination of one month’s notice from either party, or three 
months’ notice from either party in the case of Andy Harrison, 
the Chairman.

Table 7 – Directors’ service contracts

Start date

Unexpired

Sir Will Adderley

Nick Wilkinson

Karen Witts

Marion Sears1

Andy Harrison

William Reeve

Peter Ruis

Ian Bull

Arja Taaveniku

Kelly Devine

Vijay Talwar

Alison Brittain2

28 September 2006

1 February 2018

9 June 2022

22 July 2004

1 September 2014

1 July 2015

10 September 2015

10 July 2019

15 February 2021

1 March 2022

1 October 2021

7 September 2022

N/A

N/A

N/A

10 months

12 months

21 months

23 months

33 months

17 months

29 months

24 months

36 months

Notice period

12 months

6 months

6 months

1 month

3 months

1 month

1 month

1 month

1 month

1 month

1 month

1 month

1.   Marion Sears has now served more than nine years on the Board her contract is renewed for one-year terms (rather than three), with the notice period referred  

to above.

2.  Should Alison Brittain succeed Andy Harrison as Chair, her notice period will be increased to 3 months.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

155

Corporate governance report

Remuneration continued

RELATIVE TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN (TSR) PERFORMANCE
The graph below shows the Group’s performance over ten years, measured by total shareholder return, compared with the 
FTSE 350 General Retail Index and the FTSE 250. The Remuneration Committee has chosen these indices for comparison 
because they provide a range of comparator companies which have similar market capitalisation, which are in the same sector 
and which face similar market and economic challenges in the long term.

Table 8 – Total shareholder return performance graph (rebased to 2 July 2012 = 100)
The shares traded in the range of 777p to 1,399p during the year and stood at 830p at 1 July 2022.

Dunelm
FTSE 250
FTSE 350 General Retail

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

)
0
0
1
o
t

d
e
s
a
b
e
R
(
e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
p
R
S
T

Aug 12

Jun 13

Apr 14

Feb 15

Dec 15 Oct 16

Aug 17

Jun 18

Apr 19

Feb 20

Dec 20 Oct 21

Aug 22

Source: Factset as of 11th August 2022. 1. Last 10 years data on weekly frequency. FTSE 350 General Retail Index includes Dunelm.

Table 9 – Historic Chief Executive Officer pay 
The table below sets out the prescribed remuneration data for each of the individuals undertaking the role of Chief Executive 
Officer during each of the last ten financial years:

FY22 Nick Wilkinson

FY21 Nick Wilkinson

FY20 Nick Wilkinson1 

FY19 Nick Wilkinson

FY18 Nick Wilkinson2 

FY18

FY17

FY16

FY16

FY15

John Browett2 

John Browett

John Browett 

Sir Will Adderley3 

Sir Will Adderley4 

FY15 Nick Wharton4 

FY14 Nick Wharton5 

FY13 Nick Wharton

CEO single 
figure of total 
remuneration 
£’000

Annual bonus 
payment against 
maximum 
opportunity %

Long-term 
incentive vesting 
rates against 
maximum 
opportunity %

2,683

3,756

885

1,365

308

429

722

489

10

507

110

1,509

1,292

90.0%

81.2%

20.0%

97.9%

13.3%

N/A

14.0%

57.7%

N/A

5%

N/A

22.5%

97.0%

100.0%

100.0%

19.8%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

77.5%

86.7%

1.  During the period April to June 2020 inclusive, Nick Wilkinson took a voluntary 90% reduction in base salary.
2.  John Browett left the Group on 29 August 2017. He was succeeded by Nick Wilkinson on 1 February 2018. The total figure for John Browett includes £322,120 in 

respect of salary and benefits paid for his six-month notice period. The data for each Director for FY18 is pro-rated by time of service as Chief Executive Officer.

3.  Sir Will Adderley was succeeded by John Browett as Chief Executive Officer on 1 January 2016. The data for each Director for FY16 is pro-rated by time of service 

as Chief Executive Officer. Sir Will Adderley’s base salary was reduced to £1 on 1 July 2015.

4.  Sir Will Adderley was reappointed Chief Executive Officer on 11 September 2014, following the resignation of Nick Wharton on 10 September 2014. The data for 

each Director for FY15 is pro-rated by time of service as Chief Executive Officer.

5.  Nick Wharton’s first LTIP award vested and was exercised in December 2013. No LTIP awards vested to John Browett during his tenure.

156 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

The table below sets out the increase in total remuneration of the Chief Executive and that of our other colleagues: 

Table 10 – Change in Directors’ pay compared with annual change in average employee’s pay

Percentage change in remuneration 
between FY21 and FY22

Percentage change in remuneration 
between FY20 and FY21

Percentage change in remuneration 
between FY19 and FY20

Nick Wilkinson9

Karen Witts8

Laura Carr7,9

Sir Will Adderley

Andy Harrison

Marion Sears

William Reeve5 

Peter Ruis

Ian Bull

Arja Taaveniku

Vijay Talwar8

Kelly Devine8

All colleagues3,6 

Salary and 
fees1 

Benefits 9

Short-term 
incentive 2,4

Salary and 
fees1

3.4%

 N/A

3.2%

0.0%

0.0%

3.2%

4.5%

3.2%

2.7%

3.2%

N/A

N/A

4.9%

(4.3%)

 N/A

(6.9%)

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

14.6%

 N/A

(100%)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1.8%

N/A 

5.0%

0%

0%

0%

8.4%

0%

0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.8%

(4.7%)

4.4%

Benefits 

3.6%

N/A 

2.3%

(4.8%)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0%

Short-term 
incentive2,4

Salary and 
fees1 

313.0%

N/A 

324.2%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

145.4%

2.0%

N/A

0.0%

0.0%

2.0%

2.0%

2.2%

2.0%

2.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

3.5%

Benefits 

(55.6%)

N/A

Short-term 
incentive2,4

(79.2%)

N/A

(93.3%)

(66.3%)

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

(42.7%)

1.   Directors’ remuneration above is based on contractual salary or fees as appropriate, and does not take account of the voluntary salary reductions of 90% and 

20% respectively of Nick Wilkinson and Laura Carr between April and June 2020 inclusive, or the waiver by all other Directors of 100% of their fees for this period.

2.   Short-term incentive percentage has been calculated in relation to only those colleagues eligible to receive a bonus in the period as this is considered a more 

appropriate comparator group. All colleagues’ short-term incentives include a one-off £250 ‘thank you’ payment to all colleagues not usually eligible for a bonus 
in respect of FY20 and the ‘thank you’ payment of between £250 and £350 made to colleagues not usually eligible for a bonus in respect of FY21.

3.  All colleagues salary increase is calculated only for colleagues employed for the whole of the financial year.
4.   The difference between the increase in short-term incentives of the Directors and the ‘all colleagues’ rate reflects the strong performance of the business, and 

the fact that a higher proportion of the Directors’ pay is performance-related.

5.   The increase in William Reeve’s fee in FY21 is due to the assumption of responsibilities as Senior Independent Director.
6.  Comparisons have been made against colleague pay across the entire Group as the parent company employs a limited number of individuals.
7.   Laura Carr’s last day of employment was 8 June 2022 and so she was not eligible to receive a bonus in FY22. 
8.   No comparator data is provided for these Directors as they were appointed during FY22. 
9.   The decrease in benefits for Nick Wilkinson and Laura Carr in FY22 is due to benefits received in lieu of holiday in FY21 which were not received in FY22.

Table 11 – CEO pay ratio 
There are three permissible methods available to calculate the CEO pay ratio, which are outlined below:

Option Method

A

B

C

Determining the total full term equivalent remuneration for all UK employees.

Rank from low to high.

Identify the colleagues at 25th percentile, 50th percentile, 75th percentile.

Identify the colleagues at 25th, 50th, 75th percentile, using the Gender Pay Gap Reporting.

Use a different data set, but calculate in the same way as the Gender Pay Gap Reporting.

Option A is considered the most statistically accurate method and therefore we have opted for this method. The data used to 
identify the colleagues at 25th percentile, 50th percentile, 75th percentile was taken on 5 April 2022.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

157

Corporate governance report

Remuneration continued

The table below shows the ratio of actual pay of Nick Wilkinson, CEO, to other colleagues. Full year pay data has been used to 
calculate these ratios and the elements included are based on the CEO single figure remuneration in Table 1:

Method

Option A

25th percentile 
pay

50th percentile 
pay

75th percentile 
pay

124:1

121:1

112:1

£21,569

£22,193

£24,003

Option A

204:1

204:1

186:1

£19,793

£19,793

£21,740

Option A

Option A

54:1

62:1

47:1

53:1

38:1

43:1

£16,409

£18,918

£23,498

to incentivise long term, sustainable growth and alignment 
with shareholders. FY21 and FY22 financial performance 
was stronger than FY20, and the share price at the end 
of FY21 was higher than in FY22, and these have strongly 
influenced the CEO’s ‘single figure’ pay.

•  In FY22 we have invested to improve the pay of our hourly-

paid colleagues to upper median or above versus the 
market – see case study on page 103. 

•  It was also noted that the discussion at the NCV had 

supported our pay policies and approach – particularly 
when it came to attracting and retaining strong and 
effective leadership and aligning pay with performance. 

•  The increase in the number of store colleagues relative to 
the total colleague population in FY21 impacted the total 
pay and benefits attributable to the percentile bandings.

Table 12 – Relative spend on pay 
The table below shows the all employee pay cost and returns 
to shareholders by way of dividends (including special 
dividends) and share buyback for FY22 and FY21:

Total spend on pay

Ordinary dividend to 
shareholders

Distributions to shareholders 
via treasury share purchases

Special distributions to 
shareholders

Total distributions to 
shareholders

FY22 
£’m

FY21 

£’m  % change

194.9

166.7

16.9%

75.1

24.3

209.1%

28.3

207.0

—

—

100.0%

100.0%

310.4

24.3 1,177.4%

This information is based on the following:

•  Total spend on pay – total employee costs excluding car and 
travel allowances and bonuses from note 4 on page 187. 
This excludes £14.5m repayment of the UK Government’s 
Job Retention Scheme in the prior year.

•  Dividends taken from note 7 on page 189.

Financial year

FY22

FY22 Total pay and benefits

FY21 

FY21 Total pay and benefits

FY20 (Based on actual remuneration – including Nick’s 90% pay 
reduction during the period April to June 2020)

FY20 (Based on contractual remuneration)

FY20 Total pay and benefits

The following assumptions were made to calculate these 
figures:

•  We have used a 40-hour week in order to consistently 

calculate the annual salary for everyone, converting hourly 
rate of pay into a full-time equivalent salary, to ensure 
direct comparison.

•  10,669 colleagues were included in the data set.

•  90% bonus outcome for Nick Wilkinson and 100% LTIP 

vesting.

Commentary:
The Committee considered whether the median pay ratio 
for the year is consistent with the pay, reward and progression 
policies for the Group’s UK employees taken as a whole, and 
concluded that it is, for the following reasons:

•  The pay gap has significantly reduced, compared to the 

previous year. The main difference is in the value of the LTIP 
vesting. 

•  Whilst the LTIP is vesting at 100%, the number of shares is 

lower than that which vested in 2021 (as the share price was 
higher on award) and the share price used to calculate the 
notional value on vesting is lower than last year’s.

•  The LTIP and bonus are reflective of the strong business 

performance shown under Nick’s leadership both in the last 
year, in the case of bonus, but also sustainably over the past 
three years, which is rewarded through the LTIP.

•  The colleagues at the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile are 

hourly paid colleagues, reflective of the fact that c.80% of 
our colleague base are employed in hourly-paid roles.

•  The median pay ratio is considered appropriate and 

consistent with the pay and reward policies for the Group’s 
UK colleagues. Our remuneration strategy is based on 
paying median to market for salary and bonus, and upper 
quartile for LTIP awards, with the quantum of performance-
related pay relatively higher in senior colleagues. This is to 
reward strong performance and focus on long-term value 
creation. The CEO remuneration is reflective of this, as 
Nick’s pay has a larger quantum in variable pay. 

•  The CEO pay ratio in FY20 was lower than the FY21 and 
FY22 ratio, but the FY21 ratio was higher than that in 
FY22. This reflects the fact that, in line with the Group’s 
remuneration strategy, a high proportion of the CEO’s 
remuneration is performance-related and paid in shares, 

158 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR EXTERNAL BOARD 
APPOINTMENTS
Executive Directors are permitted to hold one external 
appointment as a Non-Executive Director or similar advisory 
or consultative role, subject to the Board being satisfied that 
there is no conflict of interest and that the position will not 
impact negatively on the executive’s commitment to their 
Dunelm role. The Board may allow the executive to retain 
any remuneration received in respect of the appointment.

Nick Wilkinson does not hold any external appointments. 
Karen Witts is a Non-Executive Director of Ipsen Pharma SA. 
Sir Will Adderley is a Director of WA Capital Limited.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION
The Remuneration Committee approved the remuneration 
of the Company Secretary and Executive Board members. 
The package for new appointments is formally presented to 
the Committee for approval. In conducting its assessment of 
Executive Board remuneration, the Committee pays particular 
regard to whether any individual is incentivised to take risks 
inappropriate to their role and responsibilities.

Members of the Executive Board and senior management 
team are eligible for awards under the LTIP and for Share 
Bonus Awards.

All members of senior management who receive share awards 
are also subject to shareholding targets, in order to improve 
their alignment with shareholders, as follows:

Executive Board and certain 
other senior executives

1× base salary to be acquired 
over time

Other executives

0.5× base salary to be 
acquired over time

GENDER PAY DISCLOSURES
We are committed to paying men and women equally for 
roles of the same size and scale. Please see page 55 for details 
of our latest Gender Pay Gap report.

Dunelm’s brand purpose is ‘To help create the joy of truly 
feeling at home, now and for generations to come.’ We want 
everyone to feel that Dunelm is a place for them, and this 
applies equally for our colleagues and customers. Diversity, 
inclusion, and more generally the wellbeing of our colleagues, 
are high on our agenda.

We want all colleagues to feel they can grow with Dunelm and 
that they are welcome. Improving our gender balance is part 
of this and remains one of our commitments.

We have good male/female representation in our senior 
leadership. As at 2 July 2022, our Executive Board had 50% 
female representation. When combined with the Group 
Board, our senior leadership team is 43% female.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

ENGAGING WITH OUR COLLEAGUES ON PAY 
In April 2022, the NCV allocated a full meeting to a discussion 
on pay and reward. The meeting was well attended by 
representatives from across the business with a 46%/54% 
male/female gender split and ethnic diversity representation 
of 23%. The meeting was led by our People team who were 
joined by Marion Sears, our designated Non-Executive 
Director for colleague matters, and William Reeve, Chair of 
the Remuneration Committee. The meeting covered two 
topic areas as explained below and was followed by group 
breakout sessions for further discussion and feedback. 

Topic 1: Engaging on colleague pay review
The People Team provided an overview of reward at Dunelm, 
with a reminder of the difference between equal pay and fair 
pay and the thought process that led to the recent pay review. 
This included an explanation of how the People Team had 
taken on board colleague feedback and prioritised hourly 
rate increases over granting another ‘thank you’ bonus, and 
that Dunelm had consciously given a percentage pay increase 
higher than most of its peers. Our NCV representatives were 
impressed with the amount of thought that went into pay 
strategy and were reassured by the benchmarking and further 
agreed that the recent pay review was “very fair”. 

Topic 2: Engaging on Board remuneration
William Reeve provided an overview of the remit of the 
Remuneration Committee, core elements of Dunelm’s 
Remuneration Policy and the context in which the Committee 
takes decisions. It was explained that the Committee was held 
to account through shareholder voting and that for most of 
the Dunelm Leadership Team reward was related to business 
performance. William also talked about how a significant 
proportion of reward is held in shares, including an obligation 
to hold shares after leaving Dunelm, to ensure shareholder 
alignment. He also highlighted the fixed and variable reward 
elements for different role levels. Our NCV colleagues 
were pleased by the level of care and scrutiny exercised by 
the Remuneration Committee and its long-term thinking. 
Colleagues gave very positive feedback about Nick and the 
good performance of the Executive Board in guiding the 
business through 2020 to 2022. 

i

For more information on the NCV and its other activities 
during the year see page 99. 

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

159

Corporate governance report

Remuneration continued

STATEMENT OF IMPLEMENTATION OF POLICY IN THE FY23 FINANCIAL YEAR
Base salary and benefits for each of the Executive Directors for FY23 are set out in the table below: 

Table 13 – Base salary, benefits and pension for FY23

Name

Base salary

Increase  
to base 
salary YoY

Benefits

Nick 
Wilkinson

£582,125 Nil

Karen 
Witts

£450,000 N/A

Car allowance; travel allowance of 5% of salary; 
private health insurance for the individual and their 
family; permanent health cover; life assurance; mobile 
phone; colleague discount.

Car allowance; travel and accommodation allowance  
of £1,500 per month; private health insurance for the 
individual and their family; permanent health cover;  
life assurance; mobile phone; colleague discount.

Increase to 
benefits year  
on year

Pension

Change to 
pension 
contribution 
year or year

Nil

£17,464

Nil

N/A

£13,500

N/A

Sir Will 
Adderley

£1

Nil

Car allowance; private health insurance for the individual 
and their family; permanent health cover; life assurance; 
mobile phone; colleague discount. 

Nil

Nil

N/A

Sir Will Adderley has asked that he not be considered for a pay increase. 

BASE SALARY 
Nick has asked for no base salary increase in FY23. Had 
Nick not made this request the Committee had agreed that 
they would like to award an increase in base salary to Nick 
Wilkinson in view of his strong performance and that of the 
Group. The Committee considered his total remuneration 
for FY22, the performance of the business, the other 
stakeholder considerations outlined in relation to payment 
of the FY22 annual bonus award, including the feedback 
on Executive Director pay given by the NCV, and the wider 
economic climate.

The Committee noted that due to the successful, profitable 
growth of the Group during his tenure, Nick’s base salary is 
now at or below lower quartile for his peers, and the bonus 
opportunity of 125% of salary is also now uncompetitive. 
The Committee would like to increase the quantum of 
Nick’s potential profit-related pay, in line with stretching 
performance targets, but is unable to do so under the terms 
of the current Remuneration Policy. The Committee will 
therefore be discussing this with shareholders as part of  
the consultation process for the 2023 policy renewal.

In light of this, the Committee decided to remove Nick’s 
contractual travel allowance of 5% of base salary and make 
a corresponding increase in his base pay. In addition, the 
Committee rewarded Nick a 4% increase in base salary. This 
increase is below the median pay increase across the Group 
of 7.6%. However given that Nick has declined the base salary 
increase and the decision to remove his 5% of salary travel 
allowance and make a corresponding increase in his base 
salary, Nick’ base pay for FY23 will be unchanged at £582,125 
and he will retain his travel allowance.

Karen Witts joined the Board on 9 June 2022. Her base salary 
was set at median for the top 50 companies of the FTSE250 on 
appointment and reflected her skills and experience. It is first 
eligible for review in August 2023.

160 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

PENSION
The pension entitlement of both Nick Wilkinson and Karen 
Witts is 3% of base salary, which is in line with the workforce 
average.

FY23 ANNUAL BONUS
Nick Wilkinson and Karen Witts have each been awarded 
a bonus opportunity of up to 125% of base salary. The 
performance conditions attached to the bonus are:

•  50% linked to achievement of budget PBT.

•  25% linked to achievement of budget sales.

•  25% linked to achievement of strategic and personal 
targets, aligned to the Group strategy. These include 
customer and colleague satisfaction measures, and at least 
one other environmental, social and governance measure 
linked to our ‘Pathway to Zero’ ambition.

The budget sales and PBT are set taking into account market 
consensus and broker expectations. The actual financial and 
strategic targets have not been disclosed at this time as they 
are commercially sensitive. The targets and an assessment of 
the extent to which they have been achieved will be disclosed 
in next year’s Remuneration Report.

Nick Wilkinson and Karen Witts have contractually committed 
that two-thirds of the bonus earned (after payment of income 
tax and National Insurance) will be invested in Dunelm 
shares, to be held for the duration of employment. Shares 
held on termination of employment will be retained for up 
to a minimum of two years as required by the shareholding 
requirements set out in the Remuneration Policy.

Sir Will Adderley has asked that he not be considered for 
a bonus award.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

LTIP FY23-25
In line with our 2020 Remuneration Policy, an award is 
expected to be made to Nick Wilkinson and Karen Witts in 
October 2022 under the Long-Term Incentive Plan over shares 
to the value of 200% of salary. The award will vest, subject 
to continued employment, on the third anniversary of the 
grant date, to the extent that performance conditions have 
been met. All of the vested shares (after sales to cover tax and 
National Insurance liability on exercise) must be retained for 
two years after vesting, after which one third of these may 
be sold and the remainder must be retained for the duration 
of employment. Shares held on termination of employment 
will be retained for a minimum of two years as required by the 
shareholding requirements set out in the Remuneration Policy. 
Our current intention is that the FY23-25 LTIP awards will be 
granted in line with our standard approach (with the number 
of shares to be awarded based on the average share price for 
the three business days preceding grant) and we will review 
the final outturn to ensure that there have not been any windfall 
gains. This is in addition to the performance underpin and 
review of the final outturn to ensure it is warranted based on 
shareholder experience over the performance period. 

The performance criteria that apply to the award were set by 
the Remuneration Committee in line with the Remuneration 
Policy, and are set out below:

Financial measures: 80% of the award

Diluted EPS of the 
Company for FY25

Less than 
83.4p

83.4p

87.6p

95.5p

103.4p  

or more

Percentage of this 
element of the 
FY23-25 Award 
vesting1

Nil

10%

50%

75%

100%

Non-financial measures: 20% of the award

Measure

Reduction in Scope 1 greenhouse  
gas emissions per £m sales against  
a FY19 base

Percentage of own brand cotton products 
which meet our ‘More Responsibly 
Sourced Cotton’ standard

Reduction in plastic packaging of own 
brand products against FY20 base

% of own brand products for which we 
offer an easy to use take-back service 
with a credible end of life solution in at 
least 90% of our superstore estate

FY25 Target

32%

100%

30%

50%

% of LTIP 
award

5%

5%

5%

5%

These targets were chosen because they are aligned to our 
strategy and long-term targets, and they cover areas where 
we are able to make the most impact on the environment 
and provide the most benefit to our customers and our 
communities. Reduction of our Scope 1 greenhouse gas 
emissions will enable us to reduce our impact on climate 
change in line with our Pathway to Zero commitment. 
Products purchased for resale, and their packaging, account 
for over 80% of Dunelm’s carbon footprint, and cotton 
products comprise about half of these. Cotton which meets 
our More Responsibly Sourced standard will have a lower 
carbon footprint, as well as using less water and meeting our 
ethical/social standards. Enabling customers to take back 
products and reducing plastic packaging also reduces waste 
and adverse environmental impacts. The Committee has 
set stretching meet/fail targets rather than setting a target 
range in order to incentivise management to make significant 
progress in delivering these important objectives.

1.   Performance between each of these percentage thresholds will be 

calculated on a straight-line basis.

Sir Will Adderley has asked that he not be considered for an 
LTIP award.

Note that these numbers assume that UK corporation tax 
increases to 25% from April 2023. Should this assumption 
prove incorrect the Committee expects to adjust the targets 
proportionately and disclose this in the Annual Report. This 
corporation tax increase also accounts for the relatively modest 
increase in EPS in the above target range, which the Committee 
is satisfied will reward a stretch level of performance.

SHARESAVE
An invitation will be issued in October 2022 to all eligible 
employees, to apply for options to be granted under the 
Sharesave scheme at a 20% discount to the average closing 
market price of Dunelm Group shares on the three dealing days 
preceding the issue of the invitation. The maximum monthly 
savings will be £500 per month. Executive Directors employed 
at the eligibility date may apply for Sharesave options, subject 
to the plan rules.

JOINING ARRANGEMENTS FOR KAREN WITTS
Karen Witts joined the Board as Chief Financial Officer on  
9 June 2022. Her remuneration package is in accordance 
with Dunelm’s Remuneration Policy and that of her 
successor, Laura Carr, and reflects her skills and experience. 
In order to secure her services we needed to agree certain 
joining arrangements. 

Karen was financially disadvantaged by joining Dunelm as she 
had to forego remuneration payable by her former employer 
which was forfeit when she took up employment with Dunelm. 

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

161

Corporate governance report

We therefore agreed that we would partially compensate 
her for costs incurred and remuneration foregone. These 
arrangements were:

•  A conditional award under the FY22-24 LTIP award on 

joining to the value of 200% of salary, pro-rated to 1 March 
2022 to reflect a percentage of time she will have been 
employed over the three-year performance period which 
commenced in June 2021, plus a further two months 
(77.77% of the full award). The performance conditions 
associated with this are set out in the FY21 annual report. 

•  Pro-rated participation in the FY22 Annual Bonus scheme, 

reflective of the period from Karen’s start date to the end of 
the financial year, and subject to the financial performance 
criteria applicable to Nick Wilkinson. Karen has declined 
any payment to be made in respect of personal 
performance as she has only been employed for a short 
period during the financial year.

•  A contribution of up to £50,000 towards the cost of purchasing 
and furnishing a home close to Dunelm’s offices in Leicester, 
on the understanding that the purchase completes within 
two years of the commencement of her employment.  

The majority of any furnishings should be purchased from 
Dunelm. Approvable expenses will include stamp duty and 
any agents’ fees plus furnishings, fixtures and fittings.

•  An allowance of £1,500 per month to cover the cost of rent 
on a property close to Dunelm’s offices in Leicester and/or 
other expenses and travel costs. This will apply during the 
first twelve months of employment and will then continue 
until Karen purchases a home close to Leicester, or for the 
duration of employment should Karen choose not to do 
so (in which case the £50,000 contribution to relocation 
expenses referred to above will not be paid).

The maximum amount of Karen’s joining compensation is less 
than that put in place for her predecessor, Laura Carr, in 2018. 
If Karen voluntarily leaves the business or is lawfully dismissed 
within two years of commencing her employment with the 
Group, she will be liable to repay this joining compensation. 

The Remuneration Committee was satisfied that this joining 
compensation is proportionate and reflects remuneration 
foregone on a ‘like-for-like’ basis. 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR FEES FOR FY23
Fees to be paid to Non-Executive Directors in FY23, as set out in the table below: 

Table 14 – Non-Executive Director fees

Andy Harrison1

Position

Chairman

Alison Brittain2

Non-Executive Director

Ian Bull

Audit and Risk Committee Chair

Kelly Devine

Non-Executive Director

William Reeve

Remuneration Committee Chair

Senior Independent Director (SID)

Peter Ruis

Non-Executive Director

Marion Sears

Non-Executive Director

Arja Taaveniku

Non-Executive Director

Vijay Talwar

Non-Executive Director

Committee/
SID fee

Increase 
in base fee 
year-on-year

Increase in 
Committee/
SID fee 
year-on-year

Nil

Nil

£10,785

Nil

£10,785

£6,852

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

N/A

4%

4%

4%

4%

4%

4%

4%

4%

N/A

N/A

4%

N/A

4%

4%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Base fee

£216,487

£45,363 

£55,747

£55,735

£55,747

£55,747

£55,747

£55,747

£55,747

1.  Andy Harrison has waived his fee increase for FY23.
2.  Alison Brittain’s fee is pro-rated to her start date of 7 September 2022. Should she succeed Andy Harrison as Chair during the year, her base fee will be increased 
to £322,400 per annum, inclusive of all committee chair fees. This base fee was set by the Remuneration Committee at median for companies in the FTSE50-150, 
reflecting the growth ambition of the Group over Alison’s likely tenure as chair.

Fees above are for the full year and reflect Board responsibilities at the date of this report.

STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDER VOTING
At the Annual General Meeting on 16 November 2021, the total number of shares in issue with voting rights (excluding treasury 
shares) was 203,275,126. Details of voting on remuneration-related resolutions are set out below:

Table 15 – Voting on remuneration-related resolutions at the 2021 AGM

Resolution

Votes for

% of votes cast

Votes against

% of votes cast

Votes withheld

% withheld

Approve Annual Remuneration Report

182,896,339

98.58

2,642,335

1.42

97,528

0.05

Approved by the Board on 14 September 2022.

William Reeve
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

14 September 2022

162 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
Directors’ report

The Directors present their report together with the audited  
financial statements for the period ended 2 July 2022.

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

Disclosures that are relevant to the Directors’ report have 
been incorporated by reference and can be located elsewhere 
within the Annual Report and Accounts as noted below. 

STRATEGIC REPORT
The Group’s Strategic Report is set out on pages 1 to 81. This 
contains an indication of likely future developments in the 
business of the Company and the Group.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Our Corporate Governance Report on pages 82 to 162 
explains how we have applied the Code’s Principles as set out 
in the UK Corporate Governance Code published in July 2018 
(the ‘Corporate Governance Code’).

UK LISTING AUTHORITY LISTING RULES (LR) – 
COMPLIANCE WITH LR 9.8.4C
The majority of the disclosures required under LR 9.8.4 are not 
applicable to Dunelm. The table below sets out the location of 
those requirements that are applicable:

Applicable sub-paragraph  
within LR 9.8.4

Disclosure 
provided

(14) A statement made by the Board that the 
Company has entered into an agreement under 
LR 9.2.2A, that the Company has, and as far as 
it is aware, the other parties to the agreement 
have, complied with the agreement.

See section 
of Directors’ 
Report headed 
‘Shareholder and 
voting rights’.

RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS
The consolidated profit of the Group for the year after taxation 
was £171.2m (2021: £128.9m). The results are discussed in 
greater detail in the CFO’s review on pages 27 to 31.

A final ordinary dividend of 26p per share (2021: 23p per 
share) is proposed in respect of the period ended 2 July 2022, 
to add to two special dividends of 65p and 37p per share paid 
on 8 October 2021 and 18 March 2022 respectively (2021: 
nil) and an interim ordinary dividend of 14p per share paid on 
8 April 2022 (2021: 12p per share). The final dividend will be 
paid on 5 December 2022 to shareholders on the register at 
11 November 2022.

TREASURY AND RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group’s approach to treasury and financial risk 
management, including its use of hedging instruments, is 
explained in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section on 
page 79 and note 17 to the annual financial statements.

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Details of how the Directors have engaged with employees 
and other stakeholders, and had regard to the interests of 
colleagues and the need to foster the Company’s business 
relationships with suppliers, customers and others and the 
effect of that regard, including on the principal decisions 
taken by the Company during the financial year, are set out in 
the Corporate Governance Report on pages 95 to 102, with 
complementary information in the Strategic Report on pages 
42 to 60. Our s172(1) Companies Act 2006 statement can be 
found on page 81.

EMPLOYEE INFORMATION
Information relating to employees of the Group, including our 
approach to disabled persons, is set out in the ‘Community’ 
section of the Sustainability section on pages 52 to 58.

Share incentive schemes in which employees participate are 
described in the Remuneration Report on pages 143 to 146.

SHAREHOLDER AND VOTING RIGHTS
All members who hold Ordinary Shares are entitled to attend 
and vote at the Annual General Meeting. On a show of hands 
at a general meeting every member present in person shall 
have one vote and, on a poll, every member present in person 
or by proxy shall have one vote for every Ordinary Share 
held. There are no special voting rights attached to any of 
the Company’s shares. In order to be passed, an ordinary 
resolution of the Company must be supported by at least 50% 
of the votes cast at a shareholders’ meeting, and a special 
resolution by at least 75% of votes cast.

On 2 October 2006, Jean Adderley, Bill Adderley and Sir 
Will Adderley (all shareholders at that time) entered into a 
Relationship Agreement with the Company, pursuant to which 
each of Jean Adderley, Bill Adderley and Sir Will Adderley 
undertook to the Company that, for so long as, individually 
or together, they are entitled to exercise, or to control the 
exercise of, 30% or more of the rights to vote at general 
meetings of the Company or they are able to control the 
appointment of Directors who are able to exercise a majority 
of votes at Board meetings of the Company, they will:

•  Conduct all transactions and relationships with any member 

of the Group on arm’s length terms and on a normal 
commercial basis.

•  Not take any action which precludes or inhibits any member 
of the Group from carrying on its business independently 
of Jean and Bill Adderley, Sir Will Adderley and their 
associates (as defined in the Listing Rules).

•  Not exercise any of their voting rights or other powers to 
procure any amendment to the Articles of Association 
of the Company which would be inconsistent with or 
undermine any of the provisions of the Relationship 
Agreement.

•  Abstain from voting on any resolution to which LR11.1.7.R(4) 
of the Listing Rules applies involving Jean Adderley, Bill 
Adderley or Sir Will Adderley or any of their associates as 
the related party.

•  Not carry on (other than through their holding of securities 

of the Company) or have any financial interest (other 
than a financial interest in securities which are held for 
investment purposes only) in any person who carries on a 
business as a homewares retailer, to the extent that it would 
be inconsistent with or undermine any provisions of the 
Relationship Agreement.

•  Only enter into, amend or terminate any transaction, 

agreement or relationship between themselves or any of 
their associates and any member of the Group with the 
approval of a majority of the independent Non-Executive 
Directors.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

163

Corporate governance report

Directors’ report continued

WA Capital Limited and Nadine Adderley, to whom 
Sir Will Adderley transferred shares by way of a gift, 
have subsequently become party to this agreement.

In July 2014, the Relationship Agreement was amended 
so as to comply with Listing Rule LR 9.2.2A(2)(a), which 
came into effect on 16 May 2014 (as at 1 January 2018 this 
reference is now LR 9.2.2AD R(1)). The following additional 
undertakings were given by the parties:

•  No action will be taken that would have the effect 

of preventing the Company from complying with its 
obligations under the Listing Rules.

•  No resolution will be proposed, or procured to be 

proposed, which is intended to, or appears to be intended 
to circumvent the proper application of the Listing Rules.

In addition, the Articles of Association of the Company 
provide that the election and re-election of Independent 
Directors must be conducted in accordance with the election 
provisions set out in LR 9.2.2ER and LR 9.2.2FR. This means 
that the election or re-election of each Independent Director 
at the Annual General Meeting will be subject to an additional 
separate resolution upon which parties controlling 30% or 
more of the voting shares of the Company are not eligible to 
vote.

The Company confirms that it has complied with its obligations 
under the Relationship Agreement during the financial period 
under review, and that so far as it is aware, all other parties to 
that agreement have complied with it.

The Company confirms that there are no contracts of 
significance between any member of the Group and any of 
the parties to the Relationship Agreement, with the exception 
of Sir Will Adderley’s service agreement as a Director 
of the Company, the terms of which are outlined in the 
Remuneration Report.

There are no restrictions on the transfer of Ordinary Shares 
in the Company other than certain restrictions imposed by 
laws and regulations (such as insider trading and marketing 
requirements relating to closed periods) and requirements 
of the Listing Rules whereby Directors and certain employees 
of the Company require Board approval to deal in the 
Company’s securities.

CHANGE OF CONTROL
The Company is not party to any significant agreements which 
take effect, alter or terminate solely on a change of control of 
the Company following a takeover bid.

There are no agreements between the Company and 
its Directors or employees providing for additional 
compensation for loss of office or employment (whether 
through resignation, redundancy or otherwise) that occurs 
because of a takeover bid.

Details of the rights of employees to exercise options on 
a change of control of the Company are set out in the 
remuneration policy section of this report.

SHARE CAPITAL AND TREASURY SHARES
The Company has only one class of shares, Ordinary Shares of 
1p each. As at 2 July 2022, its capital comprised 203,426,835 
(2021: 202,833,931) fully paid Ordinary shares of 1p each.

During the year and in accordance with the authority issued 
by shareholders at the 2020 Annual General Meeting, and 
a further authority at the 2021 Annual General Meeting, 
592,904 Ordinary Shares were allotted at par value to satisfy 
the vesting and exercise of awards of Ordinary Shares made 
under the Company’s share-based incentive arrangements. 

At 2 July 2022, the Company held 1,686,200 Ordinary Shares 
in treasury (2021: 160,319).

Under the authority provided at the 2021 Annual General 
Meeting the Company commenced a share buy back 
programme on 18 November 2021. During the year ended 
2 July 2022 the Company purchased 2,500,000 Ordinary 
Shares for a total consideration of £28,239,372 and these 
shares are held in treasury with no voting or dividend rights. 
974,119 shares were transferred to employees who exercised 
options under a share incentive scheme or Directors under 
the LTIP scheme. Details of option exercises by Directors are 
set out in the Remuneration Report.

Since the financial year end, 40,689 Ordinary Shares have 
been moved out of treasury to employees who exercised 
options under a share incentive scheme.

Further details on the Company’s share capital are set out 
in note 20 to the financial statements.

164 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS
At 2 July 2022 the following had notified the Company of a 
disclosable interest in 3% or more of the nominal value of the 
Company’s Ordinary Shares:

Sir Will Adderley
Jean Adderley
J P Morgan Asset Management
abrdn plc
Jupiter Fund Management PLC
Royal London Asset 
Management Limited

Ordinary 
Shares

Percentage of 
share capital

75,231,779
9,968,500
11,320,031
10,274,359
10,044,063

36.98
4.92
5.56
5.05
4.95

9,907,809

4.87

Sir Will Adderley is also deemed to hold a legal interest 
in 967,250 Ordinary Shares held by The Stoneygate Trust 
(formerly known as The Leicester Foundation) and 172,750 
Ordinary Shares held by the Paddocks Discretionary Trust, 
by virtue of the fact that he is a trustee of those trusts.

Between the period end date and 14 September 2022 we 
have been notified of the following:

On 31 August 2022, J P Morgan Asset Management disclosed 
that their holding has fallen below the applicable threshold 
for disclosure. 

DIRECTORS
Details of the Directors of the Company who served on the 
Board during the year, and the biographies of those on the 
Board at the date of this report are set out on pages 84 to 87. 
Details of changes to the Board during the period are set out 
on page 87. Details of the interests of the Directors in shares 
of the Company can be found in the Implementation Report 
section of the Remuneration Report on page 153.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS
The business of the Company is managed by the Board, 
which may exercise all of the powers of the Company, subject 
to the requirements of the Companies Act, the Articles of 
Association of the Company and any special resolution of 
the Company. As stated in the Corporate Governance Report 
on page 90, the Board has adopted internal delegations 
of authority in accordance with the Code and these set out 
matters which are reserved to the Board or Committees and 
the powers and duties of the Chairman, the Deputy Chairman 
and the Chief Executive Officer respectively.

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS AND 
ANNUAL RE-ELECTION 
The Articles of Association of the Company provide that 
a Director may be appointed by ordinary resolution of the 
Company’s shareholders in a general meeting, or by the 
Board so long as the Director stands down and offers him 
or herself for election at the next Annual General Meeting 
of the Company.

The Board’s policy is that all Directors are subject to annual 
re-election and therefore should stand down and offer 
themselves for re-election at each Annual General Meeting. 
The Articles also provide that each Director must stand down 
and offer him or herself for re-election by shareholders at the 
Annual General Meeting at least every three years.

The Nominations Committee makes recommendations to the 
Board on the appointment and removal of Directors.

For each Director, reasons are provided in the Notice of 
Annual General Meeting stating why their contribution 
is, and continues to be, important to Dunelm’s long-term 
success. Non-Executive Directors will also be subject 
to a separate vote by shareholders independent of the 
Adderley family as required by the Listing Rules of the 
United Kingdom Listing Authority.

Directors may be removed by a special resolution of 
shareholders, or by an ordinary resolution of which special 
notice has been given in accordance with the Companies Act 
2006. The Articles also provide that the office of a Director 
shall be vacated if they are prohibited by law from being 
a Director, or are declared bankrupt; and that the Board 
may resolve that his or her office be vacated if he or she is 
of unsound mind or is absent from Board meetings without 
consent for six months or more. A Director may also resign 
from the Board.

INDEMNITIES AND INSURANCE
During the year the Company entered into a deed of 
indemnity in favour of each of its Directors and the Company 
Secretary to the extent permitted by law in respect of costs 
of defending claims against them and third-party liabilities. 
These provisions, deemed to be qualifying third-party 
indemnity provisions pursuant to section 234 of the Act, 
were in force from 12 May 2022 to the year ended 2 July 
2022. Deeds of indemnity in favour of Karen Witts and Alison 
Brittain were entered into on 9 June 2022 and 7 September 
2022 respectively on their appointment to the Board. All these 
remain in force as at the date of this report. 

A copy of the indemnity is available for inspection at the 
Company’s registered office during normal business hours 
and will be available for inspection at the Company’s Annual 
General Meeting. 

The Group maintained Directors’ and Officers’ liability 
insurance cover for its Directors and officers as permitted 
under the Articles of the Company and the Companies Act 
2006 throughout the financial year.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

165

 
Corporate governance report

Directors’ report continued

•  Kelly Devine’s spouse, Todd Latham, is the CEO of Dividio, 
which is a potential supplier to Dunelm. Authorised on the 
basis that there are sufficient safeguards in place to prevent 
any actual conflict arising. 

•  Vijay Talwar was CEO of Wish.com, a company based 
in San Francisco which sells some homewares in the 
UK. Authorised as Wish.com operates as a marketplace 
platform with no own brand offer, and the homewares offer 
is limited and does not compete with Dunelm.

•  William Reeve has a small stake in ConferWith, a company 

which facilitates video chat with a customer care adviser and 
which has a contractual relationship with Dunelm. Authorised 
as William is not involved in decisions made by either 
ConferWith or Dunelm in respect of any business relationship, 
and that any relationship is on arm’s length terms.

DONATIONS
The Group does not make any political donations.

PUBLIC POLICY 
We are members of the British Retail Consortium and support  
relevant campaigning activity by that body. During the 
year we have not taken part in any direct lobbying or public 
policy activity.

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
The Company’s Articles of Association may only be 
amended, or new articles adopted, by a special resolution 
of shareholders.

MANAGING CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND RELATED- 
PARTY MATTERS
The Companies Act 2006 allows the Board of a public 
company to authorise conflicts and potential conflicts 
of interest of individual Directors where the Articles of 
Association contain a provision to that effect. The Company’s 
Articles of Association give the Board this authority subject 
to the following safeguards:

•  Directors who have an interest in matters under discussion 
at a Board meeting must declare that interest and abstain 
from voting.

•  Only Directors who have no interest in the matter being 
considered are able to approve a conflict of interest and, 
in taking that decision, the Directors must act in a way they 
consider, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the 
success of the Company.

•  The Directors are able to impose limits or conditions when 

giving authorisation if they feel this is appropriate.

All Directors are required to disclose any actual or potential 
conflicts to the Board and the following existing matters have 
been considered and approved:

•  Sir Will Adderley is a major shareholder and connected to 
other major shareholders. Authorised on the basis that Sir 
Will continues to abide by the terms of the Relationship 
Agreement entered into between himself, other major 
shareholders and the Company on flotation of the 
Company in 2006.

•  Marion Sears is a Director of WA Capital Limited, a private 
limited company established by Sir Will Adderley to act as 
a long-term holding company for his beneficial interest in 
the Company and various other investments. Authorised 
on the basis that WA Capital Limited is party to the 
Relationship Agreement referred to above.

•  Kelly Devine is the Head of Mastercard for the UK and 

Ireland. Mastercard indirectly provides payment services 
to Dunelm but there is no direct contractual relationship. 
Authorised on the basis that there are sufficient safeguards 
in place to prevent any actual conflict arising. More recently 
Mastercard has approached Dunelm to initiate discussions 
about their buy now pay later service, in accordance with 
the authorisation Kelly will not be directly involved any 
negotiations and any relationship would be on an arms-
length terms. 

166 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

NON-FINANCIAL INFORMATION STATEMENT FY22
The following sets out how we have complied with the Non-Financial Reporting Requirements set out in sections 414CA and 
414CB of the Companies Act 2006. Where these provisions do not form part of the Strategic Report, they are deemed to be 
incorporated into it by cross reference for the purposes of compliance with these sections.

Reporting 
required

Some of our relevant policies  
(see website: corporate.dunelm.com)

Where to read about our impact, including principal risks relating  
to these matters in this report and KPIs 

Environmental 
matters

Responsible Animal Welfare Policy

Measuring and rewarding progress against our ambition about being a  
good company

Page(s)

24

Responsible Timber Policy 

Sustainability section and sustainability metrics, targets and progress

33 and 35

Responsible Cotton Policy

‘Carbon Reduction’ and ‘Circular economy’ in Sustainability section

36 and 42

Plastic and Packaging Policy

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures report

Responsible Palm Oil Sourcing Policy

‘Climate change and environment’ principal risk 

Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures report 2022

Sustainability Home Page

Chairman’s letter in Corporate Governance Report

‘Impact of decisions on climate change and our environment’ in s172 
Companies Act statement

‘Group Board oversight of s172 and ESG topics FY22’ in Corporate  
Governance Report

‘ESG reporting’ in Audit and Risk Committee

61

76

82

102

106

124

ESG matters within Directors Report on Remuneration 

151 and 152

Employees

Equality and Diversity Policy

Streamlined and Energy Carbon Reporting in directors report 

Measuring and awarding progress against our ambition about being a  
good company

Health and Safety Policy

Whistleblowing Policy

Chairman’s letter

CEO Review

168

24

14

16

Risk Appetite statement 

Sustainability section and sustainability metrics, targets and progress

33 and 35

Gender Pay Report 2022

‘Colleagues’ and ‘Health and Safety’ within Community in Sustainability 
section

52 and 59

Equality and Diversity Policy

‘People and culture’ and ‘Regulatory and Compliance’ principal risks 

74 and 79

Domestic Abuse Policy

‘How the Board oversees culture’ in Corporate Governance Report

92

Human rights

Ethical Code of Conduct for Suppliers  
and Partners

s172 Companies Act Statement – colleagues and case study on 
colleagues pay

98 and 103

‘Diversity and inclusion’ in Nominations Committee Report

Directors Report on Remuneration

118

130

‘Circular Economy’ and ‘Community’ within Sustainability section

42 and 49

Modern Slavery Statement

‘Brand damage’ principal risk 

s172 Companies Act statement – Suppliers

Social matters

Our purpose

’Growing with purpose’ in Strategic Report

Ethical Code of Conduct for Suppliers  
and Partners

Chairman’s Letter

Modern Slavery Statement

Tax Strategy

Privacy Policy

CEO Review

CFO Review

‘Community’ within Sustainability section 

Ethical Code of Conduct

‘People and culture’ principal risk 

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Policy

‘Group Board oversight of s172 and ESG topics FY22’ in Corporate  
Governance Report

‘Doing the right thing’ within ‘Community’ in Sustainability section

‘Brand damage’ principal risk 

Anti-bribery 
and corruption

Business model

75

100

6 to 13

14

16

26

49

74

106

60

75

‘Business Model’ and ‘our strategy’ in Strategic Report

Measuring and rewarding progress against our ambitions

4 and 22

24 to 25

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

167

Corporate governance report

Directors’ report continued

STREAMLINED ENERGY AND CARBON REPORTING 
(SECR)
In the table below we set out the energy disclosures required 
by the Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability 
Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018.

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR)

Summary MWh1

FY202

FY212

FY22

Purchase of energy

50,547

53,158 51,980

Vehicles on Company business
Vehicles in the Home Delivery 
Network

3,720

4,382

3,979

12,198  15,959  15 ,773 

66,465

73,499 71,732

1.   We have used the conversion factors published in BEIS GHG conversion 

factors for company reporting to convert from passenger miles in  
company-owned vehicles to MWh.

2.   FY20 and FY21 figures restated as part of refining our data on Scope 1  

and 2 emissions.

The increase in energy between FY20 and FY22 is related to 
the expansion of our vehicle home delivery network, aligned 
to our business growth. 

The greenhouse gas emissions disclosure required under the 
Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) 
Regulations 2013 can be found on pages 36 to 41 together 
with further details on our energy and carbon reduction 
progress. 

DISCLAIMER
This Directors’ Report, Strategic Report and the financial 
statements contain certain forward-looking statements 
with respect to the financial condition, results, operations 
and business of Dunelm Group plc. These statements and 
forecasts involve risk and uncertainty because they relate 
to events and depend upon circumstances that will occur in 
the future. There are a number of factors that could cause 
actual results or developments to differ materially from those 
expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements 
and forecasts. Nothing in this Directors’ Report and Strategic 
Report or in these financial statements should be construed 
as a profit forecast.

This document also contains non-financial information and 
data. While reasonable steps have been taken to ensure that 
this is correct, it has not been externally audited or verified 
unless specifically stated in this document.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The Annual General Meeting will be held at 11:30am on 
Wednesday 30 November 2022 at the Dunelm Support 
Centre, Watermead Business Park, Syston, Leicester, LE7 1AD. 
A formal notice of meeting, explanatory circular and a form 
of proxy will accompany this Annual Report and financial 
statements.

This report was reviewed and signed by order of the Board 
on 14 September 2022.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
In accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 
2006 and the recommendation of the Audit and Risk 
Committee, a resolution is to be proposed at the AGM 
for the reappointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
as auditor of the Group.

Dawn Durrant 
Company Secretary

14 September 2022

IMPORTANT EVENTS SINCE 2 JULY 2022
There have been no important events affecting the Company 
or any subsidiary since 2 July 2022.

168 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
Statement of directors’ responsibilities
in respect of the financial statements

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

DIRECTORS’ CONFIRMATIONS
The directors consider that the Annual Report and accounts, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the group’s and parent company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

Each of the directors, whose names and functions are listed 
in the Governance section confirm that, to the best of their 
knowledge:

•  the group and parent company financial statements,  

which have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards, give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities and financial position of the group 
and parent company, and of the profit of the group; and

•  the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and the 
position of the group and parent company, together with  
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that  
it faces.

In the case of each director in office at the date the directors’ 
report is approved:

•  so far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the group’s and parent company’s 
auditors are unaware; and

•  they have taken all the steps that they ought to have 

taken as a director in order to make themselves aware 
of any relevant audit information and to establish that 
the group’s and parent company’s auditors are aware 
of that information.

Nick Wilkinson
Chief Executive Officer

14 September 2022

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the financial statements in accordance with applicable 
law and regulation.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the directors 
have prepared the group and the parent company financial 
statements in accordance with UK-adopted international 
accounting standards.

Under company law, directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view of the state of affairs of the group and parent 
company and of the profit or loss of the group for that period. 
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•  state whether applicable UK-adopted international 

accounting standards have been followed, subject to 
any material departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the group and 
parent company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets 
of the group and parent company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities.

The directors are also responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the group’s and parent company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of 
the group and parent company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the parent company’s website. Legislation 
in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

169

Financial statements

Independent auditors’ report 
to the members of Dunelm Group plc

OUR AUDIT APPROACH
Overview
Audit scope
•  The group is structured with one segment which comprises 
a consolidation of the parent company and eight additional 
components.

•  For the purposes of the group financial statements, we 

conducted an audit of the complete financial information 
of one financially significant component, together with 
additional procedures performed centrally including the 
group consolidation.

•  We separately audited the parent company financial 

statements.

Key audit matters
•  Inventory provisions (group)

•  Recoverability of investments in subsidiary undertakings 

(parent)

Materiality
•  Overall group materiality: £10,640,000 (2021: £7,800,000) 

based on 5% of profit before tax.

•  Overall parent company materiality: £1,600,000 (2021: 

£5,400,000) based on 1% of total assets.

•  Performance materiality: £8,000,000 (2021: £5,850,000) 

(group) and £1,200,000 (2021: £4,050,000) (parent 
company).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and 
assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial 
statements.

Report on the audit of the financial 
statements

OPINION
In our opinion, Dunelm Group plc’s group financial 
statements and parent company financial statements (the 
“financial statements”):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of 
the parent company’s affairs as at 2 July 2022 and of the 
group’s profit and the group’s and parent company’s cash 
flows for the 53 week period then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-
adopted international accounting standards; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements 

of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within 
the Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), which 
comprise: the consolidated statement of financial position 
and parent company statement of financial position as at 2 
July 2022; the consolidated income statement, consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement 
of cash flows, consolidated statement of changes in equity, 
parent company statement of cash flows and parent company 
statement of changes in equity for the period then ended; the 
accounting policies; and the notes to the financial statements.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit and 
Risk Committee.

BASIS FOR OPINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described 
in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with 
the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest 
entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that 
non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard 
were not provided.

Other than those disclosed in note 3, we have provided no 
non-audit services to the parent company or its controlled 
undertakings in the period under audit.

170 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether 
or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the 
allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we 
make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, 
and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Carrying value of investments in the parent company is a new key audit matter this year. Covid-19 pandemic impact, which was a 
key audit matter last year, is no longer included because of the reduced level of uncertainty in respect of the impact of Covid-19 
on the Group and Company. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Inventory provisions (group)
Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee Report, the Accounting 
Policies, note 3 (Operating Profit) and note 13 (Inventories) to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Inventory represents a significant asset on the Group’s balance 
sheet and is carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value 
(“NRV”). The Group’s accounting policy is to determine a provision 
based upon: the historic negative margin of the type of inventory, 
by ageing category, which is calculated by analysing the historic sales 
price compared to the cost of inventory, and applying a percentage 
provision to each line of inventory; and a further provision for ‘at 
risk’ lines where the calculated provision was not considered to 
be sufficient.

Recoverability of investments in subsidiary 
undertakings (parent)
Refer to note 4 (Investments) to the Parent Company Financial 
Statements.

In accordance with IAS 36 (Impairment of assets), the Parent 
Company’s investments balance of £64.8m (FY21: £60.7m) should 
be carried at no more than its recoverable amount, being the higher 
of fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. IAS 36 requires an 
entity to determine whether there are indications that an impairment 
loss may have occurred and if so, make a formal estimate of the 
recoverable amount.

We tested sales made post period-end to ensure that inventory items 
were held at the lower of cost and NRV.

We examined inventory write-offs in the financial period to ensure they 
are consistent with the key assumptions used in the inventory provision 
model at the year end.

We tested the inputs to the provision calculation, including the 
classification of inventory and sales data for each of the ageing 
categories from the Buying department, which is segregated from 
the Finance department, and found them to be consistent.

We tested the average cost of inventory by agreeing a sample of inputs 
to source documentation and testing freight and duty costs.

We tested the integrity of the provision model to ensure that it 
was using the underlying data correctly and calculating provision 
amounts accurately.

We challenged management’s assumptions on what they deemed the 
‘at risk’ inventory lines were, and corroborated whether these lines were 
at risk with the Merchandising team. We also independently challenged 
the completeness of the ‘at risk’ lines based on our understanding of 
the nature of the group’s inventory lines.

We found that the NRV provision against inventory was consistent with 
the evidence obtained.

We evaluated whether any indications that an impairment loss may have 
occurred in relation to the Parent Company’s investments balance with 
specific consideration given to the following:

• 

• 

• 

the market capitalisation of the Group is significantly in excess 
of the investments balance, noting that substantially all of the 
market capitalisation is considered to be in relation to one indirect 
subsidiary (Dunelm (Soft Furnishings) Ltd) of the Parent Company;

the trading results of Dunelm (Soft Furnishings) Ltd are not worse 
than expected and are not expected to be worse in future periods; 
and

there have not been and are not expected to be any significant 
changes with an adverse impact in relation to the technological, 
market, economic or legal environment in which this indirect 
subsidiary operates.

We consider management’s conclusion that there are no indicators 
of impairment to be appropriate.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

171

 
Financial statements

Independent auditors’ report continued
to the members of Dunelm Group plc

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial 
statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the parent company, the accounting processes 
and controls, and the industry in which they operate.

The group is structured with one reporting segment which comprises a consolidation of the parent company and eight 
additional components.

In establishing the overall approach to the group audit, we identified one component: Dunelm (Soft Furnishings) Ltd, which, as 
the sole trading legal entity in the Group, required an audit of its complete financial information due to its financial significance 
to the group.

Further specific audit procedures over central functions including the Group consolidation, equity, taxes and the business 
combination were performed.

With regards to assessing potential risks arising from climate change we enquired of management as to their risk assessment, 
obtained their papers and also assessed commitments made by Dunelm Group plc in the Annual Report and Accounts 
and their website. We also considered the industry in which Dunelm Group plc operates and assessed the nature and 
magnitude of assets held at the period-end date which could be subject to either transition or physical climate risks. Based 
on management’s assessment noted on page 185 we did not identify any audit risks which were expected to be significantly 
impacted by the effects of climate change, principally due to the fact that the majority of the Group’s asset base is expected 
to be realised in the short to medium term.

All audit procedures were performed by the Group Engagement Team. The scoping above gave us the evidence we needed 
for our opinion on the group financial statements as a whole.

The Parent Company is comprised of one component which was subject to a full scope audit for the purposes of the Parent 
Company financial statements.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 
These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and 
extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect 
of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

How we determined it

Rationale for benchmark applied

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

£10,640,000 (2021: £7,800,000).

£1,600,000 (2021: £5,400,000).

5% of profit before tax

1% of total assets

We have applied this benchmark, a 
generally accepted auditing benchmark, 
as we believe this is the key measure used 
by the shareholders in evaluating the 
performance of the group.

We have applied this benchmark, a 
generally accepted auditing benchmark, 
as we believe this is the key measure used 
by the shareholders in evaluating the 
performance of the parent company.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. 

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected 
and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the 
scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for 
example in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% (2021: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to 
£8,000,000 (2021: £5,850,000) for the group financial statements and £1,200,000 (2021: £4,050,000) for the parent company 
financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk assessment 
and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range 
was appropriate.

172 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we 
would report to them misstatements identified during our 
audit above £530,000 (group audit) (2021: £390,000) and 
£80,000 (parent company audit) (2021: £270,000) as well 
as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and 
the parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included:

•  We obtained management’s going concern assessment 

and ensured that this was consistent with board approved 
budgets;

•  We have evaluated management’s forecasting accuracy 
based on historical budgets versus actual performance;

•  We obtained confirmation from lenders of the level of 

drawn and undrawn revolving credit facilities and tested the 
actual and forecast covenant compliance associated with 
these facilities; and

•  We assessed the adequacy of the going concern 

disclosures in the accounting policies.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified 
any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions 
that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt 
on the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from 
when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, 
our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material 
inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to 
perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material 
misstatement of the financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information. If, based on the 
work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these 
responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we 
also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK 
Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, 
the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain 
opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course 
of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report 
and Directors’ Report for the period ended 2 July 2022 
is consistent with the financial statements and has been 
prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that 
the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and 
parent company and their environment obtained in the course 
of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in 
the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be 
predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the group’s 
and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

In relation to the directors’ reporting on how they have 
applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have 
nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the 
directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether 
the directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors 
with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.

REPORTING ON OTHER INFORMATION
The other information comprises all of the information in the 
Annual Report other than the financial statements and our 
auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for 
the other information, which includes reporting based on the 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 
recommendations. Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we 
do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent 
otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of 
assurance thereon.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Remuneration Committee 
report to be audited has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ 
statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability 
and that part of the corporate governance statement relating 
to the parent company’s compliance with the provisions of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review. 
Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate 
governance statement as other information are described in 
the Reporting on Other Information section of this report.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we 
have concluded that each of the following elements of 
the corporate governance statement, included within 
the Strategic report and Corporate governance report is 
materially consistent with the financial statements and our 
knowledge obtained during the audit, and we have nothing 
material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

•  The directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a 
robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

173

 
Financial statements

Independent auditors’ report continued
to the members of Dunelm Group plc

•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those 
principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify 
emerging risks and an explanation of how these are being 
managed or mitigated;

•  The directors’ statement in the financial statements about 
whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their 
identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s 
and parent company’s ability to continue to do so over a 
period of at least twelve months from the date of approval 
of the financial statements;

•  The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the 

group’s and parent company’s prospects, the period this 
assessment covers and why the period is appropriate; and

•  The directors’ statement as to whether they have a 

reasonable expectation that the parent company will be 
able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they 
fall due over the period of its assessment, including any 
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the 
longer-term viability of the group was substantially less in 
scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries 
and considering the directors’ process supporting their 
statement; checking that the statement is in alignment with 
the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code; and considering whether the statement is consistent 
with the financial statements and our knowledge and 
understanding of the group and parent company and their 
environment obtained in the course of the audit.

In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of 
our audit, we have concluded that each of the following 
elements of the corporate governance statement is materially 
consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge 
obtained during the audit:

•  The directors’ statement that they consider the 

Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provides the information necessary for 
the members to assess the group’s and parent company’s 
position, performance, business model and strategy;

•  The section of the Annual Report that describes the review 
of effectiveness of risk management and internal control 
systems; and

•  The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the 

Audit and Risk Committee.

We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to 
report when the directors’ statement relating to the parent 
company’s compliance with the Code does not properly 
disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code 
specified under the Listing Rules for review by the auditors.

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
AND THE AUDIT
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial 
statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities in respect of the financial statements, the 
directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements in accordance with the applicable framework 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The 
directors are also responsible for such internal control as they 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, 
as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either 
intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, 
and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not 
a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs 
(UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions 
of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-
compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures 
in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect 
material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including 
fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of 
detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, 
we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations related to employment regulations, 
and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might 
have a material effect on the financial statements. We also 
considered those laws and regulations that have a direct 
impact on the financial statements such as the Companies 
Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and 
opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial 
statements (including the risk of override of controls), and 
determined that the principal risks were related to the posting 
of journals with unexpected account combinations, which 
manipulate revenue or profits, and management bias in 
accounting estimates and judgements. Audit procedures 
performed by the engagement team included:

174 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

•  Discussions with management, internal audit and the 

Company Secretary, including consideration of known 
or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and 
regulation and fraud;

•  Assessment of matters reported on the Group’s 

whistleblowing log;

Other required reporting

COMPANIES ACT 2006 EXCEPTION REPORTING
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations 

•  Searches for news articles which would highlight potential 

we require for our audit; or

non-compliance with laws and regulations;

•  Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular journal 
entries posted with unusual account combinations which 
manipulate revenue or profits; and

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 

parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 
been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by 

•  Challenging assumptions and judgements made by 

law are not made; or

management in their significant accounting estimates and 
judgements, in particular in relation to inventory provisions 
(see related key audit matter).

•  the parent company financial statements and the part of the 
Remuneration Committee report to be audited are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures 
described above. We are less likely to become aware of 
instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that 
are not closely related to events and transactions reflected 
in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of 
not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional 
misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations 
of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data 
auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting 
a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing 
complete populations. We will often seek to target particular 
items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. 
In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to 
draw a conclusion about the population from which the 
sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 

 This description forms part 

of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for 
and only for the parent company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these 
opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other 
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown 
or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed 
by our prior consent in writing.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this 
responsibility.

APPOINTMENT
Following the recommendation of the Audit and Risk 
Committee, we were appointed by the members on 
14 January 2014 to audit the financial statements for the 
year ended 28 June 2014 and subsequent financial periods. 
The period of total uninterrupted engagement is nine years, 
covering the years ended 28 June 2014 to 2 July 2022.

Other matter

In due course, as required by the Financial Conduct Authority 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule 4.1.14R, these 
financial statements will form part of the ESEF-prepared 
annual financial report filed on the National Storage 
Mechanism of the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance 
with the ESEF Regulatory Technical Standard (‘ESEF RTS’). 
This auditors’ report provides no assurance over whether 
the annual financial report will be prepared using the single 
electronic format specified in the ESEF RTS.

Mark Skedgel (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
Birmingham

14th September 2022

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

175

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFinancial statements

Consolidated Income Statement
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Operating costs

Operating profit
Financial income
Financial expenses

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the period

Earnings per Ordinary Share – basic
Earnings per Ordinary Share – diluted

2022
53 weeks
£’m

1,581.4 
(772.0)

809.4 
(591.7)

217.7 
1.2 
(6.1)

212.8 
(41.6)

171.2 

84.5p
83.6p

2021
52 weeks
£’m

1,336.2 
(647.3)

688.9 
(522.5)

166.4 
0.1 
(8.7)

157.8 
(28.9)

128.9 

63.7p
62.9p

Note

2

3
5
5

6

8
8

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income/(expense):
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:
Movement in fair value of cash flow hedges
Deferred tax on hedging movements

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the period

Note

17
12

2022
53 weeks
£’m

2021
52 weeks
£’m

171.2 

128.9 

32.4 
(5.3)

27.1 

198.3 

(17.7)
2.2 

(15.5)

113.4 

176 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 2 July 2022 

Non–current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Deferred tax assets
Derivative financial instruments

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Current tax asset
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Derivative financial instruments

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Bank loans
Lease liabilities
Provisions
Derivative financial instruments

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Issued share capital
Share premium account
Capital redemption reserve
Hedging reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent

Note

2 July 2022
£’m

26 June 2021
£’m

9
10
11
12

13
14

15

16
11

18
11
19

20

9.9 
173.7 
248.5 
4.1 
4.6 

440.8 

223.0 
22.9
1.1 
19.9 
30.2 

297.1 

737.9 

(223.2) 
(52.8)
— 

(276.0) 

(52.8)
(225.3)
(5.5)
—

(283.6)

(559.6) 

178.3 

2.0 
1.7 
43.2 
20.2 
111.2 

178.3 

14.8 
162.6 
262.0 
11.4 
0.3 

451.1 

172.4 
11.8 
2.4 
0.4 
128.6 

315.6 

766.7 

(181.8)
(49.0)
(5.1)

(235.9)

— 
(244.3)
(4.5)
 (0.8)

(249.6)

(485.5)

281.2 

2.0 
1.6 
43.2 
(4.3)
238.7 

281.2 

The financial statements on pages 176 to 207 were approved by the Board of Directors on 14 September 2022 and were signed 
on its behalf by:

Karen Witts
Chief Financial Officer

14 September 2022

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

177

 
Financial statements

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

2022
53 weeks
£’m

2021
52 weeks
£’m

Note

5

3
3

3
3

27

21
21

11

7

5
15

15

212.8 
4.9 

217.7 

30.5 
48.6 

0.3 
(0.1)
4.8 

301.8 
(40.3)
(7.7) 
33.2

(14.8)
(35.2)

251.8 

(0.7)
(23.3)

(17.7)
0.1 

(41.6)

3.9 
(28.3)
85.0 
(31.0)
(2.2)
(4.8)
(50.2)
(282.1)

(309.7)

(99.5)
1.1 
128.6 

30.2 

157.8 
8.6 

166.4 

31.8 
45.7 

2.3 
1.0 
7.5 

254.7 
(54.2)
4.1 
15.1 

(35.0)
(35.5)

184.2 

(0.6)
(15.1)

— 
0.1 

(15.6)

1.8 
— 
— 
(45.0)
(0.8)
(5.3)
(54.0)
(24.3)

(127.6)

41.0 
(2.4)
90.0 

128.6 

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before taxation
Net financial expense

Operating profit
Depreciation and amortisation of property, plant and equipment and intangible 
assets
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Loss on disposal and impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible 
assets
(Gain)/loss on disposal and impairment of right-of-use assets
Share-based payments expense

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
Increase in inventories
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables

Net movement in working capital
Tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of intangible assets
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of Business combination
Interest received

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of treasury shares and ordinary shares
Purchase of treasury shares
Drawdowns on Revolving Credit Facility
Repayments of Revolving Credit Facility
Interest paid and loan transaction costs
Interest paid on lease liabilities
Repayment of principal element of lease liabilities
Ordinary dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Foreign exchange revaluations
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

178 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

Issued 
share 
capital
£’m

Share 
premium 
account
£’m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£’m

Hedging 
reserve
£’m

Retained 
earnings
£’m

Note

As at 28 June 2020
Profit for the period
Movement in fair value of cash flow hedges
Deferred tax on hedging movements

Total comprehensive income for the period

Proceeds from issue of treasury shares
Share-based payments
Deferred tax on share-based payments
Current tax on share options exercised
Movement on cash flow hedges transferred to 
inventory
Ordinary dividends paid

Total transactions with owners, recorded directly  
in equity

As at 26 June 2021
Profit for the period
Movement in fair value of cash flow hedges
Deferred tax on hedging movements

Total comprehensive income for the period

Proceeds from issue of shares
Proceeds from issue of treasury shares
Purchase of treasury shares
Share-based payments
Deferred tax on share-based payments
Current tax on share options exercised
Movement on cash flow hedges transferred to 
inventory
Ordinary dividends paid

Total transactions with owners, recorded directly  
in equity

As at 2 July 2022

17
12

21

12

17
7

17
12

20
21
21

12

17
7

2.0 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

2.0 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

2.0 

1.6 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

1.6 
— 
— 
— 

— 

0.1 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

0.1 

1.7 

43.2 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

43.2 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

43.2 

5.3 
— 
(17.7)
2.2 

(15.5)

— 
— 
— 
— 

5.9 
— 

5.9 

(4.3)
— 
32.4 
(5.3)

27.1 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Total equity 
attributable 
to equity 
holders of 
the Parent
£’m

173.4 
128.9 
(17.7)
2.2 

113.4 

1.8 
7.5 
2.9 
0.6 

121.3 
128.9 
— 
— 

128.9 

1.8 
7.5 
2.9 
0.6 

— 
(24.3)

5.9 
(24.3)

(11.5)

238.7 
171.2 
— 
— 

171.2 

— 
3.9 
(28.3)
4.8 
0.8 
2.2 

(5.6)

281.2 
171.2 
32.4 
(5.3)

198.3 

0.1 
3.9 
(28.3)
4.8 
0.8 
2.2 

(2.6)
— 

— 
(282.1)

(2.6)
(282.1)

(2.6)

20.2 

(298.7)

(301.2)

111.2 

178.3 

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

179

 
Financial statements

Accounting Policies
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

GENERAL INFORMATION
The Group financial statements consolidate those of Dunelm 
Group plc (‘the Company’) and its subsidiaries (together 
referred to as ‘the Group’). The Company financial statements 
on pages 176 to 207 present information about the Company 
as a separate entity and not about its Group.

Dunelm Group plc and its subsidiaries are incorporated and 
domiciled in the UK. Dunelm Group plc is a listed public 
company, limited by shares and the Company registration 
number is 04708277. The registered office is Watermead 
Business Park, Syston, Leicestershire, England, LE7 1AD. 

The primary business activity of the Group is the sale of 
homewares in the UK in stores and online. 

BASIS OF PREPARATION
The financial statements presented cover a 53 week  
trading period for the financial period ended 2 July 2022 
(2021: 52 week period ended 26 June 2021). 

On 31 December 2020, IFRS as adopted by the European 
Union at that date was brought into UK law and became 
UK-adopted International Accounting Standards, with 
future changes being subject to endorsement by the UK 
Endorsement Board. Dunelm Group plc transitioned to 
UK-adopted International Accounting Standards in its 
Company financial statements on 27 June 2021. This change 
constitutes a change in accounting framework. However, 
there is no impact on recognition, measurement or disclosure 
in the period reported as a result of the change in framework. 

The financial statements of Dunelm Group plc have been 
prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards and with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting 
under those standards. These financial statements are 
presented on pages 176 to 207.

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise 
stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in 
these Group financial statements.

The annual financial statements are prepared under the 
historical cost convention except for financial assets and 
financial liabilities (including derivative financial instruments 
and share-based payments), which have been stated at 
fair value. The financial statements are prepared in pounds 
sterling, rounded to the nearest 0.1 million.

GOING CONCERN 
At the time of approving the financial statements, the Board 
of Directors is required to formally assess that the business 
has adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future and as such can continue to adopt 
the ‘Going Concern’ basis of accounting. To support this 
assessment, the Board is required to consider the Group’s 
current financial position, its strategy, the market outlook and 
its principal risks. 

180 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

The key judgement that the Directors have considered in 
forming their conclusion is the potential impact on future 
revenue, profits and cashflows of a downturn in consumer 
spending away from homewares due to the current economic 
environment, resulting in no growth in Year 1 and lower sales 
and margin across all channels throughout the review period. 
They have also considered a deeper downturn in consumer 
spending away from homewares, resulting in negative growth 
in Year 1 and lower sales and margin across all channels 
throughout the review period.

In both downside scenarios Dunelm has sufficient liquidity 
to continue trading, including maintaining the payment of 
dividends in line with its dividend policy, and to comfortably 
meet its financial covenants. Reverse stress modelling has 
demonstrated that a prolonged sales reduction of 30% from 
Q2 FY23 and 37% from FY24 is required to breach covenants 
by the end of FY24 and a 55% sales reduction is required to 
breach the RCF limit by the end of FY24, assuming reasonable 
mitigating actions have been implemented. 

In such an event, management would follow a similar course 
of actions to those initially undertaken during the recent 
Covid-19 pandemic.

As a result, the Board believes that the Group is well 
placed to manage its financing and other significant risks 
satisfactorily and that the Group will be able to operate within 
the level of its facilities for the foreseeable future. For this 
reason, the Board considers it appropriate for the Group 
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing its financial 
statements. In addition, based on a review of the impact of 
climate change, climate change is not expected to have a 
significant impact in the Group’s going concern assessment. 

Further detail in respect of the Directors’ going concern 
assessment are included in the going concern statement 
on pages 80 to 81.

Further information regarding the Group’s business 
activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position is set out in the 
Strategic Report on pages 2 to 81. In addition, note 17 
includes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for 
managing its capital, its financial risk management objectives 
and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk.

USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
Based in the IAS 1 definitions, there are no significant 
estimates or critical judgements used in the Financial 
Statements. The inventory provision is not considered a 
significant estimate as there is not a significant risk of a 
material adjustment to the level of the provision in the next 
12 months. Management do, however, consider the inventory 
provision to be a key estimate as it is based on assumptions 
relating to a highly material balance (gross inventory) and is 
subject to uncertainty. It is therefore disclosed as an other 
estimate in line with IAS 1. 

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Inventory provisions 
The Group provides against the carrying value of the 
inventories held where it is anticipated that net realisable 
value (NRV) will be below cost. NRV is based on estimated 
selling price with future price reductions assumed to be in 
line with historic margin analysis on a line-by-line basis, and 
applied to the inventory population as deemed appropriate 
given the expected sell through period and discontinuation 
status. A 100 basis points change in the provision rate of each 
stock discontinuation category would lead to a change in the 
provision of £2.0m (2021: £1.7m). Consideration is also given 
to whether any stock categories require additional provision 
due to specific circumstances in place at the period end date.

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. The 
financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the 
consolidated financial statements from the date that control 
commences until the date that control ceases.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-group balances, and any unrealised gains and losses or 
income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, 
are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial 
statements. Consistent accounting policies have been 
adopted across the Group.

REVENUE
Revenue is generated from the sale of homewares and related 
goods and services through the Group’s stores and website, 
excluding sales between Group companies, and is after 
deducting returns, relevant discounts and VAT. Revenue is 
recognised when the Group has satisfied its performance 
obligations to its customers and the customer has obtained 
control of the goods and services being transferred. 

In general, these conditions for store sales are met at the point 
of sale. The exceptions to this are custom-made products 
and Click & Collect sales, where revenue is recognised at the 
point that the goods are collected, and gift vouchers, where 
revenue is recognised when the vouchers are redeemed 
aside from the element management do not expect to be 
redeemed based on historical data which is recognised at the 
point of sale. Revenue on home delivery sales is recognised at 
the point of delivery. Revenue is settled in cash at the point of 
sale for all revenue channels. 

The Group has two types of products; stocked products 
and products which are sent directly from suppliers to 
customers. Management has established that the Group acts 
as a principal for both types of products and thus should 
recognise revenue as the gross amount of consideration to 
which it expects to be entitled.

The Group holds a sales return provision in the Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position to provide for expected levels 
of returns on sales made before the period end but returned 
after the period end. The Group recognises the expected 
value of revenue relating to returns within sales provisions and 

the expected value of cost of sales relating to the returned 
items is included within inventories. 

For the purposes of the financial statements, management 
has concluded that since customers access the Group’s 
products across multiple channels and their journey often 
involves more than one channel, disaggregation of revenue 
would not be appropriate.

EXPENSES
Financial income and expenses
Financial income and expenses comprise interest payable 
on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, 
interest receivable on funds invested and related foreign 
exchange gains and losses.

Retirement benefits
The Group operates a defined contribution pension plan 
using a third-party provider. Obligations for the contributions 
to this plan are recognised as an expense in the Consolidated 
Income Statement as incurred.

Share-based payments
The Group operates a number of equity-settled, share-based 
compensation plans, under which the entity receives services 
from employees as consideration for equity instruments 
(options) of the Group. The fair value of the employee services 
received in exchange for the grant of the options is recognised 
as an expense. The total amount to be expensed is determined 
by reference to the fair value of the options granted:

•  Including any market performance condition (for example, 

an entity’s share price);

•  Excluding the impact of any service and non-market 

performance vesting conditions (for example, profitability, 
sales growth targets and remaining an employee of the 
entity over a specified time period); and

•  Including the impact of any non-vesting conditions (for 

example, the requirement for employees to save). 

Non-market performance and service conditions are 
included in assumptions about the number of options that 
are expected to vest. The total expense is recognised over 
the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the 
specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied.

In addition, in some circumstances employees may provide 
services in advance of the grant date and therefore the 
grant date fair value is estimated for the purposes of 
recognising the expense during the period between service 
commencement period and grant date.

At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its 
estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest 
based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises 
the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in 
the Consolidated Income Statement, with a corresponding 
adjustment to equity.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

181

 
Financial statements

Accounting Policies continued
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

When options are exercised, the Company either issues new 
shares, or uses treasury shares purchased for this purpose. 
For newly issued shares, the proceeds received net of any 
directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share 
capital (nominal value) and the share premium account.

Social security contributions payable in connection with 
the grant of the share options are considered an integral 
part of the grant itself, and the charge will be treated as 
a cash-settled transaction.

FOREIGN CURRENCIES
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the 
prevailing rate at the date of the transaction. Monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are 
translated at the rates ruling at the Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position date. Resulting exchange gains or losses 
are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement for 
the period in financial income and expenses, except when 
deferred as qualifying cash flow hedges.

TAXATION
Tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises current 
and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the Consolidated 
Income Statement except to the extent that it relates to 
items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is 
recognised in equity.

Current tax represents the expected tax payable on the 
taxable income for the period, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position date, together with any adjustment to tax 
payable in respect of previous periods.

Deferred tax is provided using the Statement of Financial 
Position liability method, providing for temporary differences 
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for 
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for 
taxation purposes. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates 
(and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
at the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position date and 
are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset 
is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profits will be available against 
which the asset can be recognised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when 
there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income 
taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the 
taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an 
intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

DIVIDENDS
Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which 
they are approved such that the Group is obligated to pay 
the dividend. 

182 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets comprise of software development, 
licences, rights to brands and customer lists, and are stated 
at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Costs 
incurred in developing the Group’s own brands are expensed 
as incurred.

Separately acquired brands and customer lists are shown at 
historical cost. Software, brands and customer lists acquired 
in a business combination are recognised at fair value at 
the acquisition date. These assets are deemed to have a 
finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated 
amortisation. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line 
method to allocate the cost over the estimated useful life.

Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on 
the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use 
the specific software. These costs are amortised over their 
estimated useful lives.

Costs associated with maintaining computer software 
programmes are recognised as an expense as incurred. 
Development costs that are directly attributable to the design 
and testing of identifiable and unique software products 
controlled by the Group are recognised as intangible assets 
when the following criteria are met:

•  It is technically feasible to complete the software product 

so that it will be available for use;

•  Management intends to complete the software product 

and use or sell it;

•  There is an ability to use or sell the software product;

•  It can be demonstrated how the software product will 

generate probable future economic benefits;

•  Adequate technical, financial and other resources to 

complete the development and to use or sell the software 
product are available; and

•  The expenditure attributable to the software product 
during its development can be reliably measured.

Other development expenditures that do not meet these 
criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred.

Computer software development costs recognised as assets 
are amortised over their estimated useful lives.

Amortisation
Amortisation is charged to the Consolidated Income 
Statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful 
life of the asset. These are as follows:

Software development and licences  3 to 5 years

Rights to brands and customer lists  5 to 15 years

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Owned assets
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at historical 
cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. 
Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and 
the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working 
condition for intended use. 

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have 
different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items 
of property, plant and equipment.

Interest charges are included in finance costs in the 
Consolidated Income Statement.

Depreciation
Depreciation is charged to the Consolidated Income 
Statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful 
lives of each part of an item of property, plant and equipment, 
to write down the cost to its estimated residual value. Land is 
not depreciated. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

Freehold buildings 

50 years

Leasehold improvements 

 over the remaining period of the 
lease, or useful life if shorter

Fixtures, fittings, and  
equipment 

3 to 5 years

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed and 
adjusted if appropriate at the end of each reporting period. 
An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its 
recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater 
than its estimated recoverable amount.

LEASES
Lease recognition
At the inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a 
contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a 
lease if it conveys the right to control the use of an identified 
asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To 
assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use 
of an identified asset, the Group uses the definition of a lease 
in IFRS 16. 

Right-of-use assets
The Group recognises right-of-use assets at the 
commencement date of the lease. Right-of-use assets 
are measured at cost, less accumulated depreciation and 
impairment losses and adjusted for any remeasurement 
of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes 
the amount of lease liabilities recognised, adjusted for any 
lease payments made at or before the commencement 
date, less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets 
are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or 
the lease term on a straight-line basis. Right-of-use assets 
are subject to, and reviewed regularly for, impairment. 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets is included in operating 
costs in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Lease liabilities
At the commencement date of the lease, the Group 
recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value 
of the lease payments to be made over the lease term. 
Lease payments include fixed payments less any lease 
incentives receivable. 

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the 
Group uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease 
commencement date if the interest rate implicit in the lease 
is not readily determinable. The carrying amount of lease 
liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change 
in the lease term or a change in the fixed lease payments. 

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets
The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets 
and lease liabilities for short-term leases of machinery and 
equipment that have a lease term of less than 12 months 
and leases of low-value assets (defined as assets with 
a value, when new, of £5,000 or less). Lease payments 
relating to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets 
are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over 
the lease term.

Subsequent measurement
The lease liability and right-of-use asset is subsequently 
remeasured to reflect changes in:

•  The lease term (using a revised discount rate);

•  The assessment of a purchase option (using a revised 

discount rate); and

•  Future lease payments resulting from a change in an index 

or a rate used to determine those payments (using an 
unchanged discount rate).

Lease modifications may also prompt remeasurement 
of the lease liability unless they are determined to be 
separate leases.

The payments related to leases are presented under cash 
flow from financing activities in the Consolidated Cash 
Flow Statement.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Recognition and measurement
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset 
at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair 
value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that 
are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial 
asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL 
are expensed in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in 
their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are 
solely payment of principal and interest.

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends 
on the Group’s business model for managing the asset and 
the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are two 
measurement categories into which the Group classifies 
its debt instruments:

•  Amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of 

contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent 
solely payments of principal and interest are measured at 
amortised cost. Interest income from these financial assets 
is included in finance income using the effective interest 
rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is 
recognised directly in the Consolidated Income Statement 
and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign 
exchange gains and losses.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

183

 
 
Financial statements

Accounting Policies continued
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

•  FVPL: All other financial assets that do not meet the criteria 
for amortised cost are measured at FVPL, unless the Group 
has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial 
recognition to account for the equity investment at fair 
value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). A gain 
or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured 
at FVPL is recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement in the period in which it arises.

Impairment of financial assets
The Group uses a forward-looking approach to assess the 
expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments 
carried at amortised cost. The impairment methodology 
applied depends on whether there has been a significant 
increase in credit risk.

Derivatives
Derivative financial instruments used are forward foreign 
exchange contracts. These are measured at fair value. 
The fair values are determined by reference to the market 
prices available from the market on which the instruments 
are traded.

Certain derivative financial instruments are designated as 
hedges in line with the Group’s treasury policy. These are 
instruments that hedge exposure to variability in cash flows 
that is attributable to a particular risk associated with a highly 
probable forecasted transaction.

Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value 
derivative financial instruments not designated as hedges are 
recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives 
that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is 
recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve within equity. The 
gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised 
immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement, within 
operating costs.

When option contracts are used to hedge forecast 
transactions, the Group designates only the intrinsic value 
of the options as the hedging instrument.

Gains or losses relating to the effective portion of the change 
in intrinsic value of the options and time value of options are 
recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve within equity.

When forward contracts are used to hedge forecast 
transactions, the Group designates the full change in fair 
value of the forward contract (including forward points) as 
the hedging instrument. The gains or losses relating to the 
effective portion of the change in fair value of the entire 
forward contract are recognised in the cash flow hedge 
reserve within equity.

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified in the 
periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss. Where 
the hedged item subsequently results in the recognition of 
a non-financial asset (such as inventory), both the deferred 

184 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

hedging gains and losses and the deferred time value of 
the option contracts or deferred forward points, if any, are 
included within the initial cost of the asset. The deferred 
amounts are ultimately recognised in the Consolidated 
Income Statement as the hedged item affects profit or loss 
(for example, through cost of sales).

When a hedging instrument expires, or is sold or terminated, 
or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge 
accounting, any cumulative deferred gain/loss and deferred 
costs of hedging in equity at that time remain in equity until 
the forecast transaction occurs, resulting in the recognition 
of a non-financial asset such as inventory. When the forecast 
transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative 
gain/loss and deferred costs of hedging that were reported 
in equity are immediately reclassified to the Consolidated 
Income Statement.

Offsetting financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount 
reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset 
the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle 
on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability 
simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be 
contingent on future events and must be enforceable in 
the normal course of business and in the event of default, 
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty.

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair 
value and then carried at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method, net of impairment provisions.

INVENTORIES
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. Cost is derived using the average cost method and 
includes costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their 
present location and condition. Net realisable value is the 
estimated selling price less cost to sell in the ordinary course 
of business. Provisions are made for obsolete, slow-moving 
or discontinued stock and for stock losses.

GOVERNMENT GRANTS
The Group applies IAS 20 ‘Accounting for Government 
Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance’ when 
accounting for government grants. A government grant is not 
recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the Group 
will comply with the conditions attaching to it, and that the 
grant will be received. Government grants are recognised in 
the Consolidated Income Statement over the same period 
as the related costs for which the grants are intended to 
compensate. The Group has chosen to present receipt and 
repayment of government grants against the related expense.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances including 
credit card receipts and deposits. All cash equivalents have 
an original maturity of three months or less.

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at their fair 
value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest rate method.

BANK BORROWINGS AND BORROWING COSTS
Interest-bearing bank loans are initially recorded at their fair 
value and subsequently held at amortised cost. Transaction 
costs incurred are amortised over the term of the loan. 

Borrowings are classed as current liabilities unless the Group 
has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability 
for at least 12 months from the Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position date.

IMPAIRMENT OF NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS
The carrying amounts of the Group’s assets are reviewed 
annually at each Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position date to determine whether there is any indication 
of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s 
recoverable amount is estimated.

The recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs 
of disposal and value in use. In assessing value in use, the 
estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present 
value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time-value of money and the risks 
specific to the asset. For an asset that does not generate 
largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount 
is determined for assets grouped at the lowest levels for 
which there are largely independent cash flows, i.e. the 
cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying 
amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds the 
recoverable amount. A cash-generating unit has been defined 
as an individual store or the online business. If an impairment 
loss is identified for a cash-generating unit, the loss shall be 
allocated to reduce the carrying amount of the assets of the 
unit pro-rated on the basis of the carrying amount of each 
asset in the unit for both property, plant and equipment and 
right-of-use assets. Impairment losses are recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement.

SHARE CAPITAL
Where the Group purchases its own equity share capital 
(treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any 
directly attributable incremental costs, is deducted from 
equity attributable to the Group’s equity holders until the 
shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such shares are 
subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received 
net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs 
and the related income tax effects, is included in equity 
attributable to the Group’s equity holders. 

PROVISIONS
A provision is recognised in the Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position when the Group has a current legal 
or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and 
it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be 
required to settle the obligation, and the amount has been 
reliably measured. 

A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the 
expected benefit to be derived by the Group from a contract 
is lower than the unavoidable costs of meeting its obligations 
under the contract.

A dilapidations provision is recognised when there is an 
expectation of future obligations relating to the maintenance 
of leasehold properties arising from events such as lease 
renewals or terminations.

CLIMATE CHANGE
In preparing the financial statements we have considered the 
potential impact of climate change. Given that the identified 
risks of climate change are expected to be present in the 
medium to long term our focus has been on the non-current 
assets within the Statement of Financial Position. Specifically, 
for the material non-current assets, we note the following: 

•  The plant, property and equipment, and the right-of-

use assets have relatively short useful lives (the average 
remaining lease term of our leasehold land and buildings 
is 5.2 years). The longer life assets relate to freehold stores 
and our head office, none of which are located in areas 
identified as being at significant risk to climate change 

•  The intangible assets, which consist of a brand, internally 
generated and other software, have a useful life of 3 to 5 
years and therefore we would not expect the identified risks 
to impact these assets.

The other non-current assets were also reviewed, and no risk 
was identified. Current assets, by their nature, are expected 
to be fully utilised within the business in the short term 
and no climate risk has been identified in this time horizon. 
Consequently, there has been no material impact on the 
financial reporting judgements and estimates applied in the 
preparation of the FY22 Annual Report and Accounts. Please 
see page 76 of the Annual Report and Accounts for further 
detail on our climate change risk assessment.

NEW STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
No new standards, amendments or interpretations, effective 
for the first time for the financial period beginning on or after 
27 June 2021 have had a material impact on the financial 
statements of the Group.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

185

 
Financial statements

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

1. Revenue

The Group has one reportable segment, in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’, which is the retail of homewares in  
the UK. 

Customers access the Group’s offer across multiple channels and their journey often involves more than one channel. Therefore, 
internal reporting focuses on the Group as a whole and does not identify individual segments. 

The Chief Operating Decision-maker is the Executive Board of Directors of Dunelm Group plc. The Executive Board reviews 
internal management reports on a monthly basis and performance is assessed based on a number of financial and non-financial 
KPIs as well as on profit before taxation. The list of our financial and non-financial KPIs can be found on page 24 to 25.

Management believes that these measures are the most relevant in evaluating the performance of the Group and for making 
resource allocation decisions. 

All material operations of the Group are carried out in the UK. The Group’s revenue is driven by the consolidation of individual 
small value transactions and as a result, Group revenue is not reliant on a major customer or group of customers.

At the year end the company had £12.2m (2021: £11.8m) of sales orders placed that will be recognised in the Consolidated 
Income Statement when the goods are despatched in the following financial year.

2. Operating costs

Selling and distribution costs
Administrative expenses

2022
53 weeks
£’m

469.4 
122.3

591.7 

2021
52 weeks
£’m

423.9 
98.6

522.5 

186 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

3. Operating profit

Operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting) the following items: 

Cost of inventories included in cost of sales
Amortisation of intangible assets
Depreciation of owned property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Loss on disposal and impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
(Gains)/losses on disposal and impairment of right-of-use assets
Expense related to short-term leases

2022
53 weeks
£’m

765.3 
6.2 
24.3 
48.6 
0.3 
(0.1)
 0.6 

2021
52 weeks
£’m

 638.5 
 7.3 
 24.5 
 45.7 
 2.3 
 1.0 
 1.8 

The cost of inventories included in cost of sales includes the impact of a net increase in the provision for obsolete inventory of 
£4.2m (2021: £5.3m increase) of which £2.6m relates to Sunflex. 

The analysis of the auditors’ remuneration is as follows:

Fees payable to the Group’s auditors for the audit of the Parent and consolidated annual financial 
statements
Fees payable to the Group’s auditors and their associates for other services to the Group
•  Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
•   Other assurance services (See Audit and Risk Committee Report on page 120 for further 

information)

4. Employee numbers and costs

The average monthly number of people employed by the Group (including Directors) was:

Selling
Distribution
Administration

2022
53 weeks
Number 
of heads

9,544 
963 
925 

11,432 

2022
53 weeks
Full time
equivalents

5,437 
930 
906 

7,273 

The aggregate remuneration of all employees (including Directors) comprises:

Wages and salaries (including termination benefits)
Social security costs
Share-based payment expense
Pension costs – defined contribution plans

2022
53 weeks
£’000

2021
52 weeks
£’000

46 

256 

42 

29 

225 

40 

2021
52 weeks
Number 
of heads

9,039 
829 
704 

10,572 

2022
53 weeks
£’m

211.1 
14.3 
4.9 
5.2 

235.5 

2021
52 weeks
Full time
equivalents

5,390 
812 
695 

6,897 

2021
52 weeks
£’m

190.8 
13.0 
7.5 
4.5 

215.8 

In the prior year, payroll costs included £14.5m relating to the Board’s decision to repay claims made in 2020 under the UK 
Government’s Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme.

Details of Directors’ remuneration, share options, long-term incentive schemes and pension entitlements are disclosed in the 
Remuneration Report on pages 130 to 162 and in the Related Parties note 25 on page 206.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

187

 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

5. Financial income and expenses

Financial income
Interest on bank deposits
Net foreign exchange gains

Financial expenses
Interest on bank borrowings
Amortisation of issue costs of bank loans
Net foreign exchange losses
Interest on lease liabilities

Net financial expense

6. Taxation

Current taxation
UK corporation tax charge for the period
Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Deferred taxation
Origination of temporary differences
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
Impact of change in tax rate

Total tax expense

The tax charge is reconciled with the standard rate of UK corporation tax as follows: 

Profit before taxation
UK corporation tax at standard rate of 19.0% (2021: 19.0%)
Factors affecting the charge in the period:

Non-deductible expenses
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
Impact of change in tax rate

Tax charge

2022
53 weeks
£’m

2021
52 weeks
£’m

0.1 
1.1 

1.2 

(0.9)
(0.4)
— 
(4.8)

(6.1)

(4.9)

0.1 
— 

0.1 

(0.8)
(0.2)
(2.4)
(5.3)

(8.7)

(8.6)

2022
53 weeks
£’m

2021
52 weeks
£’m

39.0 
(0.2)

38.8 

3.0 
(0.2)
— 

2.8 

41.6 

2022
53 weeks
£’m

212.8 
40.4 

1.6 
(0.4)
— 

41.6 

32.7 
(1.7)

31.0 

(1.3)
— 
(0.8)

(2.1)

28.9

2021
52 weeks
£’m

157.8 
30.0 

1.4 
(1.7)
(0.8)

28.9

The taxation charge for the period as a percentage of profit before tax is 19.5% (2021: 18.3%).

The UK Government substantively enacted an increase in the corporation tax rate to 25.0% effective from 1 April 2023. 
The deferred tax asset as at 2 July 2022 has been calculated based on the rate of 25.0% unless the asset/liability is expected 
to be realised or settled before the rate increase in which case the rate of 19.0% has been used.

188 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

7. Dividends

The dividends set out in the table below relate to the 1 pence Ordinary Shares:

Interim dividend for the period ended 26 June 2021
Special dividend for the period ended 26 June 2021
Final dividend for the period ended 26 June 2021
Interim dividend for the period ended 2 July 2022
Special dividend for the period ended 2 July 2022

– paid 12.0 pence
– paid 65.0 pence
– paid 23.0 pence
– paid 14.0 pence
– paid 37.0 pence

2022
53 weeks
£’m

—
131.9 
46.8 
28.3 
75.1 

282.1 

2021
52 weeks
£’m

24.3 
— 
— 
— 
— 

24.3

The Board are proposing a final dividend of 26.0 pence per Ordinary Share for the period ended 2 July 2022 which equates to 
£52.9m. Subject to shareholder approval at the AGM this will be paid on 5 December 2022 to shareholders on the register at the 
close of business on 11 November 2022. 

8. Earnings per Ordinary Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the period attributable to equity holders of the Company by the 
weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue during the period, excluding Ordinary Shares purchased by the Company 
and held as treasury shares (note 21).

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all 
dilutive potential Ordinary Shares. These represent share options granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the 
average market price of the Group’s Ordinary Shares during the period.

Weighted average numbers of shares: 

Weighted average number of shares in issue during the period
Impact of share options

Number of shares for diluted earnings per share

Profit for the period

Earnings per Ordinary Share – basic
Earnings per Ordinary Share – diluted

2022
53 weeks
‘000

202,722 
2,135 

204,857 

2022
53 weeks
£’m

171.2 

84.5p
83.6p

2021
52 weeks
‘000

202,445 
2,445 

204,890

2021
52 weeks
£’m

128.9 

63.7p
62.9p

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

189

 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

9. Intangible assets 

Cost
At 28 June 2020
Additions
Disposals

At 26 June 2021
Additions
Acquisition through business combination
Disposals

At 2 July 2022

Accumulated amortisation
At 28 June 2020
Charge for the financial period
Disposals
Impairment

At 26 June 2021
Charge for the financial period
Disposals

At 2 July 2022

Net book value
At 28 June 2020
At 26 June 2021

At 2 July 2022

Software  
development  
and licences 
£’m

Rights to 
brands and 
customer lists
£’m

51.7 
0.6 
(0.3)

52.0 
0.9 
— 
(0.3)

52.6 

29.0 
7.3 
(0.3)
1.2 

37.2 
6.2 
(0.2)

43.2 

22.7 
14.8 

9.4 

11.0 
— 
— 

11.0 
— 
0.5 
— 

11.5 

11.0 
— 
— 
— 

11.0 
— 
— 

11.0 

— 
— 

0.5 

Total
£’m

62.7 
0.6 
(0.3)

63.0 
0.9 
0.5 
(0.3)

64.1 

40.0 
7.3 
(0.3)
1.2 

48.2 
6.2 
(0.2)

54.2 

22.7 
14.8 

9.9

All amortisation is included within operating costs in the Consolidated Income Statement.

There was no trigger for impairment in the period. Last year’s impairment of £1.2m relates to tablet-based sales enabling 
software that was impaired following the development and roll out of new functionality in this area.

Within software development and licences there were no additions (2021: nil) related to internally generated assets.

190 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

10. Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 28 June 2020
Additions
Disposals

At 26 June 2021
Transfer
Additions
Acquisition through business combination
Disposals

At 2 July 2022

Accumulated depreciation
At 28 June 2020
Charge for the financial period
Disposals
Impairment

At 26 June 2021
Transfer
Charge for the financial period
Disposals

At 2 July 2022

Net book value
At 28 June 2020
At 26 June 2021

At 2 July 2022

Freehold land 
and buildings
£’m

Leasehold 
improvements
£’m

Fixtures, fittings 
and equipment
£’m

97.7 
— 
— 

97.7 
— 
0.1 
9.2 
— 

107.0 

16.4 
1.7 
— 
— 

18.1 
— 
1.8 
— 

19.9 

81.3 
79.6 

87.1 

160.6 
3.8 
(6.7)

157.7
1.2 
13.3 
0.1 
(8.3)

164.0 

84.8 
13.2 
(6.2)
0.1 

91.9 
(0.5)
14.4 
(8.1)

97.7 

75.8 
65.8 

66.3 

119.9 
9.0 
(4.7)

124.2
(1.2)
12.6 
0.3 
(3.7)

132.2 

101.6 
9.6 
(4.3)
0.1 

107.0 
0.5 
8.1 
(3.7)

111.9 

18.3 
17.2 

20.3 

Total
£’m

378.2 
12.8 
(11.4)

379.6 
— 
26.0 
9.6 
(12.0)

403.2 

202.8 
24.5 
(10.5)
0.2 

217.0 
— 
24.3 
(11.8)

229.5 

175.4 
162.6 

173.7

All depreciation and impairment charges have been included within operating costs in the Consolidated Income Statement.

There was no trigger for impairment in the period. Last year’s impairment of £0.2m relates to store impairment. The recoverable 
amount was determined as the value in use, applying a discount rate of 10.0% (pre-tax).

Similar asset categories have been amalgamated into leasehold improvements and fixtures, fittings and equipment in the 
current year. The nature of this change is presentational under IAS 1.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

191

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

11. Leases

Right-of-use assets included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at 2 July 2022 were as follows:

At the beginning of the period
Additions
Disposals
Impairment
Depreciation

At the end of the period

2022
Land and 
buildings 
£’m

254.7 
30.9 
(0.1)
— 
(45.1)

240.4 

2022
Motor vehicles, 
plant and 
equipment 
£’m

7.3 
4.4 
(0.1)
— 
(3.5)

8.1 

2022
Total
£’m

262.0 
35.3 
(0.2)
— 
(48.6)

248.5 

Right-of-use additions include £3.1m of lease modifications (2021: £1.3m).

Lease liabilities included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at 2 July 2022 were as follows:

At the beginning of the period
Additions
Disposals
Interest
Repayment of lease liabilities

At the end of the period

2022
Land and 
buildings 
£’m

(286.1)
(31.5)
— 
(4.7)
52.2 

(270.1)

2022
Motor vehicles, 
plant and 
equipment 
£’m

(7.2)
(4.4)
0.1 
(0.1)
3.6 

(8.0)

2022
Total
£’m

(293.3)
(35.9)
0.1 
(4.8)
55.8 

(278.1)

2021
Total
£’m

283.3 
25.5 
(0.1)
(1.0)
(45.7)

262.0 

2021
Total
£’m

(314.4)
(26.9)
0.1 
(5.3)
53.2 

(293.3)

The discount rate applied across all lease liabilities ranged between 0.9% and 2.8% (2021: 1.0% and 2.1%). The discount rate 
reflects our incremental borrowing rate which we assess by considering the marginal rate on the Group’s RCF, the Bank of 
England base rate, the yield on Government bonds and the term of the lease. 

The maturity analysis of the lease liabilities is as follows: 

Current
Non-current

2022
£’m

(52.8)
(225.3)

(278.1)

The remaining contractual maturities of the lease liabilities, which are gross and undiscounted, are as follows:

Less than one year
One to two years
Two to five years
Five to ten years
More than ten years

Total undiscounted lease liability

The average remaining lease term of our leasehold land and buildings is 5.2 years.

2022
£’m

(57.1)
(53.2)
(111.9)
(68.3)
(5.0)

(295.5)

2021
£’m

(49.0)
(244.3)

(293.3)

2021
£’m

(53.7)
(51.8)
(119.1)
(78.2)
(10.1)

(312.9)

192 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

11. Leases continued

The following amounts have been recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement: 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Gain on disposal of right-of-use assets
Impairment of right-of-use assets
Interest expenses (included in financial expenses)
Expense relating to short-term leases

2022
53 weeks
Land and 
buildings 
£’m

2022
53 weeks
Motor vehicles, 
plant and 
equipment 
£’m

2022
53 weeks
Total
£’m

2021
52 weeks
Total
£’m

45.1 
(0.1)
— 
4.7 
0.5 

3.5 
— 
— 
0.1 
0.1 

48.6 
(0.1)
— 
4.8 
0.6 

45.7 
—
1.0 
5.3 
1.8 

There was no trigger for impairment in the current year. The prior year’s impairment of £1.0m relates to store impairment. 
The recoverable amount has been determined as the value in use applying a discount rate of 10.0% (pre-tax).

The total cash outflow for leases during the financial period was £55.0m (2021: £59.3m).

12. Deferred tax assets/liabilities

Deferred tax is provided in full on temporary differences under the liability method using a taxation rate of 25.0% unless the 
asset/liability is expected to be realised or settled before the corporation tax rate increase in 2023 in which case the rate of 
19.0% has been used.

Deferred taxation assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Assets

Liabilities

Net assets/(liabilities)

Property, plant and equipment
Share-based payments
Hedging
Other temporary differences

Deferred tax recoverable/(payable) 
after more than 12 months
Deferred tax recoverable/(payable) 
within 12 months

2022
£’m

0.7 
7.5 
— 
0.2 

8.4 

Assets

2022
£’m

1.4 

7.2 

8.6 

2021
£’m

3.6 
6.5 
1.0 
0.3 

11.4 

2021
£’m

4.6 

6.8 

11.4 

2022
£’m

— 
— 
(4.3)
— 

(4.3)

2021
£’m

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

2022
£’m

0.7 
7.5 
(4.3)
0.2 

4.1 

Liabilities

Net assets/(liabilities)

2022
£’m

(0.2)

(4.3) 

(4.5)

2021 
£’m

— 

— 

— 

2022
£’m

1.2 

2.9 

4.1 

2021
£’m

3.6 
6.5 
1.0 
0.3 

11.4

2021
£’m

4.6 

6.8 

11.4 

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

193

 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

12. Deferred tax assets/liabilities continued

The movement in the net deferred tax balance is as follows: 

Property, plant and equipment
Share-based payments
Hedging
Other temporary differences

Property, plant and equipment
Share-based payments
Hedging
Other temporary differences

13. Inventories 

Raw materials 
Work in progress
Goods for resale

Balance at  
28 June  
2020 
£’m

Recognised in 
income 
£’m

Recognised in 
equity 
£’m

2.5 
2.2 
(1.2)
0.7 

4.2 

Balance at  
27 June  
2021 
£’m

3.6 
6.5 
1.0 
0.3 

11.4 

1.1 
1.4 
— 
(0.4)

2.1 

— 
2.9 
2.2 
— 

5.1 

Recognised in 
income 
£’m

Recognised in 
equity 
£’m

(2.9)
0.2 
— 
(0.1)

(2.8)

— 
0.8 
(5.3)
— 

(4.5)

2022
£’m

 1.7 
 1.6 
 219.7 

223.0 

Balance at
26 June 
 2021
£’m

3.6 
6.5 
1.0 
0.3 

11.4 

Balance at
2 July 
 2022 
£’m

0.7 
7.5 
(4.3)
0.2 

4.1 

2021 
£’m

—
—
 172.4 

172.4

Goods for resale includes a net realisable value provision of £21.4m (2021: £17.2m). Write-downs of inventories to net realisable 
value amounted to £20.1m (2021: £16.4m). These were recognised as an expense during the period and were included in cost 
of sales in the Consolidated Income Statement. As at 2 July 2022, included within the above is £10m relating to Sunflex.

14. Trade and other receivables 

Trade receivables
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income

2022
£’m

2.9
9.5 
10.5 

22.9

2021
£’m

0.9 
4.8 
6.1 

11.8 

All trade receivables are due within one year from the end of the reporting period. 

No impairment was incurred on trade and other receivables during the period and the expected credit loss provision held at 
period end is nil (2021: nil). No material amounts are overdue (2021: nil).  

194 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
 
I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

15. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

2022
£’m

30.2 

2021
£’m

128.6 

The Group deposits funds only with institutions that have a credit rating of ‘A’ and above and the term is less than three months. 

16. Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Accruals and deferred income
Taxation and social security
Other payables

2022
£’m

98.3
86.8 
34.0 
4.1 

2021
£’m

69.4 
69.9 
42.3 
0.2 

223.2

181.8 

Other payables includes £3.1m payable for the acquisition of Sunflex (note 27).

17. Financial risk management 

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. A formal process 
for reviewing and managing risk in the business is in place. 

CREDIT RISK
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations and arises principally from the Group’s deposits with banks and financial institutions as well as foreign 
exchange hedging agreements with its banking counterparties. The Group only deals with creditworthy counterparties and 
uses publicly available financial information to rate its counterparties, therefore credit risk is considered to be low.

Group policy is that surplus funds are placed on deposit with counterparties approved by the Board, with a minimum of an ‘A’ 
credit rating. The credit limit for the syndicate banks is up to £60m. All other parties are limited to £25m. 

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of financial assets. No collateral is held 
(2021: nil). At the period end the maximum exposure is detailed in the table below:

Current
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Accrued income
Derivative financial instruments

Total current financial assets

Non-current
Derivative financial instruments

Total financial assets

2022
£’m

30.2 
12.4
0.6 
19.9 

63.1

4.6 

67.7

2021
£’m

128.6 
5.7 
0.3 
0.4 

135.0 

0.3 

135.3

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

195

 
Financial statements

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

17. Financial risk management continued

CREDIT RISK
Trade and other receivables include rebates due from suppliers recognised as a reduction to cost of sales in the period to which 
they relate. The rebates are recovered through deductions from future payments to suppliers and therefore management is 
confident of the recoverability of these balances. 

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses (ECL) which uses a lifetime expected 
loss allowance for all trade and other receivables and accrued income. To measure the expected credit losses, trade and other 
receivables and accrued income have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. There is 
limited exposure to ECL due to the way the Group operates. 

The Group will write off, either partially or in full, the gross carrying amount of a financial asset when there is no realistic 
prospect of recovery. This is usually the case when it is determined that the debtor does not have the assets or sources of 
income that could generate sufficient cash flows to repay the amounts subject to the write-off. However, the Group may still 
choose to pursue enforcement in order to recover the amounts due. 

On that basis, the loss allowance as at 26 June 2021 and 2 July 2022 was determined to not be significant for trade and other 
receivables, accrued income and cash and cash equivalents.

LIQUIDITY RISK
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to 
managing liquidity risk is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, 
under both normal and extreme circumstances. The Group manages this risk by continuously monitoring cash flow forecasts. 
Further details of the Group’s available facilities can be found in the capital management section of this note. 

All cash flows on financial liabilities for 2022 and 2021 are contractually due within one year with the exception of provisions, 
bank loans, derivative financial liabilities and lease liabilities. The details of lease liabilities are shown in note 11. 

Total borrowings of £54.0m (2021: nil) reflect the level of facility drawdown at the period end on the Group’s RCF.

INTEREST RATE RISK
The Group’s bank borrowings incur variable interest rate charges. The Group’s policy aims to manage the interest cost of the Group 
within the constraints of its financial covenants. The Group will continue to monitor movements in the interest rate swap market. 

During the period, if SONIA interest rates had been 100 basis points higher with all other variables held constant, post-tax profit 
would have been £0.1m lower (2021: nil impact).

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK
All of the Group’s revenues are in sterling. The majority of purchases are also in pounds sterling, but some goods purchased 
direct from overseas suppliers are paid for in US dollars, accounting for just over 30% (2021: 30%) of stock purchases in the 
period ended 2 July 2022. 

The Group uses various means to cover its exposure to US dollars including holding US dollar cash balances and taking out 
forward foreign exchange contracts for the purchase of US dollars. All the Group’s foreign exchange transactions are designed 
to satisfy US dollar denominated liabilities. The maximum level of hedging coverage which will be undertaken is 100% of 
anticipated expenditure on a three-month horizon, stepping down to 75% on a four- to 12-month horizon and 50% on a 13- to 
18-month horizon. There is a low level of coverage beyond the 18-month horizon. 

Cash flow hedges are in place to manage foreign exchange rate risk arising from forecast purchases denominated in US dollars. 
At the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position date, the fair value of US dollar foreign exchange forward contracts held in 
cash flow hedges was a £24.5m asset (2021: £5.2m liability) which relates to a commitment to purchase $369.0m (2021: $242.0m) 
for a fixed sterling amount. A fair value gain of £32.4m (2021: £17.7m loss) was recognised in other comprehensive income and 
no loss (2021: nil) was recognised on cash flow hedges during the period. In the period, a gain of £2.6m (2021: £5.9m loss) was 
recycled from the cash flow hedge reserve to inventory to offset foreign exchange movements on purchases. The remaining 
hedge reserve balance will be recycled to the Consolidated Income Statement to offset future purchases occurring after the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position date, the majority of which expire in the next 12 months.

The outstanding US dollar liabilities at the period end were $0.1m (2021: $0.1m).

196 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

17. Financial risk management continued

At the period end if GBP had strengthened by 10% against US dollar with all other variables held constant, post-tax profit would 
have been £0.7m higher (2021: £1.5m higher) as a result of foreign exchange gains on translation of US dollar denominated 
trade payables and cash and cash equivalents. Other components of equity would have been £2.5m higher (2021: £4.2m lower) 
as a result of a decrease in fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges.

Conversely, if GBP had weakened by 10% against US dollar with all other variables held constant, post-tax profit for the period would 
have been £0.8m lower (2021: £1.2m lower) and other components of equity would have been £2.5m lower (2021: £6.3m higher).

The US dollar period end exchange rate applied in the above analysis is £1=$1.2087 (2021: £1=$1.3877).

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The Group considers equity plus debt as capital. There are no externally imposed capital requirements on the Group. 

The Board’s objective with respect to capital management is to ensure the Group continues as a going concern in order to optimise 
returns to shareholders. The Board regularly monitors the level of capital in the Group to ensure that this can be achieved. 

The Company has a syndicated RCF of £185m which is committed until 9 December 2025, which may be extended by a 
maximum of a further two years at Dunelm Group plc’s request, subject to lender consent. There is also an optional accordion 
facility of £75m. The terms of the RCF are consistent with normal practice and include covenants in respect of leverage (Group 
net debt to be no greater than 2.5x Group EBITDA before exceptional items) and fixed charge cover (Group EBITDAR before 
exceptional items to be no less than 1.75x Group fixed charges), both of which were met comfortably as at 2 July 2022 as shown 
below. In addition, the Company maintains £10m of uncommitted overdraft facilities with one syndicate partner bank. 

The gearing ratio and banking covenants were as follows: 

Total borrowings (note 18)
Less: unamortised debt issue costs (note 18)
Less: cash and cash equivalents (note 15)

Net debt/(cash)
Total equity

Total capital

Gearing ratio

Operating profit 
Add: Depreciation and amortisation of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets  
(note 3)
Add: Loss on disposal and impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 
(note 3)

Adjusted EBITDA*/EBITDA

Leverage ratio

Adjusted EBITDA*/EBITDA
Rent plus RoUA depreciation**/Rent

EBITDAR

Net interest (note 5)
Rent plus RoUA depreciation**/Rent

Fixed charges

Fixed charge cover

2022 
53 weeks
£’m

54.0 
(1.2)
(30.2)

22.6 
178.3 

200.9 

2021 
52 weeks
£’m

— 
(0.2)
(128.6)

(128.8)
281.2 

152.4 

11.2%

(84.5%)

217.7 

163.1 

30.5 

31.8 

0.3 

248.5 

 0.09 

248.5 
50.4 

298.9 

4.9 
50.4 

55.3 

 5.4 

2.5 

197.4 

 (0.65)

197.4 
53.9 

251.3 

3.3 
53.9 

57.2 

 4.4 

*  Adjusted EBITDA for 2022 definitions is EBITDA excluding Right of Use Asset Depreciation. 
**   In the post-IFRS16 calculations, rent plus right-of-use asset depreciation is used as a proxy to pre-IFRS16 rent to keep the pre- and post-IFRS16 calculations as 

comparable as possible.

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

197

 
Financial statements

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

17. Financial risk management continued

In 2022 the banking covenants are calculated on a post-IFRS16 basis, whereas in 2021 the calculation was on a pre-IFRS16 
basis. The reason for the change is that the definitions of the covenants were updated in the RCF agreement that was signed in 
December 2021 to be on a post-IFRS16 basis. If the 2021 banking covenants were to be calculated on a post-IFRS 16 basis then 
the leverage ratio would be (0.64) and the fixed charge cover would be 4.2.

DERIVATIVES: HEDGE INEFFECTIVENESS
Hedge effectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedge relationship, and through periodic prospective effectiveness 
assessments to ensure that an economic relationship exists between the hedged item and hedging instrument. 

For hedges of foreign currency purchases, the Group enters into hedge relationships where the critical terms of the hedging 
instrument match exactly with the terms of the hedged item. The Group therefore performs a qualitative assessment of 
effectiveness. If changes in circumstances affect the terms of the hedged item such that the critical terms no longer match 
exactly with the critical terms of the hedging instrument, the Group uses the hypothetical derivative method to assess 
effectiveness. 

In hedges of foreign currency purchases, ineffectiveness may arise if the timing of the forecast transaction changes from what 
was originally estimated, or if there are changes in the credit risk of the Group or the derivative counterparty. 

MARKET RISK
The Group uses a combination of foreign currency options and foreign currency forwards to hedge its exposure to foreign 
currency risk. 

The Group only designates the spot component of foreign currency forwards in hedge relationships. The spot component is 
determined with reference to relevant spot market exchange rates. The differential between the contracted forward rate and 
the spot market exchange rate is defined as the forward points. It is discounted where material. 

The intrinsic value of foreign currency options is determined with reference to the relevant spot market exchange rate. The 
differential between the contracted strike rate and the discounted spot market exchange rate is defined as the time value. It is 
discounted where material. 

The changes in the forward element of the foreign currency forwards and the time value of the options that relate to hedged 
items are deferred in the hedging reserve.

EFFECTS OF HEDGE ACCOUNTING ON THE FINANCIAL POSITION AND PERFORMANCE

Foreign currency forwards
Carrying amount of asset/(liability)
Notional amount

Maturity date 

Hedge ratio
Change in value of hedged item used to determine hedge effectiveness
Change in the value of hedging instruments
Weighted average hedged rate for the year (including forward points)

2022
£’m

24.5 
280.4

2021
£’m

(5.2)
174.0

July 2022-
 June 2024
1:1
32.4
(32.4)

July 2021-
May 2023
1:1
17.7
(17.7)
£1:US$1.3426 £1:US$1.3493

FAIR VALUES
The fair value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities are equal to their carrying value. The fair value of foreign currency 
contracts are amounts required by the counterparties to cancel the contracts at the end of the period. 

198 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

17. Financial risk management continued

FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY
Financial instruments carried at fair value are required to be measured by reference to the following levels:

•  Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•  Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. 

as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and 

•  Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

All derivative financial instruments carried at fair value have been measured by a Level 2 valuation method, based on 
observable market data.

FINANCIAL ASSETS/(LIABILITIES)
The carrying value of all financial assets and financial liabilities was materially equal to their fair value.

At 26 June 2021 

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Accrued income
Derivative financial instruments

Total financial assets

Trade and other payables
Accruals
Lease Liabilities
Bank loans
Provisions
Derivative financial instruments

Total financial liabilities

Net financial assets/(liabilities)

At 2 July 2022 

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Accrued income
Derivative financial instruments

Total financial assets

Trade and other payables
Accruals
Lease liabilities
Bank loans
Provisions
Derivative financial instruments

Total financial liabilities

Net financial assets/(liabilities)

Financial assets 
at amortised 
cost
£’m

Financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost
£’m

Derivatives used 
for hedging
£’m

128.6 
5.7 
0.3 
— 

134.6 

— 
— 
—
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

(69.6)
(57.9)
(293.3)
— 
(4.5)
— 

(425.3)

134.6 

(425.3)

— 
— 
— 
0.7 

0.7 

— 
— 
—
— 
— 
(5.9)

(5.9)

(5.2)

Financial assets 
at amortised 
cost
£’m

Financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost
£’m

Derivatives used 
for hedging
£’m

30.2 
12.4
0.6 
— 

43.2

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

43.2

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

(102.4) 
(74.2)
(278.1)
(52.8)
(5.5)
— 

(513.0)

(513.0) 

— 
— 
— 
24.5 

24.5 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

24.5 

Total
£’m

128.6 
5.7 
0.3 
0.7 

135.3 

(69.6)
(57.9)
(293.3)
— 
(4.5)
(5.9)

(431.2)

(295.9)

Total
£’m

30.2 
12.4 
0.6 
24.5 

67.7

(102.4) 
(74.2)
(278.1) 
(52.8)
(5.5)
— 

(513.0)

(445.3)

DUNELM GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

199

 
Financial statements

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

17. Financial risk management continued

The currency profile of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents is as follows:

Sterling
US dollar
Euro

18. Bank loans

Total borrowings
Less: unamortised debt issue costs1

2022
£’m

19.7 
10.4 
0.1 

30.2 

2022
£’m

54.0 
(1.2)

52.8 

2021
£’m

122.4 
5.8 
0.4 

128.6 

2021
£’m

— 
(0.2) 

(0.2)

1.  Unamortised debt issue costs of £0.2m are included in other receivables as at 26 June 2021 as there was no debt at the period end.

Borrowings relate to the Group’s syndicated RCF, as described in note 17. The carrying amount of bank borrowings is equal to 
fair value. The Group also has an accordion option with a maximum facility of £75m, as well as an overdraft facility of £10m.

The analysis below shows the reconciliation of net debt:

Net cash at 27 June 2021 and 28 June 2020
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents (excluding foreign exchange revaluations)
Effect of foreign exchange (note 5)
Repayments of Revolving Credit Facility
Drawdowns of Revolving Credit Facility
Loan transaction costs

Change in net debt resulting from cash flows
Amortisation of debt issue costs (note 5)

Movement in net debt
Net debt represented by
Cash and cash equivalents (note 15)
Non-current borrowings (note 18)

Net (debt)/cash including unamortised debt issue costs
Unamortised debt issue costs (note 18)

Net (debt)/cash at 2 July 2022 and 26 June 2021

2022 
53 weeks
£’m

128.8 
(99.5)
1.1 
31.0 
(85.0)
1.4 

(151.0)
(0.4)

(151.4)

30.2 
(54.0)

(23.8)
1.2 

(22.6)

2021 
52 weeks
£’m

45.4 
41.0 
(2.4)
45.0 
— 
— 

83.6 
(0.2)

83.4 

128.6 
— 

128.6 
0.2 

128.8

200 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

19. Provisions

Property-related

Balance at 
 26 June 2021
£’m

Utilised in the 
period
£’m

Created in the 
period
£’m

Released in the 
period
£’m

Balance at 
 2 July 2022
£’m

4.5 

(0.1)

2.7 

(1.6)

5.5

Property-related provisions consist of costs associated with vacant property and dilapidations. Dilapidations are based on the 
Directors’ best estimate of the Group’s future liabilities. 

20. Issued share capital

In issue at the start of the period
Issued during the period in respect of share option schemes

In issue at the end of the period

2022

2021

Number of 
Ordinary Shares 
of 1p each

Number of 
Ordinary Shares 
of 1p each

202,833,931  202,833,931 
— 

592,904 

203,426,835  202,833,931 

Ordinary shares of 1p each:
Authorised
Allotted, called up and fully paid

2022

Number of 
shares

2021

£’m

Number of 
shares

500,000,000
203,426,835

5.0 500,000,000
2.0 202,833,931

Proceeds received in relation to shares issued during the period were £0.1m (2021: £nil).

21. Treasury shares

Outstanding at the beginning of the period
Purchased during the period
Reissued during the period in respect of share option schemes

Outstanding at the end of the period

2022

2021

Number of 
shares

160,319
2,500,000
(974,119)

1,686,200 

£’m

1.4 
28.3 
(12.2)

17.5 

Number of 
shares

573,590
— 
(413,271)

160,319 

£’m

5.0
2.0

£’m

5.1 
— 
(3.7)

1.4 

The Group acquired 2,500,000 (2021: nil) shares through purchases on the London Stock Exchange during the period for a total 
value of £28.3m (2021: nil). 

The Group reissued 974,119 (2021: 413,271) treasury shares during the period for a total value of £12.2m (2021: £3.7m). 

Proceeds from the issue of treasury shares included in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity of £3.9m (2021: £1.8m) is the amount employees contributed.

The Group has the right to reissue the remaining treasury shares at a later date. 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 201

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

22. Share-based payments

The Group operates a number of share-based payment schemes as follows:

DUNELM GROUP SHARE OPTION PLAN (GSOP) 
These options are granted to particular individuals and are dependent on the level of growth in the Group’s diluted earnings per 
share relative to RPI as well as continuing employment with the Group.

The Dunelm GSOP provides options over shares, exercisable between three and ten years following their grant, to be allocated 
to Dunelm (Soft Furnishings) Ltd employees at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. No options were granted to any 
Directors or changes made to existing entitlements in the year under review. There are no cash-settlement alternatives and they 
are therefore accounted for under IFRS 2 as equity-settled awards. Option prices are set at the prevailing market price at the 
time of grant. This is a legacy share option scheme and the last grants under this scheme were made in October 2016.

The following table summarises the movement in Dunelm GSOP options during the year:

GSOP

Outstanding at beginning of year
Exercised
Outstanding at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

2022

2021

No. of options

Weighted 
average exercise 
price (p)

No. of options

Weighted 
average exercise 
price (p)

3,731
(3,731)
— 

— 

 872.96 
(872.96)
 — 

 — 

3,731
— 
3,731

3,731

 872.96 
 — 
 872.96 

 872.96

Exercisable at end of year refers to all share options not exercised which have passed their vesting date, but not yet reached 
their expiry date.

The weighted average remaining contractual life of these options is nil years (2021: 2.3 years).

DUNELM GROUP SAVINGS RELATED SHARE OPTION PLAN (SHARESAVE) 
The Dunelm Group plc Savings Related Share Option Plan (Sharesave) scheme is open to all colleagues with eligible length 
of service. Invitations to participate in the scheme are issued annually and the scheme is ‘approved’ under HMRC rules. The 
current maximum monthly savings for the schemes detailed below is £500. Options are granted at the prevailing market rate 
less a discount of 20%. Options may be exercised under the scheme within six months of the completion of each three-year 
savings contract (from the grant date). There is provision for early exercise in certain circumstances such as death, disability, 
redundancy, and retirement. Sharesave options are also accounted for as equity-settled awards under IFRS 2.

The following table summarises the movement in Dunelm Group plc Sharesave options during the year:

Sharesave Plans

Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited

Outstanding at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

2022

2021

No. of options

1,571,890
632,092
(807,250)
(214,220)

1,182,512

Weighted 
average exercise 
price (p)

 651.20 
 1,046.00 
 483.06 
 949.37 

No. of options

1,773,317
316,251
(310,203)
(207,475)

 923.00 

1,571,890

31,605

 479.00 

28,461

Weighted 
average exercise 
price (p)

 549.95 
 1,167.00 
 585.64 
 670.00 

 651.20 

 602.00

Exercisable at end of year refers to all share options not exercised which have passed their vesting date, but not yet reached 
their expiry date. The figure of 31,605 options (2021: 28,461 options) excludes the provisions for early exercise explained above. 

202 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

22. Share-based payments continued

DUNELM GROUP SAVINGS RELATED SHARE OPTION PLAN (SHARESAVE) 
Options outstanding at 2 July 2022 are exercisable at prices ranging between 479.00p and 1,167.00p (2021: 479.00p and 
1,167.00p) and have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 2.1 years (2021: 1.6 years), as analysed in the table below:

Sharesave Plans

Exercise price (pence):
479.00
602.00
654.00
1046.00
1167.00

2022

2021

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual life 
(years)

—
 — 
 1.0 
 3.0 
 2.0 

 2.1 

No. of options

 45,502 
—
 370,906 
 553,288 
 212,816 

 1,182,512 

No. of options

 842,982 
 28,461 
 418,562 
—
 281,885 

 1,571,890 

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual life 
(years)

 1.0 
—
 2.0 
—
 3.0 

 1.6

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (LTIP)
As explained in the Remuneration Report, the Group operates an equity-settled LTIP scheme for executive directors and other 
senior colleagues. Performance conditions for the LTIP awards are detailed in the Remuneration Report. LTIP options are also 
accounted for as equity-settled awards under IFRS 2.

The following table summarises the movements in nil cost LTIP awards during the year:

LTIP Awards

Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted
Dividend equivalent awarded in the year
Exercised
Forfeited

Outstanding at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

2022

2021

No. of options

No. of options

1,733,531
515,226
17,866
(497,830)
(303,126)

1,741,497
424,430
144,686
(95,696)
(481,386)

1,465,667

1,733,531

17,082

5,795

Exercisable at end of year refers to all share options not exercised which have passed their vesting date, but not yet reached 
their expiry date.

The weighted average remaining contractual life of these options is 8.0 years (2021: 8.2 years).

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 203

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

22. Share-based payments continued

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD (RSA) 
These awards are granted to particular individuals and are dependent on continuing employment. There are no performance 
conditions attached to these awards. RSA options are also accounted for as equity-settled awards under IFRS 2.

The following table summarises the movements in nil cost RSA options during the year:

Restricted Stock Awards

Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted
Dividend equivalent awarded in the year
Exercised
Forfeited

Outstanding at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

2022

2021

No. of options

No. of options

68,103
75,940
2,765
(10,308)
(12,956)

123,544

2,785

34,200
44,479
4,932
(8,944)
(6,564)

68,103

1,456

Exercisable at end of year refers to all share options not exercised which have passed their vesting date, but not yet reached 
their expiry date.

The weighted average remaining contractual life of these options is 8.8 years (2021: 8.7 years).

BONUS DEFERRED SHARES AWARD
The Bonus Deferred Shares Award provides options over shares in Dunelm Group plc for colleagues of the Group as a 
discretionary bonus. This is an equity-settled share option scheme and there are no performance conditions attached to these 
awards, they are only dependent on continued employment. Under this arrangement, colleagues are awarded a number of 
options which is based on the cash value of the earned bonus award, determined by their achievement of a mixture of Company 
and individual performance metrics, divided by a share price value of 1,189.00p which was approved at the November 2020 
AGM. The deferred shares awarded vest in September 2021 and/or September 2022, depending on colleague level.

The Bonus Deferred Shares Award is structured as nil cost options and the following table summarises their movement during 
the year:

Bonus Deferred Shares Award

Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted
Dividend equivalent awarded in the year
Exercised
Forfeited

Outstanding at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

The weighted average remaining contractual life of these options is 0.2 years (2021: 0.7 years).

2022

2021

No. of options

No. of options

494,420
— 
9,608
(252,488)
(93,142)

158,398

— 

— 
509,927
9,889
— 
(25,396)

494,420

— 

204 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

22. Share-based payments continued

FAIR VALUE CALCULATIONS
The fair values of all share options granted are calculated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. 
Expected volatility is determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group’s share price over a period equivalent to the 
expected life of an option which is aligned to its vesting period.

The following tables list the inputs to the model used for options granted in the periods ended 2 July 2022 and 26 June 2021 
based on information at the date of grant:

Sharesave Plans

Share price at date of grant
Exercise price
Volatility
Expected life
Risk free rate
Dividend yield

Fair value per option

LTIP Awards

Share price at date of grant
Exercise price
Volatility
Expected life
Risk free rate
Dividend yield

Fair value per option

Bonus Deferred Shares

Share price at date of grant
Exercise price
Volatility
Expected life
Risk free rate
Dividend yield

Fair value per option

Restricted Stock Awards

Share price at date of grant
Exercise price

Volatility
Expected life
Risk free rate
Dividend yield

Fair value per option

2022

2021

1,444.23p
1,046.00p
43.54%
3 years
0.63%
2.90%

1,262.00p
1,167.00p
44.11%
3 years
(0.10%)
2.66%

424.30p

332.40p

2022

2021

1,307.00p
0.00p
43.65%
3 years
0.84%
2.90%

1,186.00p
0.00p
43.83%
3 years
0.01%
2.66%

977.40p

909.00p

2022

2021

1,186.00p
n/a
0.00p
n/a
n/a
43.83%
n/a 15-39 months
0.01%
n/a
2.66%
n/a

1,089.30p-
1,148.80p

n/a

2022

2021

1,307.00p
0.00p
46.25%-
43.65%
2-3 years
0.84%
2.90%

1,186.00p
0.00p

43.83%
3 years
0.01%
2.66%

977.40p

909.00p

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 205

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
Financial statements

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

23. Commitments

As at 2 July 2022, the Group had entered into capital contracts amounting to £4.7m (2021: £13.7m). Capital contracts as at 2 July 
2022 include commitments for new stores and refits and last year also included a furniture warehouse and a new e-commerce 
warehouse.

24. Contingent liabilities

The Group had no contingent liabilities at the period end date (2021: none).

25. Related parties

IDENTITY OF RELATED PARTIES
The Group has related party relationships with its subsidiaries and with its Directors. Transactions between the Group and its 
subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation for the Group. A list of subsidiaries can be found 
in note 4 to the Parent Company financial statements.

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
The key management personnel of the Group comprise members of the Board of Directors and the Executive Board.

Directors of the Company and their close relatives control 42.9% (2021: 43.0%) of the voting shares of the Company.

Disclosures relating to remuneration of Directors are set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 130 to 162. The remuneration 
of the key management personnel is set out below:

Wages and salaries
Short term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payments

2022 
53 weeks
£’m

2021 
52 weeks
£’m

3.5 
4.2 
0.1 
2.9 

10.7 

3.0 
0.7 
0.2 
3.2 

7.1 

Short term employee benefits include a cash bonus in 2022. In the prior year, the 2021 bonus awards to key management 
personnel were payable in deferred shares. As such, under IFRS 2, this expense was accounted for under share-based 
payments.

The amount of gains made by directors on the exercise of share options are disclosed in the Remuneration Report on page 154.

From time to time Directors of the Group, or their related entities, may purchase goods from the Group. These purchases are on 
the same terms and conditions as those entered into by other Group employees and values involved are trivial.

206 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

26. Ultimate controlling party

The Directors consider that there is no ultimate controlling party of Dunelm Group plc.

27. Business combination

On 3 May 2022, the Group acquired the trade and assets of Sunflex, a division of Hunter Douglas (UK) Limited for a cash 
consideration of £20.8m of which £17.7m had been paid as at 2 July 2022 and £3.1m was recognised within other payables.

Sunflex was a key supplier whose principal activity is that of manufacturing and supplying specialist curtain tracks, poles and 
blinds. It is this capability and specialist knowledge that will strengthen and broaden our product range.

Since the date of acquisition, the results of Sunflex have been included within the group consolidation. The operations do not 
qualify as a separate segment and results are not disclosed separately as they do not materially impact the Group’s result. 

If the acquisition had occurred on 26 June 2021, the revenue and profit generated would not be material to the consolidated 
position of the Group due to Sunflex previously being a supplier. As at 3 May 2022, £2.0m trade payable were due by Dunelm  
to Sunflex.

The purchase has been accounted for as a business combination. The fair value amounts recognised in respect of the 
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as set out in the table below:

Intangible assets – brands
Freehold buildings
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Trade and other payables 
Accruals and deferred income

Total identifiable assets/(liabilities)
Cash consideration

Goodwill

28. Subsequent events

There are no reportable subsequent events for Dunelm Group plc.

3 May 2022
£’m

 0.5 
 9.2 
 0.4 
 10.3 
 3.8 
 (2.5)
 (0.9)

 20.8 
 (20.8)

 — 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 207

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
Financial statements

Parent Company Statement of Financial Position
As at 2 July 2022 

Non–current assets
Investments in subsidiary undertakings
Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Trade and other receivables

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Issued share capital
Share premium account
Non-distributable reserves
Capital redemption reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent

The Company made a profit after tax of £150.5m (2021: £24.5m).

Note

4
5

6

7

11

2 July 
2022 
£’m

64.8 
1.0 

65.8 

98.3 

98.3 

164.1 

(0.3)

(0.3)

(0.3)

163.8 

2.0 
1.7 
19.6 
43.2 
97.3 

163.8 

26 June 
2021 
£’m

60.7 
1.8 

62.5 

478.9 

478.9 

541.4 

(226.6)

(226.6)

(226.6)

314.8 

2.0 
1.6 
15.5 
43.2 
252.5 

314.8

The financial statements on pages 208 to 216 were approved by the Board of Directors on 14 September 2022 and were signed 
on its behalf by:

Karen Witts
Director

Company number 04708277

14 September 2022

208 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before taxation
Dividend income
Net financial income

Operating profit
Share-based payments expense

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

Decrease in trade and other receivables
Decrease in trade and other payables

Net movement in working capital

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Interest received

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of treasury shares and ordinary shares
Purchase of treasury shares
Dividend received
Dividend paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

2022
53 weeks
£’m

Note

151.3 
(150.2)
(3.1)

(2.0)
0.7 

(1.3)

380.7 
(226.2)

154.5 

153.2 

3.1 

3.1 

3.9 
(28.3)
150.2 
(282.1)

(156.3)

0.0 
0.0 

0.0 

15

There were no cash movements in 2021, hence no comparatives have been included in the Statement of Cash Flows above.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 209

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

As at 28 June 2020
Profit for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Proceeds from issue of treasury shares
Share-based payments
Deferred tax on share-based payments
Dividends

Total transactions with owners, recorded  
directly in equity

As at 26 June 2021
Profit for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Proceeds from issue of shares
Purchase of treasury shares

Proceeds from issue of treasury shares
Share-based payments
Deferred tax on share-based payments
Current corporation tax on share options exercised
Dividends 

Total transactions with owners, recorded  
directly in equity

As at 2 July 2022

Note

12
13
5
3

12

12
13
5
8
3

Issued 
share 
capital
£’m

2.0 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

2.0 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

2.0 

Share 
premium 
account
£’m

Non-
distributable 
reserves
£’m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£’m

Total equity 
attributable 
to equity 
holders of 
the Parent
£’m

304.5 
24.5 

24.5 

1.8 
7.5 
0.8 
(24.3)

(14.2)

314.8 
150.5 

150.5 

0.1 
(28.3)

3.9 
4.8 
(0.5)
0.6 
(282.1)

Retained 
earnings
£’m

247.7 
24.5 

24.5 

1.8 
2.0 
0.8 
(24.3)

(19.7)

252.5 
150.5 

150.5 

— 
(28.3)

3.9 
0.7 
(0.5)
0.6 
(282.1)

(305.7)

(301.5)

43.2 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

43.2 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

43.2 

97.3 

163.8 

1.6 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

1.6 
— 

— 

0.1 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

0.1 

1.7 

10.0 
— 

— 

— 
5.5 
— 
— 

5.5 

15.5 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
4.1 
— 
— 
— 

4.1 

19.6 

The non-distributable reserves’ purpose is to reflect movements in share-based payments in respect of awards given by the 
Parent Company to employees of its subsidiaries.

210 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Parent Company Accounting Policies
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

GENERAL INFORMATION
Dunelm Group plc (the ‘Company’) is incorporated and 
domiciled in the UK. Dunelm Group plc is a listed public 
company, limited by shares and the Company registration 
number is 04708277. The registered office is Watermead 
Business Park, Syston, Leicestershire, England, LE7 1AD. 

BASIS OF PREPARATION
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with International Accounting standards in conformity with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 (‘IFRS’) and 
the applicable legal requirements of the Companies Act 
2006. In addition to complying with International Accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006, the consolidated financial statements 
also comply with international financial reporting standards 
adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it 
applies in the European Union. These financial statements are 
presented on pages 208 to 216.

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise 
stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in 
these financial statements.

The annual financial statements are prepared under the 
historical cost convention. The financial statements are 
prepared in pounds sterling, rounded to the nearest 0.1 
million.

GOING CONCERN
After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company has adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. 
Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis 
in preparing the financial statements.

Additional considerations relating to the potential downturn 
in the homewares market on the going concern assumptions 
are set out in the Group’s Financial Statements on page 180. 

SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
Employees of the Company have been granted options 
for two equity-settled, share-based compensation plans, 
under which the entity receives services from employees 
as consideration for equity instruments (options) of the 
Company. The fair value of the employee services received 
in exchange for the grant of the options is recognised as an 
expense. The total amount to be expensed is determined by 
reference to the fair value of the options granted:

•  Including any market performance conditions (for example, 

an entity’s share price);

•  Excluding the impact of any service and non-market 

performance vesting conditions (for example, profitability, 
sales growth targets and remaining an employee of the 
entity over a specified time period); and

•  Including the impact of any non-vesting conditions (for 

example, the requirement for employees to save). 

Non-market performance and service conditions are 
included in assumptions about the number of options that 
are expected to vest. The total expense is recognised over 
the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the 
specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied.

In addition, in some circumstances employees may provide 
services in advance of the grant date and therefore the 
grant date fair value is estimated for the purposes of 
recognising the expense during the period between service 
commencement period and grant date.

At the end of each reporting period, the Company revises its 
estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest 
based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises 
the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in 
the Income Statement, with a corresponding adjustment to 
equity.

When the options are exercised, the Company either issues 
new shares, or uses treasury shares purchased for this 
purpose. For newly issued shares, the proceeds received net 
of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to 
share capital (nominal value) and share premium.

The social security contributions payable in connection with 
the grant of the share options are considered an integral part 
of the grant itself, and the charge will be treated as a cash-
settled transaction.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 211

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
Financial statements

Notes to the Parent Company  
Financial Statements
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

TAXATION
Tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises current 
and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the Income Statement 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly 
in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

Current tax represents the expected tax payable on the 
taxable income for the period, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the Statement of Financial Position 
date, together with any adjustment to tax payable in respect 
of previous periods.

Deferred tax provides for temporary differences between 
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial 
reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation 
purposes. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and 
laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at 
the Statement of Financial Position date and are expected to 
apply when the related deferred tax asset is realised or the 
deferred tax liability is settled.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profits will be available against 
which the asset can be recognised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when 
there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income 
taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the 
taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an 
intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

DIVIDENDS
Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which 
they are approved such that the Company is obligated to pay 
the dividend.

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair 
value and then carried at amortised cost, net of impairment 
provisions. 

SHARE CAPITAL
Where the Company purchases its own equity share capital 
(treasury shares) the consideration paid, including any 
directly attributable incremental costs, is deducted from 
equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until 
the shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such shares are 
subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received 
net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs 
and the related income tax effects, is included in equity 
attributable to the Company’s equity holders.

INVESTMENTS
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at 
the adjusted cost of the investment. IFRS 2 requires the 
Parent Company to recognise an increase in the cost of its 
investment in a subsidiary which has issued share options in 
the Parent Company’s shares to its employees.

NEW STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
No new standards, amendments or interpretations, effective 
for the first time for the financial period beginning on or after 
27 June 2021 have had a material impact on the financial 
statements of the Group.

Use of estimates and judgements
The presentation of the annual financial statements in 
conformity with IFRS as adopted by the EU requires the 
Directors to make judgements, estimates and assumptions 
that affect the application of policies and reported amounts 
of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates 
and associated assumptions are based on historical 
experience and various other factors that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ 
from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on 
an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are 
recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised and 
in any future periods affected.

There are no significant estimates or judgements in the 
Company Financial Statements. 

212 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

1. Income Statement

The Company made a profit after tax of £150.5m (2021: £24.6m). The Directors have taken advantage of the exemption available 
under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and have not presented an Income Statement for the Company.

Disclosures relating to the fees paid to the Company’s auditors are set out in note 3 in the Group’s financial statements on 
page 187.

2. Employee costs

The Company’s employees are the three Executive Directors and the Non-Executive Directors. Full details of the Directors’ 
remuneration and interests are set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 130 to 162. Share-based payments details are 
given in note 13 on page 216.

3. Dividends and special distributions to shareholders

Disclosures relating to dividends and special distributions to shareholders are set out in note 7 in the Group’s financial 
statements on page 189.

4. Investments in subsidiary undertakings

Shares in subsidiary undertakings:

As at 28 June 2020
Share-based payments

As at 26 June 2021
Share-based payments

As at 2 July 2022

£’m

55.2 
5.5 

60.7 
4.1 

64.8 

The share-based payment adjustment to investments reflects share option awards given by the Parent Company to employees 
of its subsidiaries.

The following were subsidiaries as at 2 July 2022:

Subsidiary

Proportion of ordinary 
shares held

Nature of business

Dunelm Limited
Dunelm (Soft Furnishings) Ltd*
Dunelm Estates Limited*
Zoncolan Limited*
Fogarty Holdings Limited*
Globe Online Limited*
Dunelm (Soft Furnishings) Londonderry Ltd*

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

* Share capital held by subsidiary undertaking.

Holding company
Retailer of soft furnishings
Dormant company
Dormant company
Non-trading company
Dormant company
Non-trading company

Dunelm Group plc, the Parent Company, and its subsidiaries (excluding Dunelm (Soft Furnishings) Londonderry Ltd) are 
incorporated and domiciled in the UK. The registered office is Watermead Business Park, Syston, Leicestershire, England, LE7 1AD. 

The registered address for Dunelm (Soft Furnishings) Londonderry Ltd is Faustina Retail Park, 35 Buncrana Road, Londonderry, 
Northern Ireland, BT48 8QN.

During the year, the subsidiary Achica Brand Management Limited (a company registered in Cyprus) was liquidated and 
is therefore no longer included in the Company’s investments. The Company was disposed of at nil gain, nil loss.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 213

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
Financial statements

Notes to the Parent Company  
Financial Statements continued
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

5. Deferred tax assets

Employee benefits

The movement in deferred tax assets is as follows: 

Employee benefits

Employee benefits

6. Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed by group undertakings

Assets

2022 
£’m

1.0 

2021 
£’m

1.8

Balance at 
28 June 2020
£’m

Recognised 
in income
£’m

Recognised 
in equity
£’m

Balance at 
26 June 2021
£’m

0.6 

0.4 

0.8 

1.8 

Balance at 
27 June 2021
£’m

Recognised 
in income
£’m

Recognised 
in equity
£’m

Balance at 
2 July 2022
£’m

1.8 

(0.3)

(0.5)

1.0

2022 
£’m

98.3 

2021 
£’m

478.9 

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings are repayable on demand. Interest is charged monthly on all intercompany balances 
at an annual rate of 2.0%. There is no security on these balances.

These amounts pose no liquidity or credit risk as they are owed by other Group undertakings and are expected to be settled 
by Group transactions.

7. Trade and other payables

Amounts owed to group undertakings
Other taxation and social security

2022
£’m

—
0.3 

0.3 

2021
£’m

225.5 
1.1 

226.6 

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings are repayable on demand. Interest is charged monthly on all intercompany balances 
at an annual rate of 2.0%. There is no security on these balances.

214 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
I

I

F
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

8. Taxation

Current taxation
UK corporation tax charge for the period

Deferred taxation
Origination of temporary differences

Total tax credit

The tax charge is reconciled with the standard rate of UK corporation tax as follows: 

Profit before taxation
UK corporation tax at standard rate of 19.0% (2020: 19.0%)
Factors affecting the charge in the period:

Income not subject to tax
Group relief 

Tax credit

2022 
53 weeks
£’m

2021 
52 weeks
£’m

0.6 

0.6 

0.2 

0.8 

2022 
53 weeks
£’m

151.3 
28.7 

(28.5)
0.6 

 0.8 

—

— 

(0.4)

(0.4)

2021 
52 weeks
£’m

24.5 
4.7 

(4.7)
(0.4)

 (0.4)

The UK Government substantively enacted an increase in the corporation tax rate to 25% effective from 1 April 2023. The 
deferred tax asset as at 2 July 2022 has been calculated based on the rate of 25% unless the asset/liability is expected to be 
realised or settled before the rate increase in which case the rate of 19% has been used.

9. Interest bearing loans and borrowings

The Company’s only interest bearing borrowings relate to intercompany loans which have interest charges of 2% and are not 
affected by changes in SONIA.

10. Financial risk management

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The Board’s objective with respect to capital management is to ensure the Company continues as a going concern in order to 
optimise returns to shareholders. The Board’s policy is to retain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and 
market confidence and to sustain future development. The Board regularly monitors the level of capital in the Group to ensure 
that this can be achieved.

11. Issued share capital

Disclosures relating to issued share capital are set out in note 20 in the Group’s financial statements on page 201.

12. Treasury shares

Disclosures relating to treasury shares are set out in note 21 in the Group’s financial statements on page 201.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 215

DUNELM GROUP PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements

Notes to the Parent Company  
Financial Statements continued
For the 53 weeks ended 2 July 2022

13. Share-based payments

The Company operates the following share-based payment schemes for the CEO and CFO:

A. LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (LTIP)
As explained in the Remuneration Report, the Company operates an equity-settled LTIP scheme. Performance conditions for the 
LTIP awards are detailed in the Remuneration Report. LTIP options are also accounted for as equity-settled awards under IFRS 2.

B. BONUS DEFERRED SHARES AWARDS
The Bonus Deferred Shares Awards provides options over shares in Dunelm Group plc for participants as a discretionary bonus. 
This is an equity-settled share option scheme and there are no performance conditions attached to these awards, they are 
only dependent on continued employment. Under this arrangement, participants are awarded a number of options which is 
based on the cash value of the earned bonus award – determined by their achievement of a mixture of Company and individual 
performance metrics – divided by a share price value of 1,189.00p which was approved at the November 2020 AGM. The 
deferred shares awarded vest in September 2021 and September 2022.

14. Contingent liabilities

The Company had no contingent liabilities at the period end date (2021: none).

15. Related parties

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries were as follows:

Dividends received
Net interest receivable

Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Amounts due to Group undertakings

2022 
53 weeks
£’m

150.2 
3.1 

153.3 

98.3 
—

98.3 

2021 
52 weeks
£’m

24.3 
5.0 

29.3 

478.9 
(225.5)

253.4

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
All employees of the Company are key management personnel.

Directors of the Company and their close relatives control 42.9% (2021: 43.0%) of the voting shares of the Company.

Wages and salaries
Short term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payments

2022 
53 weeks
£’m

2021 
52 weeks
£’m

1.6 
1.8 
0.0 
0.9 

4.3 

 1.5 
 0.3 
 0.0 
 1.9 

3.7 

The amount of gains made by directors on the exercise of share options are disclosed in the Renumeration Report on page 154.

16. Subsequent events

There are no reportable subsequent events for Dunelm Group plc.

216 DUNELM GROUP PLC

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

 
 
Other information

Advisers and contacts

Corporate Brokers

Financial Advisers

Legal Advisers

Independent Auditors

Principal Bankers

Barclays Bank plc
5 The North Colonnade
London E14 4BB
Tel: 020 7623 2323

UBS Investment Bank 
5 Broadgate
London EC2M 2QS 
Tel: 020 7567 8000

Allen & Overy LLP
One Bishops Square 
London E1 6AD
Tel: 020 3088 0000

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
One Chamberlain Square
Birmingham B3 3AX 
Tel: 0121 265 5000

Barclays Bank plc
Midlands Corporate Banking
PO Box 333
15 Colmore Row 
Birmingham B3 2BH 
Tel: 0345 734 5345

Registrars

Peel Hunt LLP
100 Liverpool Street 
London EC2M 2AT 
Tel: 020 7418 8900

Equiniti
Aspect House
Spencer Road
Lancing
West Sussex BN99 6DA
Tel: 0371 384 20301 

Financial Public Relations MHP Communications

Registered Office

Investor Relations

60 Great Portland Street
London W1W 7RT
Tel: 020 3128 8100

Support Centre
Watermead Business Park
Syston
Leicestershire LE7 1AD
Company Registration No: 
4708277

corporate.dunelm.com 
Tel: 0116 264 4400
Email: investorrelations@
dunelm.com 

1. 

If dialling internationally, call +44 121 415 7047. The helpline is open Monday to Friday 8.30 am to 5.30 pm, excluding bank holidays.

Designed and produced by Instinctif Partners, www.creative.instinctif.com

This report is printed on Revive 100 Silk paper certified in accordance with the FSC® (Forest 
Stewardship Council®) and is recyclable and acid-free. 
Pureprint Ltd is FSC certified and ISO 14001 certified showing that it is committed to all round 
excellence and improving environmental performance is an important part of this strategy.
Pureprint Ltd aims to reduce at source the effect its operations have on the environment and is 
committed to continual improvement, prevention of pollution and compliance with any legislation 
or industry standards.
Pureprint Ltd is a Carbon/Neutral® Printing Company.

This is to certify that by using Carbon Balanced Paper for the Dunelm Group 
Annual Report, Dunelm has balanced through World Land Trust the equivalent 
of 268kg of carbon dioxide. This support will enable World Trust to protect 
51m2 of critically threatened tropical forest. Issued on 23/09/2022 –  
Certificate number CBP014862. Presented by Denmaur Paper Media.

CBP014862

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 217

DUNELM GROUP PLC

Tel: 0116 264 4400  
Email: investorrelations@dunelm.com
corporate.dunelm.com

D

U

N

E

L

M

G

R

O

U

P

P

L

C

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

A

N

D

A

C

C

O

U

N

T

S

2

0

2

2